Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit B94-0125 - KWAN DENTAL CENTER - NEW BUILDINGCity of Tukwili- (206) 431-3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 BUILDING PERMIT Permit No: 894 -0125 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Zoning: C2 Type Const: V -N Gas /Elec: GAS i. Wetlands: N Water: TUKWILA Contractor License No.: WRHAN * *251B1 Status: ISSUED Issued: 05/23/1994 Expires: 11/19/1994 Suite: Type of Occupancy: MEDICAL OFFICE Slopes: Y Sewer: TUKWILA TENANT KWAN DENTAL CENTER OWNER EDMUND KWAN Phone: 206 248 -3330 322 SW 155 ST SUITE A, SEATTLE, WA 98166 CONTACT THOMAS ENG Phone: 206 783 -8582 4501 SHILSHOLE AV NW, SEATTLE, WA 98107 CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: CONSTRUCT NEW DENTAL CENTER. Units: 001 Buildings: 001 Fire Protection: DETECTORS UBC Edition: 1991 Front: Left: SETBACKS . 0 Back: .0 . 0 Right: .0 Valuation: 139,873.41 Total Permit Fee: 1,290.68 ******************************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 6-v2111. 019. 5-QD-q(4 Permit Center Authorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this bu1)I ling permit. Signature: Print Name:__ Date: Title: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. All PERMITS ISSUED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING, OR DEMOLITION PROJECTS REQUIRE CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND LANDCLEARING WASTE MATERIAL FROM THESE PROJECTS TO BE RECYCLED AT A KING COUNTY LICENSED OR APPROVED FACILITY, OR TAKEN TO REGIONAL DISPOSAL FACILITIES. CITY OF TUKWFLA Department of G. ;munity Development — Permit CerL 6300 Southcenter Boulevard - #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Building Permit Application Tracking Tg_E-ci3-01(9- PLAN CHECK NUMBER PROJECT NAME SITE ADDRESS l It1(', SUITE NO. (D"--) (5 530i- hcertcAr 61 INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that the status of the project may be ascertained at any time. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted in the Sierra system or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ", date and initial. DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the project. DEPARTMENT' .043UILDING - initial review TE;I APPR•VE[ C`�FIRE �9 R. (ROUTEDL 4/// L /9C./ IN WS/0 UIREMEN ................... . CONSULTANT: Date Sent - MMEN1 Date Approved - FIRE PROTECTION: Sprinklers FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: /t etectors N/A NSPECTOF-0/44 415 " /O leDLANNING ZONING: BAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? flYes INIT: REFERENCE FILE NOS,: MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- S- E- 15UBLIC WORKS 0 OTHER INIT: !0% UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? L j Yes ( ) N PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: /F ejL ID-BUILDING - final review ILDING OFFICIAL TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: CERT. OF OCCUPANCY? Ki'es 0 No UBC EDITION (year): 191 REVIEW COMPLETED AMOUNT OWING: $_Teti .QO CONTACTED '�ri I'1 k ww DATE NOTIFIED +.! BY: init. f► 2nd NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) 3RD NOTIFICATION V BY: (init.) M U�-1(i t'ie 561. SO = 113(0C• eO 01/08/93 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Soutlicenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 ?q2— (206) 431 -3670 016— (PLAN CHECK NUMBER b1a5 I BUILDIk3 PERMIT APPLICATION DESCRIPTION BUILDING PERMIT: FEE PLAN CHECK FEE BUILDING SURCHARGE OTHER: TOTAL AMOUNT RCPT.. # :•DATE SITE ADDRESS U r ��(A-hC -erSU-Ie r 6I VALU -05.00 CONTRUCTION - $ Q $4OF r0-0 S' 3 . I I PROJECT NAME/TENANT A new dental clinic for Dr. Edmund Kwan ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # 29549019 Qy Parcel A, short plat. #L93 -0050 •1: -m;, ,,,:r) TYPE OF CO New Building • Addition • Tenant Improvement (commercial) Li Demolition (building) :;r;:;_r,u WORK: ❑ Rack Storage ❑ Reroof ❑ Remodel (residential) ❑ Other DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: New Dental Clinic Building BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) Office NATURE OF BUSINESS: Dental WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? ® No ❑ Yes If Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: SQUARE FOOTAGE- Building: 2307 SF Tenant Space: Area of Construction: WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? ® No ❑ Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: PROPERTY OWNER Dr. Edmund Kwan ti L H 8 -3330 ADDRESS 322 SW 155th, Suite A ZIP98166 CONTRACTOR To be determined PHONE _ ADDRESS _ ZIP _ WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # - EXP. DATE _ ARCHITECT Salmon Bay Design Group PHONE 783 -8582 ADDRESS 4501 Shilshole Ave NW ZIP98107 I. HEREBY::. CERTIFY:: THAT :I :HAVE:READ.:AND;;EXAMINED: THIS::: APPLICATION:: AND:;. KNOW:: THE:: SAME;" BE:TRUE: AND! °CORRECT, AND `1 AM:'AUTHORIZED`;TO APPLY FOR THIS; PERMIT BUILDING OWNER DATE OR 3/30/94 AUTHORIZED PRINT NAME Thomas B'ng SIGNATURE AGENT PHONE 783 -8582 ADDRESS 4501 Shilshole Ave NW CITY/zIP sea /98107 CONTACT PERSON Thomas Eng /Jim Stenkamp PHONE 7g3 -8582 APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions abou spA process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department &f • MAyipevelopment Building Division at 431 -3670. DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED 3c 9 M R 7 8 19941 MfRMIT CENTPR DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES 6?- as --(1Lt COMMERCIAL SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS /ADDITIONS 6mpletod building permit application (one for each structuro) Assessor Account Number Two sets (2) of the following: lP"Specifications d--- wStructural calculations stampod by. a Washington State licensed engineer irq-Sgs report stamped by a Washington State licensed engineer Topographical: survey w- Ertiergy:calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed engineer or architect . egal description Working drawings, stamped by a Washington Stato licensed architect, which include: L--",-,"Site plan Architectural drawings L.i- Structural drawings (.....;.,--Mechanical drawings ii!!(:levations • 'civil drawings t.--•-Candscape plan Completed utility permit application (one forentire project) (/1" S (6) sets of civil drawings NOTE: See utility permit application and checklist for . submittal requirements. • specifrc.utility RACK STORAGE I Completed building permit application [ j Assessor Account Number • Two (2) sets of :plans which include: I Building floor plan showing • Entire space where racks will be located • Exit doors • Dimensions of all aisles Tenant space floor:plan showing rack storage layout, aisles and exits. NOTE: Include dimensions of racks (height, width and length), aisles . and exit ways on plan. Structural calculations stamped by. a Washington State licensed engineer (rack storage 6' and over) RESIDENTIAL •---- COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS • 1-1 Completed building permit application (one for each structure or tenant) Assessor Account Number Two (2) sets of construction. plans, which'.include Site.plan • :Location of tenant space Existing; and, proposed parking Landscape plan (if :applicablo, i e „'change of use Overall building plan • Tenant location •: Use of adjacent;(common :wall) tenant %:Overall dimensions of building or square footage Floor plan of proposed: tenant space • . Tenant space plan with use of each room labelled.' Exit doors egress patterns. • New walls; existing wall,: and walls to be demolished;. Construction details Cross sections showing wall :construction and method of :;attachment for floor: and. ceiling.. Structural calculations stamped by ,a Washington State licensed engineer may be required if structural work is to be done (2 sets) NOTE: It any util ty:work Is to be done, submit separate utility permit application and plans REROOF • I Completed •building permit application •Assessor. Account. Number:: Narrative describing existing roof material being removed an material being installed 'NOTE: A certification letter is required, prior, to final inspection and sign offof the permit 11 ANTENNA/SATELLITE: DISHES Completed building permit application Assessor Account Number • Two ,(2) sots of. plans,; which include`.: Site Plan (showing building and location of antenna/sateliite dish) :Details antenna/satellite dish and method :of attachment • Structural'calcula4ieps stamped by a •Washington State licensed,. engineer may: be required NEW SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS /ADDITIONS [ 1 Completed building permit application (one toreach structure) Li Legal description_. 11 Assessor Account' Number Two sets (2) of working drawings; which include • Site plan. (On plan, show closest hydrant location • Foundation plan . Include access to:bullding..shewing • Floor. plan : width and length of access.) • Roof plan '• Building elevations • (all views • Building cross- section • Structural framing plans • [J Washington State Energy Code data n Completed utility permit application; LiSix (6) sets of site; plans showing utilities NOTE: Building site plan and utility site plan may be'combined.: gee utility permit application and checklist for specific submittal requirements.: Additional topographical and soils information may be required if unique rite conditions. • RESIDENTIAL. REMODELS Completed building permit application (one for each structure Assessor Account Number • Two :(2) sets of working drawings, which include; • ; Site plan ••::Foundation plan. • Floor.: plan ;•:Roof plan • building elevations :(all views) :• Building cross- sectior :•.: • Structural framing plans'; NOTE: 11 any utility work is to ee done •provide utlltty permit applcatton: and plans: must be; submitted REROOFS Completed building permit application Assessor.' Account Number • Narrative describing existing roof, material; being)nstalled • NOTE: A certification letter is required prior to finalInspection.and sign off of the permit one. for; each: structure material being removod 1 :0 ri.� 4•{ City of T'u4 'ila Central Permit System – Engineering Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ApplIe' # //cc q3- Phone: (206) 433 -0179 tow q -°°S-1( UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION PROJECT < >: Site Address: (O /)/.5*-- r- V ? / INFORMATION Name of Pro ect: Pro. ert Owner: Street Address: Engineer: Street Address: Oa 0 &) /"-C Phone No.: City /State/Zip: Phone No.: City /State/Zip: Phone No.: 807( - t 71 7 Cit /State/Zia' ,'R e p. N c1 6.44 9 i?o -- Contractor: 1/ , i. J 4 ru S o o 1 wC - Street Address: Jas / 0 r- //1/1/ 301 � �j�►��E�/ I King Cty Assessor Acct #:cam' .3 ,(9-0 / Contractor's License #: PERMITS ❑ REQUESTED ❑ 0 0 0 0 0 0 Channelization /Striping /Signing Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) - No.: Sizes: Flood Zone Control Hauling Land Altering cubic yards Landscape Irrigation Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end timer Date: ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: Exp. Date: ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension ❑Private Water Meter / Exempt: - No.: L Deduct ❑ Water Only ❑ Water Meter / Permanent - No.: — ❑ Water Meter/ Temporary: - No.: Estimated quantity: Schedule: ❑ Other: ❑ Public O PublS ic Sizes I • Sizes — Sizes WATER :.METER::' DEP OSIT /.: >:.; >::::... REFUND /BILLING Name: MONTHLY.: SERVICE BILLINGS ,TO: Street Address: Name: Street Address: Phone No.: City /State/Zip: Phone No.: City /State /Zip: ❑ Water ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro DESCRIPTION OF;PROJECT:.' ❑ Multiple - Family Dwelling ❑ Hotel ❑ Standby ❑ Single - Family Residential No. of Units: ❑ CommerciaVlndustrial MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION • ❑ Motel ❑ Office ❑ Retail ❑ New Building Square Footage: ❑ Duplex ❑ Triplex ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Remodel/ Addition ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums ❑ Church ❑ School /College /University ❑ Hospital ❑ Other: ❑ Other: Square footage of original building space: Square footage of additional building space: King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ Valuation of work to be done: $ . I HEREBY CERTIFY .� AT I; HAVE. RE; D AND.. KNOW THE::'S ME TO BE Elf; E AND. CORRECT Applicant /Authorized Agent Signature: �o�-�- 1 ---�, Contact Person (print name): Address: Print Name: 1 d, j prici /[ te cc 5-4- Date: t, Phone: 6-02 t --(o Phone: Date Application Accepted: 1 0 Jq 0‘,1,4 Date Application ExRirer 04/22/92 SUBMITTAL CH(...:KLIST All site plans shall be provided in one submittal for review by the Public Works Department. Six (6) sets of plans stamped by a licensed engineer are required along with this application completed and signed by the applicant's representative. The following information is necessary for Public Works Department evaluation and approval of site plans: • All utility construction is to meet the City of Tukwila Standards • Indicate scale of drawing and show north arrow • Identify location by address or distance to nearest intersection • Identify public right-of-way and any easements • Use standard 24" x 36" sheets for all site plans CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDEWALK / CHANNELIZATION /STRIPING /SIGNING O Dimensions O Type of surfacing - asphalt, crushed rock, etc.(and thickness) O Percent of slope and runoff direction O Size of curb cuts / locations O Vehicular and pedestrian traffic facilities, including signing and striping, wheel chair ramps, curb cuts O 20' of paving on all gravel driveways connecting to paved roads FIRE LOOP /HYDRANT O Type of pipe / hydrant O Size of pipe /location O Location and type of all valves O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Distance from structures, storm and sewer facilities O Location and size of thrust blocking FLOOD ZONE CONTROL (Requirements are under Flood Ord. No. 1462 and can be obtained from the Public Works Dept.) O Lowest finished floor elevation O Contours and elevations per National Geodetic Vertical Datum LAND ALTERING (CLEARING, CUT AND FILL) O Contour map (2' intervals) showing existing and proposed contours O Estimate of yardage, both cut and fill O Erosion control plan with temporary and permanent measures HAULING O Quantities of materials to be hauled to and/or from site O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $2,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Route map LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION O Location of DSHS approved double check valve O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt). Clearly show whether tap is on main or domestic service O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction MOVING AN OVERSIZED LOAD O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $5,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Business License with City of Tukwila O Route map O Dimensions (L X W X H) of overall load SANITARY S. SEWER O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanout(s) and test Tec(s) O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction O Invert elevations at structures and junctions SEWER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanouts and manholes O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction STORM DRAINAGE (include existing topography and proposed grading and surfacing) O Type of pipe — concrete, ADS, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Percent of slope on pipe / length of run O Location of all structures O Square footage of area to be drained, Including roof area O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Invert or flow line elevations STREET USE O Complete description of proposed activity O Map with address and outline of limits of activity relative to public right -of -way and easements O Proposed traffic control/detour (per Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices) O Proposed schedule (times and dates) WATER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe — copper, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Hydrant types and locations O Valve types and locations O Connection point(s) to existing system O Type of connection - live tap, tee, etc. O Location and size of thrust blocking O Size and location of mains, including elevations (profile) WATER METER - EXEMPT O Diagram of domestic system/tie in of exempt meter O Number /account for existing domestic meter O Size and type of material of meter, service and meter box O Site address WATER METER - PERMANENT O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt) O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction WATER METER - TEMPORARY O Address and hydrant location O Size of meter O Estimate of quantity and schedule Atter the Public Works Department has completed their review and the plans are approved, the applicant will be notified by letter concerning the necessary permits and requirements; an approved set of plans will accompany the letter. ll the plans are not approved, the applicant will be notified by letter of necessary resubmittal requirements. ■ CASCADE: TEST113. ,. LABORATORY, INC. t. TEBTtNG61NSPECTION / ENGBNEERS / GEOLOG'9T8 REVOION . Rif 10' ' 4 4 0 12919 N.E. 12811-4 PLACE. KIRKLANO, WA 98034 12081 DATE fl/ 1 tY 1. I "I - CERT. NO. EVEPETT 112081 259-01317 + PROJECT DE. KWAAI.. M D LAL rr7CZ LOCATION ' 17 (S" . 171 TYlCal- WD:) /� / �j TO: Y 1 R . 2� BLDG. PERMIT NO. �7 OWNER 2 2 - 'V i� i' 1 ./ I D ' 1 �L/ � V M `L✓. WEATHER pit os kl C.1S D7 4 -3 O (�� AT AM TEMP. AT PM j� f� n �/�� QJ�j L� K1 ILKA1 JD, V f l9a3 L ENGINEER Pb y h ,,fir Eia( Gtkr AVT� 1V/ `kibr. ATTN: ARCHITECT 7A 0k1 1,AV DLV !V L/IC1/IJF CONTRACTOR w tnC' (2) INSPECTION PERFORMED RESTEEL/CONCRETE - RESTEEL ONLY _ RESTEEUMASONRYY - STR.STIWELDING X OTHER A 1 2 0 1 1 =- - STR.ST /BOLTING (3) ITEMS INSPECTED - FOUNDATIONS , FOOTINGS _ SLAB v AUGER CAST PILES _ COLUMNS -- DRILLED PIERS Z. WALLS BEAMS . - (4) 4OCATION (AREAS) -illP _..-• A J '∎ (5) CONCRETE/MASONRY MIX NO. • 3100 DESIGN STRENGTH (PC) Z 000 177 t. 1 • SUPPLIER LONE; STA Z TOTAL CU. YD. PLACED SLUMP (INCHES) 5 SPECIMENS CAST b Z ✓ v SEE CYLINDER REPORT NO. 65707 AIR CONTENT (%) YES ITEMS INSPECTED WERE IN CONFORMANCE WITH BLDG, DEPT. APPROVED PLANS, SET NO ,Z,._ _NO _ REMARKS: tiONTZAOTO/C. PLACEd7 ALL AIGfOZ_ Er70LT± AT D7i''O, Al hAWAAAllaild Wl LL VI MATED M(XX1 AbD D wi UTJ.t5 HOURS ON PROJECT TRAVEL TIME TRAVEL MILEAGE APPROVED BY COPIES TO: Z:614/117--A3 " �r FORM NO. CTL•89.1 SIGNED: Pr r ELIO CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY. INC. TESTING IN INSPECTION / ENGINEERS /GEOLOGISTS 12919 NE 126•« PLACE KIRKLAND. WASHINGTON 96044 IN 1 C.. 2061823.9800 EVERETT �"' 'r C "" 'i7 +-^^ “.2061 259.0817 iUk . 2 1994 TO • W. . h PN± K. f ,„,. 11t�,Nq1 11 I V 17j9 T" q Qr,1.P ICIKICI_AUDI WA. X9/1 ATTN: THE FOLLOWING WAS NOTED: C27AiG'C'S FIELD TEST DATA SEE FIELD 9 y /% REPORT No ca r� 95707 DATE,,ty JUA) Z1 179Y CERT. NO. l` g't11k'79 () OF FTC f OZ. $.WJI'IL ' MIDIGA1 LOCATION !� 7 (5 .5017T110111 UNIT WEIGHT YIELD Z- .0L -14i BLDG. PERMIT NO. 444-1-774-77-3 OWNER AIR WEATHER G.I'^ I'�S GIsLJV D �_1"f \7 TEMP. AT AT AM PM ENGINEER PETIT. GIMTAVTA k[A 2.S / l 907. ARCHITECT '1N.,Mc d EW D 1blV1 bZ 1)f 3/,/6 0 CONTRACTOR WK. rug\1,`7ln1 _ TRUCK SAMPLED g TICKET No. e7.1.7.255471-- / (!©1 TIME SLUMP %AIR UNIT WEIGHT YIELD CEMENT FACTOR TEMP, CONC AIR )7% 3" 7 C.A. / l 907. 5'5/VC 3/,/6 0 WATER 3 ( 7_ JS' TOTAL / 9L/ /oO /45300 , /OO 574/© 76- q 9 7-i COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BATCH DATA FOR 1 CU. YARD DATE MADE DESIGN WEIGHTS % MOIST ADJUSTED WEIGHTS CEMENT 9'7P STRENGTH PSI SET NO. FA. I 41.15 6 -0 7 C.A. / l 907. .78so 3/,/6 0 WATER 3 ( 7_ JS' TOTAL CYLINDER NUMBER DATE MADE DATE TESTED AGE DAYS SIZE WEIGHT TOTAL LOAD STRENGTH PSI SET NO. � '� -'dry 74-5-,y8 to 7 ,1 6 -0 7 t0.K17� .78so 3/,/6 0 - 7_ JS' ZPl 7.9 / 9L/ /oO /45300 , /OO 574/© 76- q 9 7-i PRODUCERS: CONCRETE W V 1 `? CEMENT 1 / 1 V �✓ CU. YARDS PLACED AEA ADMIX CAC12 ' % DESIGN STRENGTH �1)/Z2 �-� • I, PLACEMENT AREA 6 NOTES MIX IUD. '1017 i TYA._ 1 N CM III{ WALL-S. COPIES.TOE14/4 / /''3` ' 1J INSPECTOR: SIGNED: — • CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / ENGINEERS /GEOLOGISTS 12919 NE 126,- PLACE KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 98034 EVERETT TO• W. .. III U V± K I Z (t7 ' 1 O T" L•AK1 UP. WA._ 47M 1' 12061923.9000 (2061209.0817 ATTN• THE FOLLOWING WAS NOTED: co�uc� r� FIELD TEST DATA SEE FIELD i REPORT No t w 95707 DATE spy Z\rI79- CERT. NO. 6A'tTb'71 SLUMP 1U/'J D. KWJt&IS MIztG/I, PJrr7& UNIT WEIGHT LOCATION 1,715 .SOUTI'M CEMENT FACTOR TEMP. 1 . DL-V. J. BLDG. PERMIT NO. OWNER 3 " WEATHER 014 0124 VE Y - 1 TEMP. AT AM PM . ENGINEER PETS.OINTAVTA ki 31.ld o ARCHITECT JL,Mck1 1W1 DIb111Uf 3 t CONTRACTOR WIC_ tLX =lr(l TOTAL TRUCK SAMPLED ®-5 TRUCK TICKET No, ((/ / 0, I TIME SLUMP %AIR UNIT WEIGHT YIELD CEMENT FACTOR TEMP. CONC AIR I Zr 3 " 7 C.A, / l ea/(/ 5 5(GK. 31.ld o WATER 3 t TOTAL 7. 75-- y Y 7 -,y 7-9 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BATCH DATA FOR 1 CU. YARD DATE MADE DESIGN WEIGHTS % MOIST ADJUSTED WEIGHTS CEMENT ^, 7Z7 STRENGTH P51 SET N0. FA. I 6r1-5 6 -4;2 s 7 C.A, / l ea/(/ 77dSta 31.ld o WATER 3 t TOTAL 7. CYLINDER NUMBER DATE MADE DATE TESTED AGE DAYS • SIZE WEIGHT TOTAL LOAD STRENGTH P51 SET N0. 76".' 4 J to Z1 6 -4;2 s 7 toX.17,/ 77dSta 31.ld o _ 7L5,y8 7- l'' 7. 75-- y Y 7 -,y 7-9 PRODUCERS: AEA 1\A. ADM�I�X(. �j� �/�(�� /�%'%�� �/�/�j 1 ,G.� PLACEMENT AREA & NOTES ( I r . ') DO (ti-� ✓� C 2J 1 M ► V L /Ld ✓. CONCRETE .' CEMENT 1!! V 1 CAC12 CU. YARDS PLACED Le' DESIGN STRENGTH 7r1290 17:-& • L• RECE1vFr ' COPIES�TOl /4�L, Aid LI ! ) �+-�^'1 SIGNED: INSPECTO /#F1r'�°rf/ DEVELOPMENT CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / ENGINEERS /GEOLOGISTS 12919 NE 126+.• PLACE KIRKLAND, WASMMVGTON EVERETT 911 L. L .=, :c 7 JUL 1 5 1994 KlK U AMD, WA,. B031' ATTN: THE FOLLOWING WAS NOTED: FIELD TEST DATA SEE FIELD g 1-4,n �J REPORT No. v95703 DATE JV 1Sj1' qi- CERT. NO. q�'7b -z SLUMP PROJECT Da. W I Jai 7!-r1W UNIT WEIGHT LOCATION CEMENT FACTOR L'715 OVTtI CFAI 51/VD. BLDG. PERMIT NO. -7 -7 OWNER 10`5 . 14.4 - 2, -1-- !i WEATHER j1 /�� ��� 012 I.,01 /71/ t TEMP. AT AT AM PM ENGINEER 1:71-5K, N1 A TAb Ni tt, i✓ /�, 1/190 ARCHITECT ./IL.AW7A I ntY DI f& l &ZLVP .31 CONTRACTOR ,(' V 1./_. I V U O' Al ,� TRUCK SAMPLED CI (J TRUCK TICKET No.111.5 /P TIME SLUMP %AIR UNIT WEIGHT YIELD CEMENT FACTOR TEMP. CONC AIR 10`5 It /' 7 C.A J 040 5tCKC 1/190 WATER .31 TOTAL Z B • / 5-q ZOO 54160 74 4) 7 -Li ZS /5't00 ° ' O COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BATCH DATA FOR 1 CU. YARD —^ DATE MADE DESIGN WEIGHTS M/o MOIST ADJUSTED WEIGHTS CEMENT 1 '717 STRENGTH PSI SET N0. FA. 1 ( I -I G _4.2,2 7 C.A J 040 // 7/00 1/190 WATER .31 TOTAL Z B • CYLINDER NUMBER DATE MADE DATE TESTED AOE DAYS SIZE WEIGHT TOTAL LOAD STRENGTH PSI SET N0. 7 y yi G -15 G _4.2,2 7 YXIZ // 7/00 1/190 - 7 U 4/ -7- /-2 Z B • / 5-q ZOO 54160 74 4) 7 -Li ZS /5't00 ° ' O PRODUCERS: CONCRETE ✓` / 1 - 1C:z.z CEMENTT`/' ✓ —L✓ AEA ADMIX. CAC l z CU. YARDS PLACED 7,1 % DESIGN STRENGTH Z- 1000P. ✓LI PLACEMENT AREA & NOTES MIX 1W. '6100' NN ` flADM 1ij rT`s• • INSPECTi7 SIGNED: CASCADE TES-ICING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / ENGINEERS /GEOLOGISTS 12919 N E 126•.. PI.ACZ KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 96034 12061623.9600 EVERETT 12061 259.0817 TO: W K, ilALLtai [1510 • 1 -50 K! K .LAM D,. WA. q,50.31- ATTN• THE FOLLOWING WAS NOTED: WML/lF TT • FIELD TEST DATA e SEE FIELD REPORT No. 95703 DATE JVI\J5 1511Plg4- CERT. NO. g1'Ob -9 SLUMP PROJECT a . KWAMS UNIT WEIGHT YIELD t0540/Circece .9t t- t e LOCATION 1,715 VIII Lar115E. 51 AC. CONC BLDG. PERMIT NO. +- OWNER 'r I/ 7 WE LIYW11L 01 ZS `Ij TEMP. A AT AM PM ENGINEER f7-7-5K., Cill\ITMMTi1 NA AS WATER ARCHITECT 2'11./1rt01l DAY DiffA1 &EOUP CONTRACTOR ' _161 '� � vim' „' ! %� M TOTAL TRUCK SAMPLED CI U TRUCK TICKET No, /0.1'.5- 108 TIME SLUMP %AIR UNIT WEIGHT YIELD CEMENT FACTOR TEMP. CONC AIR W 10,E 'r I/ 7 C.A [ 18 qO 5 . CAC L/ /L/O WATER 31 TOTAL Z B 7 LI 11) I 7 -1J 7'0 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BATCH DATA FOR 1 CU. YARD DATE MADE DESIGN WEIGHTS % MOIST ADJUSTED — WEIGHTS CEMENT / 0 STRENGTH PSI SET No, FA. 1 L1 41/11' L G _02,2 7 C.A [ 18 qO / /WOO L/ /L/O WATER 31 TOTAL Z B CYLINDER NUMBER DATE MADE DATE TESTED AGE DAYS SIZE WEIGHT TOTAL LOAD STRENGTH PSI SET No, 7'1 - '15 G _02,2 7 §OXIZ / /WOO L/ /L/O - 7 41 4/ 4 "74 /-2 Z B 7 LI 11) I 7 -1J 7'0 PRODUCERS: CONCRETE i,e0k15. AEA cEmENTTYFT, 1 ADMIX. CAC12 PLACEMENT AREA & NOTES MIX 1D, 100' V t fli■La3 l/V TLS . % CU. YARDS PLACED 717 DESIGN STRENGTH 2.10.67&11 COPIES TO to/C:9 ■ L12919 CASCADE TES—TIN'. ABORATORY, INC. TESTING 6 INSPECTION / . 3INEERS / GEOLOGISTS PREVIOUS t' PREVIOUS V . 6 3 O REPORT No. N.E. 129TH PLACE. KcIKLAn+o.wASeosa Isom823-98CO DATE WMAJUNAY . r I.�. I 1 1 CERT. NO..' % e.. /((� ' !/! EVERETT 120E1 2'.i�oBi7 /---- PROJECT DZ.. p(/Akl. 1�1E1(Gr'1. OFFIC5. LOCATION 715 CIO .. / .111% 1 L/ TO: W. K.„. h1kld tOA I BLDG. PERMIT NO. 4.-.14-704-1-1-37‘7•" OWNER All 1251i7. 130 1-Akl IV..F. WEATHER act GI/OVQYTT' tk l TEMP. AT AM AT PM J LK1 UD . WA. °77.3 ENGINEER f'b7-1 -T-Z 01 JTkVTAS Aaits ATTN. ARCHITECT AlAlt A l 15A Y „nE:51 I /�pOU P7 CONTRACTOR W.X. IIMSO (2) INSPECTION PERFORMED RESTEEUCONCRETE _ RESTEEL ONLY _ RESTEEUMASONRY _ STR.ST /WELDING OTHER STR,ST /BOLTING (3) ITEMS INSPECTED — FOUNDATIONS .,� FOOTINGS _ SLAB AUGER CAST PILES _ COLUMNS -- DRILLED PIERS — WALLS BEAMS — .— — (4) (AREAS) J-JL.1 -1!/. 1 1 L.+&. . (5) CONCRETE/MASONRY MIX NO. "n 1 DD DESIGN STRENGTH (Pc) 7-7 7( /(J(/ 1?�, t I SUPPLIER 1.,CA JT/�P. TOTAL CU. YD. PLACED _-C _ SLUMP (INCHES) Ard SPECIMENS CAST 3 low 1 AIR CONTENT ( %) SEE CYLINDER REPORT NO. q570-3 1� YES NO ITEMS INSPECTED WERE IN CONFORMANCE WITH BLDG. DEPT. APPROVED PLANS, SET NO. _ — REMARKS. NU TT ► L/ I T. 1 1 /� (/• lip _C/1(L/!�[14 t GIT I t I (l 1 I Y ll�7l A rma azi V 7iT 1AA&K.S iTT S I l C' . C / TES'( /: �',I'I' kI. (& L,Y VVVLI./ VSEATM M.IK 1 AIIM Z. AT \.J0/5 5I7 HOURS ON PROJECT TRAVEL TIME TRAVEL MILEAGE APPROVED BY FOAM NO. CTL•89.1 INSPECTOR FIELD REPS RT SIGNED: egerZ:34 DEVELOPER'S PROJECT WARRA REQUEST FORM NAMEOFDEVELQPMENT: Kwan Dental Center DATE: 11/16/94 DEVELOPMENTADDRESS: 6715 Southcenter Blvd, Tukwila, WA PERMITNO,: B940125 CASH ASSIGNMENT NAME; W. R. HANSON, INC. TEL. NO, 821 -6747 SHALL EE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: (please print) • ADDRESS: 12510 130th Lane NE CITY/STATE/ZIP Kirkland, WA 98034 p • I' Tog APT LETS 14 - NCE 3 emocummeaERE IiEI► tapja r,RIBFnt Install all ground cover, mulch and small amount of grass sod. All planting material and mulch are on the job site, but due to the wet condition of the landscaping area we are unable to install as of this date. r 1/41v7--r. •2_ _•••■••• As the owner, or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent In the amount of $ 3,750.00 ($150% of value to complete worts described above) and attach supporting documentation for value of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date: 12 l 16 / 94 ), or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in-house manpower, if 1 tail to carry out the work, 1 hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to carry out completion of the above deficiencies. I further agree to complete all work listed above prior to requesting inspection and release of these funds. SIGNED; G. n•,.•••.y >x• 'rot t . nc:r. r, vt. •■:4:..- kr•rrr r: ' TrTLE: ,.$ :* ...• • r^y w,,:. N.. .44"•a.hri»NYaxxsv:V..v...;',.n x• y.::.w••!.. avrx•.w.,•..••.•• .;o „ y,.ya.., O.•.rr+ r..... y: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WSHINGTON 98188 .-;:-- ''''' —• -----7, , THIS:CERTIFICATE • 1 sq_ Df P up giAkti.C#1 THE ,,,REOIREMENt$ ,OF 5E01:ON 307 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING gOt/cERTipj03, THAT AT , THE jt 1 rit/Ory uAvANctTti 1 s STRUCTURE WAS IN COMPLIANCE(6WYTWJHE VARIOUS z,ofitiiNAN'O'rv, OF „ Tit ;:tip, ..REGtOTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. OR US AN6$ALL:APPLICABLE fiCITY FIRE ''QppEs ., FOR THE.IFOLLOWING: if..,,, . - , - ,, Perthtit No: 1!W4A25 : - Ten4Oct:fKWAN DENTAL CENTE Building .Addresst,N.,6715: SOUTHCENTER EiL,,,../ Sui te No;,— .s` Pat, 1001 / o'sAinei'.:IwEbMOND KWAW--'r ,q y .1 Pi ' 0 P,UIYAIYO);:: MEDICAL /' OF:.01C CE ''.$•A's \ 1 ;. / , , .„ ..,,,, 1 ' .. `,..-- ... Occupant Lod 20.i!,:,■i OCP UP -;.Yi (3rpp': B-2.,/ ..,,.,--, - \., , , , ..., ,A Type of -Const:i4V4kli if. • , s — 1 ■•,, .1,',.:,` 1' ti "NEW DEN AL CENTER. '0A Nail DI '1',,. :, THIS CERTIFICATE 1fiUST BE CONSPICUOUSLY 4A L „ „• - \A *',4 14 ' 4L■■ f'.13C \ ) ■■•%■.... V ■ 1 f e in7 • • POSTE -THE PREMISES ~ -- ` ~- _- ■_ 0 +*^+^+*++*+**+*k**++A***A++*******er***+**+A**^+**k+a+x+A*+*+6+** oI[Y or [UKNILA, NA TRANSMIT *+a+A**+**+**++*++*+*+*********+****^+*+****A*+*++*A*******k+++* TRANSM%T`Number: 94001509 Amount: 3,750 .09 1i/16/ ~~~^' 0 Permit No: A94-0125 • Type: G-BUILD 8UIL�%NBUILDING' PERMIT Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCEMTER 8L Payment Methods CHECK Notation: N.Q. HHNGON INC Init: VU **^+A++^*+A**0*++*******+****+*+A**+*a*+*a*aa++*+i+**a*+***It*++* Account Code Descriptioh Paid O00/386.908 BUIL0ING BOND/DEPOSIT 3,750.00 Total (This Payment): 3v750.00 Total Foes: 5,040.68 Total All Payments: 5,040"68 U$laricm: .80 ' ^� GENERA 3750.00 TOTAL 3750.00 � CHECK 3750.00 CHANGE 0.00 7424A000 15:39 (.elt�l ui i ulcwila DEVELOPER'S PR. ^JECT WARRANTY o REQUEST FORM : >i: SEC • • e.::.ve. o .... a ..... ..: >:'S :.4 +r.....+L. .., ter ..... .• • .:. .: ::,; .<... . : ...:. . .'.'.... . .:/ ?;•,: < :f.i.:l:l':<i:: :.s.:::i : :}n:<: :..:;i . :::� : .:2:.u::::i:: i. ,'i.:s;::.`.�)v <::.:i::•:.::2.2:.. iL>::'fl :..: i :i.i:.i:.• : .. .. ... ......... . ,....... ,............ ...,. .... ..... +:t �i2? ........... NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DATE: 11/14/94 DEVELOPMENTADDRESS: 6715 FORT DENT WAY PERMITNO.: PW94 -0042 CASH ASSIGNMENT NAME: AMY KWAN TEL NO. SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: ADDRESS: 18301 : R I TT ANY DR. S.W. '. (please print) CITY/STATE/ZIP SEATTLE, WA 98166 r SC -P • OF E -0: • IP - -•(1 - C PLANS/DOCUMENTS WHERE ITEMS ARE DESCRIBED): • TNSTAT.LATTON OF FIRE HYDRANT GATE VALVE AND TWENTY EIGHT FEET OF SIX INCH DUCTILE IRON CLASS 52 PIPE AND APPURTENANCES. IN LIEU OF A ONE YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND. As the owner, or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent In the amount of $ 400.00 ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting • documentation for value of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date: (1 1 / 1 4 / 95 ), or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. If I fall to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to carry out completion of the above deficiencies. 1 further agree to complete work listed above prior to requesting inspection and release of these funds. SIGNED: G,. TITLE: .5 0 /yo,�r/ I RECEIVED BY: ,CA i i l � � /At r i -I1 fr `h .,.:..:.K:..... o, aar.. r. �.....:,... v�... a-<:.... n.. o:..+. mo. r.>:,: n...,. x•.... o< . >n•:o<•:....o......•.mo....,.; ,.,.... :.,.... ».: . :..d...,.. .:.w........... ';av,::.';:r:: � ?:;i:, ;: }�:2': %�:fiii::< j:: ?!::r:i., ... :. ::. .. { :... ..:..;: �:: ..::. x:.2,4 3EC lON z.,:(tp; b9:.0 plot ' by Olty::st11t1 ' {•i:ti:; :'i':;:y: . / THIS FUND IS AUTHORIZED TO SE ACCEPTED. DEPARTMENT HEAD: y� 0, ,,.,r,.n ,_,c2 R. t= SIGNED: ate„ • AMOUNT: '- 0 0 .`- i ,/ CASH 0 CASH EQUIVALENT DEPOSITED THIS DATE: i r1 JS /q L/ : CITY RECEIPT NO. I) : l 7 , --1 �_ . w.. vw..,. w. w.:. rn.,.. rK. n...•!<.. W.. w<...r. n?e.+..«i�+!w'm.w.•......!..... w.n:,. a.... ..:.; ..............., v:..... ,. :.; I RECEIVED BY: ,CA i i l � � /At r i -I1 fr `h .,.:..:.K:..... o, aar.. r. �.....:,... v�... a-<:.... n.. o:..+. mo. r.>:,: n...,. x•.... o< . >n•:o<•:....o......•.mo....,.; ,.,.... :.,.... ».: . :..d...,.. .:.w........... 1 :...:;, .:. 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: �:ae <cvm CHECKED BY: All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby request inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. DATE: I have reviewed the above work and found It acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AUTHORIZED BY: DEPARTMENT: SECTtaN 4 /to t>a cprrrpleted • CASH EQUIVALENT — LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE AMOUNT: RELEASED THIS DATE: CASH CITY CHECK NO. <ta00.W }Y >V <:v. <M.^Otr/�Y . Yd02tcN4.« mn:(< JVi+ te...+ Jn: w�4N. i<, •::l:W <OW'wvwwWNw�i:.waN:W�.wn< Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Flnance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD RELEASED BY: , FINANCE DEPT. Upon completion of entire form, Flnance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD OW13170 ( * kA**•. 1: kk* A* k* lc * ** ***** *•.kk•A *A* **A4** * *** * *A *k *kkk #•.k *•k **k *4hk4*:A* C1TY OF I•UKW] :LA, WA �jC�U TRANSMIT **Akk *A* **k**•k *A * ** *kk rA0A4*A•• •k• it• ir• A• k• A•• k74kk: Akk•kk•kk•AkA•k:Ah•kk•k•Ait•krl TRANSMIT Number: `_94001491 Amount: 400.00 11/14/94 :I6 :56 Permit No: PW94• -0042 Type: PW• -f t_H FIRE LOOPiHYEA) 4 Site Address: 6715 SOU 3•HCEN I ER BL Location: 6715 SOU•I HCENT ER BOULEVARD Payment Method: CHECK Notation: EDMUND H. KWAN Init: 9L13 *Ak ** *•A **4*** **A * * *A *,k*** i ** kA* k***4 4 ****k•A••A **•4 *A* ** *A **•A *** *A* Account Code 000 /356.905 Description BONDS /DEPOSITS Total (This Payment): Total Fees: 425.00 TGtdl All Payments: 425.00 Balance: .00 Paid 400.00 400.00 GENERA 400.00 TOTAL 400.00 CHECK 400.00 • CHANGE 0.00 7374A000 15 :36 INS C INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION - �� ►'� 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818; PERM (206)N431 -3670 • ro act: , ype o nspectwn: 1 ress:60.-7 / Special Instructions: a : (� Date Wanted: iI" ....7 q " / am. Requester: t , I S Phone No.: : ill • tqa ,Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Iinspector: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. IReceipt No.: Date: sa '....!: 5i•.,::1.•" tCm:n., X�cfet3«'Yti4'1��2Rt3�t°S- : -7 SPECT60N N0. „, i INSPECTION RECORD. Fietain a copy with permit , CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 694' -01 &s PERMIT N0. / (206) 431 - 36700 Project: AMA( Type of Inspection: pc w� d ess: Ad 7 f 5 So v ?rrf c m-r2 &yr) Date Called: 1 v i 6 (..(..4._ .pedal Instructions: Date Wanted: /A� / ( �m m. P Requester: Dex fiv(s 1 7./tiAo Plane No.: 8a. 1 " 7 "`" 7)((c., p 2 141112.12 ATK7Yr proved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' LA-a?) cc Ai) /A (-c iv 07- /Ar5 sec io'), - T O ? ? - 7 j o b i ' / G 4 A-r-C42. ( A C A c . , f2v44 cob- 'rteAc1 c .. Peg. -p vc PGe i- R , by _- 7iL ' , G F' (..-L-s`. /-a4 vim" C',' etz ' f c 64 0 (t Vil- CEiec,t 01V- 20C- (.-J� `?r°- '-"1�S 10\r C (5-/- .d'- . ckA 7 i F--- cp di r e' C5 Q P re aAM < r 1 ca I,1 or orsp. pot 7)((c., p 2 141112.12 ATK7Yr A f , [Inspector: U//7Fit- El $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to relnspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: Dale: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copywith permit SPECTIO 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 oci ' J Ora PERMIT . (206) 431 -3670 Project: {�t�0.n :1Qrlial Type of Inspection: ��v ina1 Address: (.0--) 16 Soutr rltPr Date Called: I SpecIat Instructions: p(JJCi 11 -' OOH "T`'1� U pwqu — O OL-11 Date Wanted: am. p.m. Requester: PhoneNo.: Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' ()K r p P IInspector: 1VII \�.44,..: Date: 11/ (lP! qt'l I ❑ $30.00 REINSI3ECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: Date: 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit I SP 0I '0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 .r°jeci: eje--. Irt0a-/7 Mir/4 YPe ° nspect .n: , -/figr Address /..7/- ‘5 eild._ :1te Called: /7/ /7 96t Special Instructions: . Date Wanted: / / iM/ 9.4 Requeste, Phone Notii_ic22. iK,Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 insPecmr:Cd,L-g-' Dale: kfa 94 o $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection., fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. P Date: 1:7 1?-4014.744:1.:14 } INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PER 1T ND. ` (206) 431 -3670 role : ..,.� . ype o nspedw .1/ 4 1) it, /90/4- ee/ 2 7 rr-7' i-ert,itic ress: Aft A : :, 3 !.` // ua/ 4 Special nstructions: - Date Wanted: /0 --2-5-9 .m. Requester: Phone No.: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. g Corrections required prior to approval. 1C/X2:5'— 9 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. 'rte COMMENTS: • /) 4-, 1) it, /90/4- ee/ 2 7 rr-7' i-ert,itic 2) -/-�v7 is !- !! /`--t �A-j �r-'ke // /)-e h /t /// 6 4.4 S ti /-� �� / e,...40.,1-0 446.- lrt.-j 7""4 .ie/eatipt.--,-..-, G} Cc, 4 U t., -Q� 3 !.` // ua/ 4 ` L f ) S' 4' `l9/3 L5.4�L /. t? 41,1-- r/ - n .. 1C/X2:5'— 9 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. 'rte INSPECTION AE'CORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project: kocki_ ' I lD , / _ () Type of Inspection: Address. / s- riir_tpfDO Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: /0 ^ ?s...c7 c4 p.m. Requester: i I 2��- -` Phone No.: / , , 0 ( / Approved per applicable codes. K Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: nspector: D $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at . 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 r D IBS i PERMIT NV (206) 431 -3670 P Gt a.44... De4i 'lal(..f ikkie . .TYPeofin g A .r • f / t teCalleci — `— !/ Special Ins ructions: D Date Wang ....#77 „it( 6,:ri-op.m. Requester: D 1,x/4 � i 14 -109-7 1! Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. fie: eceipt No.. 1 C> INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 • ro ect: ' idQ' ype o nspection• ress: f (� � elffi . r Date a =.: i /) n dat nst eructions: Date Wanted: Requester Phone No.: 'e �'j� Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' to Corrections required prior to approval. Co-1/41-0--c . • [inspector: Date: st 2,3 i9{ ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. +P' Date: 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 vI'LI E•MIT 0. (206) 431 -3670 roject: SIC Ypeo nspe« •n: i Special Instructions: Date anted: (,/ d '1. hin3 p.m. Requester: ' Plane No.: / ■ /V l KA.pprovei‘perapplicable codes. COMMENTS: O Corrections required prior to approval. O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. [FFec�pt No.: 1� I`SPE ION O. INSPECTION' RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 IT (206) 431 -3670 Project :, Y,x )i► �„ G�f5 ,.J�G.�l� Type of Inspection:, Address: ']�A �J, { -0 ��e 2 to Call :.: • 1 . s-e ., ,.,/c- $ Zara.., '/5 Special instructions: 6 1 Date Wanted: I /4' am. .rr Requester: ,G�LZ 1.1 Phone No.: 1 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Ai Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' f /�/P s,lr• —i •e�/ 1 ) A `/ 3i / � / -) fi /t/A•77 4 /1-,zj S S Jic..7 / 3 /- /..c/G,3 £. �1/CC.,e- P.,e.C! C1.42 .64e S -e- G�>"YPn-e�,•c.e.,2, e/d 6 .,e.. G m s 4.3 6.1)4 Ce.,14'"i/e■1 #4e4444- /a AA) uI ..) e1 /0v r^ l'() /6 d 0 c c,_c . 7:17 i^i, . s-e ., ,.,/c- $ Zara.., '/5 f ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid. at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. j Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 • • roject: igZlrt ype o ns n: draystam MillIWIS Date Wanted: p.m. ress. 1111. ec Speola nstructions: 6/ Requester: .111/201 Phone No.: • / MIIII Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /9.0e06- y.4:7 .. • •■•••• • , _ _ , o 1.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at • 6300,Scahcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspectlon. O.: •r , • 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project' ' [. an x)(9,2 / Type of Inspection: Address: / to. / �!� �/ ljC Date Called: 7 _i al �7:'1 struct . , . � � v / / Oa Ilv ‘.3"-C'1) I�te "anted: am. ,pm� J Requester. 10 /2/),2.44 • . : I . : , 4/ 42 I Ma Er •� Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: y,�-„ / // `b L vim- �i�/e6 -L l (-7 � ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. paid at .4641041,075444111,11n.,. .4t7,"e.41riiirec 0 INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 - . ect: r F , < 4. 4. / . :ilk./ type �i Ins -`bn: .r ;' . K-(' �._�aiiil i :; .,. r . rtr Ins' ''N m tv'( � i w! zo //►► d 1.4 ASr i N I Date wanted: / �! (� zo gyea Requester. lei -vv �Requ Phone No.: i'9 q r/ 7/ 5 Approved per appiicab7e codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I Inspector: CA— Date: ❑ ;MOO REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 11157. +• • r ..4119i:':.aaL5.1 ;�i&. r?. .t, .s : ?.Yt: s. n� J!�..+vr�ta.��s:.�'1��. _ • Ar7.74""47;t 7r. 71' -17r7""Fio, City of Tukwila VIONIMMIUNIIINOW Fire Department Project Name Address TURWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chfef Permit No. iS,54-0/2„S-V/ ACMIU hiciVrAtt CIA-4)76>e Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Suite # S. Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: F Pre-Fire: Permits: Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM /(0-9y_ Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone. (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 5754439 M E M O R A N D U M To: Richard Takechi, Department of Finance Fr: Greg Villanueva, Department of Engineering Date: November 23, 1994 Subject: Kwan Dental Center, Permit #PW94 -0054 The Kwan Dental project is now completed and signed off.. However, please note the attach =d temporary water meter permit was never acted upon by the con.:ractor. Since the water meter was not picked up and used, voiding this permit is now in order. Verification by the water department has been completed. The total amount of fees are ready for release. cf: Shelly Bates, Permit Technician City of Tukwi& (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 TEMPORARY WATER METER PERMIT Permit No: PW94 -0054 . Status: ISSUED Project Name: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Wetlands: Type: OFF Slopes: Y No of Units: 000 Square Feet: Contractor License No: WRHAN* *25181 ENANT KWAN DENTAL CENTER Issued: 06/09/1994 Approval Letter: 00/00/0000 Expires: 08/08/1994 Water Course: Water Dist: TUKWILA Sewer Dist: TUKWILA 'WNER EDMOND KWAN Phone: 206 248 -3330 322 SW 155 ST SUITE A, SEATTLE,. WA 98166 ONTACT DONALD REESE Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130 LN NE, KIRKLAND, WA 98054 ONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 * * *k*k.* *k * *•k * * *k ** * ** Mfr********************:********** * * * * * ** * * * *•k * ** *•k•k* * ** * * * * ** Additional Description: Temp water only for hook up to hydrant 2.5" METER Water Meter Size: 2.50 .Quantity: 1 FEES: 100.0 Work Order #: 51106 Type: TEMP Account Number: Water Meter Size: .00 Quantity: 401/386.510 ' Work Order #: . Type: Water Meter Size: .00 Quantity: Work Order #: Type: . ***** ********•kk***A********** * * * * * *** *w * * * * * *** * ** * ** * * ** *.A •fir *** ** * ** ** *fit ** * * *•k•k* On the signing of this application, I understand and agree to the following conditions & agree to pay the deposit charge and the balance of the cost when billed (overpayment will be refunded). 1. Temporary meters are to be used for only one project at a time and returned to the Public Works Maintenance Shops at 600 Minkler Boulevard (433 -1860) within 24 hours after the permanent meter is installed, or on /or prior to the expiration date of this permit, whichever is sooner. 2. If temporary meter needs to be moved from one hydrant to another at the project site: a. The user must possess a hydrant wrench. The use of a• pipe wrench will result in the user purchasing a new hydrant operating nut and /or revocation of this permit. b. The Tukwila Water Department must be notified in advance of the'move to allow coordination with the Fire Department. 3: If temporary meter is damaged, user will pay time and material to repair said meter. 4. If temporary meter is lost or stolen, user will pay the replacement cost of ureter. THE APPLICANT UST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LE . T 24, Hj U S N ADVANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION /CALL 433-0179. Signature: l0`Na. 5' I L-12-... Date: 6hAt Title: __''t'!.1_ Company: IV( K'� 110A, ___ ******** A'******************* k********************* •A * * * * * * ** * * * * * *k * * * * * * * *A *•k ** APPROVED FOR cUANCE BY A. ,, Issued By:_ j 4 ' 1 ' L L � . - e .1 re/C- Date _ '`�` 61 Authorized Permit Ce er Signature *** A**************** ** ** * * * ** * **' **** * * * ** * ** * * ** ** k* •k * * * * ** * *•k* *•k * * * * * *•k * * * ** ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved: Date: Inspector Signature (X)0i5A WLITU wry N Q Ld( u.P • Vo ?-QA.V:,,Lt 0.,0 1 tl 23 G'iity of TukwilA (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 WATER METER PERMIT Permit No: PW94 -0047 Status: ISSUED Project Name: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Wetlands: Water Course: Water Dist: UNKNOWN Sewer Dist: Type: COM No of Units: 000 Contractor License Number: WRHAN * *251B1 TENANT KWAN DENTAL CLINIC OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN 322 SW 155TH, SUITE A, BURIEN, WA 98166 CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Additional Description: Developer Construction Cost: .00 INSTALL 1" WATER METER AND APPURTENANCES METER INFORMATION: Water Meter Size: 1.00 Quantity: 1 Work Order #: 5105A Type: PERM Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 07/22/1994 Slopes: Square Feet: Phone: 248 -3330 FEES: Regular Connection: Install Deposit: Plan Check: Inspection: Turn On Fee: Special Connect Fee: Other Fees: 100.00 175.00 10.00 15.00 25.00 .00 .00 Acct No: 401/388.102 Acct No: 401/386.520 Acct No: 000/345.830 Acct No: 401/342.400 Acct No: 401/343.405 Acct No: 401/388.101 TOTAL FEES: 325.00 ************************************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** I understand that the charge for the meter installation portion of the . water meter /service installation is based on the actual cost of materials plus labor including 17% overhead. I agree to pay the installation fee (deposit) on the signing of this application and the balance of the cost when billed (overpayment will be refunded). Further, I agree to pay the regular connection charge, administrative plan check fee, inspection fee and turn -on fee as part of this application.I further understand that the water service piping from the public main to the water meter box and shut -off valve (corp stop) shall be constructed at my sole expense. THE APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT L $T 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature:_ Title: 'n23 Company: " Date: ************************************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE: GAV Issued By: C)17e "I Authorized Permit Center Signature Date ************************************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: Inspector Signature Date ;..r. p,,.. .f,�,. .,,r. :ter.- vu�r� .,,� ,wrr. .,ter. �.w ..rr. .:rik l► .r ► i r r r r► r► r► r ,:..r ► r► i r r r ..i r.,�,,.r r .r i, r rr...,r rte► Lr r i :r r i r t CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Suite: Tenant: KWAN DENTAL CLINIC Type: PW -WM Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Permit No: PW94 -0047 Status: ISSUED Applied: 03/29/1994 Issued: 05/23/1994 ' k********** k*********•******** k* k• kk************ * *** *k*********kk-k ** * *** *k *•k* Permit Conditions: 1. The water meter- box :hal.l�;b:e right-of- way .: in ,City at the prop 2. THE 1" COPPER SERVICE' 1=ROM ,THE - ;METER TO THE'BUI,LD..ING SHALL BE INSTALLED I)\VA • 'TRAI_GI1;T LINE J i BUILDING � A���Y,,., -; :�, X�;; _; U.�T� WEST C1F THE•,�PhiI�FOJEG NG SIGN:" City of 7%iticwilei (206) 4313670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 SANITARY SIDE SEWER Permit No: PW94 -0045 Issued: 05/23/1994 Status: ISSUED Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Project: KWAN DENTAL Expires: 11/19/1994 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Parcel No: 295490 -0446 Wetlands: Watercourse: Slopes: Water: UNKNOWN Sewer: Type of Install: Number of Units: 000 Exist SQ FT: Add SQ FT: New SQ FT: Contractor License No: WRHAN * *251B1 TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 Description: CONSTRUCT 6" SANITARY SEWER AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER STUB. **********************************************•** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Inspection Fee: Hook UP Fee: Special Assessment: 20.00 Acct No: 402/342.400 .00 Acct No: 402/388.102 .00 Acct No: 402/388.101 TOTAL FEE: 20.00 ************************************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** THE APPLICANT HEREBY ACCEPTS THIS PERMIT AND AGREES TO ABIDE BY ALL APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE AND APPROVED PLANS. WE ALSO AGREE THAT THE CITY OF TUKWILA SHALL BE HELD HARMLESS FROM ALL OR ANY CLAIMS ARISING AS A RESULT OF THIS PROJECT.PERMITS WHICH HAVE LAPSED BEYOND THE PERMIT EXPIRATION DATE SHALL REQUIRE REAPPLICATION AND RE- ISSUANCE OF THE PERMIT THROUGH THE CITY OF TUKWILA AT AN ADDITIONAL FEE. APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT & COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 HgkJRS IN ADVANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature: Date: Company: Title: ********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY: GAV Issued By: Authorized 'Permit Center Signature Date ********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the.standards and conditions for side sewer construction. Final Inspection Approved: Inspector Signature Date ;1 CURB CUT /ACCESS / SIDEWAI-.K Permit No: PW94 -0041 Status: ISSUED Project: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: Slopes: Sewer: Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN* *25161 TENANT KWAN DENTAL CENTER Phone: 248 -3330 98188 OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN ,.. :a :w , ;::..,... . �:_` .:Rhone : 248 -3330 98166 CONTRACTOR W R HANSON :I:NC : "'' Phone: 206 821-6747 12510 130TH".LANE N. E`:: #A14C, 'KLRKLANG, WA.'98034 :w. * * * * * *k ** * ** * * ** ** *�1' **** k*************- k****' k**• k4*.*,* 4. 4 ,*k•k'*4 **•k•k**• ****•k*it*-k** Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 11/19/1994 Additional Permit;,Descript.ion: 44' ` CONSTRUCT NEW'COMMERCI'AL ACCESS AND TIE INTO''-. EXISTING SIDEWALf;` r. r' ,' Existing Squar,eFeet. ti ,'� E Additional .Square Feet:, New Squa're Feet: Inspection Fee,.: Plan Check Fee TOTAL FEES: King County? Val.uat.ihon: -7- Value "of,`: Construct`iori:` 00 ** Y4*** k*************** �k k***• t4* k* �4.* A******* *k ** * ***.h * **.k * * * *'k * * *•k ** *: *it•k*A.hk * * *** ** I hereby acc`,ept ,, i „tnispermat yand agree. to 'abide all applicable sect'ions,of the City of Tukw•i 1 a Municipal' Code,:,.;'. -We agree :nth at'` the• City of Tukwila shall be held harmless for, all..,or any claims arising as a - result of this, project. Permits which \ha.ve�'aapsed beyond the expiration date s'hall.requ'ire a re-application and,` r.eissuance of the permit.thr;ough ;the City at an additional fee. \,, ' 1k , =4 '..rd THE APPLICANT;FlUST NOTIFY' THE CITY INSPECTOR OF, COMMENCEMENT AND'; COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEA 7,24 HOUR_ IN-,ADVANCE. TO SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION. CALL 433 -0179. Acct Na': 000/342.400 Acct. 'No: 000/345.830 Signature:_ ******A****** Date: * *{ **** k• 4*- k• k- k******• k***** ' * **** * * * *•k* * * *k **k* *•k ***** ** *•k * *k* *•k*k* APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY,:.. GAV Issued By: Date: Permit Center,S_ignature. **' k**' k: 4• k4' k*************** k' k**** **** * *'k * ***'k * *•k *k•kk *** *-k•i k* k** *'4**•k 4'k** **'k *'4'k ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved: Inspector Signature Date Address: Suite: Tenant: KWAN DENTAL Type: PW -CCAS Parcel #: 295490 -0446 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *•k * ** Permit Conditions: 1. Driveways shall Driveway width s Slope shall be a minimum of 10�, CITY OF TUKWILA 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Permit No: PW94 -0041 CENTER Status: Applied: Issued: ISSUED 05/18/1994 05/23/1994 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** tilt * * * * * * * * ** *tit * * * * ** * *•k * * * *`k * *•k * * * *, * ** comp 1 y ,w`i t'�i;;�City' coinmerc fa:1w standards. ha1.1 be, = a'- 25'' "' "minimum "ar dy3,5! maximum. .maX"; mum of, 1.596 Tu,r..ning radi=i ;.,shal1 be a FIRE LCr}F• /HiDRA.NT Permit No: PW94 -004 Issued: 05/23/1.994 Status: ISSUED Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Project: KWAN DENTAL Expires: 11/19/1994 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: _,lopes: Sewer: Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN•• ;k25161 TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN u, ' <<y:'' aw, -., CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC.;;°.::4 #w;= o,:..._w.... ti`ww4,•� ts,._.,y a, �,, �•w{ Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE ; PJ:'E ".� #A14, ,,k;IRI:;LAND, WA'' °9:300,. '.4 'k 'k 'k •k t4 t4 ******kA******* k..l r 4 ;4 •k A k k 'k krk ' k 'k`.4 *1.1 k k 'k' k 'k •k •k •.4 k k k k k ,4 •k k ik .k.A AA**** k k •k :4 'k k k k k •k 4** !1✓, rr::t✓ :r t} .7 `'r Additional Permit Decriptioji :;fir n ; ' �` "�v; CONSTRUCT FIRE, IifDRANT' ;A l'j 'y„•PPURTENANCES `pii' ,,1'i4, Existing Square Fevert'. ` , {<t, , ;; ¢' .4' •, t ;`� �,, . A:dji t i�itla•;1+ aquare•t -seet. . New Square//Feet f Inspect for ,'F'ee: Plan Check, Fee: TOTAL', FEE., 25.00 ' AcCt•- No. :: 4017,3 42.400 Acct ; 0 0 0 / 3 5 , ' 3 3 0 5 , 830 King County :,Va1ua.tion: • Va•1ue..of Cons.tructioii: .00 4 **AA * *AAA* •4 •k k ,* * k : 4 •k 'k •k k •k k 'k k 1 4 * * k .4 k * k A `k k •k •k k k k * k 'k k :k 'k k k k k'k k k * 'k 4 k k •k k *It k •k 74 •k.'kk * •k kA * •k •k k •k 'k * 'k • I hereby accept this ••permit and .agree to alai de', a 1 1 :app l i cable sect i oris . of the City of Tukwila.- Municipal Code,. We agree that. .the-.City of Tukwila shall be held har'ml,ess for -all or any claims.' arising as a 'result of this .project.. Permits which have 1 apsed beyond the. expiration date shall requi re a re -app 1 i ca.ibn ar i'. re i ssun,ce of the 'Oermi t.`'thr+_o:u.9h the C i tyr e t.''an ad:d,•i t i ona l • fee. 1' THE APPLICANT M•US7 :T NOTIFY THE CITY IN'S ECTG.R• OF'..COMME,NCEMENT,,.AFND COMPLETION OF WORK AT'L,CAST `24': HOURS IN ADVANCE. !TO SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature: - '.- 4 /l�� -.i Date: -K- =-- -- - - - -- **'4 **•k•k•k'k** *k* k *k k**• k' k** k• k• k* k• n*• 44* 444kk***** k• k** * **•k:4•k•k•�k•k'k- *kk*,k'k' APPROVED FOR ISSUA,NCE BY' :.GAV Authorized Per,•niit Center Signa,tur:e ***' k******•k k' kk****• k' k• k• K' k* k' k• k,' k, Mi' kk ,**k,kk *k;•kh:k*k:k•4 **•kk•444 4`* k. Y4; hk4•4•k•k **•k'k•k'kk'kk•k*•k*** I hereby certify that the peroeit. ho.• lderW, who se.zfaiiie >;an'eaddre:•s appears on this record has •s atis.fac,tori l j met t•i e t:an•.dar.d`s ''and condition: for the project approved herein. Issued By: Date: 5 aj``C)�� Final Inspection Approved: Inspector Signature Date HAULING Permit No: PW94 -0043 Status: ISSUED Parcel No: 295490 -0446 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Start Time: Bond Number: End Time: TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN issue Date: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 00 /00 /0000 Expires: 07/22/1994 CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. .Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE-.A.,-,E. " #A14 , , KIRKLAND, " WA=- 9.,8034.• ******• k**• k*** k**** k*• 4***4 r* k'- k• kkk• k**.* k*** k****•• Ik• 4r .k *•k.*k *•kk•k*k *'k'k *kk *•4k*** Plan ChecV°Fe'e: ,' s' . 1000 Inspect.itn `Fee." ', •. 15.00 ,' 0,i•'rti'e r fee.: S :t ~ 00 ,. Tt1TAL FEES!: 25.00 4 " .�: , , . 2.00 e,," ;. * **** ***•kk ** *�kn4 " *'k * *4**Iii4 44( ** * * * *. * ;k *lr.461(k * *•k *•k * *k * *** *•k*I**k*k*** * * *** The unders i ne•d' hereby. applies , fors- 'ier rni'ssi on to er'form >`hau l in g p g,•;per� attached . map in accordance with;the following conditions: 1- Flagging,; signing and coning sha11 be in accordance with• MUTCD' for traffic control - 2- Contractor shill provide,cer.titied flagmen for traftic' control.',' 3- Sweep or'other.'wise clean streets to the satistaction .t.Pubiit Work.- each night ;around hauling ,r`oute. (no ;flushing allowed). 4- Notifyc•ity inspector before 1'200 noon ory fr•ida,y preceding any weekend work . ..... 5- Permit '.i s. valid between the weekday hours ,of 7 :00 a.m. and ,'3: 30 p: m. only 6- Clean `arid remove` debris fr �c om i ' ty. catch' basins in and around hauling routes Provide: adequate temporary access as not to interfere with other vehicle movement; or.. :cause ;trucks to trave 1 over. curbs. 8- All veh.cies;,'st make complete stop Prior td -entering public right -of -way. **** * * **•k•k* * **k* *•k * * **k *•k•k** ** k * * * * * * *•k *** k•k* k ***:4* k*•k **•k•k k* **•k k•k k k*•k•k ** k* :4 *k•k* THE APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT. AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 SIN ADVANCE. 433 -0179 Signature: �rcv�, ������ Date: _ S" -3 - A***************** ***A *•k *•k * *•k k** ** k *•k* *•k * ** *•k * *4 k *k4*** * **** *'k* k44444 *444 k4 * ** APPROVED FOR I ;DANCE BY :' I s u e d B y: r• 0- Authorized Permit Center Signature Date * **4•k•k *4444444 *4* k4 * * ** * *k *•k *4•k4•kk *4*44 *k•kk•k' 44*kk•k * *•k **4444 *k44*44* *4444 kk* I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: Inspector Signature Date CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Tenant: DR. EDMUND KWAN Status: ISSUED Type: PW-HAUL Applied: 03/29/1994 Suite: Parcel #: 295490-0446 Issued: 05/23/1994 ************************************k****A****************************** Permit Conditions: $1,000,000) NAMING,X11ECITY -.OF taNicA-As!-JK.ugEp. 1 A COPY OF THE CERTIFICAT E:;Or INSIMANCE:tOVERAGE (MINIMUM OF ,......-....-----,7---. 2. A $2,000 BOND MADEAUT' TO THE CITY FOR POSSIBLE'fPROPERTY DAMAGES CAUSED,BY-ACTIVITIES „,g4t, I 3. A MAP WHICH SHOIdS ' THE:HAUL'A.ROJTE. :—",, /.,•,„ ,, 1.'• t 1; f , •. ' ,. -,4, 1 1 ■l'i 41 " .' • 4.' 1. O.' .1 , • ' ' 1, ,. ' • C i . * • ■ • '' r . . ? .l.,j • . , ,4" - " '-'• t' .* \''''. • it' t , , t , . , •t•N` , s r; If) 'a • ' , f 1 t • ' ••1 • 1 • t'• '54 , • •••• • 1 t - it '-i,,„, 0. , , • t L' 4..0, z . *,` , 1 e , • J., ' ■ 4, 1 .,-i w...1----1,2 , . .• N .:, l"'', • ■ t.? . 1 1,,t-., ' 1 0'1 9.4'4'V (:. ' • C Ns.' • • 'lit: \ '„ • 4.. , , . . . . . ,, . Permit No: PW94-0043 2 :r '93 .v.•; 1 1 •• „.„ • t.; LAND ALTERING Permit No: PW94 -0044 Status: ISSUED Project: KWAN DENTAL Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Wetlands: Watercourse: Contractor: W R HANSON INC. TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN..;"...„ ENGINEER BOB ANDERSONANDAS:,OCIATES ;,kt:, ',.Phone: 631 -6045 98166 f::< : -,.- V E. CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 ;;.1.30TH `LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND.,; ,WA 98034•':;;, ****************'**********'****** k**** r*' k********** li* k* *** * * *. *,*c* * *k**k * *k * * * * ** i " Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/19/1995 Expires: 11/19/1994 Slopes: License No.: WRHAN * *251B1 Additional D.escriptton t x. : "' . `' ",;.. Land alt.et•in'g.ywi ` ll include °c.lea,r;i•ng vegetation and ex'c'a'vating''to p'lanned`: subgra'de:s. •,:v`.`, Grading /Fi1,„1 (Yards) -Cut: 950 Fill: Total:, 950 Permit 'Fee: 117".=00... Account No: 000/322.100 Plan ChecE,`,'Fee `- ....22:50 . Account No 000/345.830 Other: Account No 000/386.904' Total,-Fees: 39.50 Valuation: • .00: k * *k ** * *'k * * *ik** *•kph **** ** :* * ** *•k*k ********************** •k** **** ***k *'k***k*•k***** I hereby 'certify, that I :have ''read and examined this permit and know the same to be true'.'and correct. All .provisions of .law .and ordinances governing this work willVbe complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permi;oesnot -presume to give authority to violate or cancel. the provisionsaf anx other state or local laws regulating construction, or the performanceyt -af work'`. I ani authorized to sign for and obtain this Land Altering permit. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180, days from the date of issuance,or if the work is suspended or 'abandoned for a period of 180 days from the- last inspection. APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST ,.24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. FOR AN IN "SECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature: ******k************ APPROVED FOR ISSUP(NCE: GAV Date: **** * *** * * ** * ** **** * * ** * ** * * **% ** * *** * * *•k* **** *** * * *•k•k* Issued By: bjj10. Date : 5- QD: - -! '"l- Authorized Permit Center Signature ***************************• k*********** *kk * *•k * * *kk *'k *k ** *k *k *•k*•k** k• k•kk•k•k * **•k•k* I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for this project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: Date: Inspector Signature CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Permit No: PW94 -0044 Suite: Tenant: DR. EDMUND $(WAN Status: ISSUED Type: PW -LA Applied: 03/29/1994 Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Issued: 05/23/1994 ***** *•k*•h ** * * * *** * ** k **•k* * * * *•k * * ** k *•k * *** ** k•k k•k * ** k * ****•k•k *** k * * * * ****•k*•k** Permit Conditions: 1 Temporary erosion controea•s;ur es. sha l�;l° -be, imp 1 emen ted as the first order of busi";ness` =t.o` prevent -sed=i negtat ion off- site ..• site or into existing storm drainage faci l i't�i:e51,, 2. The site shall,, /have` permanent erosion control m'easu,res in place as soo, a- pos ' n s`i b`l a to f ter....f.i�na1 ,grad;i ng ,has''been completed and /pri,or�to_ the Final Inspectipn,rr� 3. The Land A;1't}eri.n �4Permi`t feed's' based ,upon anr:e's,timated `4 950 c cif excavation If ,the, final q�iantit�' exceeds, this amount,!!'the developer s'ha1y�l+��tbe requiredtto ca1ciilate<< the f ixi'a1 uant i t and pa r the dpi ff` :erence i n permit. free ra q y*, yi, prior,��to` the Final Inspectf,ion. STORM DRAINAGE Permit No: PW94 -0046 Status: ISSUED Project: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: Slopes: Sewer: Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN**251B1 TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN CONTRACTOR W R HANSOM INC. �- :: - . ' `y.',Phone: 206 821-6747 12510 130TH LANET N E, #A14, 7KIRKLAND, WA 98034-,.,,. *************** * * * * * * * * *•k *'k•ih•k * *•k ** k *k•k•k * *** ** k * ** k ** k k * * * * * *'k k * *•k * ** k * * ** ** k k ** Additional Permit Description CONSTRUCT ON SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND CONNECT TO CITY: STORM`.,LINE. ='4 Existing Square,/FO-et:' Additional Square Feet New Square.'': ~Feet: :, _"• Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 11/19/1994 In pection,Fee 15..00 Plan Che.cI;' Fee::' x`10.00' TOTAL' FEES :' "25..0.0' King CountypV, .N aluation:: , , _• {, r ,YValue of_`:Construction' "' : ;'.: .00 ********• k**• k.*• k******• k***,*******.*****• k1**** k*** k**'k • ********** *k. * * k•* ik•k-k•k **#*'k•* * *•k•** ■ I hereby a c'cept-i•.this-:permit %and' agise'e to %abide-a11applicable sections`.: of the City of Tukwila Mun i ci pa,l'• Code.. We "'agree .that,'"the ;City of TukwiAa shall be held harml;ss -6o4all or ,'a:iy.fclai'ms"`•ar ~ising'..as a._result of this project. Permits wh.i•ch have.., lap ed-be'y,ond the expiratiori" date shall require a;•;•' re -app l i cati on andti4 re'lssuance of the permit through- the City at an addl t i ona l • fee. THE APPLICANT'•, MUST NOT�IF Y THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST-24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. TO 'SCHEDULE AN, INSPECTION:CALL 433 -0179. Acct` No:,412/342. 400 Acct No :.:000/.34,5.830 Signature: * * * *•k *'k•k* * * * * ** ** ***• k*• k** c**********• k**• k_**•****.******• k• k *.*•k* *•k * **'**** * * * * * *•k * *•k** Date.. APPROVED FOR ISS`CIANCE BY: GAV Issued BY: Da t.e =. -cN Authorized Permit Center`Signature - ****** k*******'k*• k*• k*** k***********• k**' k.*,****"*,' w****'• k* *' *ik * ** *•kk*•k **•k **k *** ***•k* I hereby certify that the permit 'ho•ldwh•os;e. name• and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved: Inspector Signature Date Address: Sui te: Tenant: Type: Parcel #: * * * * * * **** Permit Con 1. Tempo the f site 2. All p reinf used 3. Work with shall CITY OF TUKWILA 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Permit No: PW94 -0046 DR. EDMUND KWAN PW -SD 295490 -0446 Status: Applied: Issued: ISSUED 03/29/1994 05/23/1994 ******************* ** * *•k *** * * *k *•k * * ** * *•k * * *'k* k'k** k *** * * * *** * * **** ditions: racy erosion controlsmear ti: e32sh• ,143 =:rb.e. implemented as first order of bus ciness =to pr even‘t"sei.inen.tation off- , - ,,< , ,�- �. •-�.,t' tx�•. -. or into existi,:ng. -s'i ornr drainage fact 1 i't-i,es;r;,` rivate stornl-,drain i `eitstiall /be e i t he r come -e•te or orced ADS -'"pipe. t Treated corrugated me be f o r deteition i`fa.c.i 1�;i „ti.es. , f: - , :, aff ec' t1,l ng itra: t14 c f 1 owq• Gsha‘l'I''beo ,ctl ose 1 ;y.44?ord i na. ,d1 thef ;i-ty �Ut;ti 1 hires dfispector Traffic. Con troil• ,Plans bse ;si.; bm it t e'dex to:;the Inspecttor for - prior appro;va1 • \' . TO: FROM: DATE: City of Tukwila Department of Public Works John W. Rants, Mayor M E M O R A N D U M NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION PERMIT CENTER ( PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION 6v MAY 18, 1994 Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director SUBJECT: UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY /REQUIREMENTS Kwan Dental Clinic 6715 Southcenter Blvd. Project No. PRE93 -015 Activity Numbers PW94 -0041, 0042, 0043, 0044, 0045, 0046, 0047 Contact Person: Thomas Eng Telephone No.: (206) 783 -8582 THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE ACCORDING TO THE SITE PLAN APPROVED ON MAY 18, 1994: Access /Sidewalk Fire Loop /Hydrant Hauling Land Altering Sanitary Side Sewer Storm Drainage Water Meter /Permanent Permit Fee $ 25.00 $ 25.00 $ 25.00 $ 139.50 $ 20.00 $ 25.00 $ 325.00 TOTAL $ 584.50 Please have the applicant complete the attached Bill of for the water service installation. The form should be and returned to Public Works. Sale form notarized Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and site plans are attached for inclusion in the permit file. GAV /cd cf: City Utilities Inspector (w /copy of plans /application) Development file (w /copy of plans /application) kwandent.upa 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433-0179 • Fax (206) 431-3665 spe_Eq� City of Tu :. Nila {Tr* Jon pkt,67 j/ 000 4 2, y3) i! �f Central Permit System — Engineering Division > / 40,, °10tfl 4ter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 MAR 2 9 .1994 UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION 'f tJKWILi PROJECT. '`sfiie A•dres. ' 107/S hour 1 trrtc tBA'.L :INFORMATION Name of Project: A new dental clinic for Dr. Edmund Kwan Property Owner: Dr. Edmund Kwan Street Address: 322 SW 155th, Suite A Engineer: Bob Anderson & Associates Street Address: 14509 SE 234th P1. Contractor: To be determined Street Address: Phone No.: 248-3330 : t - City /State /Zirf 1A 98166 Phone No.:631 -6045 City /State /Zip: Ke nt , WA 98042 Phone No.: City /State /Zip: King Cty Assessor Acct #: #x,93_0050 Contractor's License #: P.ERMITS;;,`<;.; ❑ Channelization /Striping /Signing REQUESTED Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk fc Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) - No.: _ Sizes: ❑ Flood Zone Control Tf Hauling V Land Altering cubic yards 2/ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times* Date: V Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: Exp. Date: ❑ fewer Main Extension ❑ Private ❑ Public 01 Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension ❑Private ❑ Public ❑ Water Meter / Exempt: - No.: Sizes* j Deduct ❑ Water Only ❑ ra; Water Meter / Permanent - No • Sizes• t ❑ Water Meter/ Temporary: - No.: , Sizes Estimated quantity: Schedule: ❑ Other: WATER METER DEPOSIT /: REFUND /BILLING ` Street Address: 14509 S . E . 239 th P1. Name: Dr. Edmund Kwan Phone No.: 248 -3330 :MONTHLY BILLINGS TO:.: ` > Street Address: 14509 S.E. 239th P1. ❑ Water El Sewer El Metro ❑ Standby Name: Dr. Edmund Kwan City /State /ZipTukwila, WA 98166 Phone No.: 248 -3330 City /State / ZipTukwila, WA 98166 ' :DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: ❑ Single- Family Residential ❑ Multiple - Family Dwelling No. of Units: ❑ Hotel El Motel Office ia Commercial/Industrial El Retail ❑ Duplex El Triplex ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums ❑ Church ❑ School /College /University ❑ Hospital ❑ Other: ❑ Other: MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION:::':. • New Building Square 2307 sf Footage: King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ ❑ Remodel/ Addition Square footage of original building space: Square footage of additional building space: Valuation of work to be done: $ 1 HEREBY: CERTIFYTHA.T::1 HAVE REAP :. 'THIS APPL ICATJON: AND;KNOW TH,E:AME TO;6E TRUE AN[7: GQHKtL 1 . Applicant /Authorized Agent Signature: Contact Person (print name): Thomas Eng /Jim Stenkamp Address: 4 501 Shilshole Ave NW --13)-- btveA l'r Print Name: Thomas Eng Date: 3/25/94 Pho e: 783- 8582CflyOFTUKWILSeattle, Ida 98107 Phone: 783 -8582 Date Application Accepted: c� �c, 9 (4 R ? $ I lgtite Application Expires: 9 a -4, (, PERMIT CENTER 04/22/92 I SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST All site plans shall be provided in one submittal for review by the Public Works Department. Six (6) sets of plans stamped by a licensed engineer are required along with this application completed and signed by the applicant's representative. The following information is necessary for Public Works Department evaluation and approval of site plans: I • All utility construction is to meet the City of Tukwila Standards 1 • Indicate scale of drawing and show north arrow • Identify location by address or distance to nearest intersection • Identity public right -of -way and any easements Use standard 24' x 36' sheets for all site plans CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDEWALK / CHANNELIZATION /STRIPING /SIGNING O Dimensions O Type of surfacing - asphalt, crushed rock, etc.(and thickness) O Percent of slope and runoff direction O Size of curb cuts / locations O Vehicular and pedestrian traffic facilities, including signing and striping, wheel chair ramps, curb cuts O 20' of paving on all gravel driveways connecting to paved roads FIRE LOOP /HYDRANT O Type of pipe / hydrant O Size of pipe /location O Location and type of all valves O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Distance from structures, storm and sewer facilities O Location and size of thrust blocking FLOOD ZONE CONTROL (Requirements are under flood Ord. No. 1462 and can be obtained from the Public Works Dept.) C Lowest finished floor elevation O Contours and elevations per National Geodetic Vertical Datum LAND ALTERING (CLEARING, CUT AND FILL) O Contour map (2' intervals) showing existing and proposed contours O Estimate of yardage, both cut and fill O Erosion control plan with temporary and permanent measures HAULING O Quantities of materials to be hauled to and/or from site O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $2,000 bond made out 10 the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Route map LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION O Location of DSHS approved double check valve O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt). Clearly show whether tap is on main or domestic service 0 Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction MOVING AN OVERSIZED LOAD O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $5,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for properly damages caused by activities O Business License with City of Tukwila O Route map O Dimensions (L X W X H) of overall load SANITARY SID.. SEWER O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanout(s) and test Tec(s) O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction O Invert elevations at structures and junctions SEWER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe /location O Percent of slope on pipe /length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanouts and manholes O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction STORM DRAINAGE (include existing topography and proposed grading and surfacing) O Type of pipe — concrete, ADS, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Percent of slope on pipe / length of run O Location of all structures O Square footage of area to be drained, Including roof area O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Invert or flow line elevations STREET USE O Complete description of proposed activity O Map with address and outline of limits of activity relative to public right -of -way and easements O Proposed traffic control /detour (per Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices) O Proposed schedule (times and dates) WATER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe — copper, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Hydrant types and locations O Valve types and locations O Connection point(s) to existing system O Type of connection - live tap, tee, etc. O Location and size of thrust blocking O Size and location of mains, including elevations (profile) WATER METER - EXEMPT O Diagram of domestic system /tie in of exempt meter O Number /account for existing domestic meter O Size and type of material of meter, service and meter box O Site address WATER METER - PERMANENT O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt) O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction WATER METER - TEMPORARY O Address and hydrant iocatior0 O Size of meter O Estimate of quantity and schedule A er the 'u• rc or s lepanment has completed their review and the plans are approved, the applicant will be notified by letter concerning the necessary permits and regy((pments; arj approved set of plans will accompany the letter. If the plans are not approved, the applicant will be notified'by letter of necessary resubmitta! requirements. k *k k* k**•k***** k*• k*** **•k*•k*h* *•k** */r**k * **** ***k* k***** k** k* k k**h* ::ITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT k *A *k ***k ** *,kit *** k** h*k k** k* Ak***A *** *k *hk * *k•khk *k•k *hkhA* *A **4h TRANSMIT Number: 94000589 Amount: 784.00 05/23/94 09 :40 Permit No 094-0125 Type: 0 -BUILD BUILDING PERMIT Parcel No: 295490 -0446 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Payment Method: CHECK Notation: EDMUND H. KWAN Init: SLB ********* A*******************•* k**** *** ** * * ***•A * *k** * *kk* **•k * *kk* Account Code 000/322.100 000/386.904 Description BUILDING •- NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE Total (This Payment); Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: 1,290.68 1,290.68. .00 Paid 779•:50 4.50 784.00 K�a15 a 5-10,3 GENERA 779.50 GENERA 4.50 GENERA 10.00 GENERA 15.00 GENERA 10.00 GENERA 15.00 GENERA 10.00 GENERA 15.00 GENERA 117.00. GENERA 22.5Q, GENERA 20.44`x. GENERA GENERA 15.00 GENERA 10.00 GENERA 100.00 GENERA 175.00 GENERA 15.00 v **/ *** *** ***k**** *****k•k**.1: ******** **hh.4* *k* +k *krk* **k•h*****kkh* CI.E%) OF TUKW]:LA, WA 1.R NSMI1' ** ** **k*** *** *** ***k*** r• k*****. k***** ******k *•k:kkh **k ***k**k * ** *:k* TRANSMIT Number: 84000358 Amount: 506.68 03/26/94 15:41. Permit No: B94-0125 Type: U '-BUILD BUILDING PE14;tE' 194 Parcel No: 295490-0445 Site Address:; 60335 SOUTHCENTER BL Payment .Method: CHECK Notation: EDMUND KWAN Init: DLM *****•****#**** kA•**********' k**k***** * **k * * * *** *A* **•k*** **k*** **•Ak Account Code 000/3115'.830 Description Pa■d PLAN CHECK w NONRE5 506.68 Total (This Payment): 506.68 Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: 1,230.68 506.68 784.00 GENERA 506.68 TOTAL 506.68 CHECK( 506.68 CHANGE 0.00 0557A000 22 :30 CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Permit No: B94 -0125 Suite: Tenant: KWAN DENTAL CENTER Status: ISSUED Type: B -BUILD Applied: 03/26/1994 'Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Issued:.05 /23/1994 'k k•k * ** k•k * * *•k** tit * * * *•k *** k ** k * ** k ** * * ** ** k * *•k * * ** *•k ** k k ** *•k ** * * * *M* k * *•M ** k•k** Permit Conditions; 1 .' No changes will be made.,, to the'.' plans unl.ess approved by the Architect and the TukWile,Building Division ;-',Revisions will require a new plan ;;.srubm i ttal , and may include .iadd'lui ona 1 plan review fees. 2. Plumbing permift shal l` be obtained-through the Seattle:King County Department •of °Pub li c Health Pl umb i ngr`w i,:l :l be` inspectedA by "'that agency,, .including all gas `piping (296 - 4722') . 3. E 1 ectr i 4 l permit Shall be obtained through the Wash i ngto State Division of Labor and.='Industrles and all 'electrical work 0,11 he inspected by: ttha'`,t agency (248- 6630) . ' 4. All me,ahanical work shall be under separate permit through the :Cityof Jukwi la. 5. All : p,e'r mats,: inspection records, and-approved plans shelf mai,nteined' evailable .at the lob site;• prior, to the start' of any,•. construction. These documentsYare to be, maintained,; available unti;lL final' inspect io'n,ap'proval is' granted. 6. Notify the City zof Tuk'wila;'Bu,i ldin'g Division prior to p Iauji+ng any concrete. ..' This procedur a .is in :`addition to -any,: requirements for s ec a1' ins eetidn. 7. Any "fnew ce "i ling grid 'and{ {Eight '1 ix;ture instal cation is required to'a meat lateral bracing ;`requ,irements.;;.r or Sel snii.c Z o n 8. Read �.iac, sts i b.1Ae access to roof mown ed} egirti pment requir &.d.k., 1" 4t `) zh x 9. Subgrade'. preparation including ain'�a,ge,\ a ci atlt °on, cam ac ,bn and f i 1 "l:t re uirement �shal�l`4. <c•o or�rix„ trictl wi recommendations s'given in the solVis report. < 10. All woodto a rema.in in placed concrete shall be treated wood . 1 1 . All construct i on to be done ` in ' conformance with ,approv,eyd'; ' plans and requirements of the Uniform ,Building Code,(1991 Edition) as amended by the Washington' State Building, COde, Uniform Mechanical. Code (19911 Edition),- and Washington State Energy Code (1991' -Sec ond Edit ion) . 12. Validity of Permit. The '':is "s,ua,nce - -of:, a;;perm t or approval of plans, specifications and "`computt:a:t:ions'` "shall not be con- strued to be a permit for or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority or violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 13. All revisions discussed on 5/12/94, and summarized in notes in file, shall be incorporated and approved prior to issuing permit. 3.4. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WILL BE REQUIRED FOR THIS PERMIT. TEL No . 06 -01-94 09:15AM FROM HALL- CONWAY- JACKS011 TO 8201939' • Jan 7,01 15:29 No.003 P.02 P002/002 A01111t1 0t1 ; PRobilcEE Nall •Conw y•t] ckson, P.O. Box 75978 Seattle WA 98125 Richard L Nicholson 206•527.2444 INAUtkl W. R. HANSON, INC. S zie 12510 130th Lane Kirkland WA 98034 •COvE*A0 '•1..: THIS IS TOCRIIT1PY THAT 1NDICATC{D, NOTWCIHSTANUINI) t'BRTIH(.'.&l'I'{ MAY 01 !Psi ILKC'LUSIONS AND ('.ONrITIONS LM{ TYPE of' LL "�CATE OF INSURANCE Inc. • N.E. #A1 -4 .. CNIt JIB :MIN PATEiMMrIIIPYYt 05/03/94 'MAN CERTIFICATE IS 1 ED A. A MAT't7;R OF '>,ORMA'1'IO mi.), AND CONi� as N() RI(;1ii'1:� UPON'rBE cEwrincAm HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE. Dt)I^ti NOT AMEND, EXTEND O11 ALTER THE COVI:KAGE AFFORDED EV THE POLICIES 0NIXIW, COMPANIES AF6Y)RDING COVERAGE L`OMPANY I. ink A North Pacific Inc i- b" b , 4 t‘ z.- r' . i li I,Irrim I'OMI'ANY .I I )N } 094 i. villa' t 1'UMPANY :'+ ^ lli`•j1y,l P. I.t:rIlat I) ... ..t•I(; ''••i li.∎ :, 1'OM?ANv ) Ir111tk i• j, THE POl.ICIESOPTN$URANr, L1 ll;U IllilOW IIAVlt 111'1•.N NXIII:II III '111itINSIIJHAG NAMIll1A1JOYI:I ' tIk •I1I1 ?1',N.It'Y I'liJ.WII ANY RI1QUIRIitrtUNV,'1111tM OR f ONIirt'hIN tllt AA Y 1'I *nu 'ter t$111rl'I11KR I:KX1IMIiNT will I Nf SPlit"S' to W1IIrlI T1Us 11;13 OIL MAY PHItTAIN. MIS IN:OMANI'It At ROAM 1tY '11111 1%4 II '1IIS IIIINI'killl?111111111tIN IS S11111141'10 ALI.'11lit T11PM., OP MIMI I'OI,tC1aS. I.IMCIN silt IWN MAY IIAVI• IIHtPJ Ilh:1IIIt'IIU IIY 1'AIU 11 AIMS. nl.U'Y 1YJ •1I%I Pul.1Y xPM*noN mulls WIIICt UMau 11A111IMMAIIIIVYI PAW tMM1i117YY) •....n••••••■•••■•■•• MINERAL LIADILITY titiMIiRALAUORIVIM 1F 101000 A X. ComMSEC1ALOI1NIIRALI-IAnl1.1'IY ,CO2 119421 06/01/93 06/01/94 rttobi..1•1.•uMr,OPAda, $ 2000000 i' CLAIM( /MAD X ' OCCUR. PFlitr.i NA!. a AI Iv. WIURY a 1000000 , OwNt,lt'i G. CONTMCTOR's PIOT. YtMil Ot'(,usEl:Nl •1,' s 1000000 . Paul rAMnOIIIMtYn>,rho $ 50000 MI3), latrr.Ner. /Alp nr Krum/ 1 5000 AUrOHOnt1.81.1APII.ITY imulipm=pmnim A X . ANY AUTO CO2 119421 06/01/93 06/01/94 L» t s 1000000 AL1. u WNJm AVJOIt I,tNlll Y WlliltY 1 • Nt11tiI' ULIIU AVr09 • I►u nammo ' tinuo Atr(Utl ' NoN•OwNPD A111'OS Iwl)ILY n•&» AY I tear aeelt1ra11 C ARAGE UA90,117 rrlOtllWrY DAMA,.n 1, ■ s. rXCRAP 1,AIItid11' kW 1I WrillUlliNeli b ,00 '011 A X t; mum LA a(1P 4 ICL 2876 06/01/93 06/01/94 AOI:kr'uATtl 12.000.000 11niwt THAN UMIlW.BLLA POIW WOIKRN't1 COMPYNsATIOr/ nl'n1'{rtllxr I,1MI'li; AND ItAtll AtY'p)QI'I' 1 ItMPLOYIPs' LIAIILI7Y 1)G11iAR11.. MlLI,'Y t IMrr i I/IIIIA1ti•- IIACII P.mtlAYllIt 1 4•1•1111•1111■M INNIMMONIIII ptl1 l rOpeC flaIt OT >:rll:IcAT11SUr Ii" rxa1A1, OVerageS 3howD dbUVP RE.. or. Kwan dental building the CR . TIF ICATE H0f7)EI% City of Tukwila C/O W. Kirkland WA picpjt l.i5 5 (7ige '. ' ..... ' '' anson 98034N.E.A1.4 '';': . ". . , ' ' ... CANCRI,LATioN 14110111.1) ANY IIP'1l111 AII11VN l) S1'ItMUD 1o1.10IIi4 RI: I'ANt'll.6111) IlitPORll •111)S ISXI914A'1'11I1 WWII '1111tkI Olt, '1111115 \111Nti NAIPANY W11.L1iN111UIVO1t TO MAIN... . _ DAVIwut'J'IUN Nlrl'llat'11)'1111 rlUt'I1Ml'A1'HII(N.11IaR NAMP.D'1(1'DIU 1.. m.. NIl' rl' A11.I I14II •IYIMAU..KtkJINII1IIIIIElW.I.. LM.Pilhli NoO111.IiIM7ONDP 1.IAIIi1,YPY DDi +ANY ICINI11IN N'DINt•tlMIANY, ITS AtIJSNr ORR1tl'$I91►iNTA'11VIN, At•n a +� i ttxtx`t�+xrrrA'rwn � �L /�� Richard '1y'l rt•ai ,, ' �t ...••t . i ' ACOIIU CORPORATION 1990 • ."--- UtrUL- U M II KU M Iiikil=q,UNWA'ILJAaWN TO 4313665 t'01:11/0b2' DATE: HALL-CONWAY-JACKSON, Inc. INSURANCE BROKERS 9725 3rd N E • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98115 (200) 527.2444 P.O. BOX 75978, SEATTLE, WA 98125 FAX (206) 525-1316 6-2-94 2 IJOrn f(ftclo/CL.A, PL.f.r.ff. ft.' RECIPIENT: COMPANY: FAX NUMBER : FROM: Greg. City of Tukwila 431-3665 Joan Rose NUMBER OF PAGES: W. R. Hanson, inc. RE: 2 MESSAGE: The new street obstruction bond issued for this client follows. The original has been sent to W. R. Hansc21Lior*thdlan_l be forwarded directl to Please tenl froe to call me if ou have any questions. OM. P. 0. EIOX 7607a8EATTLC, WASHINGTON 95126 ••••■••■•••••■ • ***••••••■•••• r xuM nttLti=�UNW�`Y "l�Ul�:.r '1'U 431 , ,r insc��co R o U STREET OBSTRUCTION BOND Bond No. 167393C KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS; That we, W. R. Hanson, Inc., as Principal, and Indemnity Company of California, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California and authorized to transact the business of surety in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the city of Tukwila, Washington in the just and full sum of Two Thousand and 00 /lOOthe Dollars ($2,000.00), for which sum well and truly to be paid, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, WHEREAS the above bounden Principal has applied for a permit and is required to furnish a street obstruction bond. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said Principal shall fully comply with all provisions of the permit, including the restoration of any disturbed street or roadway right - of-way, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The liability of the Surety hereunder may, however, be terminated by giving :forty five (45) days written notice to the Principal and Obligee, and upon giving such notice, the Surety shall be discharged from all liability under this bond for any act or omission of the Principal occurring after the expiration of forty five days from the date of receipt of such notice. SIGNED and SEALED this 2nd day of June, 1994. W. R• HaiSO_ Inc. Principal ,Indemnity Company of California Surety lA, L. Rose orney- in --Fact Developers insurance Company • Indemnity Compouy of (;aluurnla • (swop Insurance Services. Inc. 9750.3rd Ave. Mt'.. Suite 106. Seattle, WA 98115 (206) 525.8201 •MX (20 6) 525 -0288 qq-ojq5 DEVELOPMENT FILE INFORMATION MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Rants FROM: Public Works Director DATE: February 14, 1995 SUBJECT: Kwan Dental Clinic Development at 6715 Fort Dent Way - Turnover of Fire Hydrant ISSUE: Acceptance of constructed fire hydrant by Kwan Dental Clinic at 6715 Fort Dent Way as condition of development. BACKGROUND: Conditions of development were placed on the Kwan Dental Clinic development that include the following: For turnover of fire hydrant, turnover documents to be provided upon completing construction for thc: turnover. candidate are: A. Letter of request for turnover from the developer B. As -built plans for the proposed public facility C. List of materials /costs (City format) D. Bill of sale E. Signed -off permits. The developer has now constructed the fire hydrant as shown on the attached plan (exhibit B) and provided the above paperwork for its turnover. ALTERNATIVES: This hydrant was built and inspected for turnover as a public hydrant and is now ready for turnover. the City may accept this as a public hydrant or leave it with the developer as private. RECOMMENDATION: Authorize acceptance of fire hydrant. RAE:PRF:cd Attachments: A through E as described above ci: Pat Brodin Joanna Spencer Greg Villanueva Ted Freemire Development file kwanhyd.mem DEVELOPER'S PROJECT WARRANTY REQUEST FORM i:> •: :it'... a� ' <: ':i Y:3M1.,:,.i ? ii %YJ>,:;.Y..t;i. R� r3'i �:. 1 t f Y .ht',;: `. •�<t.: SEC,770N i fo b ©?:tTlletl:<!n'�? ;::detrela ..ii de <;sf`� ::.:. >.,y,;;..i.,.:t�• «< ��:_�::' <;$.:.:;:� fi> NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DATE: 11/14/94 DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: 6715 FORT DENT WAY PERMfTNO.: PW94 -0042 CASH ASSIGNMENT NAME: AMY KWAN TEL NO. SHAH BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: ADDRESS: 18501 BRITTANY DR. S.W. (pleaao print) CiTY/STATE/ZIP SEATTLE WA 98166 DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS 0 B COMP • (1 F - C ELANS/DOCUMENTB WEREITEMSARE DESCRIBED): TNSTAr.r.ATTON OF FIR DRAW' GATE VALVE AND TWENTY EIGHT FEET OF • SIX INCH DUCTILE IRON CLASS 52 PIPE AND APPURTENANCES. IN LIEU OF A ONE YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND. • As the owner,•or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent In the amount of • $ `400.00 ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting • documentation for value of work. I will have thls work carried out and call for a final inspection by this dale: (1 1 / 14 / 99 ), or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. 11 11a11 to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to carry out completion of the above deficiencies. I further agree to complete work listed above prior to requesting Inspection and release of these funds. SIGNED: C,J . TiTLE: if U /____ : <• >r',` ,::E:!ti y; ;a.R:.: >:.: y::i:; :::xi;: r`Fi) ::fiY7•. -- 'SEG • - bf}sira :ry: THIS FUND IS AUTHORIZED TO BE ACCEPTED. 77 N'<:(ta ,..,:m . I�frl .< >C1fyatatf1.:.:<: >;::::: >:: DEPARTMENT HEAD: p. SIGNED: AMOUNT: G{- (' CASH ) CASH EQUIVALENT DEPOSITED THIS DATE: '• 1 / /5 Rq 0 CITY RECEIPT NO. R. RECEIVED BY: ..Si i l V tc'- ! v1 `f`►t 17))/ 4ii::Y::v.:•i:i }e,:;•:i ' iii4: %. yY ,::it \ty.i(.:;::Y': :::SS i(j� { {:t.'ii'J•' {'::�4li ?�ti: .)'Yi'i:5:!G: com ]tied ' b 9 r100 ' ex 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS DEVELOPERS REPRESENTATIVE: All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. 1 hereby request Inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. DATE: ' 1ai• Yr:iX:i"l.:.;}g:(s ^Yii`lt•:2 :�� "':i :S: 'lze cornplaied by< CHECKED BY: I have reviewed the above work and found It acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AUTHORIZED BY: DEPARTMENT: I oae'COr'ri p1eled CASH EQUIVALENT — LE r 1 ER AUiI-IORiZING RELEASE CASH CITY CHECK NO. , AMOUNT: RELEASED THIS DATE: RELEASED BY: , FINANCE DEPT f Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: —.Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer —Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD November 14, 1994 Mr. Ross Earnst, P.E. Public Works Director City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 . Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Kwan Dental Clinic, 6715 Fort Dent Way Dear Mr. Earnst: As a requirement of development, a fire hydrant was necessary. The construction of the fire hydrant is complete and inspection is final. We request turnover of this fire hydrant and appurtenances to the City. ' Included in this turnover is items B thru E. B. "As- built" plans for the proposed public facility. C. A list of materials /cost (City format). D. Bill of Sale. E. One year maintenance bond. Sincerely, Amy C. Kwan BILL OF SALE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that for valuable consideration, OF TEN DOLLARS the Grantor, does hereby grant, bargain, convey and sell to the CITY OF TUKWILA, King County, Washington, a municipal corpor- ation, the Grantee, the following described improvements situated in King County, Washington, and located within the easement right -of -way described on Exhibit A hereto as follows: ONE FIRE HYDRANT. ONE 6" RESILIANT SEAT GATEVALVE. TWENTY EIGHT FEET OF CLASS 52 DUCTLILE IRON PIPE AND APPURTENANCES. Together with any other appurtenances thereto. To have and to,hold the same to the said Grantee, its successors and assigns forever. The undersigned hereby covenants that it is the lawful owner of said property; that the same is free from all encum- brances; that all bills for labor and material have been paid; that it has the right to sell the same as aforesaid; that it will warrant and defend the same against the lawful claims and demand of all persons and will pay any costs, including reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Grantee, arising out of any such claim or demand. 1 The Bill of Sale is given in consideration of the agreement of the Grantee, for itself, its successors and assigns to incorporate said utilities in its utility system and to maintain them as provided in the applicable City Ordinances. This Bill of Sale is given and accepted pursuant to a motion duly made, seconded and passed by the City Council of the City of Tukwila, King County, Washington, on the day of , 19 GRANTORS: GRANTEE: CITY OF TUKWILA Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss County of King On this day of , 19 , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared and known to me to be the Mayor and City Clerk, respectively, of CITY OF TUKWILA, the municipal corporation that executed the foregoing Bill of Sale and acknowledged said Bill of Sale to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said municipal corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they . are authorized to execute the said Bill of Sale. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year above written. NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at 2 STATE OF UJ 0.-- k- J -A���j ss County of )' On this ) day of ioue,w`be,Ar,` 191 ` t-, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of W�shington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared to me kn• to be the individual described in and who executed the foregoing Bill of Sale, and acknowledged to me that he_ signed and sealed the said Bill.of'Sale as p free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. • WITNESS my hand and and year above written., Bi F WAS .. official seal hereto affixed the day C' ' C NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the St.•te of Washington, residing .i t 3 kiwyersrlitle Order No. 78115 F1am1ce@,TP0mtbot1 Page No. 2 NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS Policy No. 136 -00 -152 -639 RICHMOND, VIRGINIA "SCHEDULE A" LEGAL DESCRIPTION That portion of Lot 1 of City of Tukwila Short Plat No. 88 -1 -SS recorded under Recording No. 8807210416, described as follows: Commencing at Highway Engineer's Station P.O.T. (2M) 127 +75.0 on the 2M line shown on the State Highway map of Primary State Highway #1 (SR 405) Green River Interchange, sheet 2 of 4 sheets, established by Commission Resolution #1192, February 19, 1962; THENCE Northeasterly at right angles to said 2M line North 30 °27'06" East, a distance of 284.88 feet; THENCE tangent to the preceding course along the arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 300.00 feet and a central angle of 08 °19'06 ", an arc length of 43.56 feet; THENCE tangent to the preceding curve North 22 °08'00" East,a distance of 309.43 feet; THENCE North 63 °59'57" East, a distance of 60.00 feet, to a point on the Northeasterly line of Southcenter Boulevard as conveyed to the City of Tukwila, by deed recorded October 29, 1974 under Recording No. 7410290105; THENCE North 63 °35'49" East, a distance of 293.37 feet; THENCE South 26 °24'11" East, a distance of 354.91 feet; THENCE South 72 °08152" West, a distance of 27.06 feet; THENCE South 72 °18'44" West a distance of 95:05 feet; THENCE South 64 °02'45" West, a distance of 114.11 feet; THENCE South 58 °26'46" West 118.30 feet; THENCE South 47 020'49" West, a distance of 174.72 feet to the true point of beginning; THENCE continuing South 47 °20'491I'West a distance of 104.51 feet; THENCE North 59 °32'54" West, a distance of 131.55 feet, to a point on the Southwesterly line of Southcenter Boulevard; THENCE along the Southwesterly line of Southcenter Boulevard, North 30 °27'06" East 100.00 feet; THENCE South 59 °32'54" East 161.92 feet to the true point of beginning; (BEING KNOWN AS Lot 2 of City of Tukwila Short Plat No. L93 -0050 recorded under Recording No. 9403313383, records of King County, Washington; Situate in the County of King, State of Washington. I:llt I IIl III( 1111 t n• ttlt I llt !IR. I Ill 1111 I ill' l llt• 1111 l•lI( I Ill 1 111 1111 I Ill 1111 I Ill I IIl 1111 t It 7 111 I Ill. !Ill 1 111 lilt I Ilt I III I llt Form 100 0 -100 -0011 Litho In U.S.A ACCOUNT TITLE & NUMBER 'W A T E R AVERAGE TOTAL TOTAL ACCUMULATED UNIT DATE SERVICE ORIGINAL DEPRECIATION DEPRECIATION DESCRIPTION QUANTITY COST INSTALLED LIFE COST PER YEAR 12/31/95 348 -00 fire hydrant 1 $2,000 1994 20 years $2,000 $100 343 -00 6" gate valve 1 500 1994 50 years 500 10 343 -00 6" ductile class 52 pipe 28 LF 1,500 1994 50 years 1,500 30 $4,000 CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDEW Permit No: PW94 -0041 Status: ISSUED Project: }(WAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL. ' Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: Slopes: Sewer: Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN * *251B1 -ENANT KWAN DENTAL CENTER __..,- ... Phone: 248 -3330 98188 )WNER DR. EDMUND KWAN Phone. 248 -3330 98'16G ss: _ , :ONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. •,. .. ; Phone :. 206 821-6747 12510 130TH'.:.LANE N.E''. #A14', ':.KIRKLAND, WAS 98034 s.., * *•k * * * * * * * * ** * * * *•k *•k k **** k'kik***•k* ** it** * ** ****** *•k *** ** Fr** ****** *•k * *'k•k k ** * *'k'k** Additional Perri t; Descript.ion.`' (' ': CONSTRUCT NEW'••COMMER•CI'AL ACCESS AND TIE INTO' EXISTING SIDEWALK.... - "' "' A*ditional, Square Feet Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expire:.: 11/19/1994 Existing Square Feet. �7. New Square' Feet. Inspection ` ,..;` p Fee' - •x,15 00 / Plan Chec 4` 1: Fee `' . -10..00./T' TOTAL FEES: 25.00' .';.:�•.r- ``^ �;� -' ;' r (" tee.-. • 4.. J. i 1 .•, ,.., 'i r i ..�r 4 , ;' f. t % } King Countyt;Val•uat:ion. — ';``� >,' Value of�r { l ' ( Construcelori. r .0 OG k * * * *'k•k * ** *• k*******.****• k*******.****•***.******** * *. *'•k- * ** * * * * * * * * *•k * * * * * * * ** k *-k * * * * ** 7. I; hereby accept,�th i s „. (perm'i�i' and' agree -.'to '•ab;i.de a,l:l' applicable sect•i ons f;of the .4.•. City of Tu'Vnla Munic�ipal`'''Co'de.. We agree,'that12.the^•.City of Tukw'i•1a. shall be held harmless foil' a11`or any claims aris•ingas a'•- .result of thi's project. Permits which have')apsed beyond the expiration date shall.`require a,.• re- application and r,,e i s!uance of the perm.i t:, througii's'the City at•:'an add i t i ona l fee. - • ; .1L$. / Acct. No :,,,•000%'342.400 .': Acct',No': .000/345.830 i /,,c :' THE APPLICANTMUST NOTIFY'•.THE CITY INSP•ECTOR•.•0F^.COMMENCEMENT AND•;COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST•, 24 HOURS IN ,ADVANCE.' 'TO SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION - "CALL 0 F' Signature :__ . r",! Date: . 3 -5 • ************* ** * * ** ' k***************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *•k *'k * * * *•k * * *•k* * * * *•k * ** * *A APPROVED FOR .ISSUANCE BY:,.• GAV Issued By: `' ^':•,IOt. Date Authorized Permit Center,.S:i.gnature;= *******************************• k***************• k• k*** * * **•k * * * * * * * *•k * *•k *•k * * * *•k ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily not the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. • Final Inspection Approved: _V 1 - In_p ctor Signature. Date L.U1(61t1 FIRE LO0F• /ri;'DRAN T Permit No: F.'94 -0042 Status: ISSUED Project: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel t: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: Slopes: Sewer: ,Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN'A *25181 TENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN DWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. .. • Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 * *•k* ** *•k* ******** *****• loth * *******•k•k*** **A•k** * **•k *** kk• k* 'k*** * *•k*•k:k *** *•k*•A* *•k** *i Additional Permjt Description: CONSTRUCT . FIRE• ,HYDRANT'; AND APPURTENANCES Issued: 05/23/1994 ' Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 11/19/1994 Existing Square Fee. Additional' Square� t AA Feet: New Square.'Feet:, Inspection Fee: Plan Check Fee: TOTAL FEES.: 15.00 10.00 25.00 Acct No: 401/342.400 Acct' No: 000/345.830 King County, Valuat.ion:' •• .Value of Construction:- .0C k*• k*********,**********• k*******'**********' k*• k************** * *•k *•k* *•k *•k * * *•k **k'k * **•k ** • I hereby accept this'perrnit" and ,agree to abide. all applicable sections of the City of Tui1.a::.MUnicipal Code'.••_ We,`agree, that• the' „City of Tukwila shall be held harm'l'ess for. •.all ors any claiW.arising.as•a result of this.prc'ject. Permits which have lapsed•.beyond the'.!;expiration date shall require. a re- application and. reissuance of the permit through the City at an additional fee. r. THE APPLICANT MUS.T•NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. TO SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature: - 41)44--,-, Date: 5- * *•k * * * * * * ** * ** * *'k k*******• k***• k**• k**• ktlr*******• k• k*• k**• k*• k• k**• k •k•k *•k *•k•k * *)** * * * *•k*•k•ktl• APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:`,GAV Issued Bv: Authorized Permit Center Signature ** k * * *•k * ** * ** ** * * * ** * *•k* * ** * * *** * ** *•k* * *** * * ** *** ** *•k* * * *•k * * *•k * * * *•kror * **•k ***** * I hereby certify that the permit holder•..whose,name.and address appears on this record has satisfactoril y'met.the'standards and conditions for the project approved herein. • Date: b �j��� � Final Inspection Approved: �`. t�G( q('�GA. t, InspeOtor Signature Permit No: P W94 -004'; Status: ISSUED Parcel No: 295490 -0446 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Start Tinie: Bond Number: End Time: issue Date: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 00/00/0000 Expires: 07/22/199'4 'ENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN IWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN :ONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE..N.E.' #A14, •KIRKLAND, WA .98034 * * **** * ** k* *** ***** * *** ** ********'k•k:kT•k **•k•k•k*** * *** *** k**•k•k k*.'k•k **A*••k**x•k•k kiV Plan Check' Fee: 10.00 Inspection. Fee::.. 15.00 Other Fee.: ' ',..00 • . TOTAL FEES'. 25.00 . ************************ **k**••k * * * * * * ** ** ***•k* * *•k *:� k * * ** *•k:k** * * *'k * *•k:+: *'k * * **** The undersigned hereby applies for perMissio•m-to perform hauling'per attached '. map in accordance with the following conditions: • 1- Flagging, signing and coning shall be in accordance with MUTCD for traffic control. 2- Contractor shat 1 provide certified flagmen for traffic control. 3- Sweep or otherwise clean streets to the satisfaction of.Public Works each night around hauling route. (no flushing allowed). 4- Notify ,city inspectorbefore 12:00 noon on. friday preceding any weekend work. 5- Permit ,is valid between the 'weekday hours of 7 :00 a.m. and .3:30 p'. m. only. 6- Clean and remove,.debris from ci.ty catch:.basins in and around hauling routes. . 7- Provide adequate temporary access a::•not to interfere with other vehicle movement or. cause trucks to travel over curbs. . 8- All vehicles•must make complete step prior to.•entering public right -of -way. *******• k• k• k*********• k******• k• k*** k**• k********** k********* *** ** * *•k *•k•k ** *k *'k * *:k *•k•kA THE APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 )!KYURS IN ADVANCE. 433 -0179 Signature: Date: • x *** * *•k ** * * ** * *•k * * * **•kV ** * ** *•k * ** *•k * *A• ** ktic*• k****• k*** *•k•k *•k * *•k•k *•k * *•k *•A** * *•k* k* *•k* APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY: Issued By: ateo Authorized Permit Center Signature . Date. ****• k*******• k• k****• k*** w•k• * * * * * * * * * * * * *•k * * * * * *•k * *1k * ** * * * * *4• *•k * * * ** **•k* * *•k * *A k•k* I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: &A4 _.\) v In peFtor '51gnature Permit No: Status: Project: Address,: Location: Parcel 4: Wetlands.: Contractor: TENANT OWNER ENGINEER LAND ALTERING PW94 -0044 •IS'SUED KWAN DENTAL 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL 6715 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD 295490 -0446 W R HANSON INC. DR. EDMUND KWAN DR. EDMUND KWAN..-..,-. . BOB ANDERSON::AND ASSOCIATES Phone: 631 -6045 98166 a•• . CONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. . \ Phony_: 20e 021 -6747 12510':.13OTH •LANE N.E. 4A14 , KIRKLAND,' WA 98034 ... * ** * * * * * * * * ******4r•* *•*** ***. *****• k**** *•k* ***•k** ****•k•A**•k***** *** lck•k•k•k*•k•k**k*** r . Additional D•es•cription: Land altering.,•wi11 include-clearing vegetation and excavating"-to planned• subgrades.w -- Watercourse: Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/19/1995 Expires: 11/19/1994 Slopes: License No.: WRHAN**251B1 • Grading/Fill (Yards) -Cut: 950. Fill: Total:, • 950 Permit •.. Fee: 117:00. , Account No: 000/322.100. Account No 000/345.830 other: Account No 000/386.904' Total Fees: 139.50 Valuation: . .00 Plan Check, Fee.:,... 222. 50 A• k*****• k• k*** • * * *•k * * *•k* * * * *•k * ** * * * * *•k•k* k k**•k * *•k** k * *** k***• k* *** * * *•k *•kxitli *.*•k* * *r•k•k•k I hereby certify that read'and• examined this permit :and now the same to be true• and correct. • A.1 1 ,provisions of law .and ord i nances'•govern i ng this work will-be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate'or• cancel the provisions of any other state or • local law:; reiulating construction or the performance:of w`ork. I am authorized to sign.for and obtain this Land Altering permit.' This permit shall become null and void if the word: is not commenced within 180• days'. f rom the date of i ssuance; or if the work is suspended or 'abandoned ,fora •period of 180 days from the. last inspection. • THE APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY. THE CITY, INSPECTOR OF COFIENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST ;t4 HOURS IN, ADVANCE....FOR AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature:____ :/ ?_ r- /4)4 Date: 'QZ 3 * * * * * * * * * * *•k * * * * * ** * 0*******: 4********************** *% ** * ** *** **•k•k•k** * * *%* * *•k ** APPROVED FOR ISSU NCE: GAV• ',." Issued By: �� Date: Authorized Permit•Center Signature ******• k****** •k * * *• * * * ** ** *•k * * * * *•k* * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * *•k *•k* * *•k•k* * * *•k•k * * *•k * * **• * * * *•k ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for this project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: Date I JJ yt Inspetor• Signature City of Tukwilec (206) 431 -3670 . Community Development i Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 SANITARY SIDE SEWER Permit No: PW94 -0045 Status: ISSUED Project: KWAN DENTAL Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Parcel No: 295490 -0446 Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 11/19/1994 Wetlands: Watercourse: Slopes: Water: UNKNOWN Sewer: Type of Install: Number of Units: 000 Exist SQ FT: Add SQ FT: New SQ FT: Contractor License No: WRHAN * *251B1 TENANT DR . EDMUND KWAN . M4�: `;: OWNER DR. EDMUND KWAN '. CONTRACTOR W R HANSON•INC: •Phone: 206 821 -674.7 12510 130TH LANE N.E.• #A14,_' KIRKLAND, WA 98034 Description: • r: CONSTRUCT: 6 "• SANITARY SEWER:. AND'•CONNECT. TO EXISTING :.SANITARY SEWER'STUB. , . ***************; k******************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Inspection Fee: 20•:00 • Acct No: 402/342•.'400 Hook:UP.Fee: •00 Acct No 402/388.102. Special Assessment: .00.,../Acct No: 402/388.•101 TOTAL FEE: 20.00.` ** : k*** *************** * * * *' * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** k* *•k * * * * ** *•ilk * * * * ** * ** * * * * *A THE APPLICANT HEREBY ACCEPTS`' THIS• PERMI.T;,AND AGREES TO ABIDE BY ALL APPL•ICABLE•SECTIONS OF..:THE "CITY OF TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE AND APPROVED PLANS. WE ALSO AGREE THAT THE CITY'OF T.UKWILA SHALL. BE HELD HARMLESS FROM ALL OR ANY CLAIMS ARISING AS A RESULT OF THIS PROJECT.PERMITS WHICH HAVE LAPSED BEYOND THE PERMIT. EXPIRATION DATE SHALL REQUIRE.REAPPLICATION AND RE- ISSUANCE'OF THE PERMIT THROUGH THE CITY OF•, TUKWILA AT AN ADDITIONAL FEE. ' APPLICANT'.MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR'OF COMMENCEMENT & COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 H RS IN ADyANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. Signature: - - - i`r�� `� • Date: 5 J on - Company: ' v - ." , -. Tithe'. x*****• k*****************•************************ * * * * * * * * * * *•k * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *•k* APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY: GAV Issued By: /r 4 i Q• • Authorized Permit Center Signature Date ****** k***•• k*************************************** A * * * * * * *• * *•ki** * * * * * * * * * *•k ** I hereby certify that the permit holder.:"hose.name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met tho st.;ndar.ds and conditions for side sewer construction. Final Inspection Approved: Ot4k.dolyedl... _ l2.?.J Insp 'ctor Signature Date • 'Permit No: PW94 -6046 Issued: 05/23/1U94 Status: ISSUED Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Project: KWAN DENTAL Expire=.: 11/19/1994 Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: 6715 'SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD Parcel 4: 295490 -0446 Watercourse: Wetlands: Slopes: Sewer: Water: UNKNOWN Contractor License No.: WRHAN* *25161 ENANT DR. EDMUND KWAN WNER DR. EDMUND KWAN ONTRACTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821-6747 12510 130TH LANE-N.E. 4P.14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 • A******• k***%************* * * ** * *'k * * * ** ** * * * * * * * * * * * * ***— *•k•k * *•k *•k * * * * * * * *•k* ** *•k ** Additional Permit Description: CONSTRUCT ON SITE 'STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND CONNECT TO CITY. STORM .LINE. Existing Square Feet: Additional .Square Feet: New Square' Feet:., Inspection Fee:. 15.00 Acct•'No: • 412/342.400 Plan Check Fee.: '10.00 Acct No: 000/345.630 TOTAL-FEES:. 25.00: King County0Valuation :, •. .•• Value of= Construction: .00 •:****• k******************.***************• k.******• k********** *•k **•k* * ***•k, * *k:4 *•k * * * *•k ** I hereby accept.:th is. permi €:. arid' agree to .abide..a11 applicable sections` of the City of TuLwi la ..Municipal` Code..: •• We ,agree that-•the,: City of Tukwila: shall be held harmless for all or- any.°claims''arising , as a...result of this ...project. Permits which have lapsed''be;yond:.the e>:pirat.io e n dat shall require a:.; re- application' and reissuance of the permi t'through.'.the City at.•an additional fee. THE APPLICANT MUST,NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT'AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST. 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. TO 'SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION CALL, 433 -0179. Signature:__ �_:��c`"' Date: • * * * * * * * *•k * * * * * * ** *****• k**********************•********• k• k• k *•k•k *. *•k * *** *•k * * *•k * * *•k•kr APPROVED FOR IISS5`CiANCE :: B�Y: GAV s Is ued By: "�L.�k!!'l�i.� - - -- Date Authorized Permit. Center Signature •k *** * *•k•k•k * * * * * * *•k * * * * * * * ** ** ** * * * * ** •A•k ** * * * * * * * * * *•k * * * * *•k ** •k ** *•k: 4'.*...A•k* k * *** b -A I hereby certify that the permit holderwhose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. ''(� - �(�' M ll -�vc. Final Inspection Approved: fJ% VIY tic LL �I c Inspeiitor Signature Date City of 7'ukwila° (206) 431-3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 WATER METER PERMIT Permit No: PW94 -0047 Status: ISSUED Project Name: KWAN DENTAL. Site Address: 6715 SOUTHCENTER BL Location: Parcel #: 295490 -0446 Wetlands:. Water Course: Scopes: Water Dist: UNKNOWN Sewer Dist: Type: COM • No of Units: 000 Square Feet: Contractor Licensz Number: WRHAN * *251B1 ENANT KWAN DENTAL CLINIC WNER DR. EDMUND KWAN Phone: 248-3330 322 SW 155TH, SUITE A, BURIEN, WA 98166 ONTRP.CTOR W R HANSON INC. Phone: 206 821 -6747 12510 130TH LANE N.E. #A14, KIRKLAND, WA 98034 *• * * * * * * * * * * * *•k•k * * * * * ** k * * * ** **• ** ** **•** *.* * ** ** * * *•k * **** * *•k * *•k *•* ** * *** **** Additional Description: Developer Construction Cost: .00 INSTALL 1" WATER METER AND APPURTENANCES METER INFORMATION: Water Meter Size: 1.00 Quantity: 1 Work. Order #: 5105A * Type,: PERM Issued: 05/23/1994 Approval Letter: 05/18/1994 Expires: 07/22/1994 FEES: Regular Connection: '100.00 Acct No: 401/388.102 Install Deposit: 175.00. Acct No: 401/386.520 Plan•'Check: 10.00 • Acct :No: 000/345.830 Inspection:' .15.00 AcctNo: 401/342.400 Turn.•On Fee: .25'.00 Acct No: 401/343.405 Special Connect Fee: .00 Acct No: 401/388.101 Other, Fees: .00 TOTAL FEES: . 325.00 ***•*************•.******: k***************************• k ** * * * ** * * * * ** * ** ** * * * *•k * ***.A I understand, that the charge for the meter - 'installation portion of the • water meter /service installation is'based•on the actual cost of materials plus labor including 17% overhead. I agree to pay the installation fee (deposit) on the signing of this application and the 'balance, of the.cost when billed (overpayment will be refunded). Further,.I agree „ :to pay the regular connection'charge,' administrative plan check fee, inspection fee'and turn -on fee as part of this appl ication. I further 'understand that the .water service piping from the public main to the water meter box and shut -off valve (carp stop) shall. be constructed at my sole expense. THE APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR' OF. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT LF1ST 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE. FOR. AN. INSPECTION CALL 433 -0179. • Signature:__ a,�,� C�JC�✓ Title: �'(7.73- Company: ” Date: ***:* it*****: k• k********************** k********* * * *** *A• *•k * * * ** *** * * *•k* * *x *** *tic * * * *x APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE: GAV Issued B)': �s�L,�L 33JQQ Cj"L Authorized Permit Center Signature Date ** *'n *• **'******** kx***********.*****• k• k•*************** ** * * * * * * * *•k * *vc ** * * * **•k * ** * ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. Final Inspection Approved By: _ '� . . ' Inspjctor Signature Dat t131N30 LIMN MAY 17 '94 08:01AM TUKWILA DCD /PW P.2 My CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 .. mV IC0MINI OUDIVIll 1 1 JAL DATE May 17, 1994 PROJECT NAME A New Dental Clinic for Dr. Edmund Kwan ADDRESS CONTACTPERSON Tom Ena /Jim Stenkamp PHONE (206 )783 -8582 .. •• ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER Archi ect PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER _ B94 -0125 TYPE OF REVISION: Planning Department revisions and corrections clarifications , and i,blic'Wps, revisions and corrections clarifications. Revision is SHEET NUMBER(S) C1 C2 L1 Al "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUEMITrED 'ID: Building Department, City of Tukwila g01d- ola5 18501 Brittany Dr. SW Seattle, WA 98166 August 1, 1994 Mr. Duane Griffin Building Official City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Dear Mr. Griffin: This letter is in response to your conversation with our architect Tom Eng of Salmon Bay Design Group regarding the Kwan Dental Clinic. We understand that the previously approved building plans may not be acceptable due to the shower in the private office bathroom. As you may be aware construction has been underway for the past two months and it would require major changes to make the shower handicapped accessible. We understand an exception may be authorized by you based on the following information: 1. This shower area was arranged and designed for the private use of the owner of the building. It is accessible only through private areas of the building. It is not open to the public and is not for public use. 2. This building is owner occuppied and we are the owners. When this building is sold, we will inform the buyer that the shower does not comply with the barrier free requirements and must be used in the same way or modified. Please sign below and return a copy to us to indicate that the information in this letter is acceptable to allow the shower to be built according to the original plans. A speedy reply would be greatly appreciated as construction in this area is on hold until this issue is resolved. Please feel free to call us at 244 -5274. We will also try contacting you later this afternoon. We thank you for your support and time. Sincerely yours, Edmund and Amy Kw EED AND ACCEPTED as of this / day of August, 1994. By: Duane ri To: Permits From ohn A. Pierog, PW Development Engineer Date: May 27, 1994 Subject: Ewan Dental Clinic 6715 Southcenter Boulevard Project No. PRE93 -015 Activity No. PW94 -0045 Sanitary Side Sewer Permit The above permit was issued with an incorrect fee charge. The correct charge should be $170.00. This includes an inspection fee of $20.00 and a hook -up fee of $150.00. Only the inspection fee was previously charged. Also, I don't believe that a METRO Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification Form was given to the developer for completion. I've attached this form for forwarding to the developer. Once completed, the form should be returned to me for further processing. If you have any questions about this, please let me know. JAP /jap Attachment a/s cf: Finance Department w /copy of permit application PW Utilities Inspector Development File e,.J..Iis,.� cif( OF TUKWILA — PUE._ ,IC WORKS DEPT. FAx TRANSMITTAL FAX NUMBER: (206) 431 -3665 TO: -n01/vtb% i- t-1 DATE: - 451I (o/qN TITLE: �12 6/;( A2GFF I -(I - 1' FROM: C real t1 t l isotevu,Alisv COMPANY: �jALMQt ??RY tDelAC m ezgou P TITLE: ....... lATI L 1 i LN4 p6G 17 t DEPARTMENT: vt, n..:..!14,,,,,02,C,S1 ^LC"^Y.• YMO DIVISION: 6.-N tl IN 6.644 MET FAX NO. CALLED: TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES SENT BY 7 E5-":,- (o ga.' TRANSMITTED, INCLUDING THIS COVER SHEET: 3 (INITIALS): v wION•GO . ... i, Y,;,,0,10 1& WAN. ... . vt, n..:..!14,,,,,02,C,S1 ^LC"^Y.• YMO M,X W,w..,..VIX.,,,x mom,,V.V. IKMXiCY^Ye'^K•++06FY7,',,,,, 4, +1/4-5,..y. SUBJECT: taw /fin D I%NTPsL COMMENTS /MESSAGE: t6-A6 -• A1TI\ -6, 6b 6 T? aF Cvmplelt6 p AN Npu, . v_NM upoo EA pi 5414-0_,1 t e7 -s-c" Cc) nl■i 6N 1E-NC-E. A, .79 L: zA471N r AKPO N., :?? bw,a 1x}q rMN t K 3r ,p: xton.,9995 xRZ M SSPA � o+noroct ov zCDfi �% R6 K .:.7? 6RL r, s s O:.xR b A9 xf 99 nX v» vowvw IF THIS COMMUNICATION IS NOT CLEARLY RECEIVED, PLEASE CALL: ..: SN:74]6N4 ••. .'4'• . . 760,.NYANOW.W.42,40, 48X4:C4).• .. lACOK {NriN..Y HALNVVM+hYiO >4•!C.�2hYyi: NAY.: 6h�5: <2+)'rhYLW.d�6:AV:.Y.S}:M; /.MUX!J:t.UYh�id1XMX{y.%At•1 705'{. Y++ ID}}}}+ OMK}% Kd^ Y; V .MiY.ti:N.(tLt?%drikbAlYtti.?OG:t lBY.�9.: 1,JY)•X ?iS:JGCIO.a^v TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. - 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Tukwila WA 98188 - (206) 433 -0179 09/18/92 5/14/94 KWAN DENTAL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS SHEET C1 ADD TWO WAY LEFT TURN ARROWS ON SOUTHCENTER BLVD. ADD SANITARY SEWER C/O AT OUTSIDE. OF BLDG. INDICATE PVC SDR -35 /ASTM -3034 FOR SANITARY SEWER. INDICATE 1" COPPER SERVICE STRAIGHT CONNECTION FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO METER BOX. INDICATE FIRE HYDRANT VALVE THREE FEET FROM HYDRANT. ADD CRUSHED ROCK TO EDGE OF ASPHALT TRAIL. ADD NOTE 7) NO CONSTRUCTION USE OF TRAIL. INDICATE 6" MINIMUM SEPARATION FROM TOP OF CONTROL STRUCTURE TO INSIDE TOP OF Mi-I (SECTION A -A). INDICATE SHEAR GATE ROD AS SOLID (SECTION A -A). INDICATE ADS N -12 OR REINFORCED CONCRETE FOR.78LF OF STORM PIPE. INDICATE TYPE OF 6" DRAINAGE LINE. INDICATE CITY OF TUKWILA MAINTENANCE TRAIL /RIVER BANK/ DIKE EASEMENT. SHEET 2 INDICATE ON DETAIL D -5 6" GATE VALVE 3' FROM HYDRANT AND 1" TYPE K COPPER SERVICE STRAIGHT FROM WATER METER BOX TO POINT OF CONNECTION. ADD FIRE HYDRANT DETAIL (ATTACHED). fir 5" STORTZ FIRE HYDRANT TO BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF " RUSTOLEUM" YELLOW GLOSS. OR CHYDRANTS EDAUJONT #F-2545. MUELLER #A-423, HYDRANTS SHALL CONFORM TO A.W.W.A. SPECIFICATIONS C 502 -54; SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE AND SHALL HAVE A TWO PIECE BREAKING FLANGE WITH BREAKING THIMBLE AT THE GROUND UNE OR STEM; SHALL HAVE A SELF —OIUNG DRY BONNET WITH FACTORY FILLED RESERVOIR HOLDING APPROXIMATELY 8 OUNCES OF OIL 011. RESERVOIR SHALL BE SO DESIGNED AS TO GIVE A COMPLETE LUBRICATION OF STEMS EACH T1ME THE HYDRANT IS OPERATED. THE UPPER STEM SHALL HAVE A BRASS SLEEVE. SIDEWALK PER CBD STANDARD CURB & CUTTER 1/2' -- FINISHED PAVEMENT. SEE VALVE BOX DETAIL Match Main Depth PROVIDE THRUST BLOCK Min. 3' & Max. 10' 6 RESIUANT WEDGE GATE VALVE 7- CAST IRON TEE (CEMENT LINED) —MJ X MJ X FL MECHANICAL JOINT CONC. BLOCKING DIM. 1'X1'X3" UNDISTURBED SOIL NOTES: 1/2 YD, PEA GRAVEL OR WASHED ROCK ( 3/8" TO 3") 6" DIA. DUCTILE IRON PIPE 2 -3/4" ASPHALT COATED STEEL SHACKLE RODS. SEE BLOCKING DETAIL UNDISTURBED SOIL FLANGE JOINT A. HYDRANTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO 2 1/2" N.S.T. HOSE PORTS AND ONE 5" STORTZ PUMPER DISCHARGE PORT, AND SHALL HAVE A 1 1/4" PENTAGON OPEN —UFT OPERATING NUT. HYDRANTS SHALL HAVE A 6" M.J. BOTTOM CONNECTION AND 5 1/4" MAIN VALVE OPENING, AND SHALL HAVE 18" ABOVE GRADE LEVEL TO THE CENTER OF THE PUMPER DISCHARGE PORT. B. WHERE NO CURB & GUTTER IS INSTALLED, FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE LOCATED (IN RELATION TO STREET CENTER UNE) CLOSE TO PROPERTY UNE.. C. HYDRANT INSTALLATIONS TO BE PER THIS STANDARD PLAN AND REQUIREMENTS OF TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE 14.24 AND CITY ORDINANCE. tg 1 71-kkargilm FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY & SETTING DETAIL Not%o scale, Aug 6, 1990 W-4 CITY OF TUKWILA Dep ctment of Communitif Development FAX TRANSMITTAL FAX NUMBER: (206) 431 -3665 TO: DATE: TITLE: FROM: �, COMPANY: -5/ &i FAY .>�srG ( TITLE: DEPARTMENT: DEPARTMENT: w.4. 444 (i�KiiiW'wiwh.'::4:iKtK.i:i•wn t4:4.4:44.444 +w ii vwW: 444. 4wKti4: 44: 4444 i4: 4.i( ii4 :iW:v44.444GtKVwtL%tw44:4444: 444■ FAX NO. CALLED: . 763 ` 68 8S-- NUMBER OF PAGES TRANSMI'i I r.;D, INCL. THIS COVER SHEET: SENT BY (INITIALS): t r 14: 44iiSv7viiA: CivrA: i4iJi. Gnvvr: JF}}}' 1F. A' riSY'• rr. Livn. ii: v: C:< Lrriw<•. t4iirn4i' i' kiAi1. ri: 4r% Li: Ji: 4L::1 . ra0rri: 4•}>: 4iil i% 4•: w: iiJ: ti» i0% Wi: v: Gi: S4:• 444iiiiwii>: tih(• isJ} CCiin' iriiir :tti{Liiri«rii:3i:4:4:iiwFiw' }: 4ri} Sri4i: i4w4wL} isiifi4iw4nif +virvrrrN:fvi}:4:9w. SUBJECT: A-tr 3),LT-9\r?-- r- //ter CcwYs, COMMENTS /MESSAGE: TW-..s--e Co nr'b l77 d "(S. Al ACoT Te- fe(ok z-d 0P- Cs-r c 7- (Pere 7-7(6-7g_. O K rss06,, , n»'.. vr:':..• nvr:.' f.» v::. vn v: 4vr: ri6•...n•:4....YAf:»v }TV:v:.•.a: i::ar.W:v iiv} n•.w.::rx•::6 »..vnvn»»r.::.vi:. ...•::r}rrr}..A.•r.:.vai:xn•r. .n•A:wnn•rnJr::iw:.... ».... .G:w..... ...n»...Jni nnr.vm rwwn•.n.+r}mw.v+.w:nrr. IF THIS COMMUNICATION IS NOT CLEARLY RECEIVED, PLEASE CALL: -2 / .•:•. h•. v.. virrinvri. ri.< 4r: n• V:. wW: ir.: 4ir}:: i. vv :+iiv:4i•::a:.iv..ivri.P:cwLii: iii.G4:.4m' \•: r: w:.•: 4: aiv.: ii4Y::: ir: i+ ir:• kiv}» i::•:• rna:. 53}:• nvri% 4i: o:. vNryj}: yi. i}. 4< 4•: 4::.» 4i+ riar:< vaii>:ia:aii.m.vmwnwN.v..mww..n m.....s..n..r.w..... DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Office: (206) 431-367 6300 Southcenter Boulevard. Tulcwila WA. 98188 OB /O1 /8 (GREG) Electronic Mail 5 -17 -1994 11:17a Desktop File Edit Compose Readt Reply Forward Options Window Help 05 -17 -94 11:16:31 am Saa Date aaaaaaaa Time Imp From aaaaaaaaaaaa Subject aaaaaaaaaa Box {NEW} aaa6 o Tue 5 -17 -94 10:08a RICHARD SIGNED -OFF PERMITS ° o Tue 5 -17 -94 8:46a HI DON kwan dental ° edeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeedE (Importance: HIGH nMessage -id: 6D84D82D01AEAEAE tt n � gI've reviewed this project with Diana at DRC and several additional times. WWe have a 20 ft wide R -O -W for trail in this area plus a 20 ft trail /river g gmaintenance easement inland, parallel to the R -O -W. Kwan and his people and g XDiana know that in the future we may need to remove part of the landscaping tt Xthey'11 put in to accommodate where the Interurban Trail connects to the gRiver Trail in this very area. We've purchased a trail easement from the 3property owner to the west of Kwan. As the river trail comes underneath the u UInterurban Avenue bridge it will angle eastward to Kwan's area too. See me g gif you have questions. r 0Don aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeddY Extended memory left: 192k aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaai Press <Esc> to quit. reading. <ALT > -F -F to toggle message folding. FlHelp F2 F3Exit F4SavposF5ConfigF6ChgUsrF7ScreenF8Block F9 oY FUgbnu - V (-40 kr bcw6- a.d15? 1 "5 r , ,‘„L 5-7 /7 City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Fire Department Review Control #B94 -0125 (510) John W. Rants, Mayor April 12, 1994 Re: Kwan Dental - 6715 Southcenter Blvd. Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72 and City Ordinance #1646. An approved automatic sprinkler system may be installed in lieu of a fire alarm system. Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1646) All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1646) (UFC 10.503) Remote alarm and trouble annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #1646) (UFC 10.501(a)) When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #1646) Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 1- 5.2.8.2) City ®f Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 2 John W. Rants, Mayor 2. For all commercial, multifamily and single family subdivisions, hydrants shall be placed so that a hydrant is within 150 feet of a building and so that no point of a building (around it's perimeter) is greater than 300 feet from a hydrant. Distance from a hydrant to a building is measured along the path of vehicular travel. Fire hydrants shall conform to American Water Works Association specifications C- 502 -54; it shall be compression type, equipped with two 2 1/2" N.S.T. hose ports and one 5" Storz pumper discharge port, and shall have a 1 1/4" Pentagon open -lift operating nut. All required hydrants and surface access roads shall be installed and made serviceable prior to and during the time of construction. (UFC 10.203, 204 as amended) 3. Every building shall be accessible to Fire Department apparatus by way of access roadways with all- weather driving surface of not less than 20' wide and 13'6" vertical clearance. Access roads in excess of 150' shall be provided with an approved turn - around area. Access shall be within 150' of all portions of the buildings. (UFC 10.203,204 as amended) 4. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1-6.9) Fx{-. i nau i chart cha 1 1 ha 1 nnA.har1 cn ac .h.n ha in n 1 a 4 n *ILA City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 3 John W. Rants, Mayor view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC 10.505A) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 5. No point in an unsprinklered building may be more than 150 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 3303(d)) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106- 12.111) City ci Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 4 John W. Rants, Mayor When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) 6. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 7. Draft stops shall be installed in attics, mansards, overhangs, false fronts set out from walls and similar concealed spaces of buildings having uses other than dwellings or hotels so that the area between draft stops does not exceed 3,000 square feet and the greatest horizontal dimension does not exceed 60 feet. Where approved automative sprinklers are installed, the area between draft stops may be 9,000 square feet and the greatest horizontal dimension may be 100 feet. 8. Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 10.301(a)) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: T.F.D. file ncd CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division Phone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE•APPLICA7ON PROCESS MEETING ATTENDANCE RECORD 6300 Southcenter Boulevard - #100 Tukwila Washington 98188 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO. PRE93 -015 PROJECT: KWAN Dental Clinic 001, `J -- OL MEETING DATE: 05/06/93 TIME: 3:15 SITE ADDRESS: 6721 Southcenter B1 DATE CHECKLIST MAILED: BY: STAFF PRESENT NAMES / TITLES ® Building (431 -3670) Duane Griffin, Building Official ® Fire (575 -4404) Mike Alderson, Fire Marshal ® Planning (431 -3680) Diana Painter, Associate Planner; Denni Shefrin, Associate Planner ® Public Works (433 -0179) Ron Cameron, City Engineer ❑ Parks & Rec (433 -1843) ® Police (433 -1804) Tom Kilburg, Crime Prevention. El Permit Center (431 -3670) ® Other: (431 -3680) Jack Pace, Senior Planner. APPLICANT / REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT Contact Person Others Present Name Jim Stenkamp Companyltle Salmon Bay Design Group /Architect Street Address 4501 Shilshole Avenue N.W. City /State /Zip Seattle, WA 98107 Phone 783 -8582 Name Company/Title Street Address Name Edmund H. Kwan, D.D.S. Phone 248 -3330 Kwan Dental Clinic /Dentist 322 S.W. 155th, Suite A City /State /Zip Seattle, WA 98166 Phone Companyltie Street Address City /State /Zip Name Phone Company/Title Street Address Name City /State /Zip Phone Company/Title Street Address City /State /Zip • Name Phone Company/Title Street Address City /State /Zip .--'41111116 PRE-APPLICATION CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO (Lgg3" 016-PROJECT: }<U Ot'J b&-N-1-0..1 Cemit MEETING DATE: 5 - CP ` c13 TIME:3'. ('D SITE ADDRESS: (0ia • v, , . •;, ;: :.. The following,comments,are based °.oh:a, itiellmigary,: review. , Additional .Information maybe needed. :..Other requiremeifi regulations may need to be met. Y� Is] BUILDING DIVISION 1. Comply with the Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition. 2. Comply with the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1991 Edition. 3. Comply with the Washington State Energy Code, 1991 Second Edition. Provide energy calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed architect or engineer (see attached format). 4. Comply with Washington State Barrier Free Code, 1991 Edition. 5. Apply for and obtain the following Building Division permits and approvals through the Permit Center: • Building Permit • Rack Storage • Mechanical Permit • Demolition (building) • Other: 6. Ali applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. 7. Construction drawings must be stamped by a Washington State licensed architect. 8. Structural drawings and calculations must be stamped by a Washington Stated licensed structural engineer. 9. A boundary survey prepared by a Washington State Registered Land Surveyor must be submitted as part of the Building Permit application. 10. Temporary erosion control measures shall be included on plans. Normally, no site work will be allowed until erosion control measures are in place. 11. Rockeries are not permitted over 4' in height. Retaining structures over 4' in height must be engineered retaining walls, and require a permit. 12. All rack storage requires a permit and rack storage over 8' high must be designed for Seismic Zone 3. A Washington State structural engineers stamp will be required on plans and structural calculations submitted for rack storage over 8' high. 13. Construction documents shall include special inspection requirements as specified in Sections 302(c) and 306 of the Uniform Building Code. Notify the Building Official of testing lab hired by architect or owner prior to permit issuance date. The contractor may not hire the testing lab. 14. Construction documents shall contain soils classification information specified in Table 29 -B of the Uniform Building Code, stamped and signed by Washington State licensed architect or engineer in responsible charge of the structural design work. 15. Demolition permits are required for removal of any existing buildings or structures. 16. Comply with UBC Appendix Chapter 35, Sound Transmission Control (R -1 occupancy group). 17. Obtain approvals and permits from outside agencies: ELECTRICAL PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through the Department of Labor and Industries (248 - 6630). PLUMBING PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through King County Health Department (Inspec- tions: 296 -4767; Permits: 296 - 4727). KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT must approve and stamp plans for public pools /spas and food service facilities prior to submittal to the Tukwila Building Division (296- 4787). N. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS plans are reviewed through the Tukwila Fire Department (575 - 4404). U 18. 19. 20. Checklist prepared by (staff): Date: 6 PRE-APPLICATION CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NOf - T ' D) 5 PROJECT: .KWQJ ,,)(1 1L MEETING DATE:' 1.7 .65 TIME:(7,'•j* SITE ADDRESS: 0 -Z-1 p ` li Ptna rav F a { : K` n' r itOr iiiroirs%tk wat' -of PLANNING DIVISION -- Land Use Information \111 1. Comply with Tukwila Municipal Code (zoning, land use, sign regulations, etc.) 2. Obtain the following land use permits /approvals: ( ) Boundary Line Adjustment 0 Building Site Improvement Plan Comprehensive Plan Amendment cD Conditional Use Permit ( ) Rezone 1 Shoreline Management Permit O Shoreline Management Permit Rev. Short Subdivision • 13'-6 '`f Design Review 5F� cep /t , w, �, Sign(s) Design Review - Interurban P'�y1►11- ) Subdivision Environmental (SEPA) ED Unclassified Use Planned Mixed Use Development ( ) Variance Planned Residential Development ( 7 Other: L l 3• . Zoning designatipn,: Site located in sensitive area? I i Yes No — `-- - 4 x � Minimum setback requirements: Front: `�._ Side:__) h' Side: ) O' Rear: 0 Hi] 5• . Maximum Building Height: ell-ID Height exception area? 1Yes No 1 6. Minimum parking stalls required: (.d Lam' 9. Landscape plans must be stamped by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. All landscape areas require a landscape irrigation system (Utility Permit Required). I 10. Roof -top mechanical units, satellite dishes and similar structures must be properly screened. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. Handicap stalls required: 7. No more than 30% of required parking stalls may be compact. No landscape overhangs into compact stalls are permitted, although no wheel stops prior to hitting the curb will be required. r (Gt Nteiv.u. 8. Minimum landscaping required: Front:10._ Side: 10 Side: )(I) Rear: 1b 1. Trash enclosures and storage areas must be screened to a minimum of 8' in height. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 12. Building permit plans which deviate from that already approved by the Board of Architectural Review may require re- application for design review approval. 13 414 \51 1�•rNi .y ": f�.►- a1__o . 4 2Z rp/ , _ ec..<:)..etr • ) 6A - - 14. j �Uf E'z9vUr'�),.; �LJ 15. O c T1.T: 4 �� ;.r,F i\' A-7ae-t\ �\) 1)14(J\ Li 16. A2-<1.5\ 1 3 �. � � \i t ) 17. _ (LOOf:'fit,)t��1gP: !;;,';•• u '�: =�:_�J ��l s �-- 18. l ' �t 'iJ.r 41.1 \ V L 19. a C' ED � �' � I iv'Gt� ___ I 20. lnt 1 ._. 11" 4'�J��.a1E'► \'4' i- -"_ 1:�i�� I,'i's .' '���112(Di� `f� . Checklist prepared by (staff):. V��� -__Y �u n_►_ �.__e ____ Date :_',C �?/"/✓ J 7.2 . 6:3Y2 01J► . J i)4rI,,k NI:51-' 2- 1 tq . �. c! E /i (, pA ct- ∎Tmn4 E . Vss.111JY' �•--� �� �1w�: C v w vas - • N a a Ci v fL� CC-L, "Ezi - � � ga. ►,v\ To s e :_ ec .4.. ��'1� -t= � 1 I= cy t/�. =S1 yZee `r. Z� , CIS .610 • 4 ,c�L� - sr'l r` �' , OA) .PY2c*171& 'r0 6A= ") it d24°' 2. L , F-'' / Oaol vgU,a,AX Drove We' r 2 • &A2 S • 5 P\ - .o,o , Igo 1A �� PRE APPLICATION CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO. i R3 -01 PROJECT: )<U1/4:01,i Dey I Cent MEETING DATE: cJ-(a - 3 TIME:3:K SITE ADDRESS: (1a Se,- 6 C1 'pe4oilOwIng: mments :oresbased!in.a preliminarrreilew:. tf'onallnforrmaflon maysbe ieeded. } Otherrrequjrerraemts ✓regulations;:apyneed, o.bemet: FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Construction Information IK 1. The City of Tukwila has adopted the 1991 Uniform Fire Code. This and other nationally recognized standards will be used during construction and operation of this project. (TMC 16.16.120) g. 2. Fire hydrants will be required. (City Ord. #1626) 3. Required fire hydrants shall be approved for location by the Fire Department, approved for purity by the Water Department, and fully in service prior to start of construction. By line of vehicular travel a fire hydrant must be no further than 150 feet from a structure; and no portion of a structure to be over 300 feet from fire hydrant. (UFC 10.301 and City Ord. #1626) 4. Automatic fire sprinklers are required for this project. Sprinkler systems to comply with N.F.P.A. #13. Sprinkler plans shall be submitted to Washington State Surveying and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual or Industrial Risk Insurers for approval prior to being submitted to Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval. Submit three (3) set5 of sprinkler drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. (City Ord. #1626) 5. Maximum grade is 15% for all projects. 6. Hose stations are required. (City Ord. #1626) A fire alarm system is required for this project. (City Ord. #1626) Plans shall be submitted to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval, prior to commencing any alarm system work. Submit three (3) sets of complete drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. 8. Special installations of fixed extinguisher systems, fire alarm systems, dust collectors, fuel storage, etc. require separate plans and permits. Plans to be submitted to the Fire Marshal prior to start of installation. (UFC 10.301) Portable fire extinguishers will be required in finished buildings per N.F.P.A. #10. (Minimum rating 2A, 10 BC) 10. Buildings utilizing storage of high piled combustible stock will require mechanical smoke removal per Section 81 of the 1991 UFC. 11. During construction, an all- weather access will be required to within 150 feet of the building. (UFC 10.207) 'R- 12. No building will be occupied, by people or merchandise, prior to approval and inspection by Fire and Building Departments. Imo- 13. Adequate addressing is required. Number size will be determined by setback of building from roadway. Four inch numbers are minimum. Numbers will be in color which contrasts to background. (UFC 10.208) IX 9. K14. Designated fire lanes may be required for fire and emergency access. This requirement may be established at the time of occupancy and /or after the facility is in operation. (UFC 10.207 as amended) 15 Special Fire Department permits are required for such things as: storgge of compressed oas, cry s, dry cleaning plans, repair garages, places of assembly, storage of hazardous materials, flammable or combustible liquids or solids, LPG, welding and cutting operations, spray painting, etc. (UFC 4.101) 16. Fire Department vehicle access is required to within 150' of any portion of an exterior wall of the first story. Fire Department access roads in excess of 150' require a turn around. Fire Department access roads shall be not less than 20' wide with an unobstructed vertical clearance of 13'6" (City Ord. #1632). 17. Adequate fire flow availability will need to be demonstrated for this project. 18. Checklist prepared by (staff) :' Date: ci �� PRE-APPLICATION CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO.__ PROJECT:'(WOte\ -Denial 0.4(\-4e.r MEETING DATE: 5- t0-99) TIME: 3!1b SITE ADDRESS: kp la-1 The.fpllow�iiig,cot» merits re:bB$edaon.�piel mfnary.reView. Additlbn I ,nformadon*air wweded:: Olhet',nequ►remeptSlragulatsons troy., eeol1o;be met: FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Inspections 1. Underground fire line from vault to riser a. Thrust block and rodding e. Hydrostatic test b. Type of pipe f. Fire Dept. approved plans c. Depth of cover g. Materials and test certificate d. Flush 2. Overhead sprinkler piping a. Hydrostatic test b. Trip test c. Alarm system monitoring test 3. Underground tank a. Location b. Distance between tanks c. Distance to property line d. Depth of cover Fire alarm a. Acceptance test b. Fire Dept. approved plans Hood and duct inspections a. Installation b. Trip test Spray Booth a. Location b. Fire protection c. Ventilation d. Permit 7. Flammable liquid room a. Location b. Fire protection c. Permit 8. Rack storage a. Permit b. Mechanical smoke removal c. Rack sprinklers d. Aisle width 9. Fire doors and fire dampers a. Installation b. Drop testing d. Fire Dept. approved plans e. Sprinkler head location and spacing e. Vent piping, swing joints, fill piping, discharge piping 1. Anchoring g. Hydrostatic test h. Separate Fire Dept. approved plans 10. Fire final a. Fire Dept. access b. Building egress and occupancy load c. Hydrants d. Building address 11. Other: a. b. c. d. e. Fire protection systems: (1) Halon systems (2) Standpipes (3) Hose Stations. (4) Fire Doors (5) Fire Dampers (6) Fire Extinguishers e. g. Checklist prepared by (staff):_,.�1?��j,.0 Date. 3 CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION - PERMIT CENTER PRE - APPLICATION CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PREAPPLICATJON FILE NO 10,F53 -015.' PROJECT: "i,iiUN MEETING DATE: 5- L - q3 TIME: 3 : Is" SITE ADDRESS: (dial P)1 k �T ' oIigwi: g comments are based on a preliminary review. ,,.., N Jpfo , ni g may b �..,;��AdalltioQja�,�;l f ,rma !un may be negded: Other requirements /re ulatlons ma need to be met: POLICE DEPARTMENT CRIME PREVENTION SECURITY RECOMMENDATIONS 1. Doors: Doors should have quality locking mechanisms with minimum one inch deadbolt locks. All exit doors shall be operable from the interior without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. The Crime Prevention Unit should be contacted for information regarding correct hardware usage (433- 1823). 2. Windows: Consideration should be given to providing hardened coverings (such as security film, etc.) for ground level windows where glass breakage would allow for access to building interiors by burglars. 3. Orientation of Windows: Windows should be located so that the parking lot area can be easily surveyed by employees inside the business. This reduces the opportunity for crimes to take place in the parking lot such as thefts from vehicles or assaults on employess and /or visitors. 4. Landscaping: Plant materials should be placed and maintained so to provide visibility and prohibit hiding places for unauthorized people around ground level door and window areas. Sticker shrubs may discourage crime activities. Low shrubs and umbrella trees (where the canopy is maintained above five (5) feet from the ground) will allow surveillance opportunities, hence reducing the potential for criminal behavior. 5. Lighting: Energy efficient security lighting is a relatively low -cost, yet extremely effective way to protect your business. A well- designed system will: Illuminate a security target. Burglars and vandals simply don't like light, preferring the cover of darkness for their dirty work. Create a psychological barrier. Alarms can frighten would -be intruders away once they've reached your building. Security lighting discourages them from even coming near in the first place. Provide people with a legitimate sense of security. Lighting protects not only you, but employees and customers. Help security people and police identify and capture criminals. Well- designed security lighting will help you meet these basic security objectives along with those that may be unique to your business. 6. Security Alarm: Recommend installing a security alarm system during construction that would report a burglary in progress when the building is closed. Checklist prepared by T. Kilburg 433 -1823 5/06/93 ' . PRFFMIVEEpATIOro r".•FIECKLIST .• ' ' . , ": , .DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT APR 2 8 1993 6300 Soulhcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98168 ' . ' '''. '' ' BUILDING DIVISION-PERMIT CENTER TUKWILA Telephone: (206)431-3670 ' PUBLIC WpRKS 4',.:e;•:::.6.....''.,.,:,;.' :':.. -, :,':',.. -: • ,'0 : ,,,.,,,. ..: ...:..:-.'....::'..,..):-...,.::. <:....;;;;:.,,',,..,..< ... . .,-...,..„ ...."...",-,'.:.: .:::::.-:',.;!.;;;'` '11' •': ;15pKV:.;:0;s0;.:::::;;;::),:''..1..;::-:'..,-;./.,.. ;::'.!.:‘2.‘J.. :-..,.''..." ...' . ...' ....',:,...;::,- ...'lq;:.::::',....: ..::..';,;7'''''''':1's,,,..,(1,,,I,::'.. '..'::', '•.; , f.'...:',•i`s,=..'.)::.i::',.,.:..*.':'.';:V!:"";W ,..".1t1:* \ ,:. i4L-6.106.6 Nit: .5 40'.":13'.:,.. .:1".11c11E31. l'' :iSITE ADDRESSy: PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT • The following comments ere based on a preliminary review. Additional inforMation may be needed. Other requirements/regulations may need to be met. 7 • Apply for and obtain the following permits/approvals through the City's Permit Center: Channelization/Striping/Signing = Sewer Main Extension (private) Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk -ctgassation. (public) (7) Storm Drainage (54-4.-evv. Af9 Lo Fire loop/Hydrant (main to vault)(fE6- LJ Water Main Extension (private) Flood Zone Control fl Water Main Extension (public) 4: 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. F710.• HI 12. E.i3. 14, n Sewer Main Extension (public) ( ) ..; • • LHaanullsncga(p2e 1aig (2.000 Bond. w d.seCert.In a.19 s.) giy C2) Water Meter (exempt) • (7) d (7) Water Meter (permanent)MM/W. rim? coe'llf- excm.4„) = Moving an Oversized Load Fl Water Meter (temporary) • CO Sanitary Side Sewer Other 440 4.41.4vel/Kf eva, / ' • Hauling Permit required prior to start of any hauling of material on public right-of-way ($2,000 • bond, $1,000,000 certificate of insurance, route map and $25.00 permit fee required). • (?) All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of, the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. Water and sewer assessments may apply and will be determined during the utility plan review process, rA/one .14conve, "zit' cid/ IY•nfee4e wee E.Afty • . Provide sidewalks per Ordinance Nos. 1158, 1217 and 1233, or obtain waiver.kise..7) Provide Hydrological-Geotechnical analysis. alber.., WA's(' SiAS, -Po,- cid 1,oh;\ -r • 10.,./ef/ /Vol f Provide erosion control plan as part of 9.4.144+141Q ptrmit application. Identify building elevation above 100 year flood elevation per FIRM maps (use NGVD datum and recognized benchmarks). 1/4,/,:re.--/tesielor) Provide traffic analysis/trip generation study for: - Provide developers agreement for:_,x.:7__Z.-.dyl_,2e. 12.4'.?,.Zfaet.',As_24/eeitaZie.d Provide the following easements and maintenance agreements: .13.y • reda ;la eiver-.3..)n,VGeri eose- 7,142.re.41-224/__P-Ortzerze.o Provide water/sewer availability letters or certificates from districts serving your development. /5 Obtain METRO,Waste Discharge permit or approval (684-2300). , "mop Gie.4/Je.reion (AltY.)eefed) Complete ...letftePO.tatte-eittfvey and return to"METRO (self addressed and stamp provided). 15. Review the following City studies when designing your project and preparing your plan submittal: /olo cio0t4.7In j .a4P.4/e eireeor Lelew,4•• ra/rc,.. osreeri/y. 16. '4er-.01-4ilels/42-216" eci".-14(7X-d"2-'1111‘2/2-je' E/ • 17. 4/a.e..._reour,....erc?...--efe_trillet..144_:,a/Amt..Lar one .4,real. .0eerientegi,n 18.,,gin/rWetjSh..2 .r/upi..4....rza..."64r.r........4 7/ • eioler• *e./ dr' e4..t e e.verrdevao eAtre,e,eiv,.y r..le.b/7 19. •ie.;•// .> 3 . oee'ee,'Sibe) ,,at alerc: kr. f4 41Vey eovenly /./..ykr 2 0 . 4/6:2,/re_gl. AAP 140 stl /4'2, Jtooj,,oe-el/lops*/ aOnc. 4y $eoed r:TE#7., • -CheCkliSt prepared by (staff): Date' -7447? • • • •/.. • • {V; • THI CER11F1ES THAT THE PERSON EOT-IIEREON IS REGISTE9ED At PROVIDED BY LAW AS A • TO' d Z00' oN SZ:8 b6' £Z fi2W 6£61- 0Z8- 90Z'ON 131 'JNI 'NOSNJH '�'P1 :REGISTERED AS PROVIDED By LAW AS CONST: _ obiT .". ;: GENERAL REGISTRATION NUMBER • .... " EFFi CTIVE DAZE W RHANSOWINCj 12510 1301H IN N E14 WA A' -803 KI RKL 4D it ISSUED BY DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES SIGNATURE • 4, 16- Dea-°93 S TRUCTURAL CALCULATI CANS DR . E D,MUND KWAN DENTAL CLINIC TUKWILA, WA LATERAL ,GRAVITY DESIGN FOUNDATIONS FILE COPY I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and 0116110119 and approval of plans does not flatbeds to violation of any adopted trade or 001111111k MOW of contractor's copy of ; No. -O 1 as AIN FOR: LMON BAY DESIGN GROUP 501 SHILSHQLE AVE NW SEATTLE WA 98107 783 -8582 P E T E R 0 I N T A U T A S N A L I S A E C 4552 51 AVENUE NE SEATTLE WA 98105 TEL:(206)527 -7073 /b O' 4 .EIREAVI2U'IE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PEAR 2 8 1994 PERMIT CENTER • tom.d D A p.I A L' 8 1 INJL31 - i- D -DU-r I ID I Fc P E T E R DATE: GINTAUTAS PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, N A L I S SUBJ : DIR : NS <EW> <NS, A . E . C WIND ANALYSIS UBC 1991 09 -Nov TUKW I LA PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: B (-- EXPOSURE FACTOR (B) <C >(D> (8> Build, forest >20ft, over 202 Area w/i 1mi (C> Flat I( Open, over 1 /2mi. (D> flat, near open water 24 HEIGHT = MAX BUILDING HEIGHT 80 ((( MPH = DESIGN WIND SPEED 1 ((( 1 = OTHER and 1.15 = ESSENTIAL WIND PRESSURE SUMMARY STORY NAME MACROS \P TO PRINT 0/0 ZEROS SHEAR STORY HT. 78 = BLDG LENGTH 6 / //il /111 \ \\ PARAPET /R00F 10.4 6 11I1:1111:11 UPPER 19.6 12 LOWER story SUM & mid STORY STORY story SHEAR SHEAR MOMENT ht r. Hide hts KIPS KIPS SHEAR DIAGRAM K -FT MOMENT DIAGRAM Ce x Cq x Os x I= PRESSURE PARAPET /ROOF 6 HEIGHT Ce Cq Os 1 psf f1 - - - -- - - -- - - - -- -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - - -- STORY-)UPPER 6 15 0.62 1.3 16.4 1.0 13.2 (= it - - - -- - - -- 20 0.67 1.3 16.4 1.0 14.3 (= STORY - )LOWER 12 25 0.72 1.3 16.4 1.0 15.4 f1 - -- -- - - -- 30 0.76 1.3 16.4 1.0 16.2 STORY-;, 40 0.84 1.3 16.4 1.0 17.9 11 --- -- - --- 60 0.95 1.3 16.4 1.0 20.3 80 1.04 1.3 16.4 1.0 22.2 100 1.13 1.3 16.4 1.0 24.1 EXPOSURE, HT, OUST FACTOR Ce HEIGHT Ce Ce Ce ft 8 C 0 - - - -- - - -- - - -- - - -- 15 0.62 1.06 1.39 20 0.67 1.13 1.45 25 0.72 1.19 1.50 30 0.76 1.23 1.54 40 0.84 1.31 1.62 60 0.95 1.43 1.73 BO 1.04 1.53 1.81 100 1.13 1.61 1.88 PRESSURE COEFFICIENT Cq height less than 40ft 1.3 height greater than 40ft 1.4 WIND PRESSURE BASED ON MAXIMUM WIND SPEED miles /05 = basic wind press 70 12.6 psf 80 16.4 psf 90 20.8 psf 100 25.6 psf 110 31.0 psi 120 36.9 psf 130 43.3 psi 78 24.0 x --- 18.0 73 15.0 x - -- 12.0 78 6.0 x 10.4 9.3 10.4 10.4 19.6 19.6 62 ++ + + + + ++ 293 + +t++ + ++ ++ W 1 Psi ]D NI L. 'iB 1 S P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C E A R f- ---1.4 T Y3 I. PC DATE: PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, SUBJ:DIR: EW <;EW> <NS) WIND ANALYSIS UBC 1991 09 -Nov TUKWILA PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: 8 (- -EXPOSURE FACTOR (B ),(C )-(D> (8) Build forest >20ft, over 20'1. Area w/i 1mi (C> Flat Ic Open, over 1 /2Ai. (8) flat, near open water 24 HEIGHT = MAX BUILDING HEIGHT 80 ( <( MPH = DESIGN WIND SPEED 1 <(( 1 = OTHER and 1.15 = ESSENTIAL WIND PRESSURE SUMMARY MACROS \P TO PRINT W/0 1EROS SHEAR STORY HT. 36 = BLDG LENGTH 6 ////11\1\1 \\ PARAPET /ROOF 0.8 6 IIIIIIIIIIII UPPER 5.1 12 IIIIIIIIIIII LOWER story SUM & mid STORY STORY story SHEAR SHEAR MOMENT STORY NAME ht x wide hts KIPS KIPS SHEAR DIAGRAM K -FT MOMENT DIAGRAM Ce x Cq x Os x I= PRESSURE PARAPET /ROOF 6 HEIGHT Ce Cq Qs I psf fl - - - -- - - -- 6 24.0 x --- 18.0 STORY-)UPPER 6 36 15.0 15 0.62 1.3 16.4 1.0 13.2 (= fl - ---- - --- x --- 12.0 20 0.67 1.3 16.4 1.0 14.3 (= STORY- )LOWER 12 48 6.0 25 0.72 1.3 16.4 1.0 15.4 fl --- -- ---- x --- 30 0.76 1.3 16.4 1.0 16.2 STORY -> 40 0.84 1.3 16.4 1.0 17.9 it - -- -- - - -- x 60 0.95 1.3 16.4 1.0 20.3 80 1.04 1.3 16.4 1.0 22.2 100 1.13 1.3 16.4 1.0 24,1 EXPOSURE, HT, GUST FACTOR Ce HEIGHT Ce Ce Ce ft 8 C D - - - -- - - -- - - -- - - -- 15 0.62 1.06 1.39 20 0.67 1.13 1.45 25 0.72 1.19 1.50 30 0.76 1,23 1.54 40 0.84 1.31 1.62 60 0.95 1.43 1.73 80 1.04 1.53 1.81 100 1.13 1.61 1,88 PRESSURE COEFFICIENT Cq height less than 40ft 1.3 height greater than 40ft 1.4 WIND PRESSURE BASED ON MAXIMUM WIND SPEED miles /Ds = basic wired press 70 12,6 psf 80 16.4 psf 90 20.8 psf 100 25,6 psf 110 31.0 psf 120 36.9 psf 130 43.3 psf 0.8 4,3 0.8 0.8 5.1 5.1 r J . ++ + ++ 66 ++ + + + + ++++ P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L IS A . E . C 1'1I h1/41 T_.'Y "I 1EcQ r1-4 DIFc DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKW I LA SUBJ: DIR: BOTH <EW> <,NS• <BOTH SEISMIC ANALYSIS UBC 1988 LEVEL TYPE L W AREA ROOF W 76 10 1032 HT= 12 P 76 10 380 BELOW R 76 10 760 R R R LEVEL TYPE L W AREA - -- - - - -- - - -- - - -- - - - -- UPPER W 70 28 2352 HT= 12 P 70 28 1960 BELOW F 70 28 1960 F F F F LEVEL TYPE L W AREA F F F F F BELOW LEVEL TYPE HT= BELOW W P F F F F L W AREA MIN ACT PSF PSF 12 8 8 8 8 8 MIN ACT PSF PSF 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 MIN ACT PSF PSF 18 -- 12 12 12 12 12 MIN ACT PSF PSF 64 (( DEPTH ft 22 = k. story weight + pps 1 12,4 = EXT WALL WT (psf) ki 99 =W 1 3.0 = PART (psi fl area) 12.2 =2IC 1 6.1 = ROOF WT (psf) 1 ((SEISMIC >>> 1 + 67 =1. story height 22.2 = EXT WALL WT (psf) 15,7 = PART (psi it area) 23.5 = FLOOR WT (psf) = k. story weight = 1. story Height 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 3 ((Z =SEISMIC ZONE (1 >(2)(3)(4)(seattle =3> 1 (< 1 =IMPORTANCE (1)(1.25 >(1.5) 6 <( Rot = DUCTILITY( 8 = ply box less than 3- stories 6 = other light wood framing > ( 6 = masonry shearwalls > 1.5 (( 53 =SOIL PROFILE ( 1.5 = medium stiff > 0.30 = one value 1,00 L. importance 6,00 = ductility 2.15 = soil and flexibility ZIC /Rw = 0.14 & Vma >: kips ENTER ENT.ER ENTER STORY SEISMIC FLOOR FLOOR STORY SUM OF SHEAR SHEAR LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT STORY HIS w /Ft DIAGRAM ROOF 21.5 @ 12 it. 24 ft. UPPER 67.4 k @ 12 it, 12 ft. > TYPE PSF DESCRIPTION R 8 = ROOF WT (psf) W 12 = EXT WALL hT psf) P 8 = PART (psf fl area) F 12 = FLOOR WT (psf) TR 13 = TILE ROOF (psf) CF 16 = GYPCR FLOOR (psf) et J..-no ENTER - -> 64 = BUILDING WIDTH _> 0.22 = T calc non-ductile 0.2 = Ft calc 3.1 = Ft max _> 0.0 = Ft used if T (.7 0.453 = C /Rw talc = )0.075 = C /Rw .min 5.22 =Ccalc 2.75 = C mar. = )0.131 = 21= seismic factor 12.2 k 4.8 tttt ++ 4.8 + +r+ttt +rr+tr+ ++t 12.2 t +trtrt +tr+ttt+t+ ft-kips OVERTURNING MOMENT DIAGRAM 57 t+ttt+t t+ ++ + +Tt+tt++ +r+ 204 + + +++ +++ + ++t +t++++++ +t+ + ++ SHEArF: I •-`� P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C 10.4 = story shear 62 = story moment 76 = build width 12 = story height HF = stud(DF >(HF> Cir -ri-i- ,t_rLi if- i -i ]D Y F.. DATE: 11/09 PRDJ : KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: ROOF cLEV NS STORY SHEAR & MOMENT DISTRIBUTION WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM 10 = roof wt 1.500 k,= 5/8" A6s T. 15 = floor wt 0.785 k.= 5 /a" Abs Y. 10 = wall wt 0.720 k.= ,Sit;AS 1.650 k.= c :S)CS150x60" 0.16 = max drift 4.275 i:.= :S;hPAHD22 0.08 = wind gust 0.106 k.= 161 % rem. shear ave shear distr. feet distr, 371 plf 1007.. (-OK OK-> 10.4 10164 plf spacing pli spacing 254 10166" 379 10d64" 754 2L- 10d64" 492 10163' 964 2L- 10d63" 632 10d62" 1252 2L- 10d62" SUMMARY GROSS SUBTR DIST NUMBER OF RESIST Block horiz ply.edges WALL WALL DTWN WALL ROOF OR DL MOM 10d.612`pty,pnl.int.field LENGTH OPNGS WALLS FLOOR PANELS WIDE fk 10d.66''nin,plly.edr ?e.nail drift +--= peciat nailino- -+ . 14 38 1 ROOF 6 4.4 Hall bot.top,sides, 0.06 1 507. FLOOR 6 wind & door opn g. 14 =Lact 1 WALL 8.8 + Edge 10d64in, 2x ' OTM: -31 fk and RES MOM: 13,2 fk for wood + + -16d 6 3 6 plate;- - +H -17.7 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -1.2 hall below + spat as 15 1 SHEAR: 5.2 k or plf = 371 0.3 (S >CS150 + spac MAs 23 +--special Trailing - -+ 14 38 1 ROOF 6 4.4 wall tot topsides, -> 0.06 2 50% FLOOR 6 hind & door 000g. 14 =tact 1 WALL 8.8 + edge 10d64in,2,: I OTM: -31 fk and RES MOM: 13.2 fk for wood ++ - -16d 63 6 plate- - -t1 -17.7 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -1.2 wall below + spac As 25 I SHEAR: 5,2 k or plf = 371 0.3 (S >CS150 + spat MAs 23 ^ moiLent oistrib -62 ( -OK 81-1 E AI F ID I -r i_ FR C3 01 P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C 4.8 = story shear 57 = story moment 34 = build width 12 = story height HF = stud(DF >(HF> WALLS & FLOORS RESISTING O'VERTURNIN3 Roof =_= 6 =__ 6 -_ EE: rratS- r- wi= .8-Y"" ID I F7c DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUEJJ: ROOF «LEV' EW STORY SHEAR & MOMENT DISTRIBUTION WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM 10 = roof wt 1.500 k.= 5/8" ABs T. 15 = floor wt 0.785 k.= 5/3" ADs V. 10 = wall wt 0,720 k.= (S)MAS 1.650 1 :.= (S >CS150x60" 0.16. = max drift 4.275 k.= (S >HPAHD22 0,08 = wind gust 0.106 k.= 161 2 rea. shear ave shear distr. feet distr. 240 plf 1001 ( -OK OK-> 4,8 10166 GROSS SUBTR D1ST NUMBER OF RESIST WALL WALL DTWN WALL ROOF OR DL MOM LENGTH OPNGS WALLS FLOOR PANELS WIDE fk t01 17 0% 1 FLOOR 6 10 =Lact 1 WALL 4.5 OTM: `7 aTR &SLI-1 fl for woad -21 totOMUPFT= 6.75 hall below SHEAR: 2.4 k or plf = 240 0.9 (S >CS150 2.3 102 502 1 FLOOR 6 10 =Lact 1 WALL 4.5 OTM: -29 aTR SPI-1 fk llrel -21.7 totOM&ULFT= 2. wall SHEAR: 2.4 k or plf = 240 0.9 (S >CS150 plf spacing plf spacing 254 10d@6" 373 10d 64" 754 2L- 10d 64" 492 10d663" 984 2L- 10d63" 632 10d 62" 1262 2L- 10d62" SUMMARY Block horiz ply.edges 10d. 612 "ply.ppnl.int,field 10d.66 "mirr.trly,edge.nail drift + - -s eciall nailing+ wall bot ,top,sides, -) 0.05 wind & door opng. + edye 10d66in,,x ++ -16d 6 5 6 plate - - -+1 for conc wall + spac ABs 39 1 below use + spac MAs 24 0.2 (S >HPAH022 + -Gs ecial nailing --t lwall bot topsides, -> 0.05 1 wind & door opng. +1 edge lOd66in,2x I + +--16d 65 6 plate - - -t1 for conc wall + spac ADs 39 1 below use + spac MAs 24 0.2 (S >HPAHD22 ruoa,en t distrib -57 ( -OK WALLS & FLOORS RESISTING OVERTURNING Roof =_- 6 =__ Roof =-= 6 =4- 11 ' 1-1 E A fly: ID i S -r Fc _ P->i A 1 1`+.1 'P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I A . E . C 19.6 = story shear 298 = story mount 78 = build width 12 = story height HF = stud(DF >(HF> NI CO IR ir 1-4 - Ci u 7-1- -1 13 11. DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: MAIN <.LEV NS «DIR rem. distr. feet 95% 4 STORY SHEAR & MOMENT DISTRIBUTION WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM 10 = roof wt 1.500 k.= 5/8' ABs T. 15 = floor wt 0.785 k.= 5/9' as V. 10 = wall wt 0.720 k.= (WAS 1.650 k.= (S )CS150x60" 0.16 = sax drift 4.275 k.= (S )HPAHD22 0.08 = wind gust 0.106 k.= 16d shear ave shear distr. 334 plf 18.6 1003 3X plf spacing plf spacing 254 1006" 379 1004" 754 2L- 1004" 492 1003" 984 2L- 1003" 632 1002" 1262 2L- 1002" SUMMARY SWfig rrJJUU f[ +Ek of "SW Bloc{; ioriz ed es WAL WALL AiWII WA�L ROOF OR DL MOM 1ud.012�p1y.ppnl.int.field LENGTH OPNGS WALLS FLO01� PANELS WIDE fk 10d. @6 "a.in.ply.Edge.nail drift f--special nailing--t 21 4 25 1 ROOF 6 9.9 !wall bot,top,sides, -> 0.06 1 32'%' FLOOR 6 1 wind & door opng. 17 =Lact 1 WALL 19.8 +1 edge 10d@4in,2x OTM: -96 fk and RES MOM: 29.7 fl; for wood + + -16d @ 4 @ plate- --+ for conc wall -65.7 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -3.1 wall below + spac as 31 below use SHEAR: 6.3 k or plf = 370 1.5 (S >CS150 + spac MAs 24 ' 0.4 (S >HPAHD22 +-- special nailing --+ 8,� 14 1 ROOF 6 1.4 wall bot,top,sides, -> 0.06 18% FLOOR 6 wind & door opng. 8 =tact 1 WALL 2.9 + edge 10d03in,3s 1 OTM: -53 ik and RES HOW: 4.32 ik for wood + + - -16d 93 @ plater- +I for conc wall -49.1 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -6.1 wall below + spac as 21 I below use SHEAR: 3.5 k or plf = 440 3.3 tiS }CS150 + spac MAs 20 ^ 1.1 (S >HPAhD22 +-- special nailing- -+ 21 9 16 1 ROOF 6 9.9 wall bot,top,sides, -> 0.06 3 21'L FLOOR 6 wind & door opng. 12 =Last 1 WALL 19.8 + edge 1004in,2x I OTM: -61 fk and RES MOM; 29.7 fl; for wood t+--16d re7 @ plate - - -t1 -31.3 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -1.4 wall below + spac ABs 43 SHEAR: 4.0 k or plf = 335 0.5 (S>CS150 r spac MAs 24 '' +-- special nailing - -+ 26 12 19 • 1 ROOF 6 15.2 wall bot topsides, -> 0.06 4 247. FLOOR 6 wind & 'door opng. 14 =tact 1 WALL 30.4 + edge 10dC4in,2x 1 OTH: -73 fk and RES MOM: 45.6 fk for woad ++ - -ibd @1 @ plate- - - +I for conc wall -26.9 tot OTM & UPLIFT= -1.0 wall below + spac as 48 I below use SHEAR: 4.8 k or pli = 341 0.2 (S >CS150 + spac MAs 24 '` moment d sirib WALLS & FLOORS RESISTING OVERTURNING Roof =_= 6 -__ Roof =_= 6 Rcof =_= 6 =__ I1 haof = -- 6 - -_ I1 ' 'a1- 1EPkFt 1) 1811- F _ 1-1 Pit •_P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C Ea --r- wlE8-r JD n F DATE: 11/09 PROD: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: MAIN «LEV EW <; <.DIR STORY SHEAR & MOMENT DISTRIBUTION WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM 12.2 = story shear 204 = story moment 34 = build width 12 = story height HF = stud <DF >(HF> % rem. di 118% feet 10 = roof wt 1.500 k.= 5/8" ABs T. 15 = floor wt 0.785 k.= 5/8" A8s V. 10 = wall ht 0.720 k.: 'S>MAS 1.650 k.= CS >CS150,,60" 0.16 = max drift 4.275 k.= <S >HPAHD22 0.08 = wind gust 0.106 k.= 16d shear ave shear .14.4 10d86plf e GWALL SW LL STWa WAL�ER08 OR DL "SW LENGTH OP GS WALLS FLOD�t PANELS WIDE fk 27 12 8 1 ROOF 12 32.8 24% 1 FLOOR 12 49.2 15 =tact 2 WALL 65.6 OTM: -48 fk and RES MOM: 147. fl; 99.62 RES MOM > OTM OK! SHEAR: 2.9 k or p1f = 191 21 4 10 1 ROOF 12 19.8 2 297. 1 FLOOR 12 29,8 17 =tact 2 WALL 39.7 OTM: -60 fk and RES MOM: 89.3 ik 29.30 RES MOM > OTM OK! SHEAR: 3.6 k or pli = 211 10 3 8 1 RODE 12 4.5 3 24% .1 FLOOR 12 6.8 7 :last 2 WALL 9.0 OM: -27.7 totpOTMR &UPLIFT= 2.7 fk wall for below SHEAR: 2.9 k or p1f = 410 1.2 <S >CS150 20 9 14 1 ROOF 12 18.0 4 41% 1 FLOOR 12 27.0 11 =tact 2 WALL 36.0 OTM: -84 fk and RES MOM: 81 ik -3 tat OTM & UPLIFT= -0.1 SHEAR: 5.0 k or pli = 457 pif spacing plf spacing 254 1006" 378 1004" ' 754 2L- 10d84" 492 1003' 984 2L- 10de3" 632 1002" 1262 2L- 10d82 "" foment distrib -240 SUMMARY 1N5124Wpr�i �igNeld 10d.86 "min.ply.8dge.nail oriit (-special nailing - -+ , Hall bot topsides, -> 0.05 wind & door opng. edge 1Ud&6in,2x r -16d 8 8 8 plate- - -r spac ABS 48 p n 24 +- -special•nailing - -+ wall out,top,sldes,-> 0.05 wind a door okng. Edge 10dt6in,.x + - -16d 87 s plate - - -+ spac ABs 48 sac MAS 24 + - -special nailing--+ wall bot topsides, -i 0.06 wind & door opng. + edge 1003in,3A 1 + + - -16d 84 8 plate - - - +1 for coot wall + spat ABS 33 1 below use + spac MAS 24 " 0.3 'S >HPAND22 +--special nailing- -+ wall bot top,sides, -> 0.06 rind & door opng. edge 10d @3in ,,x + - -16d 85 plate - --r spac Abs 38 spac MAS 24 RatlIVOORS OVERTURNING Roof = = =12 =__ Floor = = =12 =__ ROOF ===12 = -_ Floor = = =12 =_- „ R9Of = = =12 -__ Floor = = =12 :_- 1' Roof = = =12 -__ Floor :== 12. - == 1, P E T E R DATE: 09—Nov GINTAUTAS PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA N A L I S SUDJ: SCHEMATIC WALL LAYOUT A . E . C SHEAR DISTRIB WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM FCC3E3F= E3Tc3CY NS EW SHEAR Jg _21113_ MOMENT TYPE WM/07 0 F1. -1 Pk I NI STCIFc�- NS EW SHEAR ! ,(p �� 2 MOMENT 146,I. 1121.A_ TYPE 1010 S H E' A R W A L L shearwall p +\ H4 /+ ONE SIDE PLYWOOD'STR- plywood panel 10d e4 @ PLY.EDeg " GES 2 BLOCK HORIZ JOINTS USE 10d.@ 12" @ FIELD +\ H3 / ONE SIDE . 10d.@ 3 "STAG.@ EDGES N 1/2 "CDX,STR -2 BLOCK HORIZ JOINTS \/ PLYWOOD USE 10d. @ 8" @ FIELD OR (2)2x STUDS ' S C H E D U L E min stud grade - -& width HF OR DF STUDS NO STRAPS 1.5" WIDE SEE PLANS vert. HF OR DF STUDS NO STRAPS 2.5" WIDE MIN. SEE PLANS straps or holddowns bot. of wall OR HOOLDDOWNS)REQD OR HOLDDOWNS REQD & DET.(SE /S1) SHEARWALL NOTES: 1. SHEARWALLS ARE DESIGNATED FOR • THE STORY BELOW BY A DASHED LINE ADJACENT TO WALL ON PLANS. 2. SCHEDULED SHEARWALL CONSTRUCTION IS DESIGNATED BY A TRIANGLE WITH A MARK WITHIN ON PLANS. 3. <S> DESIGNATION REFERS TO "SIMPSON MFR.CO." PRODUCTS, CALL(415)562 -7775 FOR CATALOGUE. 4. OSB MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR STR -2 PLY. @ WALLS & ROOF ONLY. 5. 021 SENCO STAPLES MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 10d. NAILS BY REDUCING FASTENER SPACING BY 2/3 6. OVERDRIVEN STAPLES OR NAILS REDUCE STRENGTH DRAMATICALLY AND WILL BE REJECTED. 45?-si5vx &ou r�F-G rhAN !-kM tti L.6146'rr 0 1 o`.---- NA N _ �y .(S7MTT2e 6 OR ls�N'1.0) 22 0--1'1.0) MA. :1 tj.t3 rtof -.._y I. i/,, & A P uvAwcpAKEFS r E �yil Noo'f JMm e,s e 6:v5 yr ftF .✓l VL (e2, P-ywoop mpn. P -D trr - /t), G ./ 1 n Fl —ti 1' • ,,RIM' 1 �NG�JW�,, j cr, Ft6rf WN5 gv}tGo LT/i'9 J A-S stiv N oN r'L4 5 W "Mu. O iNC !s '� 055 4•c 5•0D5 .t&/1t2 SG-f.O Pa-kto At-t, tir242 , 121-Y, Pfl61- c /DINT$ c�nJ'GP-i�� FolAP) I oN r.-VVA l_L E-I -F:/ATI ON � NOT r •. TJBeam Software NAZIS AEC Ver. 2.24 Roof Joist Phone Number Filename: KWAN.002 Roof @ Operatories Deflection Criteria: L/360 live, L/240 total Standard loads: 25 psf live, 20 psf dead, 115% duration Slope: 8.00 / 12 (Input Spans Calculated Horizontally) Tues 11/9/93 4:15 pm Reactions (total): 765# Reactions (pif): 16'.00" 3'.00" 1107# Total 383 554 115% 197 283 Dead 186 272 Length: 23' 5.94" Moment (Ft -lbs) Shear (lbs) Shear, Rt. Cant.(lbs) Live load Deflection Total load Deflection Tot. load Deflec, Rt. Calculated 2976. 764. 294. .39" .75" -.38" Limitation 149% 141% L/588 L/306 2L/230 (Upward) NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. *******************************************: K* * * * * * * * * * * * *:K * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 11 7/8" TJI /15DF,joist 24.0" O.C. spacing * ** * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * ** * * * * *:K** * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * *:K ** * ** * * * * * * :K:K * * * * * * * * *:K :K Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988 -1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a .limited partnership TJI,MICRO -LAM and Parallam are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer Products literature, Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. TJBeam Software 2.24 NALIS AEC Tues 11/9193 Phone Number 4:20 pm Roof Joist Filename: KWAN.003 Roof @ Reception Deflection Criteria: L/480 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 25 psf live, 20 psf dead, 115% duration ^ l9'.00" 6'.00" Reactions (total): 794# l481# Reactions (plf): Total 397 741 115% 226 412 Dead 172 329 Moment (Ft-lbs) Shear (lbs) Shear, Rt. Cant.(lbs) Live load Deflection Total load Deflection Live load Deflec, Rt. Calculated 3497. 793. 540. .24" -.12" tation 243% l52% L/946 L/559 2L/999+ NOTE: 4% increase in bending strenyth taken for repetitive member use. *********************4****************�TVI*TIM* 14" TJI/35DF joist 24.0" O.C. spacing ***********Mi(********W-VTTvIt}it�44:f.4-�***$34TY�$**W.**4***:ie.********* Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988-1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO=LAM and Parallam are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will Ue accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product oesi4n criteria published in their Dealer Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. TJ"6 eam Software Ver. 2.24 ` . Roof Joist NALIS AEC "rues 11/9/93 Phone Number 4:23 pm Filename: KWAN.004 Roof @ Staff Rm Deflection Criteria: L/480 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 25 psf live, 20 psf dead, 115% duration ==' ^ 24'.00" Reactions (total): 720# 720# Reactions (plf):. Total 540 54() 115% 300 300 Dead 240 240 Calculated Limitation Moment (Ft-lbs) 4320. 197% Shear (lbs) 720. 167% Live load Deflection .44" L/650 Total load Deflection .80" L/361 NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. ********************************************“MT*M*************** 14'^ TJI/35DF joist ^ 16�0" O.C. spacing ********************MW$*4******�*********Mt*(****W.******************** Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, knc. 1988-1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO=LAM and Parallam are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. I ' . . V . V Z Roof Joist L. LI d1LV LI'.4111_••+£ Filename: KWAN.007 Roof E1 g f- -Fhrr -- '"'11539.44-1-2-Aft VON Deflection Criteria: L/480 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 25 psf live, 20 psf dead, 115% duration Reactions (total): 670# Reactions (plf): Total 335 115% 191 Dead 145 16'.00" 5'.00" 1241# 621 345 276 Calculated Limitation Moment (Ft -lbs) 2488. 342% Shear (lbs) 669. 180% Shear, Rt. Cant.(lbs) 450. Live load Deflection .13" L/999+ Total load Deflection .22" L/886 Live load Deflec, Rt. -.06" 2L/999+ Z U V em NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. ******************************************** * ** * * * *** * * * * * * *** ** * ** * * ** * * ** 14" TJI /35DF joist 24.0" O.C. spacing ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * **** * * * * * ** * * * * * ** Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988 -1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO =LAM and Parallam are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. True Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. TJBeam Snftware e r . HtALIS AEC Phone Number Non-residential Floor Joist Filename: KWAN.002 Glued and Nailed Decking MAIN -BUS OFFICE Deflection Criteria: L /600 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 50 psf live, 40 psf dead, 100% duration Tues 11/q/93 48 pm 21'.00" Reactions (total): 12600 12600 Reactions (pif): Total 945 945 100% 525 525 Dead 420 420 Moment (Ft -lbs) Shear (lbs) Live load Deflection Total load Deflection Calculated 6615. 1260. .33" .60" Limitation 171% 111% L/758 L/421 NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. *************************************:******* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 14" TJI /55DF joist 16.0" U.C. spacing ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** ** * * * ** Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988 -1992 trn TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO =LAM and Parallarn are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBearn software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer 'Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application, information. TJBeam, Software •Ve•r. . 2.24 NALIS AEC Tuea 11/9/93 Phone Number 3:53 pm Non- residential Floor Joist Filename: KWAN.003 Glued and Nailed Decking MAIN - STERILIZATION Deflection Criteria: L /600 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 50 psf live, 40 psf dead, 100% duration 18'.00" Reactions (total): 1080# 10800 Reactions (pif): Total 810 810 100% 450 450 Dead 360 360 Moment (Ft -lbs) Shear (lbs) Live load Deflection Total load Deflection Calculated Limitation 4860. 190% 1080. 129% .26" L/817 .48" L/454 NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. ** ** * * *** ** ***** k****: k: k******: K: i:: F:: k. k. K: k*******: k: 4:*: k: k% k:l c: K: k% K% k% K: K %k *:k:K;k:K:k%k:Y:;K:K;K:K%k:k% * ** 11 7/8" TJI /55DF joist 16.0" U.C. spacing *********************************************** ** * * * *** * * * *:Y: * * * * * * *;K** * * *** Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988 -1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO =LAM and Parallam are registered trademarks of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer .Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. TJBeam .Software er. NIALIS AEC Phone Number Non-residential Floor Joist Filename: KWAN.005 Glued and Nailed Decking MAIN - OPERATORIES Deflection Criteria: L /600 live, L/360 total Standard loads: 50 psf live, 40 psf dead, 100% duration Tues 11 /93 3:58 pm 16`.00" Reactions (total): 960# 960# Reactions (plf): Total 720 720 100% 400 400 Dead 320 320 Moment (Ft -lbs) Shear (lbs) Live load Deflection Total load Deflection Calculated 3840. 960. .24" .43" Limitation 157% 109% L/799 L/444 NOTE: 4% increase in bending strength taken for repetitive member use. ** *** * ** * * ** * ** ** * ** * * :I *********************** * ** :1<* * ** * * * * * * * * ** * * * *** * * * ** 11 7/8" TJI /35DF joist 16.0" O.C. spacing *************: K** * * *** * ** * *** * * * ** * *** * * *** *: * * ** * *:K*** * * *m* * * * * * *** * *** ** Design results shown are for maximum load combinations at critical stress. COPYRIGHT (C) Trus Joist MacMillan and Keymark Enterprises, Inc. 1988 -1992 tm TJBeam is a trademark of Trus Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership TJI,MICRO =LAM and. Parallam are registered trademarks of True Joist MacMillan, a limited partnership, Boise, Idaho. Trus Joist MacMillan warrants that the sizing of its products by the TJBeam software will be accomplished in accordance with Trus Joist MacMillan product design criteria published in their Dealer Products literature. Refer to those Guides for installation and application information. P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L IS A . E . C SPAN = 9.0 /1 DATE: 12/02 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL. TUKWILA SUBJ : UPPER ROOF -TYP CLEARSTORY •BNS.. WOOD BEAN ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET 11 FT + + FLOOR: / width / = 9.0 Q LL = + + 8DL- WALL: I height I = 3.0 Q DL = + + FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: FLOOR: WALL: high - --> wide - - -> high - - -> LL= 01= 8DL= 8LL= @DL - DL = WL WD 25 psi = 15 psf = 15 psi = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psi = 225 135 45 81 = AREA LLred wL= 225 130 wL= 225 red, beam checl: 0.00 0,00 252 =D2 0.00 522 =V2 0.00 42'1. =M2 0.00 0.00 ((PL ((PD (lwL 0.225 ((wL ((PT ((wD 0.180 ((wD ((wT 0,419 ((wT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD 5.5 9 WS1650 dry floor beam ((L II 9.0 <(L RL= 11 1.89 RR= 11 0.1 =dTL (__ 11 -0.0 =dcamb max V 1.9 1.9 1.9 -1.9 3.2 4.2 3.2 max M SHEAR: MOMENT: 257. =D2 5.50 (l WIDTH act 522 =V2 9.00 <( DEPTH act 421=M2 3 <( beam type (1 >(2 >(3) F (< load dur(Roof >(Floor> 1.00 5 (( uses (Sin 1e >(Repet> 1.00 D <( wet use (Wet >(Dry> 1.00 480 (( LL defl criteria CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET ill height PL PD type length width WI wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: enter dist. - - -> 11 PL= 0.0 from left 11 PD: 0.0 l/ CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 12 0.0 red: height PL PD type length width wIl wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8,0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: 0,0 0.0 enter dirt. ---> from leit ((wl ((wD ((wT 4( L 2.0 kips fk ((PL ((PD ((PT 11 PL= 0.0 11 P0= 0.0 I/ 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Ci= S A I STRESS MOM•SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1.00 in13 in12 in14 ACTUAL 686 57 0.06 0.10 PROV 74 50 334 ALLOW 1650 110 0.23 0.45 REQ'D 31 26 dell EVAL » >OK( >OK( >OK( >OK( BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST r, (TYPE> Fball Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 3 WS1650 1650 110 630 1.8 (Weyerh beams) 1 GL -F24 4 PSL 7 DF1 n 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL . 8 DF1 w 3 WS1650 6 9 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 + + 5.5 Wide, 9 Deep WS1650 1 ' (2)214 (2)214 I + 1 (2)216 9.0 It (2)216 I 1 1 I (2)218 (2)218 I I L brg 0.5 DRY FLOOR BEAM 0.5 =L brg 1.6 = H /T,NO BRACING REOD based on 9 It height Li F'" Fi'EFC FCC1UF --TY F.' CiL_. As E =C --r-c1 FGV. EtV-1B KWAN DENTAL.. TUKWILA WEYERHEUSER SERIES 1650 -post capacities - - -Dost designations--- - 4 6 6 (2)214 414 6 10 30 43 (2)216 416 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 (2)219 6X8 6x8 818 P E T E R G I NTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C SPAN = 4.0 /1 /1 11 11 + + FLOOR: / width / + + WALL; 1 height 1 + + FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: FLOOR: WALL: high - --> wide - - -> high - - -> beam check 6X =D7. 60X =VX 24Y.. =M7. ((PL ((PD ((PT (( L ((wL ((wD ((if DATE: 12/02 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL. TUKW I LA SUEiJ: UPPER ROOF -TYP NORTH LINTELS WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET FT WL 14.0 @ LL = @ DL= 3.0 @ DL = @LL= @DL= @DL= @LL= @DL= @DL= 25 psf = 350 15 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = WD 210 45 56 = AREA LL•red wL= 350 255 wL= 350 red. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.350 ((wL 0.255 ((wD 0.613 ((wT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD 3 9.3 DF2 dry roof beam 4.0 (( L 11 RR= 11 SHEAR: MOMENT: 0.0 =dTL (__ -0.0 =dcamb max V 1.2 1.2 0.9 1.2 max H 6X =DX 3.00 (( WIDTH act 60'r' =V7. 9.30 (( DEPTH act 247.=MX• 4 (( beam type (1)(2)(3> R (( load dur(Roof >(Floor> 1.15 S (( uses (Single >(Repet> 1.00 0 (( wet use (Viet >(Dry> 1.00 480 (( LL dell criteria 11 1.23 ((wL ((wD ((wT 2.0 CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 11 height PL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: • floor: wall: other: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 11.0 40 25 3.0 15 enter dist.---> 11 PL= 0.0 from left 11 PD= 0.0 1l CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET i2 0.0 red: height PL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: floor: wall: other: 0.0 0.0 25 15 8.0 40 25 8.0 15 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 enter dirt. - - -> from left (( L 1.2 -1.2 kips 0.9 fk ((PL ((PD ((PT 11 PL= 0.0 11 PD= 0.0 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A 1 STRESS MOM SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1.00 in13 in12 in14 ACTUAL 340 66 0.01 0.01 PROV 43 28 201 ALLOW 1438 109 0.10 0.20 REO'D 10 17 dell EVAL » >OK( >OK( >0K( >OK( + (2)1.5 Wide, 1 1 (2)2X4 (22X4 1 1 (2)2X6 4.0 it (2 2X6 1 1 (2)2X8 (2 2X8 L brg 0.6 BEAM 3.1 = H//T,BRACE @ SUPPORTS (TYPE> BEND SHEAR DRNG ELAST x Fball Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 4 DF2 1250 95 625 1.7 (b&j 4"or less) 1 GL -F24 4 PSL 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL 3 WS1650 6 7 DF1 n • 8 DF1 w 9 DF2 n 10 HFI n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 9.3 Deep DF2 0.6 =L brg DOUG FIR 412 OR BTR -post capacities - - -kost designations - - -- j2 2X4 4X4 6 10 30 43 (21216 416 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 (2)218 618 6x8 818 based on 9 ft height VKWAN DENTA TUk'WILATYt -� NC1i r -i L_ Y NTEI_S P E T E R GINTAUTAS AL N A . E C DATE: 12/02 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL. TUKWILA SUBJ: UPPER ROOF -TYP END CANOPIES WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD 'WORSHEET SPAN = 9.0 11 /l FT 11 11 + + FLOOR: / width / _ + + WALL: 1 height 1 - + + FLOOR: wide - - -) WALL: high - - -> FLOOR: wide - --> WALL: high ---> beam check 247. =D7. 56%=V7. 497. =M7. ((PL ((PD ((PT a HD 5.0 0 LL = 25 psf = @DL= 15psf= 3.0 0 DL = 15 psi = LL = 40 psf = DL = 2 5 psf = @ D L = 15 psf = 0 LL = 40 psf = @ DL = 25 psf = 0 DL = 15 psf = CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 91 height PL FD type length width ;ill wdl 0.o 0.0 125 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 75 floor: 8.0 40 25 45 wall: 8,0 15 other: 45 = AREA LLred wL= 125 120 wL= 125 red. 0,00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 ((wL 0.125 ((wL ((wD 0.120 ((wD ((wT 0.253 ((wT LLLLLLILLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD 3 9.3 DF2 dry roof beam (( L II 9.0 (( L 11 RL= II 1.14 RR= 11 1.14 11 0.1 =dTL (_= 11 11 -0.1 =dcamb 11 SHEAR: MOMENT: ala ((wL ((wD ((wT 2.0 V 1.1 1.1 1.1 -1.1 kips 1.9 2.o 1.9 fk ma:M enter dirt. - - -> 11 PL= 0.0 0.0 from left 11 PD= 0.0 red: 1l CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 112 height PL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dirt.---) from left ((PL ((PD ((PT {{ L 11 PL= 0.0 11 PD= 0.0 1/ 0.0 red: 247.=D7. BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST : 3.00 (< WIDTH act 567.=V2 (TYPE) Fba11 Fvall Fcbrg 10001:si 9.30 (( DEPTH act 49' =M7. 9 (( bear type (1 >(2 >(3> 9 DF2 R (< load dur(Roof >(Floor> 1.15 5 (( uses (Single >(Repet> 1.00 1 GL -F24 4 PSL D (( wet use (Wet ><Dry> 1.00 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL 480 (( LL defl criteria 3 WS1650 6 CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Ci= 5 A t STRESS MOM SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1,00 in\3 in12 in14 1250 95 625 1.7 (bid ear less} ACTUAL 711 61 0.05 0.11 PROY 43 28 201 ALLOW 1438 109 0.23 0.45 REQ'D 21 16 deft EVAL » >OK( >OK( >OK( >OK( + + (2)1.5 Wide, 9.3 Deep DF2 I 1 (2)2X4 (2)2X4 + + 1 1 (2)2X6 9.0 It (2)2X6 1 I (2)2X8 (2)2X8 1 L brg= 0.5 DRY ROOF BEAM 0 5 =L brg 3.1 = H /T,BRACE @ SUPPORTS based on 9 ft height LJP"F'FEEIR FtClC)F --TVF" E1.110 l JF' :C LE KWAN DENTAL . TUKWILA 7DFln 8 DF1 w 9DF2r1 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 14 15 DOUG FIR #2 OR BTR -post capacities -- ost designations--- - 4 6 6 (2)2X4 4X4 6 10 30 43 (2)2X6 4X6 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 (2)2X8 6X8 6.48 018 PETER GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C DATE: 11/09 PFcOJ : KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: UPPER ROOF -TYP LINTELS WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET SPAN = 9.0 /1 /1 FT 1� 1. 11 + + FLOOR: / width / _ + + WALL: 1 height 1 = + + FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: high - - -> FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: high - - -> beam check 24X =DZ 82X =VX 60X =MX <(PL ((PD ((PT WL WD 8.0 8 LL = 25 psf = 200 @DL= 15 psf = 8.0 8 DL = 15 psf = 8 LL = 40 psf = DL= 25 psf = @DL= 15 psf = 8LL= 40 psf = BDL= 25 psf = 8 DL = 15 psf = CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET fl1 height PL PD type length width wil wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 120 floor: 8.0 40 25 120 wall: 8.0 15 other: 72 = AREA LLred wL= 200 240 wl= 200 red. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (lwL 0.200 ((wL ((wD 0.240 ((wD ((wT 0.450 ((wT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL 800880808880DD08D000008080000 3 11.3 DF2 dry roof beam « L 11 9.0 (( L 11 RL= 11 2.02 RR= 11 2.02 11 0.1 -dTL (-- -- 11 11 -0.1 =dcamb 11 SHEAR: MOMENT: max V 2.0 2.0 2.0 -2.0 3.4 4.6 3.4 max M 24% =0X 3.00 (( WIDTH act 82X =VX 11.30 <( DEPTH act 60X =M%. 9 (( beam type (1)(2 )(3> R (( load dur(Roof )(Floor) 1.15 S <( uses (Single`•(Repet> 1.00 D (( wet use (Wet >(Dry> 1.00 480 (( LL defl criteria enter dist. -- -> 11 PL= 0.0 from left 11 PD= 0.0 1/ CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET #2 0.0 red: height PL PD type length width 01 wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 3,0 40 25 wall: 8,0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dist.---> from left ((wL ((wD ((wT (( L 2.0 ki tips ((PL ((PD ((PT lo 11 PL= 0.0 1/ PD= 0.0 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Ci= S A 1 STRESS MOM SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1.00 in13 in12 in14 ACTUAL 856 90 0.05 0.11 PROV 64 34 361 ALLOW 1438 109 0.23 0.45 REO'D 38 28 dell EVAL » >OK< >OK( >OK( >OK( BEND SHEAR BRAG ELAST x (TYPE> Fball Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 9 DF2 1250 95 625 1.7 (b &j 4 "or less} 1 GL -F24 4 PSL 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL 3 WS1650 6 7 DF1 n . 8 DF1 w 9 DF2 n 10 HFI n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 f + :3 Wide x 11.3 Deep DF2 1 (2)2X4 2)2X4 1 + 1 (2)2X8 9.0 it 2)218 1 1 1 1 L brg =. 0,9 DRY ROOF BEAM 0.91 =L brg 3.8 = H /T,BRACE @ SUPPORTS based on 9 It height t._)IPf=�'E1=•c St:IDF= - -T'YP• L. T hJTE1__E3 KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA DOUG FIR #2 OR BTR -post capacities -- -post designations--- - 4 6 6 (2)2.X4 414 6 10 30 43 (2 216 41(6 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 2)218 618 6x8 818 P E T E R GINTAUTAS NALT S A . E . C /\ 11 FLOOR: WALL: FLOOR: WALL: FLOOR: WALL: SPAN = 9.0 /\ + + / width / - + + 1 height . _ + + wide - - -> high - --> wide - - -> high - - -> beast check 29% =DX 872 =V% 64X =ML ((PL ((PD ((PT (( L ((wL ((wD ((wT DATE: 11/09 PROD: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: ROOF-TYP SOUTH LINTELS WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET FT WL WD 11,0 @ LL = 25 psf = @DL= 15psf= 2.0 @ DL = 15 psf = LL = 40 psf = @ DL = 25 psf = @OL= 15psf= @ LL = 40 psf = @DL= 25psf = @DL= 15psf= CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 11 height PL PD type length width x11 wdl 0.0 0.0 275 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 165 floor: 8.0 40 25 30 wall: 8.0 15 other: 99 = AREA LLred wL= 275 195 oil= 275 red. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.275 ((wL 0.195 ((wD 0.480 ((nT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDOD 3 11.3 DF2 dry roof beam 9.0 (( L RL= .1 2.16 0.1 =dTL (__ -0,0 =dcaab SHEAR: MOMENT: max V 2.2 .. RR= .1 2.16 ((wL ((wO ((wT 2,0 enter dirt. - --> .. PL= 0,0 from left .I PD= 0.0 1l CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 12 0.0 red: height PL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: floor: wall: other: 0.0 0.0 25 8.0 40 8.0 0.0 0.0 enter dist. - --> from left <( L 2.2 2.2 3.6 4.9 3.6 max K -2.2 kips fk ((PL ((PD ((PT 11 PL= 0.0 It PD= 0.0 1/ 15 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 red: 29L =DX BEND SHEAR BRNO ELAST x 3.00 (( WIDTH act 87X =V'L (TYPE> Fball Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 11.30 (( DEPTH act 64% =MY. 9 (( beau type (1 > <2 >(3> R (( load dur(Roof >(Floor> 1.15 S (( uses (Singyle >(Repet> 1.00 0 (( wet use (Wet>(Dry> 1.00 480 (< LL dell criteria CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A I STRESS MON•SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1,00 in13 in\2 in \4 ACTUAL 913 96 0.07 0.12 PROV 64 34 361 ALLOW 1438 109 0.23 0.45 REO'D 41 30 defl EVAL» >OK( >OK( >OK( >0K( 9 DF2 1250 95 625 1.7 (b&j 4 "or less} 1 GL -F24 4 PSL 7 DF1 n 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL . 8 DF1 w 3 WS1650 6 9 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 15 + + 3 Wide x 11.3 Deep DF2 1.0=L brg + +_ (2)216 9.0 ft (2 )216 (2)218 (2)2X8 L brg 1.0 3.8 = H DRY ROOF / E T,BRACE @ SUPPORTS DOUG FIR 42 OR BTR -post capacities `- -j-post designations--- - 4 6 6 6 10 30 43 121216 4X6 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 2)218 618 6x8 818 based an 9 ft height . F DD DENTAL,�U1tWIC7lJ"i1'H GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C SPAN = 9.0 DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: ROOF -TYP SOUTH LINTELS WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET /1 /1 FT 11 + + WL WD FLOOR: / width / = 11.0 LL = + + ODL= WALL: I height 1 = 2.0 C DL = + + FLOOR: wide - - -) WALL: FLOOR: WALL: high - - -> wide - --> high -- -> LL = 01= DL: 6 LL = 6DL= 6DL= 25 psf = 15 psf = 15 psf = "1(2, ps = 2 psi f = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psi 15 psf = CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET fi1 height PL PD type length width 01 wdl 0.0 0.0 275 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0,0 0.0 165 floor: 8.0 40 25 30 wall: 8.0 15 other: 99 = AREA LLred wL= 275 195 nl= 275 red. beaus check 0,00 0.00 30% =DX 0,00 52% :V% 0.00 42 % =M' /. 0.00 0.00 ((PL ((PD ((wL 0.275 ((wL ((PT ((wD 0.195 ((wD ((wT 0.484 ((dT LLILLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD 5.5 9 WS1650 dry roof beam (( L II 9.0 (( L :: RL= 11 2.18 RR= 11 2.18 11 0.1 :dTL ( == :1 -0.1 =dcamb 11 SHEAR: MOMENT: Lax V 2.2 2.2 2.2 -2.2 3.7 4.9 3.7 max M 30% =DX 5.50 (( WIDTH act 52'( =V' /. 9.00 (( DEPTH act 427.=MZ 3 (( beam type (1 >42 >(3> R (( load dur(Roof >(Floor> 1.15 S (( uses (Singgle ><Repet> 1,00 D (( wet use (1Wet >(Dry> 1.00 480 (( LL dell criteria enter dist. - - -> 1: P1= 0.0 from left 11 PD= 0.0 11 CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 12 0.0 red: height PL PO type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8,0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dirt. ---) from left ((wL (ND ((wT (( 1 2.0 Nips fk ((PL ((PD ((PT U PL= 0.0 II PD= 0.0 1/ 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A 1 STRESS MOM .SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1.00 in13 in12 in14 BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST x (TYPE> Fball Fball Fcbrg 1000ksi 3 WS1650 1650 110 630 1.8 (Weyerh beams) 1 GL-F24 4 PSL 7 DFI n 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL . 8 DF1 w 3 WS1650 6 9 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 r 13 14 15 ACTUAL 792 66 0.07 0.12 PROV 74 50 334 ALLOW 1897 126 0.23 0.45 REO'D 31 26 defl • EVAL » >OK( >OK( >0K( )OK( + 4 5.5 Wide x 9 Deep WS1650 1 1 (2)2X4 (2)214 1 1 Z (2)2X6 9.0 ft (2)216 1 1 1 1 (2)218 (2)218 I I L brg= 0.5 DRY ROOF BEAM 0.5 =L brg 1.6 = H /T,NO BRACING REOD WEYERHEUSER SERIES 1E550 -post capacities -- -post designations--- - 4 (2 1214 10 30 43 (2)216 4X6 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 2)218 618 6x8 818 based on 9 ft height DLJTFt KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA P E T E R GINTAUTAS N A L I S A . E . C SPAN = 17.0 /\ /1 FT 11 1; + + DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUI3J: ROOF -RB1- OPENING @ ENTRY WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET it WL WD GO FLOOR: / width / = 4.0 0 LL = 25 psf = 100 + + 0 DL = 20 psf = WALL: high -- -> @ DL = 15 psf = FLOOR: WALL: FLOOR: WALL: wide - - -> high - - -> wide - - -> high - - -> beam check 397=D' /. 68X=VY.. 34X =M% ((PL ((PD ((PT ((wL 4(wD ((wT (( L 11 RL= @ LL = 40 psf = DL = 25 psf @ DL = 15 psi = 0 LL : 40 psf @DL= 25psf @ D L = 15 psf 68 = AREA LLred wl= 100 GO wl= 100 red. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 height type length width wll wdl PL PD 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 wall: 8.0 other: 25 15 0.0 0,0 40 25 15 enter dist. -- -> 11 PL= 0.0 from left 11 PD= 0.0 \i CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET i12 0.0 red: height type length width 01 wdl PL PD 0,0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0,0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dist.---> from left 0.100 ((wL 0.100 ((wL 0.080 ((wD 0.080 ((wD 0.187 ((wT 0.187 ((wT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DODDDDDODDDDDDODDDDDODD00DDD0 DDDD000DDDDDDDDDDD 1.75 14 LAM VL dry roof beam 17.0 (4 L 11 6.0 (( L 1 1.39 RR= 11 2.51 1 0.3 :dTL (_= 11 -0.2 =dTL 1 -0.1 =dcamb 11 0.1 =dcamb 2.0 SHEAR: MOMENT: max V 1.4 1.4 -0.5 -3.6 1.1 kips 4.2 5.1 2.5 -3.4 -3.4 fk max M ((PL ((PD ((PT 11 PL= 0,0 11 PD= 0.0 1/ 0.0 red: 39X =D7. BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST x 1.75 (< WIDTH act 68X =V2 (TYPE> Fball Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 14.00 (( DEPTH act 34x =MX 2 (( beam type (1 >42 >43> 2 LAM VL 2800 285 500 2.0 (all bats} R <( load dur(Roof >(F1oor> 1.15 S (( uses <Single >(Repet> 1.00 1 GL -F24 4 PSL D (( we use (Wet >(Dry> 1.00 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL 480 (( LL defl criteria 3 WS1650 6 CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A I STRESS HOM•SHEAR DEFL DEFL 0.98 in \3 in\2 in14 7 DF1 n . 8 DF1 w 9 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 ACTUAL 1083 223 0.16 0.31 PROV 56 25 400 ALLOW 3165 328 0.43 0.85 REO'D 19 6 dell • EVAL» >OK( >OK( >OK( >OK( t + - - - -+ 1.75 Wide x 14 Deep LAM VL LAM VENEER LUMBER 1. + + + + - -- -post capacities -- -Rost designations--- - I (2)2X4 (2)2X4 1 1 4 6 6 (2)2X4 414 (2 1 216 17.0 It (2)216 1 1 6.0 it 6 10 30 43 (2)216 416 6x6 6x8 1 (2)2X8 (2)218 1 :ft 0 43 43 65 (2)218 618 6x8 818 L brg= 1.4 DRY ROOF BEAM 2.5 :L brq 8.0 : H /T, based on 9 it height F CD1Ci DENTAL, .-101F t41 NIG C Ei'+lTFcv. P E T E R GINTAUTAS UA N S A . E . C SPAN = 12.0 DATE: 11. /09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUBJ: ROOF -RB2 -ENTRY BM WOOD EiEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET 11 11 FT 11 ;� WI WD + + FLOOR: / width / = 14.0 8 LL = + + 8 D L = WALL: I height I = 7.0 8 DL = + + FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: high - - -> FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: high - - -> beam check 41X =DX 81y. =VX 65X =MX ((PL ((PD ((PT ((wL ( <wD ((HT <( L II RL= I SHEAR: MOMENT: 8LL= @DL= 8DL= 8LL= 8 DI = 8 DL = 25 psf = 20 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET ;r1 height FL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 350 roof: 0,0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 230 floor: 8,0 40 25 105 wall: 8.0 15 other: 163 = AREA Llred WL= 350 335 1% wL= 345 red, 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,350 ((wL 0.385 ( <wD 0.754 ((HT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DDDDDDOODDODDDDDDDDODDDODDOOD 5.5 12 WS1650 dry roof beam 12.0 (< L II 1 4,52 RR= II 4.52 11 0.2 =dTL (_= II II -0.1 =dcamb II max V 4.5 4.5 4.5 -4.5 10.2 13.6 10.2 max M 41X =DX 5.50 « WIDTH act 81X =VX 12.00 <( DEPTH act 65''/. =MX. 3 (< beam type 41 >(2 >(3> R <( load dur <Roof >(Floor> 1,15 S « uses (Single > <Repet> 1.00 0 <( wet use <Wet > <Dry> 1.00 480 <( LL defl criteria enter dist,---> 11 PL= 0,0 from left II PD= 0.0 \/ CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 12 0.0 red: height PL PO type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dirt, - - -> from left r(wL ((wD ((wi (< L 2.0 kips fk ((PL <,P0 ((PT II PL= 0.0 II P0= 0.0 \/ 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A I STRESS MOM SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1,00 in\3 in\2 in14 ACTUAL 1234 103 0.11 0.25 PROV 132 66 792 ALLOW 1897 126 0.30 0.60 REQ'D 86 54 dell EVAL» >OK( >OK( >OK( >OK< + + 5.5 Wide >: 12 Deep WS1650 1 1 414 414 + t 1 I (2)216 12.0 It (2)216 I I (2)218 (2)218 L brg= 1.1 ,, _ ROOF RE06 1.1 =L brg 2 . 2 - - FcEc^-- E NIT F:"1 13P1 KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST x <TYPE> Fvall Fvall Fcbrg 1000ksi 3 WS1650 1650 110 630 1.8 (Weyerh beams; 1 GL -F24 4 PSL 7 DFi n 2 LAM VL 5 DCVL 8 DF1 w 3 WS1650 6 4 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 w 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 WEYERHEUSER SERIES 1650 -post capacities -- -post designations--- - 4 6 6 (2)214 414 6 10 30 43 (2)2X6 416 6x6 6x8 8 43 43 65 (2)218 618 6x8 818 based on 9 ft height P E T E R GINTAUTAS NALTS A . E . C SPAN = 9.0 /1 11 DATE: 11/09 PROJ: KWAN DENTAL, TUKWILA SUE+J: ROOF- RD3 -TYP INTERIOR BMS WOOD BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN UNIFORM LOAD WORKSHEET FT WL WD + + FLOOR: / width / = 12.0 8 LL = + + 8DL= WALL: I height I = 8.0 8 DL = + + FLOOR: wide - - -> WALL: FLOOR: WALL: high - - -> wide - - -> high - - -> beam check 247. =D' /. 85,: =V1. 517.=M% ((PL ((PD ((PT ((wL ((wD ((wT (( L RL= 8LL= gDL= 8DL= LL = DL = H DL = 25 psf = 20 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = 40 psf = 25 psf = 15 psf = CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET 11 height PL PD type length width wll wdl 0.0 0.0 300 roof: 0.0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 240 floor: 8.0 40 25 120 wall: 8.0 15 other: 108 = AREA LLred wL= 300 360 wt= 300 red. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.300 ((wL 0.360 ((wD 0.672 ((wT LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL DIADDDDDDIALUDDDDDDDDDDDDDD 3,5 12 WS1650 dry roof beat, 9.0 (( L II : 3.02 RR= :: 3.02 0.1 =dTL ( == -0.1 =dcamb SHEAR: MOMENT: ma>: V 3.0 3.0 3.0 -3,0 5,1 6.8 5.1 max M 247.=D 3.50 (( WIDTH act 857. =V% 12.00 (( DEPTH act 517�=MX 3 (( beam type (1 >(2>(3> R (( load dur(Roof )(Floor) 1,15 S (< use (Single >(Repet> 1,00 D (( wet use (Wet >(Dry> 1.00 480 (< LL dell criteria EAU' disc. ---i It PL= 0,0 frai left II PD= 0.0 1l CONCENTRATED LOAD WORKSHEET i2 0.0 red: height PL PD type length width rill wdl 0.0 0.0 roof: 0,0 0.0 25 15 0.0 0.0 floor: 8.0 40 25 wall: 8.0 15 other: 0.0 0.0 enter dirt, -- -> ircm !eft ((wD ((WI (( L 2,0 Lips fk ((PL (PD ((PT II FL= 0.0 PD= 0.0 I/ 0.0 red: CHECK Fb Fv LL TL Cf= S A I STRESS MOM- SHEAR DEFL DEFL 1.00 iai3 in12 in14 ---------------------------------------------------- ACTUAL 972 108 0.05 0.11 PROV 84 42 504 ALLOW 1897 126 0.23 0.45 REO'D 43 36 de11 EVAL » >OK( >0K( >0V( >OK( + BEND SHEAR BRNG ELAST (TYPE> Fball Evall Fcbrg 1000ksi 3 WS1650 1650 110 630 1.3 (Weyerh beams) 1 6L-F24 4 PSL 2 LAM VL 5 BCVL 3 W91650 6 7 DF 1 n 8 DF1 w 9 DF2 n 10 HF1 n 11 HF1 12 HF2 n 13 14 15 3.5 Wide x 12 Deep WS1650 ++ ++ 1 1 (212X4 (2)214 I I 1 (2)216 9.0 it (2)216 I I 1 1 (2)210 (2)213 I 1 L brg: 1.2 DRY ROOF BEAM 1.2 :L brg 3.4 = H /T,BRACE @ SUPPORTS WEYERHEUSER SERIES 1650 -post capacities - -post designations--- - 4 6 6 2 414 10 30 43 2)216 4X6 6x6 6x8 0 43 43 65 (2)218 6X8 6x8 818 based on 9 it height F:113 DENTAL�,i 3."- " 2 -r St Y DF: L-t1' 1� TUK KWON 1 eit72 7 42 Ea✓/ 7C. • 73. -- 6.8$s WOOD POST DESIGN- TYP INT COL P E T E R DATE: 12/13 GINTAUTAS PROJ: KWAN DENTAL N A L I S SUBJ: TYP INT COL A . E C WOOD POST ANALYSIS & DESIGN COLUMN LOADING WORKSHEET height PL PD FT type length width wll wdl 5.5 6.3 11.8 R ROOF: 10.0 12.0 25 20 3.0 2.4 R ROOF: 10.0 10.0 25 15 2.5 1.5 W WALL: 10.0 16.0 15 2.4 0 OTHER: 11 P} 11.8 1 5.5 (( WIDTH br. COL TYPE Fb F)/ Fc E 11 e> in 3.5 (l DEPTH un. 11 10.0 (( height 1.0 GLULAM 2200 385 1500 1.8 + -+ 3.0 (( type 2.0 GLULAM 2400 385 1500 1.8 I I R (( Roof /Fl 3.0 DFill 1200 85 1000 1.6 (( SELECT h> it D (( Wet /Dry 4.0 HFi1 975 70 850 1,3 L= 0.6 (( e MIN 5.0 DF -Dill 1400 85 1200 1.7 10.0 ((_= 6.0 HF -STUD 650 75 500 1,2 Pi 1 WIND PRESSURE: 20ft MAX NT > 15.5 psi WIDTH > ft Mi.ax Puax 11.8 fk L CHECK Fb Fc STRESS BEND AXIAL INTERACTION A S suppppt brng, plate L/D in\2 in\3• matt. A req W &L ACTUAL 613 34,3 19,3 11,2 CONC 16 4.0 in ALLOW 1200 1150 28,0 = L/D gong, GLAN 31 5.5 in ALLOW 587 408 ((== slend.gvns 50.0 = L/D may;, WOOD 48 6.9 in 1507. > 150% iiilllit 4, .4, 5.5 =WIDTH 3.5 =DEPTH unbr.DF #1 TYP INT COL 49- , 6x ' en%- WOOD POST DESIGN- TYP INT COL P E T E R NIATLUTA9 A . E . C DATE: 12/13 PPOJ: KWAN DENTAL SUBJ: TYP INT COL WOOD POST ANALYSIS & DESIGN COLUMN LOADING WORKSHEET height PL PD PT type length width w1l wdl 5.5 6.3 11.8 R ROOF: 10.0 12.0 25 20 3.0 2.4 R ROOF: 10,0 10.0 25 15 2.5 1.5 W WALL: 10,0 16.0 15 2,4 O OTHER: 11 P> 11.8 k 5.5 (( WIDTH hr. COL TYFE Fb Fv Fc E 11 e> in 5.5 (( DEPTH un, 1/ 10.0 (( height 1,0 GLULAR 2200 385 1500 1.8 -f 3.0 (( type 2,0 GLUM 2400 385 1500 1,8 1 R (( Roof /F1 3.0 DF;i1 1200 95 1000 1,6 (( SELECT 1 1 h> ft 0 (( Wet /Dry 4,0 HFl♦1 975 70 850 1,3 L ='1 1 0.9 (( e MIN 5,0 DF -H1 1400 85 1200 1,7 10.0 1 1(( == 6.0 HF -STUD 650 75 500 1.2 1 1 P> k WIND PRESSURE: Mmax Pax 11.8 fk k CHECK Fb Fc STRESS BEND AXIAL INTERACTION A S suppt brng. plate L/D in12 in\3 mail. A req WGL ACTUAL 390 21.8 30.3 27.7 COWL 16 4.0'in ALLOW 1200 1150 35,1 = L/D gvng. GLAM 31 5.5 in ALLOW 810 1008 ((== slend.gvrs 50.0 = L/D max. WOOD 48 6.9 in 20it MAXDHT > 15.5 psf 39% > 39% >OK( 5.5 =WIDTH 5 . 5 =DEPTH un br . DF4# 1 TYP INT COL 4'x6 04245r . / 1yP. 07r: ems, xerAN X61 to 1' P r ( co W4 LciclC,, ' ,a lib �,� t4 a7 AikoW 'A)A c " ot.jo prev = X33 &°) _- 12 I `-f'cao MIN, -1--).(e'. I t•1fi . in (6 - p p 1 • W`4U1 2-' LS PL. Io 4g0 ( y ) r e M r G5. nl e rud ('as7'S ) /.06. tatt-Uraf P/1?-1- Lorogr J s . p- ,o ) • * ** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC LOADS PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT INC * ** * * � * ** WASHINGTON * ** DR KWAN 9363 '11/04/93 PAGE 3 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TOTAL BUILDING, LOAD SUMMARY * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** BUILDING PEAKS IN HAY AT 4 PH BLDG. LOAD AREA SEN. %TOT LAT. + SEN. = TOTAL %TOT DESCRIPTIONS QUAN LOSS LOSS • GAIN GAIN . GAIN CAIN ROOF 2,093 3,077 4.93 0 3,768 3,768 4.62 WALL 2,742 5,374 8.61 0 1,895 1,895 2.33 GLASS 919 23,416 37.50 0 35,677 35,677 43.79 SKIN LOADS 5,754 31,867 51.03 0 41,340 41,340 50.74 LIGHTING 4,312 0 0.00 0 14,704 14,704 18.05 EQUIPMENT 2,156 0 0.00 0 7,353 7,353 9.02 PEOPLE 29 0 0.00 8,700 7,395 16,095 19.75 .PARTITION 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 VENT 580 580 30,583 48.97 -1,208 3,178 1,970 2.42 INFL 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 DRAW -THRU FAN 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 BLOW -THRU FAN 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 SUPPLY DUCT 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00' RETURN DUCT 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 RESERVE CAPACITY 0 0.00 0 15 15 0.02 BUILDING TOTALS 62,450 100.00 7,492 7:;,985 81,477 100.00 BUILDING SUMMARY LOAD DESCRIPTIONS SEN. %TOT LAT. + SEN. - TOTAL ' %TOT LOSS LOSS GAIN GAIN GAIN GAIN VENTILATION 30,583 48.97 -1,208 3,178 1,970 2.42 INFILTRATION 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 ZONE'LOADS 31,867 51.03 8,700 70,807 79,507 97.58 PLENUM LOADS 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 FAN & DUCT LOADS 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 .BUILDING TOTALS 62,450 100.00 7,492 73,985 81,477 100.00 TOTAL BUILDING SUPPLY AIR (BASED ON A 20.9 TD): TOTAL BUILDING VENT AIR (18.70% OF SUPPLY)-: TOTAL CONDITIONED AIR SPACE: SUPPLY AIR CFN /SQ.FT. OF CONDITIONED SPACE: SQ.FT OF CONDITIONED AIR SPACE PER TON: TONNAGE PER SQ.FT OF CONDITIONED AIR SPACEt TOTAL HEATING REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: 3,100 CFM 580 CFAs 2,156 SQ.FT 1.4378 CFM /SQ.FT 317.5375 SQ.FT/TON 0.0031 TONS /SQ.FT 62.45 MBH 6.79 TONS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIIA MAR 2 8 1994 ' PERMIT CENTER • * ** FULL COMMERCIAL.HVAC LOADS PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT INC * ** * swesuramagEMEW * * ** WASHINGTON * ** DR WAN 9363 11/04/93 PAGE 1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** AIR SYSTEM`' 1 (OAS /PACK) ZONE SUMMARY * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ZN. ZONE - DESCRIPTION FLOOR HTG.LOSS SEN.GAIN LAT.GAIN HTG.CFH CLG.CFDS NO. PEAK TIME i.HONTH AREA O.A. CFM 0.A. CFM EXH. CFM CFM /SF. CFM /SF. 1 OPERATORIES 1072 •19,173 41,530 3,000 1,865 1,595 11 AM SEPTEMBER 200 200 0 1.74 1.49 2 WAITING 4 PM JUNE 180 4,082 15,753 3,600 397 605 240 240 0 2.21 3.36 BUSINESS 616 3,164 10,302 1,200 308 396 5 PH JUNE 80 80 0 0.50 0.64 OFFICE 11 AM SEPTEMBER 288 .5,448 13,117 900 530 504 60 60 0 1.84 1.75 ZONE PEAK TOTALS. 2,156 31,867 80,702 8,700 3,100 3,100 TOTAL ZONES: 4 580 580 0 1.44 1.44 • RECEIVED CITY • OF TUKWILA • MAR 2 8 1994 PERMIT CENTER �7ELECON _CONFERENCE COMPUTATIONS ___MEMO' PROJECT: (2)(9 2 -IA fr) (2)‹ T 3 -,Are C : (A'' /. 2.-.1 .=3 e.o.) • /a a3 -93 CASNE ENGINEERING, INC. DATE %epc ' %`1 " `� J P.O. BOX 7207 • BELLEVUE, WA 98008 • (206)454.3555 BY 51 . ,�•.� /•:. 2- LAMP) • /-/ (57g 1P P) /off Z_ (SoFF/ r 0 (Da. 47 /' /34 l� (F4-045 C) 75 14) MN) A Lt, '&)Cb A)A776 d w ea Coo 769 50 7!0 PAGE / OF / NUMBER c136 S 95.. • / /co ( .2307 sr, x ao� /.7G41 31g21-. F X. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA. MAR 2 8 1994 PERMIY CENTER 1 A Report Prepared For Salmon Bay Design Group 4501 Shilshole Avenue N.W. Seattle, Washington 98107 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY PROPOSED KWAN DENTAL CLINIC TUKWILA, WASHINGTON AGI Project No. 15,788.001 by: (Peter J. Sajer, P.E. Engineer Garry H. Squires, P.E. Senior Engineer APPLIED GEOTECHNOLOGY INC. 300 120th Avenue N.E. Building 4, Suite 215 Bellevue, Washington 98005 206/453 -8383 December 9, 1993 005 Applied Geotechnology Inc. EXPIRES 10/23/ 9s CI RECEEVPb M� ruhwr� �j o 281994 oetiren Applied Geotechnology Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 General 1 1.2 Project Description 1 1.3 Purpose and Scope of Services 1 2.0 SITE CONDITIONS 3 2.1 Surface 3 2.2 Subsurface 3 2.3 Groundwater 4 3.0 DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 5 3.1 General 5 3.2 Earthwork 6 3.3 Shallow Foundations 6 3.4 Floors 6 3.5 Subsurface Walls 7 3.6 Site Drainage 7. 3.7 Limitations and Additional Services 7 4.0 DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 9 4.1 General 9 4.2 Site Preparation and Earthwork 9 4.3 Seismic Design 10 4.4 Shallow Foundations 10 4.5 Floors 11 4.6 Retaining Structures 12 4.7 Drainage 12 4.8 Utilities 13 Applied Geotechnology Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.0 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 14 5.1 General 14 5.2 Earthwork 15 5.3 Drainage 18 DISTRIBUTION TABLES FIGURES APPENDICES Appendix A: Appendix B: Field Exploration Laboratory Testing 20 Applied Geotechnology Inc. LIST OF TABLES Table 1 Summary of Geotechnical Units LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Plate Al Plate A2 thru AS Site Plan Typical Footing Subdrain Typical Utility Trench Fill Soil Classification /Legend Loge of Test Pits 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 GENERAL Applied Geotechnology Inc. This report presents the results of Applied Geotechnology Inc.'s (AGI) geotechnical engineering study for design and construction of a proposed dental clinic in Tukwila, Washington. Our services for this study were performed in accordance with our November 17, 1993 proposal. We received your verbal authorization to proceed on November 17, 1993 and your written confirmation on November 24, 1993. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed approximately 2,300 - square -foot dental clinic will be a single - story wood frame structure with a supported wood floor over a crawl space. There will be paved parking for employees and patients in front of the structure. Planned finish floor grade is Elevation 35.5 feet. The crawl space subgrade will be at Elevation 32.5 feet and will have an unreinforced lean concrete mud slab. Cuts of between about 6 inches and 3 -1/2 feet will be required to establish crawl space subgrade. Establishing planned pavement subgrade will require cuts of up to about 2 feet. We understand that wall loads will be on the order of 2 kips per linear foot or leas and that isolated columns will not be used. 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of our study was to explore subsurface conditions as a basis for providing recommendations for site preparation and design and construction of the proposed dental clinic. Specifically, our scope of services included: ■ Exploring subsurface soil and groundwater conditions by excavating four teat pits extending between 15 and 16 feet below ground surface (bga) in the proposed clinic and parking areas. ■ Analyzing soil samples to assess certain physical characteristics of the soils encountered. Our laboratory scope included moisture content and Atterberg Limit tests. ■ Performing engineering analyses as a basis for recommendations regarding site preparation and foundation support for the proposed building, including: - Recommendations for spread foundations, including allowable bearing capacity, coefficient of friction, minimum embedment and width requirements, and estimates of total and differential settlements. Applied Geotechnology Inc. - Recommendations for site preparation. We include criteria for proofrolling to identify unsuitable soils, for overexcavation/ replacement, for evaluation of the suitability of on -site soils for use as fill, and for gradation /replacement /compaction of on -site and imported fill soils. - Comments regarding regional and site- specific seismic design criteria, in accordance with Section 23 of the Uniform Building Code. Recommendations for temporary and permanent drainage. Site conditions are described in Section 2.0 and discussed in more detail in Section 3.0. Our detailed recommendations for design and construction are presented in Sections 4.0 and 5.0, respectively. 2.0 SITE CONDITIONS 2.1 SURFACE Applied Geotechnology Inc. The site consists of an approximately 1/3 -acre property bounded to the northwest and southwest by Southcenter Boulevard and Interurban Avenue, respectively (Figure 1, Site Plan). To the northeast there is a State Farm Insurance Service Center. AGI previously performed geotechnical engineering services during design and construction of that center. The Green River forms the southeast boundary of the site. The site is undeveloped, grass covered, and ranges between Elevation 28 and 36 feet. 2.2 SUBSURFACE We encountered generally similar conditions in our four teat pits (TP1 through TP4) excavated at the approximate locations indicated on Figure 1. Beneath a thin grass and sod layer, there is fill material that varied between about 3 to 5 feet in thickness at the test pit locations (Recent Fill). This fill material is comprised of soft to medium stiff silt with a variable proportion of wood fragments and rootlets. Between a depth of about 3 -1/2 and 5 feet in TP4, the fill material was predominantly composed of wood fragments and rootlets with only minor amounts of silt. We estimate this fill is generally wet relative to its optimum moisture for compaction. Underlying the Recent Fill, all test pits encountered Older Fill, extending to depths ranging between 11 and 14 feet bgs in TP1 through TP3. These three test pits encountered interbedded medium stiff sandy silt and medium dense silty sand native deposits underlying the Older Fill. TP4 was terminated at a depth of 15 -1/2 feet, still apparently in the Older Fill. The Older Fill is typically medium stiff to stiff silt and appears to be moist to wet relative to its optimum moisture for compaction. It contains minor amounts of wood, glass, and brick fragments at the test pit locations. The Recent Fill and Older Fill were probably not placed with engineering control and are considered uncontrolled fills. However, the conditions in the test pits indicate substantial compactive effort was applied during Older Fill placement in a reasonably systematic manner. The Recent Fill appears to be less well compacted and of more variable character. Table 1 summarizes the descriptions and geotechnical characteristics of the units encountered. More detailed descriptions of subsurface conditions are presented on the test pit loge in Appendix A, which also includes a description of exploration and sampling procedures. A discussion of laboratory test procedures is presented with laboratory test results in Appendix B. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 2.3 GROUNDWATER We did not encounter groundwater to the depth explored in our test pits. However, the native soils or Older Fill appeared to be wet to saturated below a depth of 12 to 14 feet in TP2 and TP4. Subsurface seepage, and the level at which it occurs, is expected to vary seasonally, with levels generally highest during the wetter winter months and generally lowest during the late summer and early fall. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 3.0 DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 3.1 GENERAL The presence of poorly compacted Recent Fill and a relatively thick underlying layer of uncontrolled Older Fill within the proposed building area complicates selection of a foundation system. Given the relatively uniform consistency and composition of the Older Fill, the expected light foundation loads, and the anticipated high cost of other foundation types, we judge that a reinforced spread footing foundation is a reasonable selection, provided Recent Fill is removed where present below foundation grade. Our primary conclusions and considerations regarding foundation support and subgrade preparation are: • The Recent Fill that underlies the building area is unsuitable for direct foundation support becauee of its variable consistency and apparent poor compaction. It should be excavated where present below planned foundation grade and replaced with Structural Fill. The Older Fill that underlies the Recent Fill was generally consistent in composition in all test pits and was moderately strong. However, as is always the case for uncontrolled fills, there could be significant variations in fill strength and compreseibility between explorations. Specifically, there may be eoft zones within the fill that would be weaker and more compressible than the moderately strong and stiff materials encountered in the explorations. Systematically proofrolling the building and pavement subgrades to identify weak areas for improve- ment can mitigate this concern. • The rate and magnitude of fine - grained fill consolidation settlement is difficult to predict and sometimes erratic. Internal moisture changes caused by changes in surface water infiltration patterns or groundwater levels is the major controlling factor. However, Older Fill's current range of moisture content indicatee it is likely close to saturation. The Older Fill is also moderately dense and generally of low compress- ibility. Still, over the life of the facility, it could settle in a nonuniform manner and, consequently, a structure founded on shallow footings above the Older Fill could settle differentially. Stiffening the footings to improve load distribution will reduce the effects of differential settlement. • The underlying native silts have consolidated significantly as a result of the fill's weight, but are still moderately compressible. However, we expect that additional compression of the native silt under the relatively light proposed building loads will be minimal and therefore not significantly affect the structure. • The Recent Fill and Older Fill are moisture sensitive and subject to significant degradation during construction if not properly treated. Protecting prepared and approved subgrades during construction, particularly during wet weather, can eliminate this concern. 1 1 1 1 1 Applied Geotechnology Inc. The remainder of this section discusses these and other aspects of the project. Design and construction recommendations are presented in Sections 4.0 and 5.0, respectively. 3.2 EARTHWORK Earthwork will include clearing vegetation and excavating to planned subgrades, followed by recompaction and proofrolling in the crawl space and pavement areas to prepare the subgrades and identify soft areas requiring additional improvement. All of the soils are moderately to highly moisture sensitive and will be difficult to work or adequately compact when wet. We anticipate excavation to planned subgrades in crawl apace and pavement areas will terminate in the Recent Fill, which we judge is currently above optimum moisture for compaction. The soil exposed at planned grade will need to be scarified, moisture conditioned to slightly below optimum moisture content, and then recompacted using a eheepsfoot drum roller, as described in Section 5.2. It will likely be impossible to adequately perform scarifica- tion and recompaction during wet weather. During wet weather it will instead be necessary to overexcavate and include a Select Material subbase and to use geotextile fabric, rather than attempting to recompact, to prepare the crawl space and pavement subgrades. The recompacted subgrade should be proofrolled to identify soft areas requiring additional preparation. Areas that cannot be recompacted to meet specifications should be overexcavated and replaced with Structural Fill, as recommended in Section 4.2. We judge that it will be necessary to use a temporary work pad to protect prepared and approved recompacted subgrades during wet weather. If subgrades are not protected during wet weather, additional repairs, including overexcavation and replacement of disturbed soils, will likely be required. 3.3 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS We judge that the proposed structure can be adequately supported on continuous spread footings bearing on Structural Fill, following overexcavation and removal of existing Recent Fill where present below foundation grade. The footings should be stiffened with additional steel reinforcement (over that typically used for conventional spread footings) to mitigate the effects of soil consolidation and settlement. Stiffened footings will help to distribute structural loads over potential weak spots in the Older Fill and, consequently, to reduce differential settlement. Specific design and construction recommendations are presented in Sections 4.4 and 5.2, respectively. 3.4 FLOORS We understand the first floor of the building will be elevated and supported by grade beams structurally connected to the foundation system. We understand the crawl space may be used to store clinic supplies. According- ly, subgrade preparation should include recompaction and proofrolling as recommended in Section 4.2. The planned lean concrete mud slab should be -6- Applied Geotechnology Inc. underlain by a vapor barrier to prevent moisture penetration from the subgrade soils through to the crawl space. Surface water should be routed away from the building into a storm drain. 3.5 SUBSURFACE WALLS Below grade portions of the crawl space perimeter walls should be designed as soil retaining walls. Our design lateral earth pressures are presented in Section 4.6. 3.6 SITE DRAINAGE Because the majority of the surficial soils are moisture sensitive.and relatively impermeable, both short- and long -term drainage control measures should be included in project design and construction. Over the short term, we judge that site and construction drainage can be reasonably well controlled by careful excavation practices. Typically, these include, but are not limited to, shallow upgrade perimeter ditches or low earthen berms and temporary sumps in excavations to collect seepage and prevent water from damaging exposed subgrades. The Recent Fill and Older Fill will degrade and require additional overexcavation and replacement with Structural Fill if standing water is allowed to remain on subgrades. All collected water should be directed under control to a positive and permanent discharge system, such as a storm sewer. Over the long term, more permanent measures, such as installation of footing and wall drains, should be included. All permanent drains should be directed to a positive and permanent discharge point well away from the structure. Specific drainage details are provided in Sectione 4.7 and 5.3 of this report. 3.7 LIMITATIONS AND ADDITIONAL SERVICES This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Salmon Bay Design Group and its other consultants for this project only. The analyses, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report are based on conditions encountered at the time of our study and on our experience and engineering judgement. AGI cannot be held responsible for the interpretation by others of the.data contained herein. Our services have been performed in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions in the area. No other warranty, express or implied, is made. We must presume the conditions encountered are representative of the entire property. However, you should be aware that subsurface conditions may vary between exploration locations and with time, and unanticipated conditions can and often do occur. If differing conditions are exposed during construction -7- Applied Geotechnology Inc. or the design is modified, we should be retained to reevaluate our recommen- dations and provide a written confirmation or modification, as necessary. We cannot be responsible for the applicability of our recommendations if not afforded this opportunity. To allow for these eventualities, a contingency should be provided in both your construction budget and schedule. Because of the presence of unsuitable bearing soils at planned foundation grade, AGI should be retained to review plans and specifications to verify that our recommendations have been properly interpreted and included. We should also be retained to provide construction monitoring services during the geotechnical phases of construction. This will allow us to verify that subsurface, conditions are as expected and to observe and teat the contrac- tor's work as your representative. 4.0 DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 GENERAL Applied Geotechnology Inc. The following paragraphs present our design recommendations for this project. It is important to remember, however, that for satisfactory and successful construction, these recommendations must be applied in their entirety and in conjunction with the construction recommendations provided in Section 5.0 of this report. 4.2 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK 4.2.1 Clearing and Strivvin All topsoil, vegetation, surficial materials, and trees should be cleared or stripped from areas beneath footings, slabs, and paved areas and disposed of off site or used in landscaping. We estimate that the average depth of stripping will be about 6 inches. 4.2.2 Excavation Recom• action Overexcavation and Fillin Excavation: Existing Recent Fill should be excavated to planned subgrade in crawl space and pavement areas. We judge that the soils can be excavated using conventional earthmoving equipment. However, the Recent Fill and Older Fill are highly moisture sensitive and will be difficult to work or adequately compact when wet. Recompaction: Crawl space and pavement subgrades should be scarified and recompacted as described in Section 5.2.6. The recompacted subgrade should be proofrolled using a rubber -tired vehicle, such as a loaded dump truck, to check for possible soft or unstable areas. Proofrolling should be observed by an experienced geotechnical engineer, who should identify soft or unstable areas requiring additional preparation. Any unstable areas identified during recompaction and proofrolling should be overexcavated and replaced with Structural Fill. Overexcavation: Unsuitable soils encountered during recompaction or proofrolling should be overexcavated and replaced with Structural Fill (defined in Section 5.2.1). An overexcavation depth of 2 to 3 feet is generally adequate for this purpose. Overexcavation depth below pavement subgrade may be reduced by using woven geotextile fabrics. Appropriate overexcavation depths for use with fabrics should be evaluated at the time of construction by an experienced geotechnical engineer. Overexcavation of all Recent Fill will be necessary where present below planned Foundation Grade. The overexcavation should extend at least 18 inches laterally beyond the footing perimeter, measured at the excavation base. Structural Fill should be used to establish Foundation Grade following overexcavation. Applied Geotechnology Inc. Structural Fill: Soil materials used to establish grade beneath structural elements, such as spread footings and slabs, should consist of On -site Material or Select Material (defined in Section 5.2.2) compacted to the following minimum relative compaction: • Foundations and Floor Slabs: 95 Percent • Pavement Subgrades: 95 Percent (upper 1 foot) 4.2.3 Slopes • Temporary Slopes (maximum height of 5 feet) - Cut: - Fill: Maximum 1:1 (horizontal:vertical) Maximum 1 -1/2:1 • Permanent Slopes (maximum height of 5 feet) - Cut: - Fill: • Slope Protection Maximum 2:1 (horizontal :vertical) Maximum 2:1 All temporary slopes ehould be protected from the elements by covering with a protective membrane of plastic sheeting or some other similarly impermeable material. All sheeting should overlap by at least 12 inches. All permanent elopes should be planted with a deep - rooted, rapid - growth vegetative cover as soon as possible after completion of slope construc- tion. 4.3 SEISMIC DESIGN • Site Period: Design for seismic forces in accordance with Section 23 of the 1991 Uniform Building Code. The following criteria should be used: - Site Conditions: Soft site - Site Coefficient 83: 1.5 4.4 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS • Bearing Material - Structural Fill (minimum 18 -inch thickness) • Minimum Footing Depth of Embedment - Perimeter Footings: 18 inches below the lowest adjacent final exterior grade - Interior Footings: 12 inches below top of crawl apace Blab -10- • Minimum Footing Lateral Dimension - Continuous Footings: • Footing Excavation Protection 16 inches Applied Geotechnology Inc. If footing excavations'are opened during the winter season or periods of wet weather, it will be helpful, because of the moisture sensitivity of the exposed soils, to provide a lean concrete mud mat or gravel layer to protect the subgrade. • Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure - Structural Fill: 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf) Note: Allowable soil bearing pressures are for all dead and live loads and may be increased by one -third for temporary short -term wind and seismic loads. • Lateral Load Resistance - Passive Resistance: 300 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) equivalent fluid weight - Coefficient of Friction: 0.4 Note: The passive resistance includes a safety factor of about 1.5 and is based on the assumption that all footing backfill has been placed and compacted as recommended in Section 5.0. The upper 1 foot of soil should be neglected in design computations unless protected by pavement or a slab -on- grade. The coefficient of friction includes a safety factor of 1.5. • Settlement - Total Settlement: - Differential Settlement: - Time Rate: 4.5 FLOORS less than 1 -1/2 inches less than 1/2 inch over 50 feet Approximately 50 percent during construction, and the remainder over the life of the structure. • Subgrade: Recompacted Recent Fill or Structural Fill. • Vanor Barrier: In areas where moisture would be detrimental to equip- ment, floor coverings, or furnishings inside the building, a vapor barrier should be placed beneath the crawl space mud slab. Reinforced plastic sheeting is satisfactory for this purpose. Applied Geotechnology Inc. ■ Protection Measures: A layer of Eland, approximately 2 inches thick, may be placed over the membrane to protect it from damage, to aid in curing the slab, and to help prevent cement paste bleeding down into the , underlying capillary break. 4.6 RETAINING STRUCTURES ■ Design Lateral Pressures (reinforced concrete wall) - Wall free to rotate at top: 35 pcf equivalent fluid weight - Wall fixed at top: 45 pcf equivalent fluid weight - Traffic surcharge: 70 psf (where applicable) Note: These values do NOT include lateral loads resulting from other vertical loads. Any ouch loads should be added to the above soil pressures for design. ■ Hydrostatic Pressure Reduction - Include drains as described in Paragraph 4.7, below. 4.7 DRAINAGE ■ Footing] xcavation Drain: In event that groundwater seeps into footing excavations, it should be possible to remove the water by gently sloping the base of excavation to one or more shallow sump pits and pumping the water from there to a positive, permanent discharge system. ■ yootina Drains: These drains should be installed after construction of the building footings and immediately before backfilling against building stem walls. A typical detail is presented on Figure 2, Typical Footing Subdrain. ■ Surface Runoff: Interceptor ditches or trenches or low earthen berms should be installed along the upgrade perimeters of the site to prevent surface water runoff from flowing over the face of excavated slopes or onto graded areas. ■ Downspout or Roof Drains: These should be installed once the building's roof is in place. - Discharge in tightline to positive, permanent drain system.. - Under no circumstances connect these tightlines to the perimeter footing drains. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 4.8 UTILITIES All utility line excavations, particularly beneath paved or slab areas, should be properly backfilled with Structural Fill to the specified degree of compaction or better. Our recommended design is represented on Figure 3, Typical Utility Trench Fill. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 5.0 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 GENERAL 5.1.1 Description This section presents our recommendations for the geotechnical aspects of construction. Specifically, we cover earthwork and drainage. Our design criteria are based on these construction recommendations; therefore, these recommendations should be incorporated into the project specifications in their entirety. 5.1.2 Standard Specifications Where possible, we refer to the 1992 Edition of the State of Washington Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 5.1.3 Reference Standards Reference Standards are referred to by agency or association initials and are from the latest editions of: ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials 5.1.4 Geotechnical Engineer We recommend that you retain AGI as the geotechnical engineer during con- struction to observe and test the geotechnical aspects of the contractor's work. This will allow us to compare the actual conditions encountered with those expected and to modify our recommendations, if necessary. We will be present at the site on a part -time basis to check that the contractor's work conforms with the geotechnical aspects of the plans and specifications. Our daily field reports and final report form an important record of construc- tion. Observation and testing by the geotechnical engineer, however, should not in any way release the contractor from its responsibility to perform the work in a manner that meets requirements of the plans and specifications or to meet contractual obligations to the owner. 5.1.5 Geotechnical Report This report has been prepared for design purposes for Salmon Bay Design Group and its other design consultants for this project only. The entire report should be provided to contractors for their bidding or estimating, but not as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. We cannot be responsible for the interpretation by others of the information contained in this report. 5.1.6 Construction Site Safety The scope of our services did not include construction safety practices, and this report is not intended to direct construction means, methods, tech- niques, sequences, or procedures, except as specifically described, and then only for consideration in design, not for construction guidance. The contractor should be made responsible for construction site safety and for compliance with local, state, and federal requirements. -14- Applied Geotechnology Inc. 5.2 EARTHWORK 5.2.1 General Earthwork consists of clearing and stripping, excavating, placing and compacting fill, backfilling utility trenches, structural excavating and backfilling, and all subsidiary work necessary to complete the grading of the developed areas to conform with the lines, grades, and slopes shown on the plans. Terms used in this section are defined as: • Percent Compaction is the required in -place dry density of the material, expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density of the same material as determined in the laboratory by ASTM Test Method D1557 -78 (Modified Proctor). • Optimum Moisture Content is the moisture content (percent by dry weight) corresponding to the maximum dry density of the same material as determined by ASTM Test Method D1557 -78. • Moisture - Sensitive Soil is on -site soil containing more than 5 percent fines (silt- or clay -sized particles) based on the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. • Structural Fill is fill material placed and compacted in areas that underlie structures or pavements. It should consist of either On -site Material or Select Material compacted to the Percent Compaction specified in Section 4.2. • Foundation - Bearing Soil is the soil on which conventional spread footings are cast. It should consist of Structural Fill placed after satisfactory completion of overexcavation described in Section 4.2. 5.2.2 Materials • On -site Material is soil obtained at the site during excavation (following clearing and stripping) that is free of organic contaminants, perishable material, and rocks or lumps greater than 6 inches in maximum dimension. Recent Fill and Older Fill may be used as On -site Material providing they can be appropriately moisture conditioned for compaction. Moisture conditioning of these materials will require warm, dry weather during construction. • Select Material is imported soil consisting of clean, free - draining sand and gravel containing less than 5 percent fines (silt- and clay -sized particles) based on the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. 5.2.3 Quality Control The contractor should be made responsible for quality control of the earthwork.. As the geotechnical engineer provided by the owner, we will observe and test the contractor's work for conformance with the geotechnical aspects of the plans and specifications. The contractor should be required to provide us with every reasonable facility for checking the workmanship for conformance. We will prepare a daily record of our observations and tests, -15- Applied Geotechnology Inc. which will be made available to the contractor and to the owner. You may wish to consider making the contractor responsible for retesting work if it fails to meet the requirements of the plans and specifications and for the associated costs of such retesting. The contractor should submit samples of each of the required earthwork materials to the geotechnical engineer for evaluation and approval prior to use. The samples should be submitted at least 4 days prior to their use and sufficiently in advance of the work to allow the contractor to identify alternative sources if the material proves unsatisfactory. 5.2.4 Seepage Control Runoff or groundwater seepage that would interfere with the contractor's work should be controlled during construction. Control may consist of temporary drainage ditches or subsurface drains. Installation of such measures should be the contractor's responsibility. 5.2.5 Clearing and Stripping The building and pavement areas of the site should initially be cleared and stripped of all organic material and debris. These materials ahould not be reused as On -site Material; they should be removed and disposed of. We estimate the average stripping depth will be about 6 inches. 5.2.6 General Excavation General excavation consists of removing unsuitable on -site soils to suffi- cient depth to achieve design grades. The contractor should be responsible for excavating and disposing of or reusing excavated material. Estimated depths of excavation range from approximately 6 inches to 3 -1/2 feet, depending on the specific location. In general, the on -site soils can be excavated using standard earthmoving equipment. If earthwork operations are performed during periods of wet weather, the soils will deteriorate in the excavation process. Foundation bearing may also become disturbed, requiring repair. Upon completion of excavation, the exposed crawl space and pavement subgrades should be scarified to a depth of at least 12 inches, moisture conditioned to slightly below Optimum Moisture, and then recompacted to the minimum percent relative compaction specified in Section 4.2.2. The recompacted subgrades should then be proofrolled to identify soft or unstable areas requiring additional excavation and replacement with Structural Fill. Proofrolling should be accomplished with a heavy, rubber - tired vehicle, such as a loaded dump truck, or a steel drum vibratory roller. Soft soils encountered during proofrolling should be overexcavated and re- placed with Structural Fill as recommended in Section 4.2. All final surfaces exposed by the complete excavation should be finished true to line and grade and present a smooth, firm surface. Applied Geotechnology Inc. After a rainfall, construction equipment should be prevented from traveling on the exposed subgrade until the soils have been allowed to dry sufficient- ly. Otherwise, traffic activity on the wetted subgrade will degrade the exposed materials and result in additional excavation of the disturbed materials. Such additional excavation should be performed at the contrac- tor's cost. 5.2.7 Structural Excavation Excavation for footings should be performed after site preparation is com- pleted and any necessary Structural Fill has been satisfactorily compacted in accordance with the specifications. Footings should be excavated so as to avoid disturbing or loosening adjacent soils. Footing excavations should extend to a minimum depth of 18 inches below Foundation Grade or to expose Older Fill, whichever is greater. On completion, the excavations should be observed by an experienced geotechnical engineer to confirm that overexcavation has been adequately accomplished. Excavations should be kept free of water at all times, and all loose material should be removed from excavations prior to placement of Structural Fill, formwork, reinforcing steel, concrete, or backfill. During wet weather, in areas where the exposed subgrade soils consist of Moisture - Sensitive Soils, the contractor should take measures to protect foundation excavations once they have been approved by the geotechnical engineer. These measures could include, but are not limited to, placing a layer of pea gravel, crushed rock, or lean concrete on the exposed eubgrade. If additional overexcavation is required because the subgrade was not protected, the cost of such additional work should be borne by the contrac- tor. 5.2.8 Structural Fill Construction If grading is performed during the wet winter months, generally October through May, we recommend that On -site Material not be used to construct Structural Fill. During the cooler, wetter winter months, it will likely be difficult to adequately moisture condition On -site Material that is wet relative to its Optimum Moisture Content. On-site Material should be moisture conditioned to slightly below Optimum Moisture Content. Select Material should be moisture conditioned to within 3 percent of Optimum Moisture Content, placed in level lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness, and compacted to the specified percent compaction to produce a firm and unyielding surface. A sheepsfoot roller will likely be most appropriate for compacting On -site Material. If field density tests indicate the required Percent Compaction has not been obtained or the surface is pumping and weaving under construction traffic, the fill material should be reconditioned as necessary and recompacted to the required Percent Compaction before placing any additional material. Fill slopes should be compacted by slope rolling and trimming or should be overfilled and trimmed back to plan grade to expose a firm, smooth surface free of loose material. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 5.2.9 Utility Trench Backfillinq and Compaction The contractor should be responsible for the safety of personnel working in utility trenches. We recommend all utility trenches, but particularly those greater than 4 feet in depth, be supported in accordance with state and federal safety regulations. Utility trench backfill should consist of Structural Fill constructed as recommended in the preceding paragraph. If backfilling is performed during periods of wet weather, it may not be possible to achieve adequate compaction with On -site Material unless it is sufficiently well drained. Within building areas and the upper 2 feet below subgrade in pavement areas, utility trench backfill should be compacted to at least 95 Percent Compaction. Below 2 feet in pavement areas, it should be compacted to at least 90 Percent Compaction. Particular care should be taken to ensure bedding or fill material is properly compacted in place to provide adequate support to the pipe. Jetting or flooding is not a substitute for mechanical compaction and should not be allowed. 5.3 DRAINAGE 5.3.1 General This section covers the placement of aggregate drainage materials and drain lines in the areas and to the lines and grades shown on the plans. The materials that should be used are: ■ Free - draining Granular Material, which should consist of clean, free - draining gravel or crushed rock meeting the requirements of Section 9- 03.12 (2), "Gravel Backfill for Walls," in the Standard Specifications. ■ Drain Pipe, which shall be a smooth - walled, rigid PVC or other rigid pipe conforming to the minimum sizes and dimensions shown on the plans. Corrugated plastic pipe should not be used because it has a tendency to crush and become blocked and is often laid without a gradient. ■ Moisture Barrier, which should consist of an impermeable membrane of reinforced plastic or equivalent material. 5.3.2 Crawl Space Mud Slab After all structural and utility trench backfills are satisfactorily com- pacted and subgrade preparation is completed, the contractor should exercise care during installation of the Moisture Barrier to provide at least 12 inches of overlap between individual sheets. Care should also be exercised during construction not to puncture or tear the membrane. If punctures or tears occur, the contractor should cover the affected area with an additional section of Moisture Barrier. Applied Geotechnology Inc. 5.3.3 Subsurface Walls Immediately before backfilling of crawl space perimeter walls, the contractor should install a drainage system to reduce or eliminate hydrostatic pressures behind the retaining walls in accordance with the details provided in the plans and specifications. The contractor should exercise care in installing all subdrain lines to prevent pipe damage and should make certain the eyetem has a positive gradient to a permanent discharge system. When installation of drainage materials is complete, the contractor should be responsible for providing a surficial seal per the plans and specifications. 5.3.4 pavement Subgrade The contractor should be responsible for maintaining the pavement area subgrade prior to placing the crushed rock or asphalt - treated base material, eo that surface water does not stand or the subgrade become degraded. 4 Copies DISTRIBUTION Salmon Bay Design Group 4501 Shilshole Avenue N.W. Seattle, Washington 98107 Attention: Mr. Tom Eng Quality Assurance /Technical Review by: Donald E. Bruggera, P.E. Principal Engineer PJS /GHS /tag Applied Geotechnology Inc. Applied Geotechnology Inc. TABLE 11 SUMMARY OF GEOTECHNICAL UNITS Density /Consistency Suitability Approximate and Suitability Suitability for Descriptive Depth to Soil Moisture Condition Moisture as an On -Site as a Pavement Foundation Name Top (Feet) Description of Soil Sensitivity Material Subgrade Support Recent Fill 0.5 Gray brown silt with Soft to medium variable amounts of stiff, moist to wet wood fragments and rootlets Older Fill 3 to 5 Gray to brown silt Medium stiff to and brown silty sand hard; moist to with minor amounts of saturated small glass, brick, and wood debris High Moderate Alluvium 11 to 14 Brown sandy silt and Medium stiff, medium Moderate to gray silty sand dense; moist to High saturated NA - Not applicable Adequate when Adequate once Unsuitable properly moisture recompacted conditioned Adequate when Adequate once Unsuitable for properly moisture recompacted direct support conditioned NA NA NA 1 u i r Fkst Floor Elevation 35.5' (Crawl Space Elevation 32.51 Test Pit number and approximate location Topographic Contour (interval 2') Vertical datum: NGVD, 1929 Reference: From CIvN Site Plan by Saloon Bay Design Group, dated 8/30/93 Applied Geotechnology Inc. Geotechnical Engineering Geology & Hydrogeology Site Plan Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic 7Lkwila, Washington FIGURE 1 JO8 NUMBER 15,768.001 DRAWN OFF APPROVED C.if4 DATE REVISED DATE 12/9/93 1 1 I 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 SCHEMATIC ONLY -NOT TO SCALE NOT A CONSTRUCTION DRAWING Slope ton 6 -inch minimum 4 -Inch minimum diameter 2 -Inch minimum 4 -Inch maximum 0 t 12 -Inch minimum LEGEND Surface Seal; native soil or other low permeability material Gravel BackfiN for walls; WDOT Standard Specifications, • Section 9-03.12(2), or Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete, Section 9.03.1(2) Drain Pipe; perforated or slotted rigid PVC pipe laid with perforations or slots facing down, tight jointed, with a positive gradient Do not use flexible corrugated plastic pipe Do not tie building downspout drains into footing lines b 18 -Inch minimum f 4•inch minimum Applied Geotechnology Inc. GeotechnisarEngineering Geologyl8 Hydrogeology Typical Footing Subdrain Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington FIGURE 2 JOB NUMBER 15,788.001 DRAWN DFF APPROVED DATE REVISED DATE /2 L Non — Roadway Floor Slab or Roadway Areas Areas LEGEND Asphalt /Concrete Pavement/ Concrete Floor Slab Base Material /Slab Base Rock Varies 2 feet Varies Varies Backfill; compacted on -site soil or Imported select fill material Bedding material; material type depends on type of pipe and laying conditions. Bedding should conform to the manufacturers recommendations for the type of pipe selected. 95 Minimum percentage of maximum laboratory dry density as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 -78 (Modified Proctor). Applied Geotechnology Inc. Geotechnlcal Engineering Geology & Hydrogeology Typical Utility Trench Fill Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington FIGURE 3 JOB NUMBER 15,788.001 DRAWN APPROVED DATE REVISED DATE DFF CMS 2. 9/9 3 4.41,Ult.:"MHilaiaDMi;"17`.' • tagaMVAIgti_At.4.---f.1.01.i Applied Geotechnology Inc. APPENDIX A Field Exploration Applied Geotechnology Inc. APPENDIX A Field Exploration We explored subsurface conditions at the site on November 22, 1993, by excavating a total of four test pits to depths ranging between 15 and 16 feet below the existing site grade at the approximate locations indicated on the Site Plan, Figure 1. The test pits were excavated using a rubber -tired Extend -a -hoe. The test pit excavations were located by pacing from existing curb lines and property corners. Pit elevations were determined by interpolation between contour lines shown on the Civil Site Plan provided by Salmon Bay Design Group. The locations and elevations should only be considered accurate to the degree implied by the method used. The test pit excavations were monitored by our engineer, who determined specific test pit locations, examined and classified the materials encoun- tered, obtained representative soil samples, and recorded pertinent informa- tion including soil samples, stratigraphy, soil engineering characteristics, and groundwater occurrence. Representative soil samples were obtained and classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System, which is presented, with a key to the teat pit logs, on the Soil Classification/ Legend, Plate Al. All samples were sealed to limit moisture loss, labeled, and returned to our laboratory.for further examination and testing. The teat pit loge, modified to reflect the results of laboratory examination and testing, are presented on Plates A2 through A5. The stratification lines, shown on the individual logs, repreeent the approximate boundaries between soil types; actual transitions may be either more gradual or more severe. The conditions depicted are for only the date and locations indicated; it should not necessarily be expected that they are representative of conditions at other locations and times. UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS CONTACT BETWEEN UNITS _ LABORATORY TESTS Consol - Consolidation LL - Liquid Limit PL - Plastic Limit Gs - Specific Gravity SA - Size Analysis TxS - Triaxial Shear TxP - Triaxial Permeability Perm - Permeability Po - Porosity MD - Moisture/Density DS - Direct Shear VS - Vane Shear Comp - Compaction UU - Unconsolidated, Undrained CU - Consolidated, Undrained CD - Consolidated, Drained TYPICAL NAMES COARSE GRAIN ED SOILS MORE THAN HALF IS LARGER THAN NO. 200 SIEVE GRAVELS MORE THAN HALF COARSE LARGERTTHAN NO. b SIEVE SIZE CLEAN GRAVELS WITH LESS THAN 5 FINES GW _ b •o °e•o� !' T o WELL GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL.SAND MIXTURES GP e•; .1 !' :' •¢.� •h•� Q ' V '- POORLY GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES GRAVELS WITH OVER 12% FINES GM �• j[ tt ' POORLY GRADED GRAVEL -SAND- SILT MIXTURES ;_�••1 • GC v 1 CLAYEY GRAVELS, POORLY GRADED GRAVEL-SAND- CLAY MIXTURES - '. • ■ w SANDS MORE THAN HALF COARSE FRACTION IS SMALLER THAN NO. 4 SIEVE SIZE CLEAN SANDS WITH LESS THAN 5 %FINES SW ' • o • e• -. ' �.• • WELL GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLY SANDS SP ;.► •'' '. POORLY GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLY SANDS SANDS WITH OVER 12% FINES SM `.: •.: '".,,"'t.: ; ; •.,,,, t. • SILTY SANDS, POORLY GRADED SAND-SILT MIXTURES SC *' CLAYEY SANDS, POORLY GRADED SAND -CLAY MIXTURES ti ,p � ' FINE GRAINED SOILS MORE THAN HALF IS SMALL- ER THAN N0.200 SIEVE SILTS AND CLAYS LIQUID LIMIT LESS THAN 50 ML • --- INORGANIC SILTS AND VERY FINE SANDS, ROCK FLOUR, SILTY OR CLAYEY FINE SANDS, OR CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHT PLASTICITY CL INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TO MEDIUM PLASITICITY, CLAYS GRAVELLY CLAYS, SANDY CLAYS, SILTY CLAYS, LEAN OL w-- ORGANIC CLAYS AND ORGANIC SILTY CLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY o ° SILTS AND CLAYS LIQUID LIMIT GREATER THAN 50. MH - - _ _ INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS OR DIATOMACIOUS FINE SANDY OR SILTY SOILS, ELASTIC SILTS CH INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAYS OH ORGANIC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY, ORGANIC SILTS '°'°'7 .-e,-.7-s, HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS PT ��� V ..Y PEAT AND OTHER HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS _ LEGEND SAMPLE • "Undisturbed" CONTACT BETWEEN UNITS _ LABORATORY TESTS Consol - Consolidation LL - Liquid Limit PL - Plastic Limit Gs - Specific Gravity SA - Size Analysis TxS - Triaxial Shear TxP - Triaxial Permeability Perm - Permeability Po - Porosity MD - Moisture/Density DS - Direct Shear VS - Vane Shear Comp - Compaction UU - Unconsolidated, Undrained CU - Consolidated, Undrained CD - Consolidated, Drained Well Defined Change Gradational Change -" Obscure Change Bulk/Grab 11 Not Recovered [] Recovered, Not Retained �� End of Exploration BLOWS /FOOT Hammer is 140 pounds with 30 -Inch drop, unless otherwise noted S - SPT Sampler (2.0 -Inch O.D.) T - Thin Wall Sampler (2.8 -Inch Sample) H - Split Barrel Sampler (2.4 -Inch Sample) -- MOISTURE DESCRIPTION Dry - Considerably less than optimum for compaction Moist - Near optimum moisture content Wet - Over optimum moisture content Saturated • Below water table, In capillary zone, or in perched groundwater ‘-b Applied Geotechnology Inc. Soil Classification /Legend Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington PLATE Al JOB NUMBER 15,788.001 DRAWN SES APPROVED DATE REVISED DATE 9 December 93 O 0 0. e O r y w 0I h 2 g U m m m 8 28.6 24.9 o Depth (feet) Equipment Case 580 E Land Surface 33 feet` Date 11/22/93 to Elevation 5 — 10 15 — 20 -- 25 30 — 35 — Verticai Datum: NGVD, 1929 _ 40 -- Grass. GRAY BROWN SILT (ML) medium stiff, wet; mottled, blocky, with rootlets (Recent Fill). GRAY SILT (ML) medium stiff to stiff, moist to wet; with a trace of fine sand (Older Fill). DARK GRAY BROWN SANDY SILT (ML) medium stiff, moist; with a trace of organics (Older Fill). Glass, brick, and small wood fragments noted. BROWN SANDY SILT (ML) medium stiff, moist. No groundwater encountered during excavation. Applied Geotechnology Inc, Log of Test Pit 1 Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington PLATE A2 JOB NUMBER DRAWN 1 5,788.001 SES APPROVED 1 /, DATE 9 December 93 REVISED DATE 0 0 H Fe4 1.74. a Nc 0o 2" a) o$ 0 mac.) CI mu. 0 27.8 41.7 Vertical Datum: NGVD, 1929 NNW 0 1 Equipment Case 580 Land Surface 33 feet* Date 11/22/93 Elevation Grass. GRAY SILT (ML) soft to medium stiff, wet; with sticks and grass (Recent Fill). GRAY SILT (ML) medium stiff to stiff, moist (Older Fill). DARK BROWN SILT (ML) medium stiff, moist; with wood bricks and glass debris (Older Fill). DARK BROWN SANDY SILT (ML) medium stiff, wet to saturated. No groundwater encountered during excavation Applied Geotechnology Inc. Log of Test Pit 2 Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington PLATE A3 JOB NUMBER DRAWN 15,788.001 SES APPROVED adif DATE 9 December 93 REVISED DATE co c a N y m 0 h �, m oo ziti o$ "►- �o 0o me. o 22.7 18.8 Vertical Datum: NGVD, 1929 0 10 15 20 Equipment Case 580 Land Surface 35 feet' Date 11/22/93 Elevation 25 — 30 — 35 — 40 -- Grass. GRAY SILT (ML) medium stiff, wet; with rootlets (Recent Fill). GRAY SILT (ML) medium stiff to stiff, moist (Older Fill). GRAY SILTY SAND (SM) medium dense, moist; very fine grained, with a trace of fine to coarse gravel (Older Fill). GRAY SILTY SAND (SM) medium dense, moist; very fine grained. No groundwater encountered during excavation. Applied Geotechnology Inc. Log of Test Pit 3 Salmon Bay /Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington PLATE A4 JOB NUMBER DRAWN 15,788.001 SES APPROVED 4.0"., DATE 9 December 93 REVISED DATE o 151 C Ca CI 20.9 Vertical Datum: NGVD; 1929 Equipment Case 580 a Land Surface 36 feet Date 11/22/93 oElevation 5 10 - 15 20 - 25 - 30 - 35 - 40 — iil Grass. GRAY SILT (ML) medium stiff, moist to wet; with rootlets (Recent Fill). Strippings mixed with Gray Silt Fill (Recent Fill). GRAY SILT (ML) stiff to hard, moist; with a trace of fine sand (Older Fill). GRAY BROWN SILT (ML) medium stiff to stiff, moist to wet; mottled, with some sand (Older Fill). GRAY SILTY SAND (SM) medium dense, wet to saturated; fine to medium grained, with occa- sional fine gravel (Older Fill). No groundwater encountered during excavation. Applied Geotechnology Inc. Log of Test Pit 4 Salmon Bay/Kwan Dental Clinic Tukwila, Washington PLATE A5 JOB NUMBER DRAWN APPROVED DATE REVISED DATE 15.788.001 SES e �- 9 December 93 A P P E N D X B i 0 APPENDIX S Laboratory Testing 1 Applied Geotechnology Inc. APPENDIX 8 Laboratory Testing GENERAL Applied Geotechnology Inc. We conducted laboratory tests on several representative soil samples to better determine the soil classification of the units encountered and to evaluate the material's general physical properties and engineering characteristics. The tests are briefly described below. The results of laboratory teats performed on specific samples are shown on the individual boring logs. However, it is important to note that these test results may not accurately represent in situ soil conditions. All of our recommendations are based on our interpretation of these test results and on their use in guiding our engineering judgement. AGI cannot be responsible for the interpretation of these data by others. In general accordance with our General Conditions, the soil samples for this project will be discarded after a period of 30 days following completion of this report unless we are otherwise directed in writing. SOIL CLASSIFICATION Soil samples are visually examined in the field by our representative at the time they are obtained. They are subsequently packaged and returned to our laboratory, where they are reexamined and the original description is verified or modified. With the help of information obtained from the other classification teats, described below, the samples are described in general accordance with the Unified Classification System, ASTM Teat Method D -2487- 83. The resulting descriptions (shown at the appropriate sample location on the individual boring logs) are qualitative only. MOISTURE CONTENT Tests were performed on several samples obtained from the test pits to approximately ascertain their in -place moisture content. The moisture content was determined in general accordance with the ASTM Test Method D- 2216-80. The results of these tests are presented at the appropriate sample depths on the test pit logs. ATTERBERG LIMITS We performed Atterberg Limit tests on one representative sample to aid in accurate classification of the soils and in our evaluation of their engineering properties. These tests include the liquid and plastic limits, which were performed in accordance with ASTM Teat Methods D- 423 - 66(72) and D- 424- 59(71), respectively. The Plastic Index, the difference between the liquid and plastic limits, was then determined. The results are tabulated below. Sample Natural Moisture Liquid Plastic Content Limit Limit TP2 at 3 feet 27.8 43 30 man B l.sho ronmen y Designf Group: e'' Avenue' Northw #4, .6 °.9.8107 SECTION TITLE INVITATION TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ALTERNATES / ALTERNATIVES COORDINATION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES SCHEDULES OF VALUES INSPECTION SERVICES TEMPORARY UTILITIES CONSTRUCTION AIDS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT CLEANING PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA WARRANTIES AND BONDS DIVISION 2 — SITEWORK REFERENCE SOURCE ABBREVIATIONS SITE CLEARING EARTHWORK EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES SOIL TREATMENT SITE DRAINAGE PAVING AND SURFACING CURBS AND GUTTERS WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS WATER SYSTEMS FOUNDATION DRAINS STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS LANDSCAPING IRRIGATION SECTION NO. NO. OF PAGES 00010 RECEIVED 2 00100 CITY OF TUKWIe4 3 00300 00700 MAR 2 8 19 00800 PERMIT CENTER 01010 01015 01025 01030 01040 01060 01310 01340 01370 01420 01510 01520 01563 01580 01590 01600 01630 01700 01710 01720 01730 01740 02000 02110 02200 02221 02222 02280 02300 02500 02525 02600 02665 02711 t-.. 02720 --, 02730 02810 5 4 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 6 2 4 1 2 4 2 1 2 2 3 2 6 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE REFERENCE.SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS CONCRETE FORMWORK CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 5 - METALS 03000 03100 03200 03300 1 5 4 10 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS 05000 1 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 05500 5 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS 06000 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 8 GLUE - LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS 06181 2 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06220 3 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT 06310 2 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT 06320 2 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS 07000 1 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 1 PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER 07192 1 INSULATION 07200 3 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07240 4 BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510 6 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 4 SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 4 SKYLIGHTS 07800 4 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 3 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS METAL DOORS AND FRAMES WOOD AND PLASTIC DOORS ALUMINUM WINDOWS FINISH HARDWARE GLASS AND GLAZING GLASS BLOCK 08000 08110 08200 08520 08710 08800 08810 2 4 4 3 8 7 2 1 .uy 11 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES REFERENCES SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS 09000 2 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09120 3 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 5 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 2 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09665 2 CARPET 09680 2 PAINTING 09900 3 VINYL- COATED FABRIC WALL COVERING 09955 2 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS 10000 1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 10800 1 PLUMBING 15400 3 ROOFTOP GAS /ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 15741 3 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 15880 9 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 4 TESTING ADJUSTING & BALANCING 15990 5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL GENERAL 16010 11 ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS 16110 4 ELECTRICAL WIRE & CABLE 16120 4 ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND CABINETS 16130 3 ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS 16134 4 ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 16140 3 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16170 2 ELECTRICAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16180 3 ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT 16420 3 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 3 End of Table of Contents INVITATION TO BID SECTION 00010 Page 1 INVITATION FOR BIDS A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND KWAN TUKWILA, WASHINGTON INVITATION FOR BIDS -- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: Sealed or Fax bids will be received by Salmon Bay Design Group, Architect for the Owner, Dr. Edmund Kwan, 2:00 PM on February 15, 1994, at 4501 Shilshole Avenue NW, Seattle, WA 98107. Phone: 206 - 783 -8582; Fax: 206 - 783 -6885 SELECT BID LIST Bids will be considered only from the following General Contractors: George McBee Construction P.O. Box 70124 Bellevue, Washington 98007 Phone: (206) 861 -9214 Fax: (206) 861 -9214 #4 W.R. Hanson, Inc. 12510 130thLane NE Kirkland, Washington 98034 Phone: (206) 821 -6747 Fax: (206) 820 -1939 Poe Construction 1519 W. Valley Highway North Suite 103 Auburn, WA 98071 -0899 Phone: (206) 833 -2400 Fax: (206) 939 -4805 Copies of plans and specifications are on file in the office of the Architect, and at the following plan centers: Dodge Scan North Tower, Suite 315 100 West Harrison Plaza Seattle, WA 98119 Phone: (206) 284 -3811 Fax: (206) 284 -6111 Construction Data of Seattle 1245 4th Avenue South, Ste A Seattle, WA 98134 Phone: (206) 223 -0320 Fax: (206) 621 -0451 Seattle AGC Plan Center 1200 Westlake Avenue North, Ste 301 Seattle, WA 98109 Phone: (206) 285 -2021 Fax: (206) 286 -3112 Eastside Plan Center 13010 Northup Way, Bldg C3, Ste 1 Bellevue, WA 98005 Phone: (206) 881 -5071 Fax: (206) 881 -0644 Construction Data of Tacoma 4803 Pacific Highway East Suite 3 Fife, WA 98424 Phone: (206) 922 -7172 Fax: (206) 922 -3430 The anticipated award of contract and construction start of this project is May 2, 1994 No bidder may withdraw his proposal after the hour set for the opening thereof, unless the award of the contract is delayed for a period exceeding 45 days. The Owner reserves the right to waive any formalities or to reject any or all proposals. Cost alternatives, proposals or substitutions not requested by the drawings or specifications shall not be part of the base proposal. Base proposal is based on drawings and specifications and all applicable codes and ordinances. General Contractor receives 6 sets of drawings, 6 sets of specifications, and one soils report for bid purposes. All drawings and specifications are the property of the Owner and must be returned unmarked to the Architect within two (2) weeks after proposal opening. Additional sets provided at cost. End of Section 00010. 1 PRE - SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 Page 1 PROJECT: A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND KWAN TUKWILA, WASHINGTON BIDS Bids to be entitled to consideration must be made in accordance with the following instructions. General: 1. The intent of the Owner and Architect is to allow all quali- fied parties an equal opportunity to bid directly to the selected General Contractors. 2. No Bid Exchange will be allowed to receive bids in any form. All bids are to be communicated directly to the General Contractor. SCOPE OF WORK Construct the Dental Clinic Building as shown on the drawings and noted in the specifications. SITEWORK Provide all site work as shown or implied. Connect all utilities to public or private services as shown or implied. Contractor to include in bid all sewer and water hook -up and meter fees and permit fees and shall verify locations of existing services. Contractor shall verify and provide for hook -up at interface to gas, power, and phone utilities. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS Before submitting a bid, the bidder shall: 1. Carefully examine the drawings and specifications, and coor- dinate between specifications and work shown on all draw- ings. 2. Visit the site and fully inform himself of existing condi- tions and limitations, paying specific attention to existing site improvements. 3. Rely solely upon his own judgment in preparing his proposal, and include in his bid, a sum sufficient to cover all items required by the Contract Documents, whether specifically shown or not. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 Page 2 INTERPRETATIONS Should the bidder question, find discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings or specifications, or be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall immediately notify the Architect who may send written instructions or Addenda to all bidders. Neither Owner nor Architect will be responsible for oral interpretations. All Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall be incorporated into the Contract Documents as a part thereof. Questions received less than 48 hours before the time set for bid opening cannot be answered. FORM OF BID Each bid must be signed in longhand by the bidder. Bids by partnerships must be signed with the partnership name, followed by the signature and designation of bidder. Joint ventures must designate a prime contractor, who will assume all contract responsibilities, and sign accordingly. SUBSTITUTIONS Bids shall be based on the articles and materials named in the specifications. However, substitutions that save cost, reduce time or provide a decrease in the cost of performance in this contract are encouraged by the Owner. Substitutions may be submitted under the following procedures: 1. Five (5) or more days prior to bid opening: Submit to the Architect on the attached request form, (page #3 Section 00100). 2. At the time bids are received: Enclose with the bid form a separate sheet listing the proposed substitutions with the additions to or deductions from the base bid. Attach a request form for each item listed. The Owner reserves the right to reject all such proposals and they will not be used to determine the low bid. 3. After the Contract is signed: Substitutions will be consid- ered in exceptional cases only where the contractor, through no fault of his own, is unable to obtain specified items in time to avoid delay to the work. Contractor failure to order materials in time does not constitute grounds for substitu- tions. ALTERNATE BIDS All General Contractors are to provide a separate bid for the alternates if shown in the drawings and specifications. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 Page 3 SUBMISSION OF BID Bidder is responsible for delivery of his bid at or before time set for opening per invitation for proposals. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Any bidder may withdraw his bid, either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the hour set for the bid opening. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for opening unless the award of contract is delayed for more than 45 days. BID PROPOSAL SUPPLEMENT After bids are received and prior to signing of the Contract, Owner hereby requests the following from the General Contractor: 1. Approximate breakdown of future payment requests. 2. List of subcontractors, including address, phone number, and name of contact person. 3. Any other submittals specified in Contract, General, and Supplemental Conditions, as appropriate for this phase. CONTRACTED TIME PERIOD Maximum contract time shall not exceed Two Hundred (200) calendar days, commencing at date of contract signing and ending at substantial completion. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is of the essence and the construction agreement shall in- clude a provision for liquidated damages substantially as fol- lows: "It is further agreed that for each and every day work contemplated in the contract remains incomplete beyond the designated time set for substantial completion, the Contractor shall pay the Owner the sum of $ 200.00 a day, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. The said sum of $ 200.00 a day may be deducted by the Owner from money due and to become due to the Contractor as compensation under this agreement° INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 Page 4 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION TO:. Professional Practice Environments Inc. / Salmon Bay Design Group 4501 Shilshole Ave. N.W. Seattle, Wa. 98107 PROJECT: A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND.KWAN TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description ..1 " The Undersigned requests consideration of the following PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: (Attach manufacturer's specifications and samples as necessary). Submitted by: Name: Signature: Firm: Address: Phone: Fax: Date: Architect's Action: — Accepted Accepted as noted Rejected _ Received too late By: Date: End of Section 00100. fi! FORM OF PROPOSAL - BID FORM SECTION 00300 Page 1 GENERAL CONTRACT A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND KWAN TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ARCHITECT SALMON BAY DESIGN GROUP 4501 SHILSHOLE AVENUE NW SEATTLE, WASHINGTON Gentlemen: The undersigned, having carefully examined the plans and specifications entitled: "A RIVER RUNS BY IT" A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND KWAN BELLINGHAM, WASHINGTON as well as the site of the proposed work and being familiar with all of the conditions affecting the construction of the proposed project, hereby propose to furnish all labor, materials and supplies and to construct the project and perform all work as required by and in strict accordance with the Contract Documents at the prices stated as follows: 1. BASE BID The undersigned agrees to perform the work described in the specifications and shown on the drawings for the sum of Dollars ($ ). which is hereby designated the BASE BID. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern. 2. ALTERNATE BIDS There are no alternate bids. 3. OVERHEAD & PROFIT All of the previously stated Prices include all labor, materials, bailing, shoring removal, services, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover complete finished work of several kinds called for. No additional charges by the Contractor shall be allowed. FORM OF PROPOSAL - BID FORM SECTION 00300 Page 2 4. STATE SALES TAX None of the previously stated prices include State of Washington Sales Tax. 5. CONTRACT If the undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this proposal within 30 days of the time set for the opening of bids, he agrees to execute a contract for the work, for a compensation computed from the previously stated sums, in AIA Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor #A101 (latest edition). 6. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL COMPLETION The undersigned hereby agrees to substantially complete the work within 200 (Two Hundred) calendar days from the date of contract signing, and to be fully complete (Final Completion) within 30 calendar days after date of substantial completion. 7. BID GUARANTEE No bid bond is required. 8. PERFORMANCE BOND Contractor will be required to obtain a Performance Bond. Include cost of bond in Base Bid. 9. LICENSE Contractor shall be licensed by the State of Washington to perform the work under this Contract. 10. LIOUIDATED DAMAGES The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees to abide by all Provisions of the "Liquidated Damages" Section of the Special Conditions as it pertains to the Contractor for all Work under this Contract. The Undersigned further agrees to pay to the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS ($200.00) for each consecutive calendar day that he shall be in default after the designated time for substantial completion. FORM OF PROPOSAL - BID FORM SECTION 00300 Page 3 11. ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is hereby acknowledged and included in Bid. Addenda No. dated Addenda No. dated Addenda No. dated Addenda No. dated Addenda No. dated Very truly yours, Street or building address BIDDER City State By (Title) Telephone License No. End of Section 00300. Dept. of Labor and Industries No. GENERAL CONDITIONS STANDARD FORM PRE - SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS SECTION 00700 Page 1 "The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A -201, 1987 Edition ", Articles 1 thru 14 inclusive, may or may not be bound immediately following. They are, however, included as part of the Contract. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. AVAILABILITY Additional copies may be obtained from American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington D.C. 20006, or from AIA Chapter offices in many cities. CONFLICTS In event of conflict between referenced Owner- Contractor Agreement, General Conditions and other parts of Project Manual and Drawings; the Owner - Contractor Agreement shall govern all other documents, followed by the General Conditions, then the specifications and finally the drawings. See "SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ", Section 00800 sub - heading CONTRACTOR. End of Section 00700. 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 Page 1 DESCRIPTION A. The following supplements modify, change, delete from, or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction ", AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause is modified or deleted by Section 00800, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause remain in effect. B. Reference to Specifications / Division 1: 1. Where General Conditions provisions relate generally to work of contractor and subcontractor as project administrative requirements, procedural requirements, temporary facilities, and the like, those paragraphs may be amplified by Specifications / Division 1, "General Requirements ". Division 1 provisions take precedence over less stringent General Conditions requirements. a. References to those paragraph numbers elsewhere in Contract Documents shall read as referring to amplified Sections / Division 1. ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2 EXECUTION CORRELATION AND INTENT: 1.2.1. RE: Signing Contract Documents: ADD: "Signing of Agreement is same as signing Contract Documents ". 1.2.3 ADD NEW SUBPARAGRAPHS: 1.2.3.1. NUMBER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED Wherever in these Contract Documents an article, device, or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, the reference applies to as many such articles as are shown on the drawings or required to complete the installation. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1.1 ADD Subparagraph 2.1.1.1 Owner reserves the right to employ other outside representatives that may or may not have, or provide, the same responsibilities or duties or authority as the Architect as designated in the Contract. Outside representatives providing Architect's duties not so designated and employed after initiation of Contract are subject to Change Order. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Section 00800 Page 2 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.2.4 CONFLICTS AND OMISSIONS IN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Architect will make final decisions. Conflicts: Where conflicts have been brought to Architect's attention, it is understood Contractor has figured the work based on the Architect's resolution of the conflicts. See "Conflicts" - 00700. Omissions: Bring immediately to Architect's attention during negotiated bidding.' 3.3.2 ADD new subparagraph 3.3.2.1 3.3.2.1 SUBCONTRACTOR INSTRUCTIONS Notify subcontractors to become familiar with bidding requirements contract documents /conditions requirements, Division 1 requirements, and the work of Sections related to their own work. Instruct them that as required, these conditions and requirements apply to their work in each Section. 3.7.1 "Except for building permit (owner secured and paid for)." 3.7.2.2 SPECIFICATION OF HIGHER STANDARDS Drawings and Specifications govern whenever Drawings and Specifications require higher standards than are required by referenced codes or regulations. 3.7.2.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS Meet requirements of State law and all safety regulations as set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards ", published and in effect on date of Owner / Contractor agreement. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1.1 ADD to Subparagraph 4.1.1. "Do not misconstrue presence of Architect or Architect's Project Representative at the site as assuring compliance with Contract Documents ", supervision of the work, or inspection of the work. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2.1 ADD THE FOLLOWING: Approval of subcontractor or subcontractors does not imply approval of product or products other than indicated. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Section 00800 Page 3 ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.3.3.1 Liquidated Damages: If the Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time specified in the Contract, or any authorized extension thereof, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to pay to the Owner the amount specified in the Contract not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for Substantial Completion. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages, which the Owner would sustain'and said amount shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS ADD following provisions /New Subparagraph 11.5 11.5 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 11.5.1 INDEMNIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT FROM LOSS: The contractor hereby agrees to save the Owner and Architect harmless from all loss or damage occasioned to it or to any third person or property by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of the contractor, subcontractors, agents and employees in the performance of the contract; and will, after reasonable notice thereof, defend and pay the expense of defending any suit which may be commenced against the Owner or Architect by any third person alleging injury by reason of such acts or omissions and will pay any judgement which may be obtained against the Owner or Architect in such suit. A separate Owner's Protective policy shall be written with the same minimum limits and in the Owner's name, or in lieu thereof the Architect and Owner shall be named as an additional insured. 11.5.2 COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain Workmen's Compensation Insurance and General Liability as required by State statute for all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this Contract and, in case any such work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Section 00800 Page 4 General Liability for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work. The Contractor's Labor and Industries account number shall be noted in the proposal in the space provided. In the event any class of employees engaged in work under this Contract at the site of the project is not covered under the Workmen's Compensation Insurance as required by the State statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each s" subcontractor to provide Employer's Liability Insurance with a private insurance company in an amount equivalent to that provided by the Workmen's Compensation statute for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. -.., ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.2 CHANGE: The word "substantial" in first line of paragraph to the word "final" RE: Guarantee /Repeated Servicing: ADD Following: As directed by owner, replace entirely, at no additional cost to Owner, any work requiring repeated service during guarantee period. 12.2 ADD New Subparagraph 12.2.7: 12.2.7 Field Order Directives and Change Orders: The Contractor shall act on field orders, directives, and change orders given in writing by the Owner or Architect. Work done, directed by others will be at the Contractors risk. End of Section 00800. (c SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 Page 1 GENERAL WORK COVERED BY A. Project: CONTRACTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A NEW DENTAL CLINIC FOR DR. EDMUND KWAN TUKWILIA, WASHINGTON Construct work under single lump sum Contract, including work of all trades. GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK A. The site of this project is indicated and described on the Site Plan. B. The General Scope of Work shall include all items, articles, materials, operations, and services mentioned, implied or scheduled on drawings and /or mentioned herein, including all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for their completion, as indicated and specified. C. Applicable Provisions of the General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions shall govern work under all Divisions of these Specifications. D. Applicable Notes and References called out on the drawings shall be considered a part of all Divisions of these Specifications. E. All work described in these Specifications or as shown on the drawings and all work dependent upon or necessary for the complete finish of the work so described or as shown, shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall be of the materials best adapted to the purpose where work or materials are not specifically mentioned. All work and materials shall be of the respective kinds specified. F. Execute all work where specified and not drawn, or drawn and not specified, as fully as if described in both ways; and should any workmanship or materials be wanted which are not directly or indirectly meant by the Specifications or drawings, but which are necessary for the proper fulfillment of the obvious intention thereof, each contractor shall understand same to be implied and shall provide for it in his bid as fully as if it were particularly specified and indicated. SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 Page 2 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS Certain items, designated on the drawings by the abbreviations "FOIC ", "BO ", and "NIC" meaning "furnished by owner and installed by contractor ", "by others, owner ", and "not in contract " ", respectively, will be furnished by the owner. Items for installation by the contractor will be furnished to the job site loading dock for consignment to the contractor. Owner shall assume responsibility for delivery in accordance with the construction schedule, obtaining installation drawings and instructions, submitting claims for transportation damages and arranging for guarantees and warranties. Contractor shall designate required delivery dates and shall assume responsibility for newly delivered items upon uncrating and determining that the contents are complete and in satisfactory condition for installation. Installation for all owner furnished items shall include delivery to installation locations, setting in place, building -in, leveling and attaching to walls, floors and /or ceilings, making mechanical or electrical connections and leaving items completely installed and in operable condition satisfactory to the Architect. FUTURE WORK When future work is indicated on the drawings, keep work clear of encroachment into areas required for future work and provide all capped stub -outs, as required or indicated. WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct work in stages only if indicated on the drawings or specified herein. B. When work constitutes an addition, the contractor shall schedule work so as not to interfere with normal operations of the owner and shall obtain owner's approval of proposed work schedule. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by the contract documents, except as otherwise approved in writing by owner. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. a d SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 Page 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS All instructions shall be given in writing or verified in writing by the Architect or his authorized representative. No other instructions shall be recognized. Instructions from Architect shall be made to the contractor or his authorized agent (job superintendent) for distribution to subcontractors or tradesmen on the job. Subcontractors and material suppliers shall not contact the Architect to discuss the job, except through General Contractor or his authorized agent (job superintendent). CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CHECKING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL The contractor shall be responsible that all equipment and materials selected by him or for him by his subcontractors or material suppliers, conform exactly to the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Approval of manufacturer's name or product name given by the Architect does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply with the contract documents. LINES AND LEVELS A. To be Established and Maintained by the Contractor: All lot lines, levels and bench marks necessary for execution of the work. Employ competent surveyor to lay out work and be responsible for it's accuracy. CONTRACTOR - SUBCONTRACTOR Only the General Contractor has any contractual relationship with the owner. Reference in mechanical and electrical specifications and drawings to "Mechanical Contractor ", or "Electrical Contractor" shall mean the General Contractor to whom work is awarded. ROOFING GUARANTEE Contractor shall and hereby does guarantee roofing, waterproofing, flashing, skylights, roof scuttles, and all other work which is a component part of roofing to be weathertight against ordinary wear and usage for a period of two (2) years from final acceptance date. Guarantee is extension of one -year guarantee of all work called for in Article 12.2.2 of the general conditions, and as modified herein. CONDITION OF EXISTING SIDEWALKS, CURBS, DRIVEWAYS, RETAINING WALLS, ETC. Prior to the beginning of any Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall file with the Architect under a marked -up print of Site Plan or Plot Plan indicating exact "prior to SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 Page 4 construction" conditions of all existing defects. Sufficient photographs shall also be filed with this marked -up print to properly substantiate all existing conditions. At completion of the Project, all damage to existing sidewalks, curbs, driveways and retaining walls not substantiated by the above Site Plan and photographs as existing conditions prior to the start of construction shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. All above repairs shall have the Architect's approval. SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, ETC. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing scaffolding, staging, planking, runways, guardrails, and other temporary construction necessary in the proper performance of their particular part or parts of the Contract. This requirement shall not be construed as precluding the joint use of such temporary construction, but shall require that the Contractor and each Subcontractor specifically arrange for such joint use if such is to be the case. All temporary construction included herein shall be in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of the Industrial Safety and Accident Commission, the insurance carriers, local ordinances, OSHA, and other authorities having jurisdiction over the project. MECHANICAL CONTRACT WORK A. General: Mechanical Contractor is responsible for providing complete information relative to Work by other trades complementary to the mechanical system as required by: 1. General Contractor. 2. Electrical Contractor. B. Scope, Material and Installation provided by the General Contractor: 1. Chases and furring for pipes and ducts: a. Mechanical Contractor shall provide minimum sizes, exact locations and weight information as approved by the Architect. 2. Equipment curbs and bases. a. Mechanical Contractor shall provide minimum size, exact locations and weight information as approved by the Architect. 3. Access doors and openings as necessary to provide equipment service, fire dampers and service for controls. SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 Page 5 4. Openings and bucks for ducts, grilles, registers and diffusers: a. Exact size and location as indicated by the Mechanical Contractor. 5. Inserts for pipe hangers and ductwork: a. Exact location as indicated by the Mechanical Contractor. 6. Painting of pipe and equipment (unless otherwise specified herein): a. Mechanical Contractor is responsible for proper protection of working and moving parts: gauges, valves, hinges, safety devices, etc. b. Mechanical Contractor shall remove protective materials after painting is complete and check equipment under normal operating conditions. End of Section 01010. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE SECTION 01015 Page 1 SPECIFICATION ORDER Numbering and order for the general work and the items included under each section and paragraph of the Specifications conforms to the "CSI MANUAL OF PRACTICE MASTERFORMAT ", October 1988. Numbering and order are merely for identification, and may not be consecutive. Each Section is listed in the Table of Contents, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall check their copies of Specifications for completeness. Arrangement of the Divisions and Sections are used for convenience and general compliance with customary subcontracting practices; however, work specified therein is not all inclusive by trade to the named Division or Section. SPECIFICATION WORDING These Specifications are written in the imperative mood; are abbreviated or streamlined; and frequently include incomplete sentences. Words such as "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall" and similar mandatory phrases, and the words "of," "the," "a," "an," "all" shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are noted on drawings. 1.1.8 MISCELLANEOUS The following language shall preface each section of these specifications and is binding on all work as if it were printed in each section: A. "Approved" means "approved by Architect ". B. "For approval" means "for Architects Approval ". C. "Selected" means "selected by Owner ". D. "As directed" means "as directed by Architect ". E. "Provide" means "pay for, furnish, and install complete, in place, ready for operation, and use ". F. "install" means to complete or put in place. G.Where "or approved" is used, Architect is sole judge of quality and suitability of proposed substitution. H. "Indicated" means "where reasonably implied and necessary in conformance with the work shown or required for proper completion ". I. "Specialist" means "an individual or firm of established reputation and three years experience in the business (or i.e., newly organized, whose personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field)." This SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE SECTION 01015 Page 2 individual or firm must be regularly engaged in and maintain a regular force of workers skilled in (as applicable): Manufacturing, fabricating, or otherwise performing required work. Either the manufacturer, or an individual or firm who will perform the work under manufacturer's direct supervision, is the implication. J. "Contractor" refers, as applicable, to the General Contractor (as mentioned in Form of Agreement), thus differentiated from a sub - contractor, even though "Contractor" may be used in a Specification with respect to a subcontractor's work. K. "Contractor" or "You" Referenced in Imperative: Where imperative mood is used, General Contractor is the one who shall perform or is responsible for the performance of others. L. "Manufacturer's Recommendations ": Although it may not be specifically stated, Contractor is to install all work in accordance with Manufacturer's or Manufacturers' directions for best results, unless otherwise noted or directed. Not one preparatory step or installation procedure may be omitted unless specifically modified or exempted by these documents. M. "(Manufacturer's) (Manufacturers') Directions and Recommendations ": Where Contractor is required to follow manufacturer's directions, recommendations, instructions, or the like, but more than one manufacturer is involved in the work, or its component parts, Contractor must follow all manufacturers' directions and recommendations. In the event of conflict between manufacturers' directions and recommendations, or if any provision of these documents is in conflict with manufacturer's or manufacturers' recommendations, Contractor shall submit discrepancy or conflict to Architect for resolution and instructions. Do not proceed until written resolution is received. N. "Product" as used in these Contract Documents refers to materials, systems and equipment provided by Contractor. 0. "Project Manual" as used in these Contract Documents includes certain negotiated bidding requirements, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, and the like. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE SECTION 01015 Page 3 P. "General" and "General Requirements" These terms as used in Conditions of the Contract and this Specification apply to the balance of Specification Divisions, Section of a Division, Article, or parts of a Section ". Q. "Similar to" is a standard of quality established by the specified product. R. "Or equal" means approval by Architect not necessary, but Contractor warrants that substitution is similar to, or exceeds, quality of item(s) replaced. 1. WORDING OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS These Specifications are of the abbreviated or "streamlined" type and frequently include incomplete sentences. a. Words such as "shall ", "the Contractor shall ", "shall be ", and similar mandatory phrases, shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are in a note on the drawings. b. The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, and operations listed, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required for their completion. 3. TENSE, GENDER, SINGULAR, PLURAL Present -tense words include future tense. Words in masculine gender include feminine and neuter genders. Words in the singular include plural. Plural words include singular. 4. ALL, ENTIRE, PER, AND THE LIKE For brevity throughout the documents, these words may be omitted. Read their implications into all work. In a general way, the following parenthetical insertion exemplifies: "Balance and adjust (all) dampers ". 5. SPECIFICATION BY REFERENCE Any material specified by reference to number, symbol or title of a specific standard, such as commercial standard, Federal Specification, trade association standards, or the like shall comply with the latest requirements thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on date of Project Manual, except as modified. 6. DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS /DRAWINGS Dimensions govern. Do not scale drawings. Contractor is to check all dimensions in the field and verify them with respect to adjacent or incorporated work. Large scale SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE SECTION 01015 Page 4 drawings take precedence over small scale. In general, detail drawings take precedence over plans, elevations, and cross sections. 7. FASTENINGS AND CONNECTIONS Furnish all fastenings and connections necessary and adequate to assemble work, whether indicated or not. a. Contractor is responsible for proper assemblage of all components and assemblies; all bonds to bond properly, all fastenings to fasten properly, and the like. b. Where deemed necessary to establish conformance with these requirements, inspection and testing by an independent testing laboratory may be required. 8. OVERTIME No additional amount will be paid for overtime above the Contract Sum. End of Section 01015. L APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT GENERAL SECTION 01025 Page 1 A. Submit payment application to the Architect typed on A.I.A. Document G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, and Continuation Sheets G703. for review and approval according to schedule established in the Owner /Contractor Agreement. B. Submit copy of itemized Application for Approval prior to first payment application. PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information. Include Change Orders approved prior to Application submittal date. 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective total indicated per each Continuation Sheet. 3. Execute application. Sign up responsible officer of Contractor's firm. Sign all copies (no photocopied signatures permitted). B. Continuation Sheets: 1. Totally fill in all scheduled component work items. Show item number and scheduled dollar value per item. a. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified per Schedule Of Values. b. If no work has been performed, or materials stored, show zero amount. 2. At end of Continuation Sheets list each Change Order approved prior to submission date. a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item of Work. SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When Owner or Architect requires substantiating data, submit suitable information with cover letter identifying: - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT SECTION 01025 Page 2 1. Project. 2. Application number and date. 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 4. For stored materials: a. Item number and identification as shown on application. b. Description of specific material. B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in Application Form as specified for progress payments. B. Use Continuation Sheet for presenting final accounting statement as specified in Section 01700, Contract Closeout. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Three (3) Applications For Payment to Owner (through Architect) at times stipulated per Agreement. B. When Architect finds Application properly completed and correct, he transmits Certificate For Payment to Owner. C. When Owner, or Architect, finds Application improperly completed or incorrect he returns it to Contractor, with corrections noted. Contractor, to resubmit new corrected Certificate. End of Section 01025 ALTERNATES GENERAL SECTION 01030 Page 1 Each Bidder shall state in his Bid, in the spaces provided therefore or in his quote to the Contractor, his proposal for performing the Work of the Base Bid and for the various Alternate Items as listed herein and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and /or their intent. BASE BID The Base Bid shall include all Work as shown on the Drawings or described in the Specifications, for the complete construction of the project, excepting only those items included in the Alternate Bids, and Work specifically shown, noted, or specified as N.I.C. (Not In Contract). ALTERNATE BIDS In the space provided for each Alternate Bid, the Bidder shall state the amount to be added to, or deducted from, the amount of the Base Bid for providing all labor, materials, equipment, services, and other incidentals necessary for performing additional Work, omitting certain items of Work, or substituting materials and construction for those specified in the Base Bid. Bid prices for Alternates shall include adjustments in the Work of all trades as may be necessary because of such additions, deletions, or substitutions. Each Alternate Bid Item shall include it's own proportionate amounts of overhead and profit and no additional amounts will be allowed for acceptance of any Alternate Item. End of Section 01030 COORDINATION SECTION 01040 Page 1 GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION Responsibility for enforcing coordination requirements and close adherence to time schedules rests solely with the Contractor, who shall maintain coordination control at all times. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall diligently comply with the following requirements. A. Cooperate in planning and layout of the Work well in advance of operations. B. Inform the Contractor and other Subcontractors of requirements at the proper time to prevent delay or revisions. C. Be informed of the requirements of the Contractor and other subcontractors and check own Work for conflicts with the Work of others. D. Insure delivery of materials and performance of Work in coordinated schedule with the Contractor and other Subcontractors. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK Before starting a section of Work, each Subcontractor shall carefully examine all preparatory work that has been executed to receive his work. He shall check carefully, by whatever means required, to ensure that his Work and adjacent, related Work will finish to proper contours, planes, and levels. He shall promptly notify the Contractor of any defects or imperfections in preparatory work having been completed, cured, dried, and /or otherwise made satisfactory to receive such related Work. Should Work start without such notification, it shall be construed as acceptance by the Subcontractor. All Work which may have to be replaced due to such defects shall be at his expense. INTENT OF DRAWINGS The Work of each Contractor shall conform to conditions shown on all drawings including Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical. Drawings showing Work of mechanical, electrical, and other trades are partly diagrammatic and do not intend to show in detail all features of Work. Each Contractor shall carefully review and compare related Drawings and shall thoroughly understand the building conditions affecting their Work. All changes required in the Work caused by failure to do so shall be at the Contractor's expense. COORDINATION SECTION 01040 Page 2 INTERFERENCES AND RIGHT -OF -WAY Make proper provisions to avoid interferences. Where conflicts occur, Architectural and Structural Work shall have right -of -way over concealed Electrical Work; exposed electrical fixtures shall have right -of -way over mechanical fixtures. Submit conflicts which cannot be resolved by right -of -way to the Architect for instructions. CONTINUITY OF UTILITY SERVICES Service to existing facilities (as necessary) must be maintained during normal hours of operation. The Contractor shall coordinate times and periods of changeover to new services with the Owner. Before any services can be interrupted permanently or temporarily, the Owner shall be notified and written permission obtained as to time and period of such interruption. Change over work may be required to be done at other than normal working hours, and must be included in Bid Price, as no extra payment for "overtime" will be authorized. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Motors and equipment shall be provided for current characteristics as shown on the Electrical Drawings. PROJECT COORDINATION A. Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring except: 1. Temperature control wiring. 2. Equipment control wiring. 3. Interlock wiring. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all power wiring complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box, including power wiring through starters. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all starters not factory mounted on equipment. After all circuits are completed, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all power wiring. B. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install, regardless of voltage, all temperature control wiring, and all interlock wiring, and equipment control wiring for the equipment that the Mechanical Contractor finishes. After all circuits are completed, the Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for all control wiring. End of Section 01040. REGULATORY REOUIREMENTS SECTION 01060 Page 1 APPLICABLE CODES CODES AND REGULATIONS Perform all Work in full accordance and conformity with the current requirements of all applicable codes and regulatory agencies. The following references are included for convenience only and are not intended to cover all requirements of the Contract Documents. Conform to additional codes and regulations referenced in these specifications or required by law. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK A. Uniform Building Code (International Conference of Building Officials), 1991 edition. B. State of Washington, State Building Code regulations for Barrier Free Facilities (latest edition). C. State of Washington Rules and Regulations of'the State Board of Health. D. Local Building Department and Fire Marshal Regulations. E. Local Air Pollution Control Agency and /or Department of Ecology, State of Washington. F. Department of Labor and Industries regulations. G. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). MECHANICAL WORK A. Uniform Mechanical Code (latest edition). B. Uniform Plumbing Code (latest edition). C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes. ELECTRICAL WORK A. NFPA No. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) as adopted for the Washington State Electrical Code. B. State of Washington Electrical Construction Code. C. Washington Department of Labor and Industries regulations. SPECIFICATION OF HIGHER STANDARDS Drawings and specifications govern whenever drawings and specifications require higher standards than are required by referenced codes or regulations. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01060 Page 2 3.7.2 COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS ADD following Subparagraphs: 3.7.2.1 Compliance requirements include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition. a. Building Type: V -N b. Occupancy Group: B -2 / I -1. 2. Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Design. 3. State of Washington Department of Social and Health Services (where applicable). 4. Local Building and Fire Departments. 5. Department of Labor and Industries regulations. 6. Mechanical Work: a. Uniform. Mechanical Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. National Fire Protection Association Codes. 7. Electrical Work: a. NFPA No. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) as adopted for the Washington Electrical Code. b. State of Washington Electrical Code. 8. Environmental Requirements: All work to be performed in compliance with relevant statutes and regulations dealing with prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of public natural resources. 9. Washington State Energy Code. 10.Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). End of Section 01060 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES SECTION 01310 Page 1 Prepare a construction schedule indicating all major portions of the work to occur during the progress of the project. Conform to standard bar graph or critical path method form. PRODUCTS Provide schedules prepared on 8 -1/2" x 11" sheets or foldable to that size. Include a visible title block indicating project indentification, preparer's name and address, and contract time obligations. Make all information complete and legible indicating the sequence of events. EXECUTION Submit 2 copies to the Architect, 1 copy to the Owner, and distribute additional copies to those affected by the work. The Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers shall schedule materials, deliveries and installations to conform with this schedule, and so state in provisions of subcontracts. Provide updated copies to above listed parties when major, or critical, changes occur. Instruct recipients (especially subcontractors) to promptly notify Contractor, in writing, of any anticipated problems with projections indicated on schedule. End of Section 01310. SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES SECTION 01340 Page 1 AND SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL Furnish copies of shop drawings and specifications when required by other Sections of the Specifications. Coordinate submissions with construction schedule to distribute in a timely fashion to not cause delays in construction or materials procurement. PRODUCTS Provide drawings on 8 -1/2" x 11" (or foldable to that size to facilitate filing) format suitable for photocopying, or on standard size sheets suitable for diazo printing. Include a visible title block indicating drawing subject matter, indentification of job, and name and address of submitting firm. Make all information complete and legible. EXECUTION Submit 5 copies to the Architect through the General Contractor for approval. Do not submit them directly to the Architect or his consultants. Distribute required prints of shop drawings to subcontractors and suppliers after final approval. Prints of reviewed shop drawings shall carry Architect's approval stamp and a record set shall be kept at the job site. PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES GENERAL Furnish product data and samples when required by other Sections of the Specifications. Identify each sample with legible product, manufacturer and job information. Clearly identify Product Data for item to be used showing: 1. Submission date (current and previous, if any) 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor, Supplier, and Manufacturer 4. Product identification with specification section number 5. Deviations from Contract Documents 6. Critical relationships to adjacent Work showing any changes to Work required by other contractors. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES SECTION 01340 Page 2 7. Space for Architect's and Contractor's approval, stamps. EXECUTION Submit to the Architect through the General Contractor enough samples of products and their literature to show color range, variance in quality, operation, various styles, etc. Samples approved shall carry Architect's approval stamp and be kept at the jobsite until completion of the work. Return of samples to supplier shall be done only upon request. Submit all Product Data and Samples in a timely manner to allow for adequate review time to maintain . construction schedule. Distribute approved submittals as needed to applicable parties, including work of others affected and adjacent to items as approved. End of Section 01340 SCHEDULE OF VALUES SECTION 01370 Page 1 GENERAL A. Within ten (10) days after contact award, submit to owner value schedule allocated to various portions of the work. B. Support values, if requested by Owner, by submitting substantiating data. C. Unless objected to by owner, use schedule only as basis for Application for Payment. FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on AIA Document G702, Application and Certification for Payment supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. Identify Schedule with: 1. Title of Project and Location. 2. Construction Superintendant. 3. Name and Address of Contractor. 4. Contract Designation. 5. Date of Submission. B. List installed value of component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow Project Manual Table of Contents as the format for listing components. 1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective major specification. D. For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. E. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the contractor's overhead and profit. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded. b. The total installed value. End of Section 01370 INSPECTION SERVICES SECTION 01420 Page 1 GENERAL A. The Contractor will employ and pay for the inspection firms to perform specified inspection services as listed. 1. The Contractor's cooperation with the inspecting firm is required to facilitate their required services. 2. Employment of inspection firm does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform any Contract Work, nor does it relieve him from the responsibility to supervise all work. 3. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to act promptly on all deficiences indicated by inspections and to correct all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Architect at no cost to the Owner (except for unanticipated problems occurring that can not be reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents). B. The employment and presence of the inspector is not to be construed that the inspecting firm is accepting any responsibility for construction supervision, job safety supervision or compliance of the Work to the Contract Documents. INSPECTOR'S DUTIES A. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to Architect, Structural Engineer, Owner, Contractor, City Authorities as required, and Record Documents File. Include in each report: 1. Date issued. 2. Project Title and number. 3. Testing Firm name, address, and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of testing firm's inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of testing. 8. Identification of product and Specification Section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. 10. Type of inspection. INSPECTION SERVICES SECTION 01420 Page 2 11. Results of inspection /testing and compliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of results, when requested by Architect, Structural Engineer, or Owner. B. Perform additional inspections as required by Architect, Structural Engineer, or Owner. LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF INSPECTOR A. Inspector is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with inspection personnel, provide access to Work, and to Manufacturer's operations. B. Secure and deliver to laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used, and which require testing. C. Provide to inspector preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete, and other materials mixes requiring laboratory testing. D. Furnish copies of Product test reports as required. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing of test samples. F. Notify inspecting firm sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of inspection and tests. INSPECTION SERVICES SECTION 01420 Page 3 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse the inspecting agency for personnel and travel expenses incurred due to contractor's negligence. G. Employ and pay for services of inspection firm to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required. 1. For contractor's convenience. 2. When initial tests indicate work does not comply with Contract Documents. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. Perform all special inspections requried by Section U.B.C. B. Testing Inspector's Regular Inspections: The Inspector will be contacted by Contractor to perform regular inspections during the course of construction. 1. The first inspection shall occur during excavation. The Testing Inspector shall verify the on site conditions. He shall at this time review the use of the on site material as fill. 2. The second inspection shall occur when footing areas are prepared for forming. During this inspection the Testing Inspector shall verify the soil bearing capacity. 3. The third inspection shall occur when the paving areas are at subgrade. The Testing Inspector shall approve the base condition prior to the installation of paving base course. 4. In the event that the entire area of work is not available for inspection at once or the work is being phased, the Testing Inspector shall inspect each section or phase of the work as appropriate. 5. Take in -place density test as follows: a. Compacted fills, subgrades, subbases and base courses, other than under concrete slabs on grade: not less than one test per 1000 square feet for each lift. INSPECTION SERVICES SECTION 01420 Page 4 b. Fills under foundation walls and footings, and backfill of foundation walls and footings: Not less than one test per 100 linear feet of wall footing for each lift. c. Utility trench bottoms, backfill of utility trenches under all concrete slabs on grade, foundation walls, asphalt walks, and paving, and any gravel surfaced walks and drives: Not less than one test per 100 linear feet of trench for each lift. C. Concrete: Forms, shoring, steel reinforcement in place, and all concrete, including mesh reinforced slabs on grade. 1. Provide continuous inspection during placing of all concrete. 2. Slump test /each pour, per ASTM C143 -74, Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. • a. See that batches are consistent. b. Make and cure three (3) compression test cylinders of each 100 yard pour or each day's pour for each structural category per ASTM C31 -69, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 1. Make compression test per ASTM 39 -72, Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. Break one cylinder at 7 days and two cylinders at 28 days, unless otherwise directed. 2. Strength tests failing to meet minimum requirements are subject to further testing at Contractor's expense. 3. Conduct additional tests of questionable concrete in accordance with ASTM C42 -68 (1974), Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beam of Concrete. 4. If load tests are deemed necessary, conduct in accordance with American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318 -71, Chapter 20. 3. Inspection of curing procedures. D. Painting: Verify conformance with Section 09900. E. Other: As required by individual specification section. End of Section 01420 TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01510 Page 1 GENERAL A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction. Remove upon completion of Work. B. Comply with Federal, State, City and all local codes and regulations. Comply with utility company requirements. C. Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, fuel, operation and removal. PRODUCTS MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, nor violate applicable codes and standards. TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Provide connections to existing facilities, size to provide service required for power and lighting during construction, Contractor to pay costs of power used during construction. B. Install circuit and branch wiring: Locate area distribution boxes so power and lighting is available throughout construction by use of construction -type power cords. C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for: 1. All work areas where natural light is not adequate for work. 2. For areas accessible to public. TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide facilities and temporary units as required to comply with requirements. 1. Provide temporary heat and ventilation required to: a. Maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work. b. Meet specified minimum conditions for installation of materials. c. Protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01510 Page 2 2. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas to: a. Cure installed materials. b. Disperse humidity. c. Prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Arrange with local telephone service company; provide direct line telephone service at construction site for use of personnel and employees. Service required: 1. One direct line instrument in Field Office. 2. Other instruments at Contractor's option, or as required by regulations. TEMPORARY WATER A. Make connections to existing facilities, provide water for construction purposes; contractor to pay costs of water used. B. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction by the use of hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. B. Service, clean, and maintain facilities and enclosures. EXECUTION GENERAL A. Comply with the applicable requirements specified in Division 15 - Mechanical, and Division 16 - Electrical. B. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. C. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when no longer required. TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01510 Page 3 b. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations and use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. 1. Prior to Final Inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps. End of Section 01510 1 •1 CONSTRUCTION AIDS GENERAL DESCRIPTION SECTION 01520 Page 1 Unless otherwise specified, furnish, install, and maintain required construction aids. Remove on completion of Work. PRODUCTS MATERIALS - GENERAL Materials may new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work. Include scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment. 1. Refer to respective sections for particular requirements for each trade. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES Weathertight: 1. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure of exterior walls for successive areas of the building as work progresses, as necessary to provide: a. Acceptable working conditions. b. Weather protection for interior materials. c. Allowances for effective temporary heating. d. Prevention of entry by unauthorized persons. 2. Provide temporary exterior doors with self - closing hardware and padlocks. CONSTRUCTION AIDS SECTION 01520 Page 2 EXECUTION GENERAL A. Consult with Owner: Review site conditions and factors affecting construction procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities affected by the execution of Work. REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services when construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. B. Clean and repair damage temporary facilities. 1. Remove foundations construction aids. caused by installations, or by use of and underground installations for 2. Grade and clean site areas affected by temporary installations. a. Grade to required elevations and slopes. C. Restore existing facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. D. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. End of Section 01520 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SECTION 01563 Page 1 GENERAL Erosion control standards shall be in accordance with City of Tukwila and State of Washington requirements. PRODUCTS 1 MATERIALS A. Materials are as specified on the design plans. EXECUTION AT BEGINNING OF SITE WORK A. Prior to general stripping of topsoil and excavating: 1. Stabilize construction entrance. 2. Clear site after silt fence is installed': 3. Construct temporary erosion and silt control system with storm system required to drain silt panels. DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD A. Maintain basins, dikes, traps, stone filters, straw bales, etc. Inspect regularly, especially after, if not during, rainstorms. Repair and /or replace damaged, missing, or nonfunctioning items. B. After rough grading sow temporary grass cover over all exposed earth areas not draining into sediment basin or trap. C. Construct inlets as soon as possible. D. Provide necessary swales and dikes to direct all water towards, and into, sediment basins and traps. E. Do not disturb existing vegetation (grass and trees) in areas outside of the "limits of construction ". F. Excavate sediment out of basins and traps when capacity has been reduced by 50 percent. Remove sediment from behind rock check dams and filter fabric fences to prevent overtapping. G. Topsoil and fine grade slopes and swales, etc. to have seed and mulch as soon as possible in areas as they become ready. 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS SECTION 01580 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Furnish, install, and maintain project signage. B. Provide temporary on -site informational signs: 1. Project identification sign. 2. Signs as required by codes, laws and regulatory agencies. 3. Signs to direct traffic (as necessary). C. Remove temporary signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion of Project. D. Areas where signs are removed to be finished as specified. E. Allow no other signs to be displayed. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. One painted sign of not less than 16 sq. ft. area with painted graphic depiction and name of the project. B. Erect on site at lighted location of high public visibility, adjacent to main entrance to site, as approved by Architect. INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A. Painted signs with painted lettering, or standard products. 1. Size of signs and lettering: As required by regulatory agencies, or as appropriate to usage. 2. Colors: As required by regulatory agencies, otherwise of uniform colors throughout Project. B. Erect at appropriate locations to provide required information. Install at height for optimum visibility, on ground - mounted poles or attached to temporary structures. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign Painter: Professional experience, skilled in type of work required. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS SECTION 01580 Page 2 PRODUCTS SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: May be new or used, wood or metal, in sound condition structurally adequate and suitable for specified finish. B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior plywood with medium density overlay sized to eliminate joints. 1. Thickness: As required by standards to span across framing members, to provide even, smooth, warp and buckle free surface. C. Hardware: Galvanized. D. Paint: Exterior quality. 1. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to resist weathering and fading for scheduled construction period. 2. Colors for structure, framing, sign surfaces and graphics: As approved by Architect. EXECUTION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN AND INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A. Paint all exposed surfaces of supports, framing, and surface material; one coat of primer and one coat of exterior paint. B. Paint graphics in styles, sizes, and colors selected. MAINTENANCE A. Maintain signs and supports in neat, clean condition; repair damage to structure, framing or sign as needed. B. Relocate informational signs as required by work progress. End of Section 01580 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS GENERAL DESCRIPTION SECTION 01590 Page 1 A. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary field offices, storage and work sheds needed for construction period. B. Remove temporary structures, foundations, contents, services, and debris when no longer needed or at end of construction. C. Grade site to required elevations and specifications. Leave area clean, ready for final finishing as specified. Complete Construction at area. FACILITIES A. At contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used. B. Use of permanent facilities shall not be permitted for use as field offices or storage, except for temporary storage of materials during application /installation process. PRODUCTS MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, FURNISHINGS New or used, serviceable, adequate for required purpose, and may not violate applicable codes or regulations. FACILITIES A. Contractor's Offices and Facilities: 1. Layout table: Suitable for Construction Documents, shop drawings and other drawings. 2. One 10 in. outdoor -type thermometer. Mount thermometer at convenient outside location, not in direct sunlight. 3. Automatic heating equipment to maintain comfort level in cool weather. 4. Convenient access to drinking water and sanitary facilities. B. Storage Sheds: 1. To requirements of various trades adequate for storage and handling of materials housed. 2. Ventilation: Comply with specified and code requirements for products stored. FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS SECTION 01590 Page 2 3. Heating: Adequate to maintain minimum temperatures specified in respective sections for materials stored. EXECUTION PREPARATION Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide surface drainage and level floors. INSTALLATION A. Construct temporary field offices and storage sheds on proper foundations, provide connections for utility services. 1. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used. 2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors. End of Section 01590 1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 01600 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. B. Material and Equipment: 1. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by Architect. 2. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accord with best engineering and shop practices. b. Like parts of duplicate units to be manufactured to similar sizes and gauges, to be interchangeable. c. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical and by same manufacturer. 3. Do not use materials and equipment for other than designed or specified purposes and service conditions. EXECUTION PRODUCT DELIVERY A. By manufacturer's normal means and recommendations. B. In original labeled containers. C. Where applicable, with U/L labeling on packages. D. Contractor responsible for acceptance at site. E. Schedule deliveries to avoid delaying work, to coincide with construction schedule, and avoid long storage and site conditions conflicts. F. Inspect items for damage upon delivery, reorder as required to avoid delays. PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Use methods to avoid damage to item or structure. B. Protect weather fragile items from weather damage. C. Handle and store bulk aggregates to avoid contamination. D. Store to allow air circulation, and off of ground. E. Store only in authorized areas on site. F. When offsite storage is authorized, perform rehandling to move items to site at no added cost. MATERIAL AND EOUIPMENT SECTION 01600 Page 2 G. Replace or repair damaged items. H. Protect installed items as required until acceptance of building. I. Uncrate, assemble, if required, and remove debris. J. Provide equipment and personnel to properly handle materials. CLEAN -UP A. Remove excess materials from site. B. Turn over to owner, excess materials scheduled to remain. C. Restore site storage areas as directed by Architect. End of Section 01600 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01630 Page 1 DESCRIPTION A. Address for Submission Salmon Bay Design Group 4501 Shilshole Avenue NW Seattle, Washington 98107 Attention: Jim Stenkamp, Project Architect PRODUCT SELECTION - GENERAL A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names, catalog numbers and /or manufacturer's names. This is not intended to exclude from consideration other items which may be capable of accomplishing purpose indicated. C. Listing of a manufacturer implies acceptance of them only as supplier of a product which complies with specified item. D. Equipment, materials and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by owner and be agreed upon prior to letting of contract. E. Architect /Engineer reserves right to require substitute items to comply color and pattern -wise with base specified items, if necessary to secure "design- intent ". F. No substitution permitted after letting of contract, except as indicated herein. CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standards, use any product meeting standards. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, use any product or manufacturer named. C. For products specified by naming one manufacturer and product and several optional manufacturers or products, select any named product and manufacturer which meets all specification criteria. 1. Contract Documents are based on use of primary manufacturer. 2. By use of optional manufacturer or product, Contractor represents that he will be responsible for all adjustments to fit product to the work and for providing all PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01630 Page 2 additional work, equipment, and services required by use of product, at no additional cost. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION A. Only written requests with complete submittal data will be considered. See Page 4, Section 00100 for form. B. Requests must be submitted to General Contractor at least ten calendar days prior to letting of subcontract bid. Requests received late will not be considered. C. Submit request in one copy. D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, contractor represents: 1. He has investigated proposed product or method, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform intended function to the best of his knowledge. 2. He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product or method specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently become apparent. SUBMITTAL DATA A. Complete data substantially showing compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. B. For Products: 1. Product identification, including manufacturer's name. 2. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered. a. Product description. PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, SECTION 01630 Page 3 b. Performance and test data. c. Difference in power demand, air quantities, etc. d. Dimensional differences from specified unit. 3. Full size samples if requested. Owner reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. Requester to pay all costs of furnishing and return of samples. Owner is not responsible for loss of, or damage to, samples. C. Itemized comparison of proposed substitute to specified item clearly indicating variations from spec item. D. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. SUBSTITUTION AFTER BID DATE A. No substitutions will be considered after award of contract except for: Non - availability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences not under contractor's control. B. Notify Architect, in writing, with substantiating data as soon as non - availability becomes apparent, to avoid delay in construction. C. Forward submittal data as required for substitutions above. REJECTION OF SUBSTITUTION OR OPTIONAL ITEMS A. Substitutions and /or options will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals, without formal request submitted in accord with this section. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. Request for substitution does not indicate specific item for which request is submitted. Acceptance of a manufacturer only will not be made. End of Section 01630 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 1 GENERAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION REVIEW A. When Contractor considers Work substantially complete, he submits written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been reviewed and completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 4. Work is completed and ready for final reviewing. B. Architect will review to verify completion status with reasonable promptness after receipt of certification. C. Should Architect consider Work to be incomplete or defective: 1. He will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Architect that Work is complete. 3. Architect will re- review. FINAL REVIEW A. When Contractor considers Work 100% complete, he submits written certification as directed above for final review by Architect and Owner. B. Architect and Owner will review to verify completion status with reasonable promptness after receipt of certification. C. Should Architect and Owner consider the Work incomplete or defective they will notify Contractor as outlined above for corrections as outlined above, to be re- reviewed. D. When the Architect and Owner find the Work acceptable under Contract Documents they will request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. RE- REVIEW FEES Should Architect perform re- reviewing due to failure of Work to Comply with claims of completion status made by Contractor, the Owner will compensate Architect for such CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 2 additional services and deduct said amount from final payment to Contractor. CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO OWNER A. Certificate of Occupancy. B. Certificates of Inspection for Mechanical and Electrical. C. Project Record Documents, As -Built Drawings, Operating and Maintenance Data, and Warranties information as required in other Sections. D. Keys and Keying Schedule: To requirements of Section 08710. E. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: To requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. F. Certificates of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations. FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement of accounting to Architect for review: B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to Contract Sum: 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and Deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Unit Prices. c. Deductions for uncorrected Work. d. Deductions for liquidated damages. e. Deductions for re- reviewing payments. f. Adjustments for additional Architect's and /or Consultant's services. g. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Orders. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 3 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor submits Final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated per Conditions of the Contract. End of Section 01700 CLEANING Section 01710 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Execute cleaning, during work progress and at work completion as required by General Conditions and this Section. MATERIALS Use only those cleaning materials not creating hazards to health or property and not damaging to surfaces. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of surface material to be cleaned. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. EXECUTION DURING CONSTRUCTION Execute periodic cleaning to keep work, site, and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Periodically remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site. Dispose of at legal disposal areas away from site. DUST CONTROL Clean interior spaces prior to start of painting. Continue cleaning on as- needed basis until painting is finished. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly- coated surfaces. FINAL CLEANING Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. Remove, grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from sight - exposed interior and exterior surfaces. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. Polish glossy surfaces to shine clearly. CLEANING Section 01710 Page 2 Ventilating Systems: 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated during construction. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas to verify entire work clean. End of Section 01710 ji 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01720 Page 1 GENERAL Furnish to the Owner prior to final acceptance, copies of each of the following: 1. One legibly marked reproducible copy of as -built construction documents and shop drawings indicating: a. Significant detail and dimension changes or omissions. b. Final location of underground and concealed utilities and appurtenances. 2. One copy, with pertinent notes and comments, legibly marked and bound of: a. Addenda. b. Change Orders and other Contract Modifications. c. Field Orders and /or written instructions. d. Field test reports or records. 3. Two bound copies for review and distribution of the following: a. Guarantees, warranties, certificates, bond releases, etc. b. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. EXECUTION A. MAINTENANCE 1. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from those used for construction. 2. Documents shall be available, at all times, to Architect for review and inspection. B. RECORDING 1. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large printed letters. 2. Record construction information and changes on drawings concurrently with construction progress, prior to concealing of Work. 3. If differences between Construction Documents and in- place construction are extensive the information shall be recorded on half -tone (or screen) sepia reproducible drawings. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01720 Page 2 4. Among information provided on Project Record Documents provide the following: a. Depth of various elements of the foundation footings as they vary from the Construction Documents. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground or underslab, utilities and appurtenances referred to a visible, accessible feature of the structure. c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the Construction. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes made by Field, Change, or other orders. f. Details not on original Contract Documents. SUBMITTAL A. Pay all costs associated with providing Project Record Documents. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter with pertinent project information signed by the Contractor, or his authorized representative. End of Section 01720 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01730 Page 1 GENERAL A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products, equipment, and materials furnished under this contract and prepared as specified herein. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operating and maintaining procedures for products furnished in this Contract. FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in instructional manual form for use by Owner's personnel. B. Provide in commercial quality, cleanable, 3 -ring binder with 8 -1/2" x 11" format of 20# white paper, or Manufacturer's printed data, neatly typewritten. Provide with appropriate drawings (folded to 8 -1/2" x 11 ", useable in binder) and separate index - tabbed fly leaf for each product. C. Provide each manual with printed title, "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" and volume number (if needed) and the Project name and address on the cover in durable letters. CONTENTS OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor name, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of volume. 3. For each product list the name, address, and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product, clearly identified on each sheet, with inapplicable information deleted. C. Supplement product data with appropriate drawings as necessary to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems and control and flow diagrams. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01730 Page 2 1. Coordinate with Project Record Documents. 2. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as necessary, to supplement product data provided in an organized, logical sequence and format for each product. E. Copy of each warranty, bond, and service contract issued for each product showing proper procedures in the event of failure and instances that might affect validity of warranties and bonds. PRODUCTS MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES Provide manual for materials and finishes of Project components. A. Show information on Architectural products, applied materials and finishes giving manufacturer's data, instructions for care and maintenance, and re- ordering information. B. Show additional information on moisture- protection and weather - exposed products regarding chemical composition, details of installation, and inspection, maintenance, and repair data. C. Additional requirements for maintenance data as required or listed in the respective sections of the Specifications. MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Provide manual for equipment and systems provided in Construction Contract. A. Show for each unit of equipment and /or system, and for each electric unit and electronic system as appropriate: 1. Description of unit, component parts and their function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures for start -up (including sequences and other special instructions), break -in, normal operation, regulation and control, shut -down (emergency and normal), special conditions, and seasonal modifications to operations. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01730 Page 3 3. Maintenance procedures for routine operation, trouble- shooting, disassembly and reassembly, repair and adjustments. 4. Servicing schedule (identifying materials needed). 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer (as necessary). 7. Original manufacturer's component parts information, and manufacturer's spare parts recommendations. 8. As- installed information as differing from provided data. 9. Location and Contractor's coordination information. 10. Circuit directories of panelboards (including for controls and communications). 11. As- installed color -coded wiring diagrams. C. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. D. Provide additional data on other equipment as called for in other sections of the Specifications, including products specified in Divisions 15 and 16. SUBMITTALS A. Submit two copies of the Manual for Materials and Finishes, and three copies of the Manual for Equipment and Systems (equipment and systems, mechanical and electric). B. Submit draft copy to Architect for review fifteen days prior to final inspection. C. Submit final copies within ten days after final inspection or acceptance. INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. End of Section 01730 WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01740 Page 1 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall guarantee the work and equipment for a period of 1 year after final payment except that he shall guarantee the roofing and flashing systems for 2 years. In cases where manufacturers' warranties on equipment, work and services are less than the guarantee period the contractor shall guarantee the equipment, work and services for the guarantee period. If repairs are required during the guarantee period, the guarantee on that repaired portion of the work will extend for a period of 1 year from the date of acceptance of repair except roofing and flashing systems shall be for 2 years. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Compile specified certificates, warranties, and bonds. B. Compile any specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co- execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for review and transmit to Owner per Section 01720 and 01730. F. Provide the Owner's Maintenance Manager with the name of a person and an alternate at the Contractor's Office who will be responsible for performing all Guarantee and Warranty Work. This person shall be available on a 24 -hour emergency basis. In event that either person will not be available, the contractor shall assign a temporary person and notify the Owner's Maintenance Manager. G. Provide the Owner's Maintenance Manager with a complete list of service agencies that will be retained by the General Contractor to perform Warranty and Guarantee Work. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble certificates, warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each. C. Table of Contents, Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item: 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm, with name of principal, address, and telephone number. 3. Scope. WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01740 Page 2 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8 -1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders', 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "Warranties and Bonds ". Listing: a. Title of Project. b. Name of Contractor. C. Binders: Commercial quality, three -ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction: 1. Submit documents within l0 -days after inspection and acceptance. SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit certificates, warranties, bonds, service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective Sections of Specifications: Items include but are not limited to following: Section 07510 Section 07600 Section 07800 Section 08200 Division 15 Division 16 End of Section 01740 Bituminous Built -up Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Skylights Wood and Plastic Doors Mechanical Electrical REFERENCE SOURCE ABBREVIATIONS AAN SECTION 02000 Page 1 American Association of Nurserymen Suite 835, Southern Building Washington D.C. 20005 AASHTO or AASHO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol St. N.W. Washington D.C. 20001 ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association 8320 Old Courthouse Road Vienna, VA 22180 (703) 821 -1990 AI Asphalt Institute 1901 Pennsylvania Ave. N.W. Washington D.C. 20006 or 120 Union Ave. Building Olympia, Washington 98501 #943 -0320 End of Section 2000 SITE CLEARING SECTION 02110 Page 1 GENERAL JOB CONDITIONS PROTECTION Monuments Carefully maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. Streets Maintain clean streets. Protect workmen, passerby and neighboring property from damage. Planting Existing trees and shrubs designated to remain are to be protected and preserved. EXECUTION INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE MARKING Identify existing trees and vegetation to remain. Provide markings, or other means at edge of root structures (drip lines) to suitably protect from construction and machinery. Contractor responsible for loss due to construction practices, of designated vegetation to remain. CLEARING Completely clear areas to be occupied by building and other improvements. Remove trees, snags, brush, rubbish and debris. Cut trees, stumps and brush flush with or slightly below original ground surface. GRUBBING Remove stumps, roots larger than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter, and boulders not suitable for bearing to the following levels: To not less than 18 inches below subgrade in areas to be occupied by improvements. To not less than 6 inches below finish grade in other areas. DISPOSAL Or CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL Remove off site, conform with local laws and ordinances relative to waste disposal on property of others. End of Section 02110 EARTHWORK GENERAL SCOPE SECTION 02200 Page 1 A. Work required under this section includes but is not limited to: excavating for buildings, retaining walls, removal of underground obstructions, backfilling, filling, and compaction. All work under this contract shall be also governed by the provisions and specifications outlined in the W.S.D.O.T. /A.P.W.A. Standards, 1988 Edition. B. Contractor to refer to and become familiar with all previous soils tests and recommendation reports as provided by owner prior to bidding and proceeding with work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contra tor is res•onsible for all com•action tests as required to verify compliance with soil compaction specified. SUBMITTALS A. Submit conies of all test reports. B. Submit other items or materials, if so directed by Architect. EXCESS OR SHORTAGE OF EARTH A. Provide and Place additional materials needed for fills or remove from site excess material and that unsuitable for filling, as required. B. Excess material is to be hauled off -site as necessary to a suitable location determined by Contractor. JOB CONDITIONS A. Carefully maintain all bench marks, monuments, and other reference points and replace, if disturbed or destroyed. It' will be the contractors responsibility to provide construction staking. B. Comply with rules and regulations governing respective utilities. Protect active utilities from damage, remove and relocate only as indicated. EARTHWORK SECTION 02200 Page 2 PRODUCTS COMMON SITE FILL MATERIAL Backfill should consist of a predominantly granular soil, free of organics and debris, with a maximum rock size of 6 inches. The fines content (soil finer than a No. 200 mesh sieve) should be limited to less than 5 percent (base by weight on the minus 3/4 inch fraction using the wet sieve analysis) and be non - plastic, if placed during wet weather. The fines content may be as much as 30 percent if placed during the dry season provided the moisture content is near optimum. The optimum water content is that which allows the most dense compaction of a soil under given compactive effort. BANK RUN GRAVEL Bank run gravel shall be substantially free from wood, roots, bark or other extraneous material. It shall have such characteristics of particle size and shape that it will compact readily to a firm, stable course. The maximum size of stone shall not exceed the depth of the course being applied less one (1) inch, except that in no case shall the maximum size exceed eight (8) inches. Bank run gravel shall be termed Bank Run Gravel Class A, or Bank Run Gravel Class B. The following requirements shall govern for the separate classes: Passing 1/4" sieve Passing U.S. No. 200 sieve (wet sieving) Bank Run Gravel Bank Run Gravel Class A Class B 25% minimum 75% maximum 25% minimum 75% maximum 5% maximum 10% maximum Dust Ratio: % passinq #200 (wet sieving 2/3 maximum 2/3 maximum % passing #40 Sand Equivalent 50% minimum 30% minimum GRANULAR FILL UNDER INTERIOR SLABS Washed gravel evenly graded from 3/4 to 1 -1/2 inch in size. (Crushed rock or pea gravel not acceptable in lieu of graded gravel under slabs). EARTHWORK SECTION 02200 Page 3 EXECUTION STRIPPING TOPSOIL Whenever suitable topsoil exists on the site and such area of topsoil must be removed for the building construction or cuts and fills, such topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled on the site as directed by the Owner. Remove clay, large stones and debris from the topsoil. EXCAVATION FOR BUILDING AND STRUCTURES A. Excavate to dimensions and elevations indicated, allowing additional space as required for construction operations and inspections of foundations. B. Remove any old foundations, building construction, and other materials concealed beneath present grade, where required to execute work, if encountered. If undesirable material is encountered during excavation, remove and replace material. Before starting construction, excavations must be approved by the Architect. C. Properly level off bottoms of all excavations. Place footing on engineered compacted structural fill or undisturbed earth. Remove all loose material and place excavation in approved condition to receive concrete or other material. Except when directed by the Architect, do not carry excavations lower than indicated. Excavation carried below proper depth shall be maintained and footings or foundations started at excavated level, using concrete of same strength as super - imposed construction, at no additional expense to the Owner. D. Notify the Architect when excavations are ready for inspection before concrete is placed or reinforcing and /or other formwork is erected. Place concrete footings after excavation has been inspected and approved and when weather conditions permit. When excavations for footings become soft and wet, remove all soft material and place extra depth with layer of lean concrete placed immediately after excavation has been completed. E. Where cuts are reauired to bring floor slabs to proper elevations, excavate to level below slabs allowing for required granular fill. Compact to 95% of maximum dry density in accordance with the Modified Proctor Compaction Text, ASTM D1557, Method "C" or "D". EARTHWORK SECTION 02200 Page 4 F. Control grading around building. Pitch earth to prevent water from running into excavated areas or damaging structure. Maintain all pits and trenches where footings will be placed, free of water at all times. Provide all pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction. When springs or running water are encountered, notify Architect, provide free discharge of water by trenches or pumps, and drain to appropriate point of disposal as directed. G. Brace and shore sides of excavations as necessary to maintain them secure and to prevent cave -ins should they occur. Remove shoring as backfill progresses. See Soils Report for additional information. H. Do not place footings or slabs on frozen earth. When freezing temperatures are anticipated, do not excavate to full depth indicated unless footings or slabs can be placed immediately after excavation is completed. Protect bottoms of excavations from freezing if placement of concrete is delayed. Do not place footings and floor slabs when temperature is below 40 degrees unless approved by the Architect. FILLING AND BACKFILLING (Inside Building) A. Remove all rocks, lumps, frozen ground, soft or wet material, vegetation and other foreign material upon which fill is to be placed. Scarify top 12 inches of earth and compact to 95% of maximum dry density as measured by ASTM D1557. Step surface with steps not exceeding 12 inches or slope surfaces with slopes not exceeding 2 %. Place fill material in 6 inch lifts and maintain not more than 3% below, nor more than 3% above optimum moisture content during compaction. B. Compact fill and backfill using suitable mechanical tamping equipment to obtain specified density. Use mechanical hand tampers for filling and backfilling next to walls. Compact granular fill using vibratory methods. Before placing fills on subgrade, obtain approval of the Architect. C. Replace slabs which develop settlement cracks during guarantee period. FILLING AND BACKFILLING (Outside Building) A. Re•L reme is for "F 1 • a d B.ckfil in i s'de b 'ldin• if apply to all filling and backfilling outside building, except that compaction density shall be 90% maximum dry density as measured by ASTM D1557 except under concrete walls compaction density shall be 95% maximum dry density (all fill) and under pavement areas where the upper twelve (12) inches of subgrade (below granular fill) shall be 95% maximum dry density. EARTHWORK SECTION 02200 Page 5 B. Do not backfill against any part of walls, piers or columns until each part has reached design strength and has been inspected by the Architect, who must authorize backfilling. Do not backfill against foundations, walls, curbs, footings, and areaways until concrete forms have been removed, and concrete finishing, dampproofing and waterproofing have been completed. 1. Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top and bottom of walls are in place. Bring backfill up uniformly around building and individual wall units. GRANULAR FILL UNDER INTERIOR MUD SLABS Place all interior slabs on grade on a minimum of 4 inches of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. Provide 2 inches (minimum) of sand as leveling course over vapor barrier under interior slabs typically. VAPOR BARRIER Install a continuous vapor barrier under all interior floor slabs. Apply with 96 inches width parallel with the direction of the pour of the concrete. All joints lapped 6 inches and sealed with approved sealant. Turn up 4 inches onto all vertical surfaces. Protect from punctures. repair any punctures prior to pouring concrete. No vapor barrier required for exterior slabs. GRADING A. Roucth Grading. Grade property to limits indicated on Grading Plan as "Limits of Grading" or by new contours and site improvements. Slope ground away from building walls to facilitate drainage. Grade to uniform levels or slopes between point where grades are given. Round surfaces at abrupt changes in levels. All grading to be within tolerance of 2/10 foot for non pavement areas and ± .5/10 foot for pavement areas. B. Levels. Grade areas around building to following levels: 1. Paving. Walks and other Surfaced Areas: To underside of surfacing or crushed rock or gravel base. 2. Lawn Areas,: To finish grades, allowing 5 inches of topsoil. 3. Planting Areas: To finish grades, allowing for 6 to 8 inches of topsoil. EARTHWORK SECTION 02200 Page 6 C. Finish Gradina. Spread stockpiled topsoil over lawn and planting areas to compacted levels indicated, beginning adjacent to new structure and working outward until topsoil is exhausted or until all lawn and planting areas are covered. If subsoil has not been freshly graded, scarify at least 3 inches deep. Roll and tamp thoroughly. Remove stones over 1 inch in size and all sticks, twigs, and debris. D. Clean -up 1. Excess fill and topsoil: Remove from site. 2. Debris: Remove from site. 3. Disposal: Off site, per local regulations. INSPECTION AND TESTING. A. Owner may retain separate testing services to inspect excavation /compaction work for compliance with.this specification and soils engineering recommendations for site. Any compacted material not meeting specified compaction requirements shall be corrected and /or recompacted and retested at contractor's expense. End of Section 02200 EXCAVATING BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES SECTION 02221 Page 1 EXCAVATION Old fill shall be removed as recommended in the soils report, over the area to receive fill. The excavation shall be large enough so that the angle of repose of the compact fill will be not more than forty -five degrees. No compact fill is to be placed until Architect and soils engineer approve excavation. FILL MATERIAL Fill material shall be a well graded granular mixture of sand, gravel and clay without detrimental amounts of organic matter meeting the requirements of the "Standard Specifications for Base and Surface Courses" AASHO Designation M147 -55. The contractor shall submit a laboratory analysis of proposed fill material including: grading, amount of deleterious material and optimum moisture at maximum density of 95 %. All controlled fill material shall be subject-to the approval of the inspecting laboratory. FILTER FABRIC Provide geotextile fabric (Mirafi 140N, Filter "X" by Carthage Mills, or equal) placed between earth (existing and recompacted) and drainage bed (gravel) where indicated. INSPECTION AND TESTING The moisture content of the fill material shall be taken immediately prior to start of filling to determine suitability of material. Field density tests shall be made on each compacted layer to determine density and moisture content. (Field density reports shall be filed promptly). The maximum density and optimum moisture content shall be determined by the AASHO Standard Method T99 -49 with the following modifications: 1. A mold 6 inches in diameter and 7 inches high shall be used. A metal disk 2 -1/2" high shall be used as a false bottom in the mold during compaction. Place mold on a concrete slab or other suitable level rigid surface during compaction. 2. All material larger than 3/4" shall be removed. 3. The weight of the hammer shall be 10 pounds and the tamper shall be dropped from a height of 18 inches. 4. The samples are to be compacted in five layers with each layer receiving 55 blows with the specified hammer. 5. A separate batch of soil shall be used for each compaction test specimen; no material to be reused. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES SECTION 02221 Page 2 No fill shall be placed when moisture content is in excess of optimum moisture. Any surface of compacted fill which has been exposed to rain or other water shall be aerated until moisture is down to optimum, or removed before additional filling or compacting. If tests indicate material is too dry to obtain specified compaction, additional moisture shall be added by blending wetter material or by adding water by a tank sprinkler, to obtain optimum. Surface of fill to be maintained moderately smooth during construction and with sufficient crown to allow for drainage. Fill material to be placed in even layers of not more than one foot in loose depth. No fill to be placed during rain or freezing weather. Each layer to be thoroughly compacted to not less than 95% of maximum density by means of pneumatic rollers, grid rollers, or other methods approved by the Architect. (Wm. Bros. Rigid or Wobbly Wheel Roller, Tournepulls, Caterpillar DW -21 and Hyster Grid Rollers are some of the acceptable pieces of rolling equipment.) A qualified inspector from the selected laboratory shall be present at all times when fill• is being placed. The density of the fill shall be determined by the field density tests and the results of these tests shall be the basis on which the satisfactory completion of the work is judged. Should the fill fail to meet the requirements of the Specifications, the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments until a satisfactory fill is obtained. EXCAVATION (OTHER THAN FOR CONTROLLED FILL) Excavate for work shown on drawings or specified, to depths shown or to sufficient depth to obtain proper and uniform soil bearing. Dig banks well away from walls and leave open until concrete has set. Footing depths shown on drawings shall be used for bidding. Excavation shall be to depths recommended by the soils engineers. Provide laborer to test soil with steel bar for bearing for footings, under Architect's direction. Do not pour footings until bearing is approved by Architect or testing agency. Shore and brace excavations where necessary to prevent cave - ins. End of Section 02221 EXCAVATING. BACKFILLING1 & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02222 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Work includes but is not limited to installation of: 1. Sanitary sewer 2. Water system and irrigation system 3. Storm sewer 4. Underground electrical and telephone service 5. Related utility appurtenances PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES A. Verify location and existence of all underground utilities. Omission from or inclusion of located utility'items does not constitute non - existence or definite location. Secure and examine local utility surveyor records for available location data. B. Take necessar •recautions to •rotect existin• uti ities fro damage due to any construction activity. Immediately repair all damages to utility items at no cost to owner. C. Avoid overloading or surcharging a sufficient distance back from edge of excavation to prevent slides or caving. Maintain and trim excavated materials in such a manner to be as little inconvenience as possible to public. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. Remove and dispose of rock, clay, silt, gravel, hard pan, loose shale, and loose stone as directed by the Architect. TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Unless given permission to do otherwise excavate trenches by oven cut method to depth indicated and necessary to accommodate the work. Permission may be granted for tunnel work for crossing under roadways or existing utility lines, however such tunnels are limited to 10 feet in length. B. Open only length of trench at one time allowed by Architect, or weather (precipitation) conditions dictate, but in no case more than 300 lineal feet. Failure to comply may necessitate shutdown of entire project until backfilling is performed. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02222 Page 2 C. Observe following criteria: 1. Trench Size: Excavate only sufficient width to accommodate free working space. Cut trench walls vertically from bottom of trench to top of pipe, conduit, or utility service. Trench width at top of pipe or conduit shall be as follows: Overall Diameter of Utility Service 12 inches and less Maximum Trench Width at Bottom 30 inches 2. Dewatering: Keep trenches free of water. Include cost of dewatering in original proposal. No additional compensation for this item is permitted. 3. Sheeting and Bracing: Brace and sheet trenches as soil conditions dictate and in full observation of OSHA requirements. Do not remove until backfiiling has progressed to a stage that no damage to piping, utility service or conduit will result due to removal. PIPE BEDDING A. Bedding for rigid conduit shall be Class B bedding consisting of leveling the bottom of the trench and furnishing and placing bedding material under the pipe including the joint and along the sides to the springline. B. Bedding material shall be sand or pea gravel as approved by the Architect. 1. Sand bedding shall be a clean sand - gravel mixture free from organic matter and conforming to the following gradation when tested in accordance with ASTM D422. U.S. Standard Sieve Sing Percent Passj.ng by Weight 3/4" 3/8" #4 #10 #20 #40 #100 #200 100 70 -100 55 -100 35 -95 20 -80 10 -55 0 -10 0 -3 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02222 Page 3 2. Pea gravel bedding shall be a clean mixture free from organic matter and conforming to the following gradation when tested in accordance with ASTM D422. U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/4" 100 3/8" 95 -100 #8 0 -10 #200 0 -3 BACKFILLING A. Do not backfill until all tests are performed on system, and system complies with specified requirements. B. Use only backfill which is free from boulders, large roots, sod, other vegetative or organic matter, and frozen material. Hand or pneumatic tamp backfill under and around pipe up to 24 inches above top of pipe in lifts not exceeding 8 inches loose thickness. Backfill and compact remainder of trench in 12 inch lifts to density specified. C. Perform pneumatic tamping evenly on both sides of pipe to top of excavation or to a depth such that pipe will not be injured by subsequent compaction used to achieve required density. D. Exercise extreme care in backfilling operations to avoid displacing pipe joints either horizontally or vertically and avoid breaking pipe. COMPACTION A. Compact all trench backfill, in areas under paved or graveled roads as directed by the Architect to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density (modified Proctor) as determined by ASTM D1557. Insure backfill material has moisture content in range of plus or minus 3 percent of optimum moisture at time it is placed. Areas around vertical elements of underground systems shall be treated similar to trenching compaction standards with work installed with extreme care. TESTING A. The owner may conduct in place moisture - density tests to insure that all work complies with this specification. Any compacted material not meeting specified compaction requirements shall be corrected and /or recompacted and retested at contractor's expense. The owner conducted tests are in addition to contractor's testing requirements. EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02222 Page 4 SAFETY RULES A. Insure full compliance to all aspects of "Safety Rules and Regulations for Excavation" as promulgated by State law. B. Comply with OSHA Requirements for all excavation work. End of Section Section 02222 1 L_ 11 [1 SOIL TREATMENT GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 02280 Page 1 Sterilant applicator to be licensed by State of Washington. GUARANTEE Guarantee for 2 years from date of final project acceptance against allowing plant growth. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Soil Sterilant to be U.S. Borax "Monobar - Chlorate (granular)" containing 30% sodium chlorate and 68% sodium meta borate, dry, free- flowing, or type recommended by applicator for condition of use. MIXES Solution of 1 pound sterilant per gallon of water, or as recommended by sterilant manufacturer. EXECUTION INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE Provide over earth areas to receive asphalt paving. Apply sterilant solution over subgrade areas to receive granular base for asphalt pavement; spread on at a rate of 2 gallons of solution per 100 square feet. Follow manufacturer's directions and State regulations. Prohibit spray from drifting to lawn and plant areas. End of Section 02280 SITE DRAINAGE Section 02300 PAGE 1 GENERAL SCOPE Furnish all equipment, tools, materials and labor as required to execute this work as indicated on the Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the Contract, work includes but not limited to: A. Excavation and backfill for this work. B. Storm drains. C. Catch basins. D. Gas /oil separators. E. Detention piping and storage system. F. Erosion control and temporary site drainage. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Construction of any portion of the drainage system shall not be started until earthwork in the area is completed to subgrade elevation. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Description: All pipe used in this project shall be as shown on the plans and shall have gasketed joints. Pipe material and gaskets shall be in accordance with applicable sections of the Specifications. Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall conform to ASTM C76, Class II PVC Pipe shall conform to Section 9- 05.12. Clean -outs shall be according to City of Tukwila Specifications. Bedding and backfilling shall be done in accordance with the standard specifications. Manholes and Catch Basins shall conform to APWA Specifications and shall be constructed as noted on the plans. Flow Restriction /Oil Pollution Control Device: All materials used shall conform to APWA Specifications and shall be constructed as noted on the plans. EXECUTION TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FOUNDATION AND BEDDING FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS Classification: All trench excavation and backfilling for this project shall be in accordance with Section 61, APWA Specifications for on-site work and Storm Excavation Class B, Section 2- 09.3(4) of WSDOT /APWA Specifications for off -site work. Excavation: The length of trench excavation completed ahead of the pipe laying operation shall be kept to a minimum. Classification of Bedding: Bedding procedures and materials shall be as required for storm drain construction in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Untreated Building Paper: Untreated building paper shall meet requirements set forth by appropiate City and County Codes. Backfilling for Storm Sewers: Initial backfilling shall be performed only after the pipe has been properly laid, and inspected, and approved. Backfill shall be material free of rocks, wood, debris and other extraneous material. Backfill for Storm Drainage System: The material used to backfill the storm drainage system shall meet WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications Section 90- 3.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains. End of Section 02300 PAVING AND SURFACING SECTION 02500 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Work in this section includes but is not limited to: 1. Asphalt Concrete 2. Parking stripes 3. Curbs and gutters 4. Handicapped signs B. Provide paving modifications as indicated while causing minimal disru•tion to the site. Paving contractor to coordinate with owner for time of work to be performed during the month of August. Paths and curvilinear edges shall be as indicated with edges free of irregularities and smooth and flowing lines of uniform width. Paving may be adjusted slightly in the field by the Owner or Architect to accommodate site conditions, existing or developed, and to. avoid existing trees. C. Remove existing asphalt as required for utility, installations, back fill and compact as required by Section 02222. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Specifications: 1. "Design procedures and General Specifications on Asphalt Paving, Bulletin No. 3- 1971" (GSAPB) published by the Asphalt Paving Association of Washington, Inc. 2. "Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction" as prepared by the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, (SSMPWC), 1977. 3. "State of Washington Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ", (SSRBC), 1977 Edition. SUBMITTALS A. Submit certificate from mixing plant /aggregate material suppliers stating that paving and aggregate material delivered to site conforms to these specifications and documenting grading analysis. B. Submit trip tickets with complete listing of all batch weights for each load of asphaltic concrete delivered. GUARANTEE Settlement: Paved /surfaced areas showing settlement resulting in standing water during 1 year guarantee period shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. PAVING AND SURFACING SECTION 02500 Page 2 JOB CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Do no paving work when raining or when subgrade or base is wet or frozen. Suspend operations until surface is dry. B. Protection: Protect Work of other trades. Take special care in Work adjacent to existing planting areas. Should any defacement or damage occur, repair or replace as directed at Contractor's expense. C. Field Condition: 1. Complete preparation of subgrade as required in Section 02200. 2. Complete installation of all underground facilities as required elsewhere in the contracts. PRODUCTS Materials Crushed Surfacing Top Course: Shall meet the WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications as defined in Sections 4 -04 and 9- 03(3) . Class B Gravel Base: Shall meet the WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for classified base. Asphalt Conrete Pavement,_ Class B: Shall meet the WSDOT Standard Specifications as defined in Sections 5 -04, 9 -02. Location and thickness as shown on the Plans as follows: Asphaltic Aggregate Total Concrete Base Thickness (inches) ,finches) (inches) Automobile Parking 2 1/2 10 12 1/2 Truck Access & Main Driveways 3 10 13 All AC pavement damage during construction to be sawcut, removed and replaced to match existing. Prior to Final Payment, the Contractor, in the presence of the Architect, shall flood all pavements with water and any resulting ponds or depressions shall be ringed with chalk. All ponds or depression more than 1/8" deep shall immediately PAVING AND SURFACING SECTION 02500 Page 3 be corrected by cutting out the faulty areas and replacing such areas with fresh, hot asphalt - concrete mixtures. The mixtures shall be compacted to conform with the remainder of the pavement and with joints smooth and invisible. Pavement Marking: 1. Materials shall meet the WSDOT Standard Specifications as defined in Section 8 -22.2 for roadway striping. The glassbeads, as noted in Section 8- 22.3(4) shall not be required in the on -site painting. Off -site color as per WSDOT Standard Specifications. On -site color to match existing. 2. Striping, Symbols and Arrows - Uniform in width throughout and with no black bitumen showing through. Use stencils, masking tape or striping machines as required to obtain clean, sharp lines. Obtain Architect's approval of all layouts before application of paint. 3. Application - Paint shall be applied at 70 to 80% of the specified rate. After drying, the second coat shall be applied at the full specified rate. If discoloration of the paint occurs due to bleeding of bituminous materials, additional light coats of paint shall be applied until color is uniform throughout. Signs: Signs shall be reflective 3M material on aluminum sign blanks in conformance with the Washington State rules and regulations for barrier -free facilities. EXECUTION Base. Surfacing and Paving: The Gravel Base Class B, crushed surfacing top course and asphalt concrete pavement shall be installed as required in the WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications. Depth shall be as shown on the plans. Testing: Contractor to provide and patch two (2) test cores each of both light duty and heavy duty pavement section (total tests: 4) for Owner's review. PATHS 1. Stake center lines of all paths prior to excavating for both alignment and grade. Edging strips are not required. Final alignment of paths shall have smooth even curves and edges as indicated on the plans. PAVING AND SURFACING SECTION 02500 Page 4 2. Install with pitched surfaces as indicated on drawings. The finished surfaces shall be smooth, firm and true to grade and cross section with uniform widths. 3. All "bird baths" or areas that hold water are to be filled as necessary. 4. Maintain surface of paving until final acceptance. If ruts, soft spots or other damage occur, repair surface at no additional cost to the Owner. End of Section 02500 CURBS AND GUTTERS SECTION 02525 Page 1 GENERAL All concrete curbs and gutters are to conform with all City requirements where applicable. New curbs are to match existing curbs. Provide smooth transitions from new to existing. PRODUCTS PRECAST CONCRETE CURBS AND EXTRUDED CURBS A. Over asphalt concrete pavement, set precast or pour extruded concrete curbs as indicated. Construct with cement concrete mix that will have dense, uniform texture which will not sag or displace behind extruding machine. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 4,000 lbs. per sq. in. B. Concrete Mix Shall Be Proportioned As Follows: Sacks of cement per cu. yd. 6.5 Lbs. dry fine aggregate per sack of cement 245 Lbs. dry 3 /4 -in. maximum coarse aggregate 238 per sack of cement C. Slump to comply with ASTM C143 and shall not exceed 1 inch. D. 3/4 -inch maximum coarse aggregate shall meet following requirements for grading: Passing 1 -inch square screen 100% Passing 3/4 inch square screen 95% to 100% Passing 3/8 inch square screen 20% to 40% Passing U.S. No. 4 Screen 0.3% E. Bondinct Adhesive as approved for application. EXECUTION PRECAST CURB INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE Install according to manufacturer's recommendations for firm attachment to asphalt paving. EXTRUDED CURBS A. Csncrete mix shall have characteristics of mobility and workability that it can be extruded without slumping, deforming, or displacing. Finished curb shall have dense, smooth, uniform surface texture and shall develop minimum of shrinkage cracks upon curing. B. Where extruded curb is to be constructed, existing pavement shall be swept clean of all dirt and other loose material. CURBS AND GUTTERS SECTION 02525 Page 2 C. Curb shall be •laced sha•ed and com•acted true to line and grade with approved machine capable of shaping and thoroughly compacting the material to required cross section as shown on plans. Plan and hand -build or otherwise modify transitions as necessary to ramp areas, curb cuts, drainage cuts, flush walk areas, and other areas as detailed on the drawings in lines and planes true, even and similar in surface appearance. D. Apply approved epoxy adhesive in zig -zag pattern prior to placement of curbs as per manufacturer's recommendations. E. Provide steel reinforcing bar horizontally in curb during placement in areas of high impact as indicated on drawings. F. Extruded curbs shall be protected from traffic for a period of 48 hours by use of sufficient portable barricades, equipped with flashing lights during hours of darkness. G. Th ou • ! 0 s s be ade at a 0 1tsofta 1• e s returns and not to exceed 15 feet intervals elsewhere. Through joints shall be made by hand sawing through entire curb section so that it will be clearly opened throughout while concrete is yet in plastic state. Cut shall be neatly dressed. No filler required. Remove any excess concrete and leave area adjacent to curbing in clean condition. End of Section 02525 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Section 02600 Page 1 GENERAL SCOPE A. Installation of water main, valves, fire hydrants, meters and service lines to the building locations by the water system Owner. B. General Reauirements: The contractor shall coordinate with the City of Tukwila to assure that the water system in place is accepted prior to base surfacing and paving. C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Tukwila to assure that the water system and sanitary sewer system are in proper relationship to meet the required Health Department codes for separation. D. The City of Tukwila shall be notified five (5) working days prior to their need to start work and shall require forty (40) working days to complete the entire installation. The water system Owner is: The City of Tukwila Department of Public Works Tukwila, WA 98188 End of Section 02600 1 WATER SYSTEMS SECTION 02665 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Work includes indicated water lines and appurtenances. PRODUCTS Materials: Domestic and fire water pipe shall be PVC or ductile iron pipe. Irrigation water pipe shall be PVC pipe. All materials to meet City of Tukwila requirements and specifications. A. PVC pipe shall be class 200, SDR 21, and in accordance with ASTM D2241. Fittings shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer for use with the pipe. B. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI Specification A21.51 (1965) and /or AWWA C151 -65 and shall be Thickness 51, Class 2. The pipe shall be furnished with either mechanical joints or rubber gasketed push -on type joints. The pipe shall be coated as specified in ANSI A21.51 and shall be furnished with cement mortar lining per ANSI A21.4. C. Fittings for all pipe shall be cast iron pipe fittings furnished with either mechanical joints or rubber gasketed push -on type joints. Cast iron fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.10 for short body, thickness and strength and shall be furnished with cement mortar lining. Gaskets for push -on type and mechanical joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11. D. Valves for water mains shall be Cast Iron Gate Valves conforming to AWWA Specification C500 -61, Class 150 or Cast Iron Butterfly Valves conforming to AWWA Specification C504- 70, Class 150. Valves shall be furnished with standard 2 inch operating nut. E. Valve Boxes shall be two -piece cast iron extension type. Valve box lids shall have the word "WATER" cast in the upper surface. F. Fire Hydrants Assemblies shall include, 5" minimum valve opening AWWA C- 502 -54 hydrant, 6" ductile iron Class 52 pipe, 6" Gate Valve, shackle rods, concrete blocking, 1/2 cubic yard of pea gravel, and cast iron valve box. All materials and work shall be in accordance with the American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Specification Section 77, and Standard Plan #64 except that the auxiliary 6 inch gate valve shall be flanged onto the cast iron main tee, and the fire hydrant shall have a 6 inch mechanical joint and the rod connection to the valve and tee. The 4 inch steamer port and the 2 -1/2 inch hoseports shall have a thread and pitch WATER SYSTEMS SECTION 02665 Page 2 C. Concrete Blocking. Horizontal and vertical concrete blocking shall be placed at all fittings as shown on the drawings or where directed by the Architect. The poured -in -place concrete shall have a minimum bearing against solid undisturbed earth at the sides and bottom of the trench and shall be shaped so as not to obstruct access to the joints and bolts of the pipe or fittings. TESTING A. Field Tests. All pipe and appurtenances shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test after they are laid. All piping shall be tested hydrostatically at 200 psi test pressure. B. Test pressure shall be maintained until the Architect has determined that the selection of pipe, valves and fittings are water tight. If there are no visible leaks and the test pressure is maintained without pumping for fifteen (15) minutes and the pressure drop is less than fifteen (15) pounds the main will be accepted as a water tight installation. C. Defectiy'e materials or workmanship discovered as a result of hydrostatic field test shall be replaced by the contractor at his expense and the test shall be rerun at the contractor's expense until a satisfactory test is obtained. DISINFECTION A. General: Before being placed in service all new water mains shall be chlorinated so that a chlorine residual of not less than 10 ppin remains in the water after standing 24 hours in the pipe. The initial chlorine content of the water shall be not less than fifty (50) parts per million. B. Flushing: Following chlorination all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the newly laid pipe. After flushing it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take samples and to obtain a satisfactory bacteriological report on the new water mains. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK A. Backfilling and compaction of trench per Section 02222 or City of Tukwila Standards, which ever is more strict. B. Finish cover at public roadway to be coordinated and approved by City of Tukwila Public Works Department. Work to be equal, or better, than existing street improvements. C. Coordinate disruption of traffic on existing roadway with City of Tukwila traffic Department. End of Section 02665 FOUNDATION DRAINS SECTION 02711 Page 1 GENERAL A. Foundation Drainage System: A complete system which drains by gravity, connects to, and drains into storm sewer system, unless otherwise indicated. PRODUCTS A. Drain lines shall conform to one of the following: ASTM -C211 Specification for Standard Strength Perforated Clay Pipe ASTM -C444 Specification for Standard Strength Perforated Concrete Pipe AASHO -M189 Standard for Perforated Reinforced Cement Pipe and Couplings ASTM -F405 Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Tubing and Fittings AASHTO -M252 Specification for Polyethylene Corrugated Drainage Tubing B. Provide pipe or tile having a 4 inch minimum inside diameter, unless otherwise indicated. Provide fittings of corresponding weight and quality. Use 1/8 bends for change in direction; use Y- fittings at intersection. C. Provide filter material of well graded clean crushed rock, crushed gravel or gravel having maximum particle size of 1 -1/2 inch, and having no particles small enough to pass No. 4 sieve unless otherwise indicated. Provide minimum thickness of filter material around exterior of drain lines as follows: Under, 6 inch; at sides, 8 inch; above, 12 inch. D. Fabric.: Provide woven glass reinforced fabric 36 inch wide weighing not less than 2 oz. per sq. yd., complying with ASTM D1668 and Fed. Spec. HH -C -4666. EXECUTION Lay drain lines firmly bedded in filter material to true grades and alignment, with bells facing upgrade, and with continuous fall in direction of flow. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down and with closed joints, except make joints of perforated cement- asbestos pipe with sleeve -type FOUNDATION DRAINS SECTION 02711 Page 2 .. ., a .. .1.. 'tr'1... •r couplings. Provide sleeve -type couplings suitable for holding pipe firmly in alignment without use of sealing compounds or gaskets. Test drain lines with water to assure free flow before covering. Remove obstructions and re -test until satisfactory. After testing, fill trench with filter material to a height of 12 inches above top of tile or pipe. Compact filter material with two passes of hand - operated plate -type vibratory compactor. Overlay filter material with one layer of fabric. Backfill to grade. No roof drains or other drains will be allowed to connect to foundation drains. End of Section 02711 Y i it STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02720 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Work includes indicated sewers, together with catch basin, drainage structures, storm retention and oil separation devices, and other incidentals. SUBMITTALS The contractor shall submit fabrication drawings to the Architect for approval showing the regulator, oil separator metal work, and all other miscellaneous details for Type II Catch Basins. LOCATION OF SEWER A. The location of the sewer shall be staked in the field by the contractor. The contractor shall verify the depth of the existing sewer prior to construction. The actual location of the sewer may be shifted in the field at the request of the contractor and approval of the Architect if required. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Storm sewer pipe shall be concrete, corrugated aluminum, galvanized corrugated steel, PVC, or ductile iron. A. Concrete Sewer Pipe. ASTM C -14, Class 2 with flexible gasketed joints. B. PVC Pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured from Type 1, Grade 1, Polyvinylchloride in accordance with ASTM D3034. Pipe shall have a minimum standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 35. Fittings shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer for use with the pipe. C. Ductile Iron Pipe. Pipe shall conform to ANSI A -21.51 and shall be cement lined, push on joint. The thickness class shall be Class 50. D. Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Pipe. Pipe shall conform to AASHTO Designation M -196, M -197, M -211, and M -219 and shall be 16 gauge. E. Galvani ed Corrugated Steel Pipe. Pipe shall conform to AASHTO Designation M -36 or M -167, and shall be 16 gauge with asphalt treatment. Precast Concrete Catch Basj s Type I and II. Precast concrete catch basin components shall conform to ASTM C478. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi. C.B. Type II standard F. STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02720 Page 2 precast sections shall consist of circular sections in standard nominal inside diameter of 48 inches with 24 inch opening on top. Heights shall be multiples of 12 inches at the option of the manufacturer. Reinforcement for standard sections shall be as designed by the manufacturer. Catch basins Type I shall consist of precast rectangular bases and sections 2' -10" x 2' -6" wide. G. Mortar for joints shall be one part Portland Cement to not less than one part nor more than two parts plaster sand, mixed with least amount of clean water necessary to provide a workable mortar. H. Manhole steps shall be aluminum steps or galvanized deformed steel bar steps. 1. Aluminum steps shall be forged at 6005 -T5 alloy having a minimum tensile strength of 38,000 psi. The cross section shall be not less than 3/4" wide by 7/8" deep with two non -skid grooves not to exceed 1/8" deep and 1/8" wide. 2. Galvanized deformed steel bar steps shall be 1" diameter deformed bar conforming to ASTM A615, intermediate or standard grade, hot bent and galvanized after bending. I. Concrete Brick shall conform to the specifications for Concrete Building Brick ASTM C55 Grade A. J. Cast iron frames and covers for catch basins shall be in accordance with American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Specifications 64 -2.0 standards. Casting shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A30 with a minimum tensile strength of 18,000 psi. K. Jointing Method for sewer pipe materials shall be as follows: 1. Concrete Pipe: Rubber gaskets shall meet the physical requirements of ASTM C443, plus such other specifications as may be claimed for the particular brand of gasket furnished. 2. PVC Pi g: The pipe and fittings shall meet the Uni Bell Standard UNI- B -2 -72 with ASTM D -1869 rubber gaskets. 3. Ductile Iron Pipe: Rubber gaskets shall conform to requirements of ASTM Designation D1869, rubber rings for asbestos cement pipe. L. Galvanized metal pipe and fittings for the regulator /oil separator structure shall conform to AASHO Designation M -36 or M -167 and shall be galvanized with asphalt treatment Type I. STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS PIPE INSTALLATION SECTION 02720 Page 3 A. La in of •i•e shall be accom•lished to lile and grade in the trench after it has been dewatered and the bedding has been prepared in accordance with Section 02222. Mud, silt, gravel and other foreign material shall be kept out of the pipe and off the joint surfaces. All pipe laid shall be retained in position by mechanical means or otherwise as approved by the Architect so as to maintain alignment and joint closure until sufficient backfill has been completed to adequately hold the pipe in place. B. Line and Grade. All pipe shall be laid to conform to the prescribed line and grade shown on the plans within the limits that follow. Variance from established line and grade shall not be greater than one thirty - second (1/32) of an inch per inch of pipe diameter and not to exceed one -half (1/2) inch, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. CATCH BASINS A. Catch basins ma be constructed of •recast units, concrete masonry units, or cast -in -place concrete. Joints shall be made with mortar, mastic or flexible gaskets. B. Catch basin fra es for cover shall be set in •lace with grout and brick to bring the cover to grade. End of Section 02720 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02730 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION C. Work includes indicated sewers, together with manholes, cleanout structures and other incidentals. SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports. PRODUCTS A. Concrete sewer pipe. ASTM C -14, Class 2 with flexible gasketed joints. S. PVC Pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured from Type 1, Grade 1, Polyvinylchloride in accordance with ASTM D1784. Pipe shall have a minimum standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 35. Fittings shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer for use with the pipe. C. Precast Concrete Manhole. Precast concrete manhole components shall conform to ASTM C478. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi Standard precast sections shall consist of circular sections in standard nominal inside diameter of 48 inches with 24 inch opening on top. Heights shall be multiples of 12 inches at the option of the manufacturer. Reinforcement for standard sections shall be as designed by the manufacturer. D. Manhole Covers. Cast iron frames and covers shall conform to Federal Specification QQ- I -652C. Minimum tensile strength 18,000 psi. Covers shall have the word "SEWER" in 2 inch raised letters. E. Cleanout Covers. Federal specification QQ -I -652C similar to manhole covers. F. Manhole Steps. Gray cast iron minimum tensile strength 30,000 psi. G. Sewer Brick. ASTM C -32, Grade MS or ASTM C -62, Grade SW with saturation coefficient not greater than 0.8. H. Jointing Method for pipe material shall be as follows: 1. Concrete pipe. Rubber gaskets shall meet the physical requirements for ASTM C443, plus such other specifications SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02730 Page 2 as may be claimed for the particular brand of gasket furnished. 2. PVC pipe. The pipe and fittings shall meet the Uni Bell Standard UNI- B -2 -72 with ASTM D -1869 Rubber Gaskets. EXECUTION PIPE INSTALLATION A. Layina of pipe shall be accomplished to line and grade in the trench after it has been dewatered and the bedding has been prepared in accordance with Section 02222. Mud, silt, gravel and other foreign material shall be kept out of the pipe and off the jointing surfaces. All pipe laid shall be retained in position by mechanical means or otherwise as approved by the Architect so as to maintain alignment and joint closure until sufficient backfill has been completed to adequately hold the pipe in place. B. Line and rc� ade. All pipe shall be laid to conform to the prescribed line and grade shown on the plans, within the limits that follow. Variance form established line and grade shall not be greater than one thirty- second (1/32) of an inch per one inch of pipe diameter and not to exceed one -half (1/2) inch, provided that such variance does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. MANHOLES A. Manholes shall be constructed from precast manhole sections. Joints shall be made with mortar, mastic or flexible gaskets. Mortar for joints or channeling bottom manhole shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand with enough water added to make proper consistency. Manholes shall be water tight. B. Manhole covers shall be set in place with grout and sewer brick to bring the cover to grade. CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be constructed as detailed on the plans. Tamp backfill around and above pipe in layers not exceeding 6 inches depth so that no settlement occurs after the cleanout is constructed. ti SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02730 Page 3 A. Air pressure test. Pipelines shall be tested with low pressure air by either the constant pressure method or the pressure drop method. The test equipment to be used with either method of air testing shall be furnished by the contractor and shall be inspected and approved by the Architect prior to use. The Architect may at any time require a calibration test of gauges or other instrumentation that is incorporated in the test equipment. Constant pressure shall be 3 psi and pressure drop shall be less than 1 psi in 15 minutes. End of Section 02730 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 1 GENERAL A. Provide a fully automatic, bidder - designed irrigation system as specified herein. This system to be designed and in- stalled by a qualified and licensed Contractor. B. System Coverage: The system is to provide full coverage in all requested planting areas. It is anticipated that the Contractor will exercise professional judgement in location, height and slope of sprinkler heads to assure full coverage. Locate heads to avoid spraying the building and excessively washing walks, drives and other hard surfaced areas. C. The pressure of the existing water system in the immediate vicinity is approximately 155 psi according to Bob Anderson of Robert I. Anderson & Associates, phone (206) 631 -6045, as of 12- 20 -93. The Contractor shall verify this information prior to design. D. As -Built drawings: The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all pipe and equipment placement and shall record any variations from the original design. Upon completion of the irrigation system and prior to release of the final payment, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a neat and legible "As- Built" drawing of the completed system. Any pipe not installed exactly in accordance with the original plans shall be dimensioned to a permanent structure suffi- cient for location after burial. All quick coupling valves, valve boxes, backflow assemblies, drains, pressure reducing valves, wires, etc., shall be shown on the "As- Built" with at least two dimensions to permanent structures. E. System Protection: As part of the warranty under this con- tract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the deactivat- ing and draining of the system prior to the onset of the freezing season and for reactivating the system at the onset of the Spring season; each activity must be accomplished once during the one year warranty period. In the event that the system is completed in a season when the system will not be in use, the Contractor shall winterize the system upon com- pletion of the testing and shall reactivate the system the following Spring. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the winterizing phase, submit a letter to the Owner (with a copy to the Landscape Architect) certifying that the system was winterized and drained and indicate the date such action was accomplished. The Contractor will be liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply. DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 2 F. System Familiarization: Upon completion of the system the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the necessary keys and /or tools to operate /drain /activate the system and shall spend sufficient time with the Owner to insure that the system operation /maintenance /winterization can continue on after the departure of the Contractor. The contractor will be liable for any damages or losses resulting form failure to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. G. Warranty: The system shall be warranted for all labor and material for a period of one year form the date of final acceptance of the system by the Owner. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall check, clean and adjust the sprinkler heads and otherwise insure adequate operation of the system and in any event, no less than two separate occa- sions during the warranty period. H. Code Compliance: All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with all applicable plumbing, health and electri- cal codes. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with the NEC as modified by the State of Washington Electrical Code. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any and all necessary permits to accomplish the work herein described and shall include the costs thereof in the price bid for the completed landscape irrigation system. I. Plans: The Contractor shall submit three (3) sets of Irriga- tion Plans to the Landscape Architect for approval prior to start of construction. The Contractor shall submit three sets (3) of "catalog cuts" of all materials proposed to be used on this project prior to purchase of those materials. Approval of plans and materials by the Landscape Architect shall in no way relieve the Contractor from full responsibil- ity for providing full irrigation coverage in all planting areas as contracted. 1. The Contractor shall design the irrigation system so that the lawn areas and the scrub /ground cover areas are sprinklered by separate control valves. J. Special Note: There is an existing irrigation system on the property now. This system shall be cut and capped as appro- priate. All piping, valves, valve boxes, etc. shall be salvaged and turn over to the Owner. MATERIALS A. Galvanized Pipe: All galvanized pipe shall be Schedule 40, domestic manufacture, and shall conform to ASTM Designation A 120 -65 or equal. Fittings shall be malleable galvanized. DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 3 B. Plastic Pipe: All the plastic pipe shall be PVC 1120., Class 160 for all lateral piping (downstream for valves) and Class 200 between valves and backflow preventer (main line). All pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, class of pipe, NSF seal and date and shift of manufacturing run. Pipe shall bear no evidence of interior or exterior extrusion marks. Pipe walls shall be uniform, smooth and glossy. Pipe may be pre - belled or with individual solvent -weld couplings. Pipe shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS -77 (or more current designation). Fittings shall be Schedule 40 weight (fullsize). Fittings, cement and thinner shall be of the brand(s) recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe. Plas- tic pipe shall be Simpson Red - Diamond or equal. C. Sprinkler Heads: The sprinkler heads shall be brass and /or plastic, sized to provide full coverage. D. Automatic Valves: valves shall be brass or plastic, Weathermatic 8024B or Weathermatic 11024 or approved equal. Valves shall be 24 volt, normally closed with a flow adjust- ment /shut -off handle. E. Valve Boxes: The valve boxes shall be Carson "Jumbo" irri- gation valve box, green plastic, model #1320 -13B with bolt down capability, or equal. Cover is to be marked "Irrigation Valve ". F. Stop & Waste: The stop and waste valve shall be Mueller H- 10284 or equal. Contractor to provide operating key and install 1 cu. ft. gravel sump with poly sheet cover over gravel at each stop and waste valve. G. Automatic Controller: The automatic controller shall be Weathermatic RM type or equal. Cover shall be lockable. Controller to have 110 volt service and 24 volt output. Sized to project, with 14 day programmability and option of any 30 minute start of a 24 hour day. Controller shall be U.L. approved and marked accordingly. Time spread /station to be 0 -60 minutes. H. Wire: All wire from controller to valves shall be #14 UF direct burial (UL approved) red, or black for hot side, white for common, solid copper. Auxiliary wire, where specified shall be any third color. UF and UL designations shall be clearly marked on the insulation jacket of all wires. Quick Coupling Valve: The QCV for air blowout of the system shall be Toro 476 -04 or equal. Provide 1 -1/2" MPT key to fit. I. J. Valve cap: The valve cap shall be Weathermatic 906L or equal, locking with key. DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 4 K. Backflow Preventer: The backflow preventer devise shall be as permitted by local code. Double check assembly shall be used if possible. Include gate valve on each end of backflow prevention unit for ease of removal during maintenance. L. Pressure Reducing Valve; Refer to Civil Engineering plans and specifications. INSTALLATION A. Trenching and backfilling; Pipe shall be installed with a minimum of 16" soil cover in the shrub and ground cover areas and 12' soil cover in the lawn areas. Ditches shall be free from rocks, debris and sharp objects. Backfilling shall be accomplished in a manner to insure no future settlement of the ditch and in no case less than 90% density at optimum moisture content. Backfilling around sprinkler heads shall be thorough and especially attentive to the restriction of movement of heads to external force. Contractor to be re- sponsible for repairing all trench settlement during the warranty period of this contract. 1. If existing soil is very rocky at all, backfill shall be accomplished with a minimum of 2" builder's sand on all sides of piping. B. Shrub Heads: All shrub heads shall be set 1" above finish grade. Heads shall be set a minimum of 4" from any walk, drive or path. All shrub heads shall be Rainbird 12" high pops or equal. C. Lawn heads: All lawn heads shall be set flush with the finish grade. All lawn heads shall be Rainbird 4" High -Pops or equal. D. Automatic Valves; All automatic valves shall be installed in Carson 1320 -13B boxes with lid marked "Valve" or equal. Provide galvanized or PVC nipple (min. 4" long) and galva- nized union on the inlet side. Adjust flow with stem of valve to balance system. Valve boxes shall be mounted flush with the finish surface unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Install immediately adjacent to walks or curbs and always in shrub beds where possible. DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 5 E. Pipe: PVC pipe ends shall be cut at 90 degree to the pipe length and cleaned of all cutting burrs with approved reaming tool prior to cementing. Pipe ends shall be wiped clean with a rag lightly wetted with PVC cement thinner. Cement shall be applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and heavier coat on the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn to seat the cement. Excess cement shall be wiped from the outside of the pipe. Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications. No backfilling will be permitted other than at the center of the pipe lengths until testing is completed. Lay mainline pipe with the manufactur- er's designations toward the top of the trench. F. Backflow Prevention Unit: Verify location with the Owner and the City of Burlington. Install back flow prevention unit(s) in accordance with code. Include galvanized gate valves on both inlet and outlet sides. Double checks to be installed in Carson 1320 -13B plastic boxes or equal. Provide minimum of 6" of 3/4" washed gravel at bottom of box. Quick coupling valve(s) shall be installed in conjunction with this (these) unit(s). G. Pressure Reducing Valve: Install in Carson 1320 -13B plastic box or equal, with unmarked lid if required for this proj- ect. H. Electrical Wires: Electrical wire shall be buried at suffi- cient depth to meet local code and in no case less than the bottom side of the parallel pipe. Spare wire, where speci- fied, shall be common to all valves in the system and shall be looped at each valve as wire passes. Loop -knot end of spare wire at valves where wire dead ends. Sleeve under all pavement. Tape wire to mainline pipe at 10' intervals; tape bundles at 10' 0.C. Tag spare wire for easy identification at inspection time. 1 Main Line Pipe: Install main line pipe with a minimum of 16" soil cover. J. Valve Sleeves: Valve sleeves shall be 2" PVC pipe with a Weathermatic 906L locking cap connected thereto or equal. Use for all shut -off valves, stop and waste valves and any special drain valves not otherwise in multi -use boxes. K. Automatic Controller: Automatic controller shall be mounted inside the building in a location as approved by the Archi- tect and the Owner. Connect to 120 volt source in the build- ing as directed by the owner. Contractor shall provide a reduced scale plan of irrigation system, plastic encased and attached to the inside of the controller door. DIVISION 2 SITEWORK IRRIGATION SECTION 02810 Page 6 L. Pipe Sleeves: Contractor shall submit irrigation plan show- ing sleeves under all walks, drives and paving, where pipe or wire are to be installed under same. Sleeves shall be of sufficient diameter to permit easy insertion or withdrawal of installed pipe and /or wire. Install pipe sleeves with a minimum of 18" soil cover. M. Riser Painting: Any place on the project where galvanized piping is exposed, paint with one coat of "Carbon Elastic" paint or equal, black in color. N. System Flushing: Tne entire system shall be flushed prior to the installation of sprinkler nozzles. After capping all risers, Contractor shall remove the cap nearest the valve, flush and re -cap. Repeat this process until the last head in the zone is flushed. If a pressure reducing valve is in- cluded in the system, open wide for maximum flushing pressure during the flushing operation. 0. Pressure Test: All system joints, connections, etc., shall be left exposed until after completion and acceptance of the pressure test. Entire system shall be capped and opened to full main static pressure (pressure reducing valve wide open, if there is one) and shall remain so for a period of 2 hours. If static pressure exceeds 100 psi, set PRV at 100 psi. Joints and connections shall be checked visually for leaks. All leaks, no matter how minor, shall be corrected. Contrac- tor may have the option of using the AWWA pressure test (test with approved pressure pump at 100 psi with no more than 5 psi loss in fifteen minutes). Either the Landscape Architect or an Owner's representative shall be present during the pressure test. Contractor to give forty eight (48) hour notice before performing pressure test. P. Performance Test: Upon completion of the system installation and after the flushing and pressure test are completed, the Contractor shall operate the system in the presence of the Landscape Architect or an Owner's representative. The auto- matic system shall be run through its entire cycle (all zones) to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect or the Owner's representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for full and complete coverage of the irrigated areas. Contractor to give forty eight (48) hours notice before performing the performance test. Final Approval: Upon completion of all the tests, final approval of the system will be contingent upon the Contractor providing the Owner signed and approved sprin- kler /plumbing /health /electrical permits as may be applicable in the area. Q. End of Section 02810. 1 4 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS ACI CRSI NSGA PCI End of Section 03000 SECTION 03000 Page 1 American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle St. Chicago, I11 60601 Dept. Ar National Sand and Gravel Association 900 Spring Street Silver spring, MD 20910 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 N. Welts St., #1410 Chicago, Ill 60606 CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Use forms, wherever necessary, to confine concrete and shape it to required dimensions. Use forms of sufficient strength to withstand pressure resulting from placement and vibration of concrete, with sufficient rigidity to maintain specified tolerances. B. Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces unless required or permitted. C. Conform with requirements of the following codes, standards, and specifications as the Architect judges them applicable and as supplemented herein. 1. Uniform Building Code, Latest Edition. 2. Building code requirements for Reinforced Concrete, ACI- 318. 3. Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, ACI - 301. 4. Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork, ACI -347. COORDINATION Schedule and coordinate with Work of other trades and as required to meet approved Progress Schedule; allow time for the delivery and placement of items to be embedded in concrete specified elsewhere and for all required anchors and fasteners necessary for the application of finish materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design of Formwork: 1. Design, engineering, and construction of formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Design formwork for loads, lateral pressure, and allowable stresses outlined in ACI -347 and for wind loads, design considerations, allowable stresses, and other applicable requirements of controlling local building codes. B. Special Inspection: As described in Section 01420, notify Inspector at least 24 hours before inspection of forms will be required. Obtain placement approval for all imbedded items prior to placing concrete. CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 Page 2 PRODUCTS FORMS A. Board Forms: "Standard" grade Douglas Fir, or equal, T & G or Shiplap, S152E, not wider than 8 inches. Use only for concealed work. B. Plywood Forms: 1. Use in lieu of board forms for all concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. PS -1 -74, B -B Plyform, Class I or Class II, minimum 3/4- inch thickness. Use for exposed concrete surfaces scheduled for painting. 3. HDO Plyform, Class I and Class II, Burke Neotex Form Panel; Simpson Form Guard, Class I, High Density Plyform; minimum 3/4 -inch thickness. Use for unpainted architectural exposed concrete. 4. Omit mill oiling. FORM TIES AND ACCESSORIES A. Ties: ACI -301, Section 402 (g): Snap Ties of Burke Concrete Accessories, Superior Concrete Accessories, Richmond Screw Anchor Co., or approved. Break -backs and lengths as approved for the condition of the installation. Non - corrosive and non- staining finish. Plastic cones tapered from 1 in. to 3/8 in. diameter. Heat treated pressed steel wedges, types designed for use with snap ties proposed, minimum take up of 5/8 in. B. Chamfer Strips: Burke PVC corner formers and chamfer strips, CSF type, 3/4 in. size, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. EXECUTION FORM WORKMANSHIP A. General: 1. Conform to shapes, lines and dimensions shown on drawings, and tolerances specified herein. 2. Construct accurately, brace to be unyielding to ensure that flatness, position, and shape are maintained at all times. 3. Make tight to prevent leakage. Seal panel joints with pressure sensitive vinyl foam tapes. CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 Page 3 4. Arrangement of joints and tie locations and spacing for all forms is subject to Architect's approval. Form ties for exposed concrete shall be accurately and evenly spaced and aligned vertically and horizontally, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 5. Use full -size plywood sheets insofar as possible for exposed work, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 6. Provide openings required for other trades, including Mechanical and Electrical. 7. Provide access openings as required for cleaning and inspection of forms and embedded items prior to placing concrete. 8. Form for weakened plane joints and other surface indentations, as indicated. 9. Remove all debris and clean out all forms'•prior to placing concrete. 10. Make all joints flush and as inconspicuous as possible. 11. Keep forms moist prior to pouring to prevent shrinkage and warping. 12. Retighten and align forms just prior to pouring to ensure flush, tight joints, and true alignment. 13. Inspect all forms to ensure smooth, clean surfaces, especially wherever concrete surfaces are to be left exposed. 14. When specified, set chamfer strips securely and accurately. 15. When indicated, special form liners shall be placed accurately and anchored securely to forms. B. Treatment: 1. In accordance with ACI -301, Section 404. 2. Board Forms: Shiplap or T & G forms shall be kept wet prior to placing concrete. 3. Plywood Forms: Coat with Nox -Crete Form Coating, or approved. No oil shall be used on surface to be painted, sacked, or plastered. CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 Page 4 4. Reuse of Wood Forms: Recoat forms as required, generally not less than each third use, or every use on architectural exposed concrete surfaces. C. Tolerances: 1. Unless otherwise indicated by the Architect, construct formwork so that concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed: a. Variation from plumb: (1) In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, and walls, and in arises; in any 10 ft. of length 1/4 ". Maximum for entire length 1 in. (2) For exposed corner columns, control -joint grooves, and other conspicuous lines; in any 20 ft. of length 1/4 ". Maximum for entire lengthl /2 in. b. Variation from level or from grades specified: (1) In slab soffits, ceilings, beam sciffits, and in arises, measured before removal of supporting shores; in any 10 ft. of length 1/4 ", in any bay or in any 20 ft. length 3/8 ". Maximum for entire length 3/4 ". (2) In exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines; in any bay or in any 20 ft. length 1/4 ". Maximum for entire length 1/2 ". c. Variation of linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls, and partitions: (1) In any bay 1 /2 "; (2) In any 20 ft. of length 1/2 "; (3)Maximum for entire length 1 ". d. Variation in sizes and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings; plus or minus 1/4 ". e. Variation in cross - sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls; minus 1/4 "; plus 1/2". f. Footings *: (1) Variations in dimensions in plan minus 1/2 "; plus 2". (2) Misplacement or eccentricity: 2% of footings width in direction of misplacement but not more than 2 ". (3) Thickness: Decrease in specified thickness 5 %; increase in specified thickness; No limit ** Variation in steps: (1) In a flight of stairs: Rise, plus or minus 1/8 "; tread, plus or minus 1/4 ". (2) In consecutive steps: Rise, plus or minusl /16 in. Tread, plus or minus 1/8 ". g. CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 Page 5 * Tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items. ** No limit, except that which may interfere with other construction. 2. Establish and maintain in an undisturbed condition and until final completion and acceptance of project, sufficient control points and bench marks to be used for reference purposes to check tolerances. D. Removal of Forms: 1. In accordance with ACI -301, Section 405. 2. Do not remove forms until concrete has thoroughly hardened and is capable of supporting loads imposed on it and to insure no damage to concrete surfaces. 3. Remove subgrade forms before backfilling. 4. Reshoring and reshoring removal per ACI -301, Sections 406 and 407. E. Re -use of Forms: Withdraw projecting nails; clean concrete and other foreign material from surfaces; repair contact surfaces as necessary to achieve finish on concrete equal to that obtained using new forms. End of Section 03100 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SECTION 03200 Page 1 GENERAL CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS A. Conform with requirements of the following codes, standards, and specifications as the Architect judges them applicable and as supplemented herein: 1. Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition. 2. Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete Structures, ACI -89, for reinforcing steel. 3. Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures, ACI -315, for placement of reinforcing steel. COORDINATION Schedule and coordinate all Work with Work of other trades and required to meet approved Progress Schedule; allow time and facility for placement of other embedded items. QUALITY ASSURANCES A. Tolerances: 1. Fabrication: Sheared length, of truss bar, plus 0 or minus plus or minus 1 in. 2. Placement: Clear distance to formed surfaces, plus or minus 1/4 in.; minimum spacing between bars, minus 1/4 in.; top bars in slabs and beams, members 8 in. deep or less, plus or minus 1/4 in.; top bars in slabs and beams, members between slabs and beams, members more than 2 ft. deep, plus or minus 1 in.; crosswire of members, spaced evenly within 2 in.; lengthwise of members, plus or minus 2 in. 3. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed above tolerances, resulting arrangement of bars shall be subject to approval. as plus or minus 1 in.; depth 1/2 in.; all other bends, B. Special Inspection: As described in Section 01420, Inspector at least 24 hrs. before placing any concrete. SUBMITTALS: Per Section 01340 A. Prepare bending and placing Shop Drawings in accordance with ACT -315. Details to be prepared by Engineer approved by the Architect. Engineer may be an experienced professional detailer who has demonstrated by past work a knowledge of engineering design adequate to properly CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03200 Page 2 translate design information into reinforcing steel details, subject to the Architect's approval. C. Show all fabrication dimensions and locations for placing of reinforcing steel and accessories. Shop Drawings shall be in sufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without reference to the Contract Drawings. Obtain approval before fabrication. PRODUCTS REINFORCING STEEL A. Provide grades of reinforcement required by contract documents, conforming to appropriate Specifications listed below, except as follows: 1. Determine yield strength by testing of full size bars. 2. For bars, wire, or wire fabric with a specified yield strength (fy) exceeding 60,000 psi, (fy) shall be stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 %. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615. Base bend test requirement for all bars sized 3 through 11 on 180° bends of full -size bars around pins with diameters specified below. If 14 or 18 bars meeting these specifications are to be bent, temperature of 60° F. around a nine -bar diameter pin without cracking of bar. However, if 14 or 18 bars as used in test structure are required to have bends exceeding 90 °, bend test to 180° with other criteria same as for 900. END TEST REQUIREMENTS Bar Designation #3, # 4, and # 5 (all grades) #6, # 7, and # 8 (all grades) #9, #10, and #11 (Grade 60) #9, #10, and #11 (Grade 40) Pin Diameter for a Bend Test 3 -1/2 bar diameters 5 bar diameters 7 bar diameters 5 bar diameters C. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to gauge and mesh size of plain deformed wire indicated, and ASTM A185, except that welded intersections shall be spaced not farther apart than 12 inches in direction of principal reinforcement. D. Smooth Dowel Bars for Construction Joints: Conform to ASTM A306, Grade 60. Where indicated, provide a metal dowel cap at one end of dowel to permit longitudinal movement of dowel within concrete section. Provide for movement which equals joint width plus 1/2 in. Unless otherwise indicated, use 5/8 in. diameter dowels spaced 18 in. o.c. DIVISION 3 CONCRETE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Section 03200 Page 3 E. Marking: Bars shall be identified per 1991 U.B.C. EXECUTION WELDING Perform all welding of reinforcing steel in conformance with AWS 12.1 -75. Unless Thermit welding is used, carbon equivalent (C.E.) of reinforcing steel provided for welding shall not exceed 0.60. Provide Certified Mill Test Reports for all reinforcing to be welded. Make all splices direct butt splices, unless otherwise indicated. PLACING A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement as follows: 1. Concrete deposited against earth: 3 in. 2. Formed surfaces exposed to weather or in contact with earth: 2 in. for reinforcing bars No. 6, or larger. 1- 1/2 in. for reinforcing bars less than No. 6. 3. Interior surfaces: 1 -1/2 in. for beams, girders, and columns; 1 in. for slabs, walls and joists with No. 11 bars or smaller; and 1 -1/2 inches with No. 14 and No. 18 bars. B. Assure that all reinforcement, at time concrete is placed, is free of mud, oil, or other materials that may adversely affect or reduce bond. C. Support all reinforcement and fasten together to prevent displacement, by construction loads or placing of concrete, tolerances of "Tolerances" and section "A" above. On the ground, provide supporting concrete blocks or other approved method. Over formwork, use concrete, metal, plastic, or other approved bar chairs and spacers. Where concrete surface will be exposed to weather in finished structure, furnish all accessories within 1/2 in. of the concrete surface of non- corrosive material or protect against corrosion. D. Overlap welded wire fabric designated as load- carrying reinforcement wherever successive mats or rolls are continuous, in such a way that overlap measured between outermost cross wire plus 2 in. Support as required for reinforcing bars. E. Overlap welded wire fabric, not specifically designated as load- carrying reinforcement, wherever successive mats or rolls are continuous, in such a way that overlap measured between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet is not less than 2 ". Extend fabric across supporting beams and walls and to within 4" of concrete edges. It may extend through contraction joints. Adequately support during placing of DIVISION 3 CONCRETE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Section 03200 Page 4 concrete to insure its proper position in slab either by methods of Paragraph "C" above, or by laying fabric on a layer of fresh concrete of correct depth before placing upper layer of slab. F. Offset vertical bars in columns at least one bar diameter at lapped splices. To insure proper placement, furnish templates of all column vertical bars and dowels. G. All splices not specifically indicated shall be subject to approval. Mechanical connectors for reinforcing bars may be used, subject to approval. H. Unless permitted by the Architect, do not bend reinforcement after embedding in hardened concrete. End of Section 03200. �z^ CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 CONCRETE, PLAIN AND REINFORCED A. Materials: 1. Portland Cement: Conform to U.B.C. Standard 26 -1, 26 -2 and 26 -3. Type I or Type III for Portland Cement. One approved standard brand. 2. Agareaate : a. General: All aggregate from one source only, uniform color. b. Fine and_Course: Conform to U.B.C. Standard 26 -2. 3. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substances harmful to concrete or steel. 4. Bondina Agent: "Daraweld" as manufactured by Dewey & Almy, or "Weld- Crete" by Larsen Products Corp. shall be used for obtaining bond between subsequent pours and between new and old concrete. 5. Admixture: a. General: Conform to U.B.C. Standard 26 -9. b. Densifier: When called for in structural notes on design drawings, "Plastiment" (Sika) or "Pozzolith 100R" (Master Builders) in proportions recommended by manufacturer. c. Densifier not required when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. d. Air Entraining Agent: Darex (Dewey & Almy), MBVR (Master Builders), or Sika -Air (Sika) in proportions as recommended by manufacturer for required percentage of air entrainment. Add to all architecturally exposed concrete walks and walls to produce 3% to 6% entrained air. e. Accelerators: Calcium chloride and other admixtures designed to lower the freezing point or accelerate set will not be permitted. f. Non- Shrink Admix: "Interplast -C" or "Embeco ", or approved. Use in mix in accordance with manufacturer's directions. CONCRETE MIXED A. General: Ready -mixed concrete per U.B.C. Standard 26 -13. Job mixed concrete per U.B.C. Section 2604. B. Proportioning and Mix: Ingredients shall be carefully proportioned by absolute volume in a plant approved by the local building department to furnish specification concrete without plant supervision by an Independent Laboratory Inspector. Mix proportions shall be designed and used in CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 2 accordance with notes on the structural drawings. Use approved agitator type trucks. All concrete shall be mixed and transported per U.B.C. Section 2605. Water cement ratio and cement content noted on structural drawings for various concrete strengths (f'c) based on standard 7 day or 28 day cylinder tests. C. Concrete Strength: Concrete provided shall have proportions, slump, and 28 day compressive strengths indicated in the structural notes on the drawings. EXECUTION PREPARATION, CONVEYING, AND PLACING CONCRETE A. General: 1. Conform to U.H.C., Section 2605 and Section 2606, for cleaning forms and equipment, removal of water from excavations, transporting concrete, placing, curing, depositing in cold weather, and bonding fresh and hardened concrete, and as further amplified hereinafter. 2. Pumping of concrete is subject to approval of the Architect. 3. Notify Special Inspector at least 24 hours in advance of any pour requiring inspection. 4. Adjust mix only on the approval of the Architect. 5. Do not place concrete until all reinforcement is properly placed, forms have been inspected and approved by the Architect, form bolts at construction joints have been retightened, all bucks, sleeves, hangers, pipes, conduits, bolts, wire, and any other fixtures required to be embedded therein, have been placed and anchored by various trades, forms and reinforcement have been cleaned and forms oiled, as specified under forms. 6. Special care must be exercised to prevent splashing forms or reinforcement with concrete, and any such splashes or accumulations of hardened, or partially hardened, concrete on forms or reinforcement above general level of concrete already in place must be removed before work proceeds. In case rate of placing is such as to allow these accumulations to harden the concrete shall be placed with elephant trunk attached to suitable hopper. Elephant trunk shall be moved about so as to maintain surface of concrete as nearly level as possible at all times. Concrete shall be placed in forms for all exterior walls and other places where concrete is to be exposed in such a way as to prevent any segregation. Every precaution shall be taken to completely fill forms. When forms are CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 3 removed, surfaces shall be even and dense, free from aggregate pockets or honeycomb. 7. Compact concrete by mechanical vibration supplemented by hand spading in corners, and angles of forms, and along form surfaces to thoroughly embed all reinforcement and fixtures. 8. Vibrators shall be applied directly to concrete except that form vibrators shall be used where sections are too small for use of internal type. Intensity of vibration shall be sufficient to cause flow or settlement of concrete into place. Vibration shall be applied at point of deposit and in areas of freshly placed concrete. It shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures, but shall not be long enough to cause segregation of mix. 9. Provide sufficient number of vibrators to'vibrate entire volume of concrete being placed, with at least one extra vibrator available for emergency use. 10. Do not place concrete in layers over 18 inches deep. Each layer shall be vibrated into place. 11. Concrete pours shall be carried on continuously between construction joints. Deposit as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Vibrators shall not be used to cause concrete to flow in forms. Concrete shall not drop more than 6 ft. For greater heights, provide chutes, spouts, tremies, or other approved device. 12. Surface of concrete shall be level whenever run of concrete is stopped, except for exterior walls, which will slope slightly to exterior side of wall to provide drainage for saturation of walls. About 1 hr. after concrete is placed, remove leveling strip, level any irregularities in joint lines with wood float and remove all laitance. Whenever horizontal construction joints are made, ties or bolts shall be provided 3 inches to 6 inches below joint with which to tighten forms against hardened concrete. 13. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has hardened, forms shall be retightened; surface of hardened concrete roughened as required; thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter and laitance; and moistened with water. New concrete then placed shall contain an excess of mortar to insure bond. To insure sufficient mortar at juncture of hardened concrete and newly deposited concrete, cleaned and moistened surface of hardened concrete (including vertical and inclined surfaces) shall CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 4 first be slushed with coating of neat cement grout against which new concrete shall be placed before grout has attained its initial set. Concrete for first 6 inches of next layer shall consist of mix having one -half the amount of coarse aggregate in the regular mix. 14. All water and mud shall be removed from the footings before the concrete is poured. No concrete shall be placed on frozen ground, frosty surfaces, or in forms containing frost. JOINTS AND STOPPAGES A. General: 1. Conform to U.B.C. Section 2606(d), except as modified herein. 2. Pour monolithically insofar as practicable. Where not practicable, stop pours as follows: • a. In Exterior Earth Supported Slabs: Stop at expansion or construction joints only. b. In Other Slabs, Beams, and Girders: Stop in center of span, plane of stop at right angle to direction of span. c. In walls: Stop at construction joints only, unless otherwise directed by Architect. B. Construction Joints: 1. Approved by Architect. 2. Locate as Follows: a. In Walls Above Grade: Nominal 2 inch x 2 inch wood strips tacked to outside form to stop concrete. Set strips perfectly level. Place concrete to approximately 1/2 inch above lower edge of strip. b. In Walls Below Grade: Use dovetail joints only. c. Interior Slabs Supported on Earth:, Lay out in areas as directed not over 40 ft. in any dimensions and with maximum area of approximately 1,000 sq. ft. Construction joints in interior slabs shall be made under room partitions, where possible. C. Expansion Joints: 1. Material: Preformed non - extruding resilient material, ASTM D1751 -71, 1/2 inch thick, unless shown otherwise. Bituminous joint sealing compound; ASTM D1190 -64. Depth as required to bring top of preformed material to within 1/2 inch of top surface of slab. Fill remainder of joint with bituminous joint - sealing compound. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 5 2. Install Joints as Detailed, where Indicated, and as Follows: a. Where exterior slabs butt vertical surfaces. b. At intersections of new concrete pavement with old. c. Not more than 39 ft. apart in concrete walks, paved areas, and curbs. d. At walls, columns, and elsewhere, as indicated. D. Control Joints: Build into forms as detailed, and in locations indicated on Drawings. Where not explicitly detailed, cold joint locations are subject to Architect's approval. MISCELLANEOUS EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Anchor Bolts: Provide all indicated and necessary items. Set and insure correct location. B. Base Plates: Assist erector setting base plates, grout solidly and accurately. Unless otherwise indicated, use Portland cement grout containing Sika "Interplast C" or Master Builders "Embeco" per manufacturer's directions. C. I serts Sleeves Re lets Conduits Etc.: Allow all trades and contractors time and facilities to install. Conform to ACI Building Code and Uniform Building Code. General Contractor shall furnish and install all sleeves and frames for all openings shown on the drawings or required for equipment, except those sleeves specified under mechanical and electrical work. D. Other Anchor Slots: Approved type metal or PVC slot with wood or fiber inset; submit sample for Architect's approval. Set in true position; wire securely in place. Provide vertically and continuously for masonry abutting concrete, masonry veneer, and furring. One slot for each masonry abutment, not over 24 inches apart for veneer, and furring. Coordinate spacing. E. Miscellaneous Metal: Build in items specified under other Sections. Bolts for anchoring framing are specified under other Sections. F. Water Stops (where indicated, on drawings): 6 inch x 3/16 inch polyvinyl chloride water stops continuous in all joints noted on drawings. Weld all intersections and splice joints as recommended by manufacturer. SLAB AND STAIR FINISHES A. General: Screed all slabs, for whatever finish, to true levels or slopes. Unless specified otherwise, tolerance 1/8 inch in 10 ft., based from mean floor elevation, plus or CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 6 minus. Control by 10 foot straight edge. Floors with tolerance in excess shall be ground or underlaid as specified hereinafter. Finish monolithically without topping. Tool all salient edges of concrete. Do not absorb water with neat cement. B. Finish Types: Concrete floors and slabs shall be finished as follows: 1. Under Ceramic Tile: Finish at elevations and with finish required by Tile Contractor. 2. Broomed Finishes: Score surface lightly with broom just after initial set. Mark off slabs as shown or directed, round edges to 1/4 inch radius. Provide on exterior walks and slabs, unless otherwise noted. 3. Smooth Float Finish: Finish slabs as smooth as possible by floating; no troweling required. Provide for slabs under membrane waterproofing. 4. Troweling: Steel trowel by hand or machine to hard, dense, smooth - polished surface, free from marks. Do not absorb wet spots with neat cement or mixture of cement and sand. Wait until surfaces are dry enough for proper troweling. Chemical dryers are not permitted. Provide trowel to level or true slopes as indicated. 5. Monolithic Finish: Bring sufficient mortar to top of slab for proper finishing. Float by hand or machine to true surfaces. Steel trowel as specified above. Use monolithic finish for interior slabs to receive resilient floor covering, carpeting, and all interior bare concrete floors scheduled as concrete finish. C. Defective Work: All slabs not within tolerance specified in Paragraph "A" above shall be corrected with underlayment if area is to receive resilient floor covering or carpet. Remove and replace slabs which show excessive drainage. Use power grinder on interior slabs for minor irregularities, or when deemed necessary by the Architect. D. Underlayment: Non - asphaltic; resistant to indentation; tightly adhering. Non injurious to adhesives. E.A. Mortrude & Co., Plastic Stone V -27 or Crossfield Products G -26, or approved. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. Bring floors to true, even surfaces, free of humps and depressions over 1/8 inch in 10 ft. E. Liauid Hardener: 1. Areas to be Covered:, All concrete floors of rooms and spaces scheduled to be left exposed or scheduled to receive carpeting. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 7 2. Material: "Lapidolith" by Sonneborn Building Products, Inc.; "Horith" by Grace Construction Materials, or approved. 3. Application: Three -coat application per manufacturer's specifications. Upon completion, concrete surfaces shall be clean, without discoloration or traces of excess hardener left on surface. F. Stair Finishes: (if scheduled or indicated) 1. General: Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete. Remove forms at the proper time. Smooth trowel finish on risers. Slope face of risers 1" per detail, cove bottom of risers to radius shown on drawings. Slope exterior treads 1/8 inch to drain to nosings. Bullnose nosings to radius shown on drawings. Cast abrasive tread nosings, when indicated on drawings, are specified elsewhere in these Specifications. EXPOSED SURFACE FINISHES A. General: All exposed concrete not otherwise specified shall be "Architectural Concrete" finish quality as follows: B. Items Not Acceptable: 1. Fins, where form material joins. 2. Offsets in surfaces due to form panels not aligning. 3. Gravel pockets should be repaired so that patch is not visible. 4. Irregular or out -of -plumb chamfers. 5. Rough or coarse surfaces (sand, etc.). 6. Rough areas around embedded or surface - mounted items. 7. All air bubble holes. 8. Rough joints between walls and slabs to be a neat line. 9. Mortar spatters and runs. 10. Surfaces out -of- square and plumb. C. Surfaces Not Exposed to Normal View: No special finish required; surface shall be reasonably smooth, free of large holes and gravel pockets. D. Finishing Methods: 1. Fins: Remove from all exposed work by carborundum stone or power grinder. Form smooth, flush transition with adjacent surfaces. 2. Voids, Gravel Pockets, Etc.: All surface defects shall be reviewed with the Architect before any patching is done. Repair only where directed by the Architect as follows: a. Remove all honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound concrete. Dampen area to be patched and 6 ft. minimum beyond to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. Prepare bonding grout mix CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 8 of approximately 1 part cement to 1 part fine sand passing No. 30 -mesh sieve. Mix to consistency of thick cream. Brush well into surface. Make patching mixture of same material and approximately the same proportions used for concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Mortar shall be not more than 1 part cement to 2 -1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. b. After surface water has evaporated from the area to be patched, brush bond coat well into surface. When bond coat begins to lose its water sheen, apply pre -mixed patching mortar. Consolidate mortar thoroughly into place and strike off. Leave patch slightly higher than surrounding surface. To permit initial shrinkage, leave undisturbed for at least 1 hr. before final finishing. Keep patched area damp for seven (7) days. Patches shall be indistinguishable from surrounding surfaces. Mix formula shall be determined by trial to obtain color match when both patch and concrete are cured and dry. After initial set, surfaces of patches shall be dressed mechanically or manually to obtain same texture as surrounding surfaces. 3. Form Tie Holes: Remove form ties within two (2) days after removing forms, unless directed otherwise. Holes shall be sealed with 1/4 inch of caulking compound applied to exposed metal. Caulking compound shall be two - component, job -mixed type, non - staining polysulfide base joint sealant, conforming to ANSI Specification A- 116.1. Color of compound shall match concrete. Submit sample for approval. All solvents and primers used in connection with compound shall be of type proven by tests to be compatible with compound used and of brands recommended by manufacturers of the compound. 4. Grout - Cleaned Finish: Except for surfaces scheduled for sandblasted finish, bush - hammered finish or applied finish, all exposed interior and exterior wall, ceiling, beam and column concrete surfaces shall receive grout - cleaned finish. After defects have been repaired, surfaces shall be thoroughly saturated with water and grout, consisting of 1 part cement and 1 -1/2 parts fine sand shall be spread over surfaces by brushing on with stiff brush or with clean burlap pads or sponge rubber floats, completely filling all pits. Any surplus grout shall be removed by scraping and when dried sufficiently so it will not smear, excess grout is removed by rubbing with clean burlap. Any section being grout cleaned shall be completed the day it is started. Curing shall be continued for two (2) days, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 9 CURING A. General: Keep all exposed surfaces of concrete moist for not less than seven (7) days; three (3) days if hi -early concrete is used. Cure for longer period if called for hereinafter, or if Architect directs. Rapid drying out at the end of curing period shall be prevented. B. Walls: Keep forms wet until removed. If removed prior to required curing period, treat as follows: 1. Walls Exposed to Sun: Keep damp with wet burlap, or approved method. 2. Walls not Exposed to Sun: Keep moist with water spray. C. Slabs: After finishing operation, concrete shall be kept continuously moist at least over night and then use one of the following at the option of the contractor: 1. Ponding or fine mist spray for seven (7) days. 2. Cover with 1 inch of wet sand; keep sand moist for seven (7) days. 3. Cotton blankets kept wet for seven (7) days. 4. Cover with reinforced waterproof paper with sealed joints conforming to ASTM C171. 5. Curing compound certified to be free of waxes, oils, and other substances detrimental to hardeners and adhesion of floor coverings, comply with ASTM C309-58. PROTECTION A. General: 1. Protect all concrete from freezing per section 5.6, ACI Building Code. 2. Protect fresh concrete from rays of sun or wind. 3. Protect all concrete floors against wash by rain. No pitted floors shall be accepted. 4. After concrete floors have been cured and before any traffic or work is allowed over floors, protect floors with reinforced Kraft paper; maintain in good condition until all painting is completed or floor covering installed. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 10 5. Protect all concrete stairs with planks laid over treads so that edges of treads are not damaged. Secure planking in place. MISCELLANEOUS REGLETS Supply and install all reglets as detailed, or indicated, or as necessary to the success of the work to receive or attach other work before concrete is placed in forms. Reglets shall be 24 gauge galvanized steel similar to Burke "Type A" reglet, presealed with butyl rubber sealer. POURED -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CURBS Provide as detailed and indicated on the drawings. End of Section 03300 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS AAMA HDGA AISC AWS SECTION 05000 Page 1 Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Ave.,N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association 2700 River Road, Suite 118 Des Plaines, Illinois 60018 American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association 1101 Connecticut Ave., Suite 700 Washington D.C. 20036 American Institute of Steel Construction 400 N. Michigan Ave. Chicago, IL 60611 American Welding Society Box 351040 550 N.W. LeJeune Rd. Miami, FL 33126 F.S. Federal Specifications NAAMM End of Section 05000 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 221 N. LaSalle St., Suite 2026 Chicago, IL 60601 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Custom fabricated metal items and certain manufactured units not otherwise indicated to be supplied under work of other Sections within these Specifications, shall be furnished under this Section. A general reference guide is included for the contractor's convenience. It is not intended to be a complete listing of all miscellaneous metal items. It is the contractor's responsibility to verify all field conditions prior to fabrication. Work in this section includes, but it not limited to: SCHEDULE A. Structural Steel: Vertical structural steel support columns (tube, pipe and /or wideflange as indicated), lateral resistance (shear bracing) panels, and incidental horizontal steel beams, headers, and /or lintels as called for on drawings including indicated necessary and appropriate beam and column connections and foundation connections. B. Anchoracte Accessories: Generally, this includes anchorage items required to secure wood to wood, wood to steel, wood to concrete, or steel to other metals, or miscellaneous flashing as indicated, herein specified, or required. C. Miscellaneous Steel and Iron Items: Plates, straps, angles, clips, lintels, joist hangers, and all miscellaneous iron and steel items not specified under other Divisions required to complete work. Anchor bolts, angles, clips and other iron or steel items used for support of other work shall be structural steel grades. All items exposed to the exterior or otherwise exposed to moisture, dampness or steam shall be hot - dipped galvanized as per ASTM A -123. D. Steel Supports: Brackets for lavatory counters, etc., shall be fabricted to details with structural steel sections. Miter corners and weld joints. Grind welds smooth; shop prime as specified herein under fabricaton. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materia.s and operations to comply with latest edition of Codes and Standards listed: 1. A.A.M.A. - Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association. METAL FABRICATION SECTION 05500 Page 2 2. A.H.D.G.A. - American Hot -Dip Galvanizers Association. 3. A.I.S.C. - American Institute of Steel Construction. 4. A.S.T.M. - American Society for Testing and Materials. 5. A.W.S. - American Welding Society. 6. F.S. - Federal Specifications. B. Fabricator: Experienced in the fabrication and working of metal, including cutting, bending, forming, and finishing. SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings for Fabrication and erection of assemblies. Include plans and elevations at minimum 1 inch to 12 inch scale, and include details of sections and connections at minimum 3 inch to 12 inch scale. Show anchorage and accessory items. B. Provide finish samples when requested by the Architect. JOB CONDITIONS Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation. Provide sleeves, embedded anchors and other built -in items in time for installation; or pay costs of cutting -in of items later, and grouting. PRODUCTS A. The following references provide minimum standards as they apply to specific items: 1. Structural Steel: ASTM A -36, A -440, A -501, A -575 or A- 108. 2. Cast Steel: ASTM A -27, Grade 65 -35, and A -148, Grade 80- 50. 3. Steel Forgings: ASTM A -235 and A -237. 4. Rivet Steel: ASTM A -502. 5. Bolts: ASTM A -307, A -325, A -354. 6. Filler Metal: AWS Standards. 7. Cast Iron: ASTM A -48, Class 30, Min. 30,000 psi tensile. 8. Malleable Iron: ASTM A -47, and A -197. 9. Steel Pipe: ASTM A -53. 10. Galvanizing: ASTM A -123, A -386, or A -525. 11. Copper: ASTM B -370, or B -248. 12. Brass: ASTM B -36. 13. Aluminum: ASTM B -308 for particular alloy in standard shapes and extrusions, B -26 for castings. 14. Stainless Steel: ASTM A -484, and A -276, Type 302. 15. Steel Structure Painting Council - S.S.P.C. B. Fasteners: Provide zinc coated fasteners for exterior use where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1 METAL FABRICATION SECTION 05500 Page 3 1. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head ASTM A -307, Grade A. 2. Lag Bolts: Square head type, F.S. FF -B -561. 3. Machine Screws: Cadmium - plated steel, F.S. FF -S -92. 4. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, F.S. FF -S -111. 5. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, F.S. FF -W -92. 6. Lock Washers: Helical spring carbon steel, F.S. FF -W -84. C. Metal Primer Paint: Red lead -mixed pigment, alkyd varnish, linseed oil paint, F.S. TT -P -86, Type II; or red lead -iron oxide, raw linseed oil, alkyd paint, SSPC Paint A -64; or basic lead silicon chromate base iron oxide, linseed oil, alkyd paint, F.S. TT -P -615, Type II, Tnemec No. 99 Red Metal Primer. Use primer compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specification MIL -P -21035 (Ships), Z.R.C. by Sealube Co., or equivalent. FABRICATION A. For materials to shapes indicated with straight lines, sharp angles, smooth curves, and smooth edges. Drill or punch holes. Weld permanent shop connections. All welds continuous fillet type. Grind smooth, welds that will be exposed. Pipe rail intersections to be coped, welded, and ground smooth. Conceal fastenings where practicable. Punch or drill for temporary field connections and for attachment of work by other trades. Fabricate work in shop in assemblies as large as practicable. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordace with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure ". B. Shop Painting: 1. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP -2 "Hand Tool Cleaning ", or SSPC SP -3 "Power Tool Cleaning ", or SSPC SP -7 "Brush - Off Blast Cleaning ". Remove oil, grease, and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP -1 "Solvent Cleaning ". 2. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in accordance with manufacturers instructions, at rate to provide uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 3. Apply one shop- applied primer coat to all ferrous metal not indicated to be set in or to receive concrete. METAL FABRICATION SECTION 05500 Page 4 Thoroughly clean off foreign matter prior to shop priming. 4. Apply two shop applied primer coats to ferrous metals that will be inaccessible after erection. 5. Galvanize all items set in or on exterior surface, including lintels. 6. Whenever dissimilar metals come in contact with each other, or metal or aluminum is anchored to or in contact with masonry, on surfaces of contact, provide a dissimilar metal protection coating, Tneme -Tar 413 by Tnemec, or other approved type protection. 7. Retouch, in field, any scraped, abraded, and unpainted surfaces. Painting as specified for shop coats. Painting specified here does not count as a finish painting coat. 8. Do not paint galvanized metal, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, brass, or bronze unless specifically indicated. ERECTION A. Set metal work level, true to line, and plumb. B. Shim and grout as necessary. Weld field connections and grind smooth. Where practicable, conceal fastenings. C. Secure_peta1 to wood with lag screws of adequate size, with appropriate washers. D. Secure metal to concrete with embedded anchors, setting compounds, calking and sleeves, or setting grout. Use expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or screws for light duty service only. E. Meet requirements specified for structural steel for erecting items of structural nature or use and conform to "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" (AISC specifications) for structural items. F. Do not field splice fabricated items unless items exceed standard shipping length, or change of direction requires splicing. Do not use mechanical splicing by means of wedges without full welding. G. Provide each fabricated item complete with attachment devices as indicated, or as required, to install. H. Provide plywood patterns for anchoring device locations for all items to be attached to cast -in -place concrete or masonry METAL FABRICATION SECTION 05500 Page 5 construction. Provide in timely manner to facilitate construction schedule. I. Provide indicated grout bed for metal items attached to concrete or masonry construction. End of Section 05500. REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS ABPA AFPI AITC APA AWI AWPA NFPA NKCA NWMA WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06000 Page 1 American Forest Products Industries, Inc. 1816 North Street N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 American Institute of Timber Const. 333 W. Hampden Ave., Suite 712 Englewood, CO 80110 American Plywood Association P.O. Box 11700 Tacoma, Washington 98411 Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 Walter Reed Dr. Arlington, VA 22209 American Wood Preservers Association P.O.Box 849 Stevensville, MO 21666 National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachusetts Ave., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 (not to be confused with National Fire Protection Association) National Kitchen Cabinet Association P.O. Box 6830 Falls Church, VA 22046 National Woodwork Manf. Association 205 W. Touhy Avenue Park Ridge, IL 60068 WCLA West Coast Lumberman's Association WCLIB WWPA End of Section 06000 West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau P.O. Box 25406 Portland, Oregon 97225 Western Wood Products Association 1500 Yeon Building Portland, Oregon 97204 ROUGH CARPENTRY GENERAL DESCRIPTION WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 Page 1 A. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for all rough carpentry as shown on the drawings and as specified in accordance with the provisions of the contract documents, and completely coordinated with work of all other trades. B. Althou•h such work is not s•ecificall indicated furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. C. The contractor shall consult all other pertinent trades to verify and provide all openings, rough bucks, backing, and blocking necessary and required for installation of other construction and materials. Contractor not responsible for incidental drilling, notching, or other minor modifications needed for installing materials by other subtrades. QUALITY A. Lumber grading rules and species shall be in conformance with Voluntary Products Standard PS 20 -70. Grading rules of the following associations apply to materials furnished:. 1. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 2. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). 3. Maximum Moisture Content: 15% for fire retardant or preservative treated lumber. 19% for untreated rough framing lumber. Furnish moisture content certificates, if and when requested. B. Plywood Grading Rules and Recommendations: 1. For Softwood Plywood: Product Standard PS 1 -74. 2. For Hardwood Plywood: Product Standard PS 51 -71. 3. American Plywood Association (APA). C. Factory -mark all lumber and plywood to identify type, grade, moisture content, agency providing inspection service, producing mill, and other qualities specified. 1. Marking may be omitted if certificate of inspection is provided for each shipment. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 2 2. Omit marking and provide certificate of inspection for material which is to receive a transparent or natural finish, if markings will be visible after finishing. D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Fire Hazards Classification: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U /L) for fire- treated lumber and plywood and AWPA Standards. 2. Preservative and Pressure - treated Material: American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA). 3. Federal Specifications (F.S.). 4. Construction parts, assemblies and connections to comply with Uniform Building Code (U.B.C.), 1985 edition, Chapter 25, including certain parts as specified herein. E. Moisture Content of Lumber: 1. Finish Lumber: Maximum 12 %. 2. All Other Rough and Framing Lumber Kiln Dried or Air Dried: Maximum 19 %. SUBMITTALS (See Section 01300) A. Submit Copies of the Following: 1. Pressure Treatment: Include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of salts retained, and conformance. 2. For Water -Borne Preservatives: Include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15% prior to shipment. B. Submit Shop Drawings of Fabricated Items. C. Fire- Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with governing ordinances and will not bleed through finished surfaces. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store materials in dry areas. Protect materials against exposure to weather and contact with moisture. Stack to provide air circulation. B. Store materials for which a maximum moisture content is specified, in areas where a moisture content can be maintained. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 3 C. Protect fire- retardant treated materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Rough Framing Lumber: Douglas Fir, or approved, surface four sides to standard dimensions or special shapes, as shown. For grades and sizes of members, see Structural Notes on drawings. All other rough lumber shall be Standard Grade. Maximum moisture content: 19% unless indicated otherwise. All wood material in contact with earth - supported concrete (or earth as called for) to be preservative treated. B. P_ ywood: U.S. Product Standard P.S. 1 -74, Exterior Type, where any edge or surface is exposed to moisture or weather. Group 1 species for subfloor sheathing. Groups 1, 2, 3, or 4 elsewhere, as specified. See drawings for plywood thickness. C. Framing Anchors: Simpson Co. (noted), Silver, P.H. Bowman Co., Timber Engineering Co. (TECO) "Trip -L- Grip ", "U- Grip ", or approved, types as required. Install with nails recommended by Manufacturer. D. Attachments: Where wood engages masonry or concrete, provide approved type metal plugs or inserts, spaced as required. Install with nails recommended by Manufacturer. E. Building Paper: Asphalt- saturated roofing felt, weight approximately 15 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. F. Provide blocking, nailers, furring, cant strips, grounds, and similar members complying with dry size reqirements of PS -20, of Douglas Fir, WCIB Standard Grade or WWPA No. 3. Maximum moisture content: 15 %. G. Provide AWPA LP -2 preservative treated wood including lumber and plywood, treated to comply with AWPA requirements. Kiln dried to 15% moisture content for cants, nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members used in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, waterproofing, wood sills, blocking, furring, or stripping. Similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete, or below grade, shall also be preservative treated, as specified above. H. Where fire- retardant treated lumber or plywood is indicated, comply with AWPA C -20B to achieve a flame spread rating under 25 per ASTM E -84. Use treatment which will not bleed through or adversely affect bond of any applied finish. Provide U/L i- ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 4 level or certificate on each piece of fire - retardant treated lumber and plywood. I. Temporary Enclosures: Wood batten doors and cloth or transparent plastic- covered windows. Provide for exterior wall openings until project is dry. Windows may be glazed in lieu of covering, if glass is protected. J. Anchorage and Fastening Materials: 1. Proper type, size, material, and finish for application. Comply with the following: Nails and Staples: Wood Screws: Lag Screws and Bolts: Bolts and Studs: Nuts: Washers: Expansion Shields, Expansion Nails and Drive Screw Toggle Bolts Bar or Strap Anchors F.S. FF- N- 105B(3) F.S. S -111D F.S. FF- B -561C F.S. FF- B -575C F.S. FF- N- 836D(1) F.S. FF -W -92B F.S. FF- B0588C(1) F.S. FF- B- 588C(1) F.S. QQ- S -635B 2. All exterior rough hardware and rough hardware exposed to moisture, dampness, or steam shall be hot - dipped galvanized steel, or approved type non - ferrous metal. K. Firestoppinq and Draftstops: Per Uniform Building Code, Section 2516 (f). Provide in exterior or interior stud walls, at ceilings and floor levels, and in all stud walls and partitions, including furred spaces, so placed that the maximum dimensions of any concealed space is not over 10 ft. Also provide at other locations, such as holes for pipes, shafting, behind furring strips, and similar places, which could afford a passage for flames. Wood firestops of 2 inch nominal thickness. Provide gypsum wallboard draftstop (smoke) assemblies per U.B.C. 2516 (f) 5. in all floor - ceiling and roof - ceiling assemblies as indicated on the drawings, or if therein lacking per U.B.C. 2516 (f) 4.. Floor- ceiling areas to be separated into areas less than 1000 sq. ft. (60 ft. max. dimension), roof - ceiling (attic) areas to be separated into areas less than 3000 sq. ft. (60 ft. max. dimension) except for increases allowed for provisions of an approved automatic sprinkler system. L. Plywood Sheathing: 1. Roof: 1/2 inch thick (24/0) at sloped roof, Standard C -D INT -APA (with exterior glue) per U.B.C. Standard 25 -9. Conform to PS -1 -74. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 5 2. Wall: 1/2 inch thick Standard C -D with exterior glue per U.B.C. Standard 25 -9. Conform to PS -1 -74. 3. Floor: 1 -1/8" inch thick (2 -4 -1) T & G subfloor grade with exterior glue at multi -story areas, and 1/2 inch thick (32/16) Standard C -D INT -APA (with exterior glue) in attic space areas per U.B.C. Standard 25 -9. Conform to PS -1- 74. M. Wood Bucks: Nominal 2 inch stock, full width of wall or partition, unless otherwise indicated. Let heads and sills 1/2 inch into jambs; spike securely, anchor to adjoining construction as required. Provide for door and relite frames as detailed. N. Wood Furring: 1 inch x 4 inch and /or 2 inch x 4 inch Douglas Fir, "D" Finish grade, as indicated (preservative treated adjacent to earth - supported concrete). O. Joist and Beam Hangers: Manufactured by Duplex Hanger Company, Pacific Car & Foundry, or approved. Sized and types as required by drawings. Install per manufacturer's directions. PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Obtain measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details before proceeding with work. B. Correlate locations of furrincr. nailers, blocking, grounds, and sinilar supports for attached work. C. Fit accurately, scribe, and cope as required. D. Time delivery and installation to avoid delaying progress of other work dependent on carpentry work. E. Examine conditions under which work is to be installed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. F. Protect installed items from damage until acceptance. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Use only sound, thoroughly seasoned well fabricated materials of longest practicable lengths and sizes to minimize jointing. Use materials free of warp, unless warp can easily be corrected by anchoring and attachment. Sort out and discard warped and defective material which would impair quality of work. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 6 B. Securely attach work by anchoring and fastening, as indicated or required to support applied loading. 1. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts. 2. Nail plywood in accordance with APA recommendations and in conformance with U.B.C. Table 25 -J -1. 3. Countersink exposed nail heads and fill holes with matching filler. 4. Provide nailing as per U.B.C. Table 25 -Q, unless otherwise noted. C. Set work accuratel to required levels and lines plumb, true, accurately cut, and fitted. D. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Use fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or receive finish materials. Make connections tight. Install fasteners without splitting of wood, pre -drill as required. Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners. Tighten bolts and lag screws at installation and re- tighten as required. Use galvanized nails and fasteners with treated wood and treated plywood. E. Provide wood grounds, nailers, or blocking where required for attachment of other work. Form to shapes indicated. F. Install wood furring plumb and level with closure strips at all edge and openings. Shim as required. Firestop per U.B.C. 2516 (f). G. Use fire- retardant treated AC Exterior plywood for backing panels for electrical or telephone equipment. H. Use fire - retardant wood for blocking in labeled walls. I. Coat cut surfaces of treated wood or plywood with heavy brush coat of same chemical used to treat original members, unless Treatment Manufacturer indicates such re- treatment is unnecessary. J. Install building paper under wood plate bearing directly on concrete or masonry, fullwidth of plate continuous. K. Install plywood wall sheathing with face grain perpendicular to supports and joints occurring on supports. Secure with 8d common galvanized nails at 6 inch centers at edges and 12 inch centers at intermediate bearings. See drawings for special nailing. ::f ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 7 L. Building Paper: Install over sheathing for all finishes. Lap horizontal joints 2 inches, vertical joints 6 inches. Nail with large galvanized roofing nails. Space nails 8 inches o.c. at joints, 16 inches o.c. along middle of sheets. M. Plywood Roof Sheathing: 1. 5/8 inch thick Standard C -D with exterior glue over joists. Apply with face grain perpendicular to joists. Butt joints tightly over bearings. Stagger joints of adjacent panels. Nail securely with 8d annular or spiral thread nails at 6 inches o.c. along plywood edges and 12 inches o.c., along intermediate supports. Blocking at edges as required between joists. 2. See Structural Drawings for additional special nailing. N. Wood Furring: Install 16 inches o.c. and secure to substrate with 8d common nails, 16 inches o.c., or other suitable fastenings for other substrates. P. Framing: 1. Studs: All studs 2 "x4" (2 "x6" at exterior walls) at 16 inches o.c., for walls, unless shown otherwise. Double studs at opening; frame solid at corners and intersections. Toenail studs to sill with two 16d nails each face. Carry all studs to structure above. 2. Top Plates: Nominal 2 inch stock, same width as studs; double plate for bearing walls. Overlap joints at corners and intersections; nail with three 16d nails. Nail lower plate to studs with two 16d nails. Nail upper plate to lower with 16d nails, 24 inches apart, staggered. Splices, minimum 4 -ft. lap. 3. Firestopping in Stud Walls: Nominal 2 inch material, full width of studs; herringbone or horizonal. Space not over 8 ft. apart vertically or at midheight in walls over 8 ft. high. Nail with two 16d nails each end. 4. Ribbons: Let into supporting members, two 8d nails each bearing. 5. Joists: Set with crown side up; double headers and trimmers. Space double joists at partitions to provide clearance for piping. Lap joists over bearing; spike together with three 16d nail for each 2 inch joist width. 6. Cutting and Notching for Other Trades: Holes not over 1/3 width of plate may be bored through center of plates. Necessary holes and cuts in beams and joists shall be not not greater than 1/5 beam depth. 2" minimum distance to ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 8 top or bottom. Locate on neutral axis not closer to support than three times beam depth. 7. Correct or modify work as required for approvals by subsequent trades applying materials to this work. Correct or modify work as necessary for jurisdictional approvals. End of Section 06100 s. i 1 GLUED - LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS GENERAL DESCRIPTION WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06181 page 1 Provide glue- laminated beams, columns, lintels, stringers, and other units complete as shown on the drawings. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all work and services for the furnishing and installation, complete, of all glued - laminated units as shown on the drawings and as specified, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to AITC standards and submittals. Work to be fabricated to requirements of Product Standard PS 56. Fabricator shall be approved by the Architect. SUBMITTALS A. Fabricator shall furnish AITC certificate from recognized inspection agency. Certificate other than AITC shall be submitted for approval prior to fabrication. B. Furnish shop drawings on materials per Section 01340. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect glue - laminated timber from damage and discoloration during delivery, storage and handling by individual wrapping. Protect materials from excessive moisture and wetness during construction, including after installation. PRODUCTS MATERIALS LUMBER Conform to AITC 117 -71 standard specification and U.B.C. standards No. 25 -10 and 25 -11 for structural glue - laminated lumber. Members to be Douglas Fir, combination 24F -V4 (for simple beams) and 24F -V8 (for cantilevered and continuous beams), allowable bending stress fb =2400 psi. as per U.B.C. Table 25- C -1. WOOD AND PLASTICS GLUED - LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS SECTION 06181 page 2 Appearance of members shall be: Exposed: Architectural grade Concealed: Industrial grade ADHESIVES Adhesives shall meet the requirements for dry conditions. Use waterproof glue only. FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE Conform with Voluntary Product Standard PS 56 -73. Mark with a quality mark indicating the grade. Manufacturer to be AITC licensed. Coordinate member fabrication with metal shapes and other connections. Bolt holes to be 1/16 inch larger in diameter than bolt. Lag screws, shear plates, and split -ring connectors shall conform to "National Design Specifications for Stress -Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings" of National Forest Products Association. EXECUTION PREPARATION Remove wrappings, only as necessary while exposed, and field trim ends as required for fit and bearing. Verify that surfaces to receive units are free of irregularities, defects or debris. INSTALLATION /APPLICATION /PERFORMANCE Handle and set in place units with appropriate equipment to ensure proper and safe positioning of units. • Set gill-lams with camber up. Coat trimmed ends of units with sealer. End of Section 06181 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK SECTION 06220 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Install and provide as required all finish carpentry labor and materials. B. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all Work and services necessary for all finish carpentry as shown on the drawings and as specified, in accordance with provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. C. Although such Work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidentalto, or necessary for, a sound secure and complete installation. Contractor may coordinate necessary temporary construction aids with other trades. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform to UBC. B. Reference Standards: 1. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau's (WCLIB): WCLIB Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber, Edition No. 16 -1976. 2. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA): WWPA Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber, Fourth Edition -1977. 3. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): AWI Quality - Standards and Guide Specifications Manual, Edition current as of Bid date. 4. United States Product Standard: PS 1 -74 Plywood Product Standard Handbook. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Do not deliver products or materials to jobsite unprotected or until notified by General Contractor that project site conditions are appropriate and ready to receive, store and handle products and materials without damage or discoloration. Store materials above ground or floor in dry, safe, protected area suitable for maintaining specified moisture contents of materials and in methods to prevent warping. JOB CONDITIONS Verify suitability of substrates and structure to accept installation. FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK SECTION 06220 Page 2 PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Interior Materials. 1. Interior Trim: Birch Sill Boards a. Opening Trim: One piece, single length. b. Standing Trim: No less than full story height or full height of trim where less than one story. c. Fascias and Running Trim: Joints no closer than 12 feet apart. B. Fastenings. 1. Provide all necessary nails, spikes, screws, and bolts shown or required for proper installation: a. Sizes and quantities required by Building code or approved by Architect. b. All rough hardware subject to moisture during installation and "as installed" to be hot - dipped galvanized. 1) Bolts and washers as specified /06100. 2) Use finish or casing nails for exposed work. 2. Fastenings /Quantities: Furnish as necessary whether indicated or not. C. Adhesives. Waterproof Type Commercial Standard CS 35-61, Type I. Provide at millwork exposed on building exterior and all other high moisture areas. FABRICATION / DETAIL WORK A. Select materials of true and straight lines as practicable, free of warp or twist. B. Conform to AWI Custom Grade specifications, unless specifically noted otherwise. Work performed by highly skilled mechanics only. C. Mill to detail and as required to complete the work. FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK SECTION 06220 Page 3 D. Workmanship: 1. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, free from tool and machine marks. 2. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. 3. Where necessary to nail through finished surfaces set nail heads for puttying. 4. Kerf backs of members more than 5" wide, or more than 1" net thickness. EXECUTION INSTALLATION /FINISH CARPENTRY A. Conform to referenced AWI Manual / "Custom Quality ". Work to be performed by highly skilled carpenters only. B. Install to Detail: 1. Install all material with tight joints, true and level, and parallel with adjacent construction lines. 2. All running trim one piece up to 12' -0 ". ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Clean, repair, and touch up, or replace, when directed, materials, including other adjacent work, which has been soiled, discolored, or damaged by work of this Section. B. Leave surfaces ready for finishing specified in Division 9. At contractor's option prefinishing of materials may be coordinated with Section 09900, although exposed fasteners (including countersinking) to be field touched up to match surrounding surfaces. C. Remove from site all debris and refuse and unused materials generated by work of this Section. D. Provide protection of installed materials from damage of other trades or equipment and furniture handling as needed to prevent unwarranted damage. End of Section 06220. A. 4:.1.. • . „ . WOOD AND PLASTICS WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT SECTION'06310 'Page 1 ' GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Provide all wood indicated in drawings and specifications to be "treated" or have preservative treatment with pressure applied treatment per this Section. . Description of System: 1. Ammoniacal Copper Arsenate formulae pressure-treatment of indicated material. No penta permitted. 2. Work includes but is not limited to : a. Wood plates resting on or installed within 1-inch of concrete or masonry. b. Wood cant strips and wood materials in conjunction with roof systems, nailers, edging, and the like. c. Any earth embedded wood. d. Any wood embedded in concrete. e. Wood furring strips installed adjacent to, or within 1 inch of earth supported (supporting) concrete or masonry. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 WORK FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED IN CONSTRUCTION All (treatment) work of this Section. 1. For materials, and their installation after treatment, see related Specification, Drawings and Sections. • WOOD AND PLASTICS WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT SECTION 06310 Page 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Code Requirements: Conform to referenced UBC /00810 and UBC Standard 25 -12. B. Reference Standards: 1. American Wood Preserver's Association (AWPA):. Standard Specifications. C. Acceptable Manufacturer /System: Wycoff's "Chemonite," or approved. PRODUCTS PRESSURE /TREATMENT /TREATING PLANT Conform to referenced UBC Standards providing: 0.4 pounds per cubic foot dry salt retention. EXECUTION INSTALLATION Work Installed: See related Sections. 1. Furnish preservative solution for job -cut members. 2. Instruct Superintendent to apply liberally to cut surfaces . in the field. End of Section 06310 v;_��tKU &.'iF•4 4 1 1 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Lumber /Installation WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06320 Page 1 063.00 B. Description of System: 1. Pressurized fire retardant treatment system for concealed rough carpentry work where indicated on Drawings and where required by Code. 2. Produce ratings: Flamespread and fuel contributed not more than 25. C. Work Furnished Under Other Sections But Treated This Section: See 06100, and Drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Treating Plant: a. Lumber treating company, authorized by flameproof material Manufacturer. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Comply with referenced UBC per 00810. 2. Comply with requirements of American Wood Preservers' Association Specification No. C- 20 -70. SUBMITTALS Flameproof Certificate: 1. Submit certificates establishing required protection. Forward copy to Architect. a. Each piece of treated wood to bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "FRS ". PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with 01600, and following: 1. Coordinate delivery and handling, allowing for required kiln drying requirements. 2. Store treated wood in dry, well - ventilated spaces, completely protected from weather. RODUCTS MATERIALS Manufactured by Koppers Company, Osmose Wood Preservice Company, or approved. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT MATERIALS TO BE TREATED Treat all indicated material. Include rough carpentry furring, blocking, and the like. TREATMENT PROCESS In accordance with referenced AWPA C -20. Produce specified ratings. DRYING After treatment, kiln dry lumber to moisture content required per 06100. WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06320 Page 2 EXECUTION INSTALLATION For installation, see 06100. 1. Note that trimming or occasional ripping permitted only as directed. a. Treat cuts and drilled holes on job. Provide extra treating plant for: 1) Cut surfaces: Furnish fluid for application to cut surfaces. 2) Drilled holes: Treat interior of hole with fluid or paste. End of Section 06320 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS ABPA AHDGA ASC AI ARMA NRCA TIMC End of Section 07000. SECTION 07000 Page 1 American Board Products Association 205 West Touhy Ave. Park Ridge, I11. 60068 American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association 1101 Connecticut Ave., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036 Adhesive and Sealant Council 1600 Wilson Blvd., Suite 910 Arlington, VA 22209 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building University of Maryland College Park, MD 20740 Asphalt Roofing Manf.'Association 335 Lexington, Avenue New York, N.Y. 10017 National Roofing Contractors Association 8600 Bryn Mawr Avenue Chicago, Ill. 60631 Thermal Insulation Manufacturer's Council 7 Kirby Plaza Mount Kisco, NY 10549 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING SECTION 07160 Page 1 GENERAL SUBMITTALS Submit for approval prior to application, manufacturer's product data and application instructions for product to be applied. PRODUCTS Approved Bituminous waterproof coating. EXECUTION JOB CONDITIONS Surfaces to be clean, dry, prepared as necessary for bond integrity, and clear of all dust and deleterious material. Application of product implies full acceptance of substrate and responsibility for performance of product. Do no work when weather for 24 hours prior to and during application, and until cured would have ambient temperatures below 40 °F. APPLICATION A. Prime surfaces with dilute coating of dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply 2 coats (trowel consistency) to all pertinent earth - retaining concrete or masonry walls on face towards earth extending from finished grade line down to bottom of footing including top of footing. Pertinent walls also include any elevator pits or other like pits or wells. First coat to set prior to application of second coat. Wall to be continuously covered, free of holes and gaps in coating. Allow product to cure in place prior to backfilling. C. Products applied by brush, roller, or spray, as approved, to have all cracks, holes, rock pockets, and other surface imperfections filled with approved bituminous filler compatible with dampproofing prior to priming to prevent gaps in dampproofing membrane. D. Thoroughly seal all watertight items projecting through dampproofing surface. PROTECTION Do no backfilling until product is cured. Protect membrane from damage during backfilling and until backfilling is completed. Inspect membrane for damage just prior to backfilling and repair as necessary. End of Section 07160. PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER GENERAL JOB CONDITIONS THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07192 Page 1 Protect from punctures and tears. Repair or replace damaged sections. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Provide 6 mil polyethylene membrane (Visqueen, or equal). EXECUTION Locate as shown on plans. Lap edges a minimum of 6 inches. Under concrete slabs immediately protect membrane with sand to prevent damage to vapor barrier. Where left exposed (i.e. crawl space floors, etc.) lap and fold edges over onto themselves and secure in place by appropriate means. End of Section 07192. INSULATION GENERAL DESCRIPTION SECTION 07200 Page 1 A. Comply with fire - resistance and flammability ratings indicated and comply with code interpretations of authorities having jurisdiction. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's labels required on each piece or package of insulation. B. Subject to compliance with these specifications, products of the following manufacturers are approved for use: 1. Foamed, Extruded Polystyrene: Dow Chemical Co., Zonolite, or Manville. 2. Blanket or Batt Insulation: Owens - Corning, U.S. Gypsum, W.R. Grace, or Manville. 3. Acoustical Insulation: Owens- Corning "Sonobatts" and "Noise Barrier Batts ", or equal. JOB CONDITIONS Verify suitability of substrate and building enclosure to accept delivery and installation. Do not install insulation when surfaces to receive insulation are wet, or installed materials could become wet. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Rigid Board or Perimeter Foundation Insulation: 1. Foamed, Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: Rigid board type complying with F.S. HH -I -524 B, Type II, Class B; 30 psi min. compressive strength; 0.75 perm -in. max. vapor transmission; 0.05% max. water absorption; thermal conductivity (k -value at 75° F) of 0.20. Provide board extruded with integral high - density skin, "Styrofoam SM ". 1 -1/2 inch thick unless otherwise noted. 2. Adhesive: Dow Mastic No. 11, or Tuff -Bond No. 9. B. Blanket or Batt Insulation: 1. Thermal Insulation: Glass, or other inorganic material, fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets or semi -rigid sheets, minimum density of 1.5 PCF with thermal conductivity (k -value at 75° F) of 0.27; foil - faced vapor barrier laminated to one face with 1 inch flange on longitudinal edges conforming with F.S. HH -I -521 E, Type III. Flame spread not greater than 25, when INSULATION SECTION 07200 Page 2 tested under ASTM E -84. Minimum "R" Factor of R -19 throughout unless otherwise noted. 2. Acoustical Insulation: a. Ceilings: 6 inch R -19 blankets (24 in. by 48 in. batts over layin panel ceilings) unless otherwise noted. Insulation in return air plenium to carry U.L. label (F.S. 25). b. Walls: 3 -1/2 inch R -11 batts in widths 1/8 in. greater than stud spacing for steel studs. Comply with F.S. HH -I -521 E, Type I for friction fit unless otherwise noted. Insulation in non - combustible buildings to carry U.L. label (F.S. 25) and conform to UMC duct erosion requirements. 3. Fasteners: Steel staples or other appropriate method as necessary. EXECUTION A. Install insulation in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions for the specific product. B. Apply only single layer of insulation material to obtain required thermal resistance or thickness specified, unless otherwise noted. C. Fit insulation into all framing spaces including areas between joists and outside headers, behind electrical and piping and other areas in such a way as to form a complete insulating blanket around heated areas of the structure. Cut glass fiber portion of batt (only) to fit around electrical and plumbing lines as necessary and carefully fit to install insulation to full thickness required. D. Position and recess flanged blankets as specified by the manufacturer for the particular use. Position vapor barriers on the interior, warm side of insulation blanket. E. Install insulation and vapor barriers so that completed installation is vapor tight and thermally continuous. Repair any areas to insure vapor -tight integrity. F. Set acoustical insulation per manufacturer's recommendations free of voids and gaps at edges, modify as necessary at mechanical and electrical items to obtain maximum insulation thickness. Fill all miscellaneous voids in walls to receive sound insulation. RIGID BOARD INSULATION A. Install rigid board insulation underground. Extend insulation down for distance indicated or to below design frost line, whichever is greater. INSULATION SECTION 07200 Page 3 B. Install to walls with mastic to secure in place and with tight, caulked joints. C. Protect insulation from damage and /or displacement prior to, and during, backfilling and concrete pouring operations. Coordinate with concrete reinforcement extensions. D. Repair and /or replace any installed products damaged or disturbed during construction prior to covering up with subsequent construction. End of Section 07200 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS SECTION 07240 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The General Contractor shall have the option to field install the separate components of the exterior walls including EIFS, or to install the exterior walls in a panelized form, or a combination of both as conditions dictate. SCOPE This is a Manufacturer's Short Form Specification and does not contain all the requirements for the EIFS. For complete information refer to the Manufacturer's Long Form version of this specification. Modifications to the requirements of this Section allowed only per strict recommendations of Manufacturer, except to Scope, Description, and Quality Assurance. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Dryvit, R -Wall or STO. A. Qualifications: 1. Installer must be certified by Manufacturer as an approved installer for a period of not less than three years. 2. Other fabricators desiring approval shall comply with Section 01630. B. Design & Detailing: 1. General: a. At all locations the EIFS shall be encapsulated by the Lamina or Substrate, and shall be separated from the interior of the building by a thermal barrier having at least a 15 minute finish rating. b. The minimum slope of inclined surfaces shall not be less than 6" (152 mm) in 12" (305 mm). 2. Substrates and Substrate Systems: a. Deflection of Substrate Systems shall not exceed L/240 for the finishes. 3. Substrate systems shall be engineered with regard to structural performance. C. Approvals, Listings and Classifications: 1. The lamina and EIFS Insulation Board shall be classified by Underwriters Laboratories. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS SECTION 07240 Page 2 2. The EIFS shall be approved by Factory Mutual as listed in the Factory Mutual Approval Guide. 3. The EIFS shall be approved as described in the following documents. a. I.C.B.O. Research Committee Report No. 2728, or equal report, or approved substitute product of report. SUBMITTALS: A. Trained Applicator shall submit two l'x 1' x 4' samples of the EIFS System for each finish, color and texture using same tools and techniques as for the actual project. B. Trained Applicator shall submit complete shop drawings for EIFS panels including erection drawings and details. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store all materials protected from weather at temperatures not less than 40 degrees F. (4 degrees C). LIMITED WARRANTY EIFS Manufacturer shall offer a Three -year limited warranty for materials. PRODUCTS GENERAL All components of the EIFS shall be obtained from the EIFS Manufacturer or it's authorized Distributor. No substitutions of, or additons of other materials shall be permitted without prior written permission from the EIFS Manufacturer. MATERIALS A. Primer /Adhesive: ADEPS - a one part adhesive specifically formulated for use on plywood. B. EIFS Insulation Board: Nominal 1.0 pcf (16kg -m3), aged expanded polstyrene meeting the specifications of the EIFS Manufacturer. C. EIFS Reinforcing Meshes: A balanced, open - weave, treated glass fiber mesh supplied by the EIFS Manufacturer, available in three strength grades: Standard, Hi- Standard and Intermediate. D. Panzer Mesh: A balanced, treated, heavy glass fiber mesh supplied by the EIFS Manufacturer. E. EIFS Finish: A 100% acrylic- based, factory -mixed coating manufactured by the EIFS Manufacturer having integral color EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS SECTION 07240 Page 3 and texture, for use with the EIFS System. The finish shall be per Exterior Finish Schedule. F. Cement: Type I, I -II or II Portland Cement meeting ASTM C150. G. Water: Shall be clear and potable. H. Sealant System shall be one of those listed below: a. Tremco, Inc. Sealant: Dymeric Primer: Primer #1 c. b. Pecora Corp. d. Sealant: Dynatrol II Primer: Type P75 MIXING AND PREPARATION Sonneborn Sealant: Sonolastic NP II Primer: Primer 733 Products Research Chemical Corp Sealant: PRC Rubber Clak 350 Primer: Primer #17 A. Primus /Adhesive Mixture: Mix Primus /Adhesive with Cement in a ratio of 1:1 by weight, wait five minutes then stir again. Use immediately. B. EIFS Finish Coating: Stir until material is homogeneous. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. EIFS Insulation Board 1. General a. EIFS Insulation Board shall be applied with its joints offset with respect to Substrate joints using a running bond pattern. b. Joints shall be staggered and interlocked at corners. 2. Notched Trowel: Apply beads of Primer /Adhesive Mixture to entire surface of one face of EIFS Insulation Board using trowel meeting the EIFS Manufacturer's specifications. Apply 2" (51 mm) w x 3/8" (10 mm) thick ribbon of Primer /Adhesive Mixture to entire perimeter of same side with trowel. This method shall be used for sheathing Substrates only. 3. Take EIFS Insulation Board and mount on Substrate. Tamp board using even pressure to produce uniform contact and bond. Make surface flat by using straight edge to align edges of adjacent Insulation Boards. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS SECTION 07240 Page 4 4. Let dry 24 hours. 5. Sand high areas if any, to produce level surface. B. Base Coat 1. Base Coat: Using Standard Reinforcing Mesh. Apply 1/16" (1.6 mm) thick coat of Primer /Adhesive Mixture to entire surface of EIFS Insulation Board. Immediately embed EIFS Reinforcing Mesh into wet Primer /Adhesive and smooth surface until mesh is not visible. Lap mesh edges 2 -1/2" (64 mm) minimum on all sides. Allow to dry 24 hours. 2. Panzer Mesh Base Coat: Apply 3/32" (2.4 mm) thick coat of Primer /Adhesive Mixture to entire surface of EIFS Insulation Board. Immediately embed Panzer Mesh into wet Primer /Adhesive and smooth surface until mesh is not visible. Adjacent Panzer Mesh pieces shall be abutted. Allow to dry 24 hours. Apply one layer of Standard Base Coat to Panzer Mesh layer per 1. above. Panzer Mesh shall be installed on all panels adjacent to ground level and pedestrian walk areas (within 8' of ground or walkway). C. EIFS Finish: Apply EIFS Finish using clean stainless trowel using sufficient manpower and equipment to insure a continuous operation without cold joints, scaffolding lines, etc. Texture finish to match the approved sample. End of Section 07240 BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all Work and services necessary for, or incidental to, the furnishing and installation, complete, of all roofing and roof insulation, as shown on Drawings and as specified, in accordance with the Provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with the Work of all other trades. B. Although such Work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to, or necessary for, a sound, secure and complete installation. C. Roofing and Flashing Subcontractor shall be one and the same. D. Verify suitablity of roof structure system and roof deck support prior to installation. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sub'ect to com•liance with these S•ecifications roofing and insulation products by following Manufacturers are approved: 1. Owens- Corning specification No. 41 -IS (indicated). 2. Manville Corp (to match 0 -C specification). 3. Barrett /Celotex (to match O -C specification). B. Other Manufacturers desiring approval shall comply with Section 01630, only roofing specifications matching Owens - Corning and this specification will be considered. C. Provide materials and roofing system which are labeled by U/L for Class "A" rating. SUBMITTALS A. Installation instructions and recommendations from Materials Manufacturer. Include certification or data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 2 B. Actual samples, as directed by Architect. C. Roof guarantee . (See Section 01740) 1. Comply with Manufacturer's requirements for bondable roof 2. Furnish two -year guarantee on roofing, flashing, and associated Work. Guarantee, attached at end of this section, shall be signed by Contractor and Roofing Installer. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Stage delivery to avoid long on -site storage or delays. B. Store materials off around, protected from weather. C. Handle materials in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not overload structure with stored materials, or by use of heavy equipment on deck. B. Examine substrate and conditions. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Proceed with Work only when weather conditions are within Manufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit Work to proceed in accordance with Specification Requirements and Manufacturer's recommendations. D. Proceed with Work only after substrate construction and penetrating Work have been completed; and curbs, blocking, nailer strips, vents, drains, and other items are installed. E. Coordinate roofing Work with sheet metal Work. Provide all components necessary to create watertight junctures between roofing, sheet metal Work and mechanical Work. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Vapor Barrier: Asphalt saturated coated base sheet per ASTM D -2626, Type I, minimum 35 lbs. per square. B. Asphalt Primer: Comply with ASTM D -41 or Fed. Spec. SS -A- 701. C. Roofing Asphalt: Comply with ASTM D -312, Type I and /or Fed. Spec. SS -A -666. D. Roofing Asphalt: Perma -Ply No. 11 as manufactured by Owens - Corning Fiberglass Corporation to comply with ASTM D2178 and /or Fed. Spec. SS -R- 620 -B, Type III. i 1 1 1 1 i r 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 I BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 3 E. Flashing Cement: Comply with Fed. Spec. SS -C -153, Type 1. F. Flashing Felts: Perma -Ply No. 11. G. Insulation Fasteners: As recommended by insulation Manufacturer. H. Nails: Compatible with flashing sheet as recommended by Manufacturer. I. Flashing Mineral Cap Sheet: Owens- Corning Perma -Cap to comply with Fed. Spec. SS -R- 630 -D, Class III. J. Aluminum Coating: Complying with ASTM D2824, Type II or Fed. Spec. TT -P -3200 Type II, Class C. K. Vapor Retarder: Owens- Corning Permstop. L. Walking Surface: Prefab bituminous impregnated boards 36 in. x 60 in. x 1/2 in. thick; Carey -Tred by Celotex or Seal -Tite White Walk by W.R. Meadows. M. Rigid Insulation: 4 ", R -30 minimum or two layers of rigid insulation equal to 4" minimum thickness and R -30 minimum as manufactured by: Atlas, Celotex, Dyplast, Koppers, Tempro, or Thermal Glas. Insulation must meet Owens- Corning approval as a substrate for 41 -IS roofing system. N. Fiberboard Cants: Comply with Fed. Spec. LL -1 -535. EXECUTION INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Do not proceed with installation unless materials, equipment and tradesmen required for installation of entire assembly are at Project site and ready to follow with Work immediately (same day). B. Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to Work. C. Do not advance laying of insulation ahead of roofing more than necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation exposed at end of day's Work (and when rain threatens) with waterproofing materials. Do not permit insulation to become wet. Remove, dispose of and replace wet insulation. D. Rigid insulation board to be mitered at all changes of flush roofing planes (i.e. ridges, valleys, swales, etc.) to avoid open joints or irregular surfaces. E. Bridge all junctures of vertical and horizontal surfaces with 45° cant strips. Plan layout of cants prior to B.U.R. application to avoid delays and disruption in application. F. Do not exceed temperature limitation recommended by Roofing Materials Manufacturer for heating of asphalt. Remove overheated material from site. Provide a clearly visible thermometer on each asphalt kettle or delivery truck. G. Lay felt and asphalt in shingle fashion, unless single plies or crossed plies are necessary to comply with recommendations BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 4 of Roofing Materials Manufacturer. Do not lap felts against direction of drainage. H. Prevent primer, asphalt, and other compounds from entering building, clogging drains and conductors, and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other Work. INSTALLATION - INSULATION A. For FM or UL vapor retarder constructions, apply PERMSTOP adhesive at the rate of 0.25 to 0.4 gal /100 ft of deck in 1/2 in. wide ribbons, 6 inches o.c. or in a film on the surface to be in contact with the vapor retarder. Embed PERMSTOP vapor retarder in adhesive, providing minimum 2 inch side laps and 6 inch end laps sealed with PERMSTOP adhesive. B. Over the vapor retarder embed rigid roof insulation in 12 to 15 lb /100 ft2 of hot asphalt, or PERMSTOP adhesive at the rate of 0.7 gal /100 ft2 of deck in 3/4 inch wide ribbons, 6 inches o.c. with contact surface of deck. C. Where more than one layer of insulation is indicated on the drawings or specifications, the top surface of the previous layer shall be coated with 20 to 25 pounds of hot steep asphalt per 100 ft2 of area, for embedment of the next layer of roof insulation. Approved mechanical fastener can be used in lieu of asphalt. Successive layers of insulation shall be applied so that joints are offset a 6 inch minimum with the preceeding layer. INSTALLATION - ROOFING A. Built -up roofing shall not be applied over wet insulation. Rigid foam roof insulation which has become wet after installation shall be removed and replaced with dry insulation, unless it can be completely dried out. B. Valleys and Waterways: Provide additional layer of PERMA PLY prior to other layers at all valleys, swales, and other waterways at roof slopes greater than 3 inches per foot. Provide additional layer initially to areas around roof drains and overflow drains on ALL roofs. Layer to be 36 inches min. width and extend 8 inches min. up inclines out of the valleys. C. Perma Ply: 4 layers may be applied by a mechanical felt layer or rolled into a machine or hand mopping of hot bitumen. It shall be shingled in, free of buckles and fishmouths. Each ply shall be laid so that the flow of water is over or parallel to (but never against) the lap. End laps shall be a minimum of 12 inches apart, with lapping of sheets to be 27- 1/2 ". BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 5 D. Embed the full 36 inch width of each ply in hot bitumen applied at a nominal rate of 25 lb /100 ft2 (minimum of 23 pounds and maximum of 45 pounds) of PERMA PLY on slopes 3 inches or less per foot. The total asphalt requirement per ply per square (27 pounds) is based on 108 ft2 of felt. E. The asphalt shall be sufficiently hot to insure a complete bond of ply to ply (approximately 400° at the point of application). F. " Brooming in" is required under normal conditions for felt layers and hand mopping. Brooming is essential in cold weather and must be done promptly and effectively to eliminate voids and insure adequate adhesion. A moderately soft commerical broom or squeegee (36" wide) should be used for this purpose. The broom should be pulled walking off the felts. G. When "rolling in" by hand, the mopping asphalt shall be kept withing 6 feet of the roll. Keep the mop full, and flow asphalt on the roof. Do not scrub with mop. H. Embed cant strip in 30 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. moppings of hot steep asphalt (Type III), set in flashing cement or mechanically fastened to nailers. I. Extend courses of felt and hot asphalt to 2 in. minimum above top of cant strips. At obstructions in deck and at edges where roofing is not turned up at cant strip, extend courses of felt and hot asphalt to obstruction or edge of deck. Provide folded -back envelope of felt to prevent flow of asphalt into building or off edge. Where envelope installation is not feasible, provide a large bead of roofing cement to restrict flow of asphalt. J. At roof drains, terminate felt courses at edge of drain. Trim surface of insulation where necessary, so that completed roofing is flush with ring of drain. Coordinate installation with any clamping rings of drain units. K. Provide reinforced fiberglas flashing at cant strips, other sloping and vertical surfaces, roof edges, and at major penetrations through roof deck. Provide products and systems recommended by Roofing Materials Manufacturer and acceptable to Architect. Minimum one (1) ply fiberglas felt and one (1) ply reinforced fiberglas flashing, each set in a continuous coating of roofing cement and extended onto deck 4 in. and 5 in., respectively. Mechanically anchor to vertical surfaces, as recommended by Manufacturer. Overcoat with minimum 1/8 in. of roofing cement except where concealed by elastic flashing or aggregate. L. Embed flashings and reinforced fiberglas flashing solidly in beds of roofing cement not less than 1/8 in. thick. Lap 3 in. BUILT -UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING SECTION 07510 Page 6 at ends and embed in roofing cement. After reinforced fiberglas flashing is embedded in place, completely cover entire flashing assembly with roofing cement not less than 1/8 in. thick. Extend cement at least 1 in. beyond top and toe of top flashing course. M. Apply mineral surface roll roofing with hot mopping to traffic areas on roof as shown or directed, except provide bitumen - impregnated walking surface boards around roof scuttle and other high traffic areas indicated. N. Apply fibrated aluminum B.U.R. surfacer with brush or squeegee at rate of 1.5 - 2 gal. /100 ft2. FOLLOW -UP WORK A. Just •rior to Acce•tance of buildin•, Roofer shall inspect entire roof and flashing installation. Remove debris, and repair damage as required. B. Cut open and repair ridging, blisters, and similar defects and recoat repairs. C. Clean any bitumen spill or discoloration from adjoining work. TEST CUTS Cutout test samples of finished roofing where and as directed: One 12 in. x 12 in. cutout per 100 squares of roof area. Cut samples before application of cap sheet. Should any mopping be less than that specified, or should any sample fail to conform to other specified requirements, apply additional plies and bitumen at no additional cost to Owner. Repair roofing where samples were removed, as directed. End of Section 07510. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07600 Page 1 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all Work and services necessary for all architectural sheet metal work, not specifically included in the work of other sections, as shown on the Drawings and as specified, in accordance with the Provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with the work of all other trades (verify with Prime Contractor any modifications to details shown that might affect work of this section). B. Although such work is not specifically shown or specified, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to, or necessary for, a sound, secure, and complete installation. C. Roofing and Flashing Subcontractor shall be one and the same. Coordinate work with that of sheet metal roofing supplier and contractor. QUALITY STANDARDS Supply materials and perform all work in compliance with the latest edition of the ASTM, SMRCA, and SMACNA Standards. SUBMITTALS A. Submit finish, color, and color range samples of materials proposed for use, as appropriate for material. B. Submit Shop Drawings of all work under this section. Include forming, fastening, jointing, and jointing details. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Schedule delivery to avoid onsite storage, if possible. Protect from weather and damage. Where possible, break materials in shop to minimize field forming operations. JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify suitability of substrates to accept work. Installation assumes responsibility for performance. B. Coordinate work with roofing. Provide all components necessary to create water -tight junctures between roofing and sheet metal work. C. Guarantee: Furnish a two -year guarantee on sheet metal work, agreeing to repair or replace work which leaks water, deteriorates excessively, or otherwise fails to perform as watertight flashing. Guarantee shall be signed jointly by the Contractor and the sheet metal installer. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 2 PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Aluminum complying with ASTM B -308 or B -209, anodized AA -M12- C22 -142. Color: Dark Bronze. Minimum thickness of 0.05 in., unless otherwise specified. B. Galvanized steel, complying with ASTM A -525, minimum 24 ga. C. Fastenings: Provide fasteners of same material as sheet metal or which are compatible and will not cause dissimilar metals corrosion or reactions. D. Solder: Complying with ASTM B -32, or B -486, as applicable to materials joined. Use muriatic acid flux filled with zinc for copper work. Use rosin flux for other materials. E. Metal Protection: Provide alkali resistant bituminous paint, Tneme Tar 413 by Tnemec or equivalent. F. Reglets: Provide Fry or Superior reglets to fit conditions. Use 0.02 in (0.05 cm) eraydo zinc with aluminum. Use 24 -ga. galvanzied with galvanized iron. Use non - ferrous type compatible with sheet metal for other materials. Provide interior and exterior preformed corners, as required. Fabricate special items to fit conditions. FLASHINGS A. Workmanship: Put surfaces to be covered with sheet metal in proper condition for covering. Contractor shall be responsible for defective Work from any cause, including improperly prepared surfaces. Execute by skilled craftsmen to best methods of sheet metal trades. Form materials accurately to shapes and dimensions indicated, with lines, mouldings, and edges sharp and true; reinforcing as required for stiffness without waves or buckles. Allow for proper expansion and contraction and for shrinkage of wood construction. All exterior joints and seams shall be permanently weathertight. B. Flashings, General: Provide 24 -ga. galvanized flashing where indicated on the Drawings or required to obtain weathertight construction. Flash continuously around internal and external corners with shop - formed and soldered or welded corners extending not less than 1 ft. on each side of corner. Fabricate sections up to 10 ft. Fold exposed edges back at least 1/2 inch and flatten. Lap joints minimum 4 in. and set in mastic. Use concealed fastenings wherever practicable. Where necessary to expose nailing, use large head nails. At fascia or gravel stop, provide butt type expansion joints with matching back -up 6 in. wide. Set gravel stop in mastic. Furnish reglets of matching material with opening protected, filled with fiber, or covered with removable tape. Turn over FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 3 to proper trades for built -in installations. See following paragraphs for specific requirements. COUNTER FLASHING Form to Detail in 10 -ft. lengths of 24 -ga. galvanized steel. Angles shopformed as above, lapped at least 3 in., and set in approved waterproof mastic. Install straight and free of irregularities and defects. INSTALLATION AND FABRICATION SHEET METAL A. Fabricate sheet metal items in shop to maximum extent possible, consistent with installation requirements and handling limitations. Fabricate to profiles and sizes indicated. B. Provide items to be built into other construction to the Contractor in timely fashion to allow their installation. If items are not provided in time for installation, Sheet Metal Fabricator shall be responsible for cutting for, and installation of, such items. C. Perform fabrication and installation in accordance with Details and recommendations of SMRCA, and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. D. Perform soldering in accordance with trade procedures to achieve weathertight joints and required details. E. Set to• edges of flashing into reglets as indicated. Fasten materials at recommended intervals. Provide slip joints and seaming to allow for thermal movement. Calk joints with sealant. F. Turn down can flashing over base flashings at least 4 in. Form flashings to provide spring action with exposed edges hemmed or folded to create tight junctures. G. Provide dissimilar metals and materials protection where dissimilar metals come in contact and elsewhere, where required. H. Provide all m'scell.neous sheet etal items not specifically covered elsewhere, as indicated or required, to provide a weathertight installation. Fabricate to true, sharp profiles. SHOP TREATMENT A. Prime coat or galvanize all items indicated on the drawings or Shop Drawings, or specified under other Sections. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 4 B. Nonferrous Metals: 1. Prepare sufaces to be prime coated by removing all oxides, scale, grease, and oil by wire brushing and /or chemical cleaning. 2. Prime with one (1) coat zinc - chromate, or approved equal. C. Ferrous Metals: 1. Prepare surfaces to be primed or galvanized by removing all loose mill scale, rust, dirt, weld, flux, weld splatter, and other foreign matter by wire brushing or scraping. Grind smooth any sharp projections. Oil and grease deposits shall be removed by solvent. If metal that is already galvanized is to be shop painted, clean with acetic acid and rinse with clear water before painting. 2. Prime all exterior ferrous metal with one•.(1) coat zinc - chromate conforming to Mil. Specifications MIL -P -735 or Tnemec No. 99 Green Metal Primer. Prime all interior ferrous metal with one (1) coat alkyd resin primer conforming to Federal Specifications TT- p -86a, Type II. 3. Galvanizing of ferrous metal shall be done by hot - dipped process in molten zinc. Continuous coating of uniform thickness shall be obtained free from defects. Average coating of zinc shall not be less than 2 oz. per sq. ft. of coated surface. Galvanizing shall occur after fabrication of various components has been accomplished. When size of assembly is too large for galvanizing, subassemblies may be galvanized and subsequently fabricated. ELECTROLYTIC PROTECTION A. Dissimilar materials shall not be placed in contact with or in a position where drainage across them will occur. For specific sheet metal materials, as hereinafter specified for use on this property, treat contact surface to prevent electrolysis as follows: 1. Dissimilar Metals: Protect contact surfaces with heavy coat of bituminous paint, zinc - chromate primer, or approved equal. This protective paint coat is in addition to shop primers on steel. CLEAN UP Upon Completion of the Work, repair all damaged areas; clean stains and debris; remove protective coverings; if provided, and leave work in broom -clean condition. SHEET METAL ROOFING GENERAL DESCRIPTION THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07610 Page 1 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all Work and services necessary for, or incidental to, the furnishing and installation, complete, of all sheet metal roofing with integral guttering and accessories, as shown on the drawings and as specified, in accordance with the Provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with all other trades. B. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurte- nances and devices incidental to, or necessary for, a sound, secure, and complete installation. C. Coordinate work and installation with work of other roofing and flashing contractors if not the same contractor. D. Verify suitability of roof substrate, structure, and support and as -built dimensions prior to fabrication and installa- tion. E. Products to be considered equal to those specified below must be approved in writing by the Architect. QUALITY ASSURANCE Supply materials and perform all Work in compliance with the latest edition of the ASTM, MRCA, and SMACNA Standards. SUBMITTALS A. Provide actual samples of products to be used showing finish, color, and metal thickness as appropriate for parts of instal- lation. B. Provide shop drawings as appropriate showing all work of this section including layout, forming, fastening, jointing, and jointing details, shapes and gauges, interface with other work. C. When requested provide Architect with information verifying contractor suitability showing experience, samples of com- pleted work, bondability, and other pertinent data regarding qualifications. D. Provide Owner upon completion of Project, under provisions of Section 01700, with: 1. Two (2) year warranty on weather- tightness from roofing applicator. SHEET METAL ROOFING SECTION 07610 Page 2 2. Twenty (20) year paint finish guarantee from the manufac- turer. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Schedule delivery to avoid on site storage, if possible, otherwise coordinate with Contractor for suitable provisions. Prot'Ct from weather and damage, store off ground in manner to prevent bending, twisting, or abrasion. Panels with strippable protective film to be stored out of sunlight. Provide equipment suitable for trans- fer of materials to installation locations on roof, do not exces- sively load roof structure with concentrated weights of products. Avoid deformation or scratching of products while placing; bent, crimped, or otherwise adversely deformed or defaced products not acceptable for installation. Plan work in shop to minimize field forming of products. JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify suitability of substrates to accept work. Proceeding with Work assumes acceptance and responsibility for perform- ance. B. Verify as -built dimensions and conditions for fit of products prior to breaking or fabrication. C. Weather conditions to be dry prior to, and during, installa- tion of products. Substrate to be dry prior to installation. PRODUCTS GENERAL ROOFING TYPE Metal roofing shall be manufactured by Taylor Metal Products, Inc. or approved equal capable of matching specified color. STANDING SEAM SYSTEM Standing seams to be integral with profile with continuous compression rib. Concealed hold down clips located at 24" o.c. vert. and fastened as per manufacturer's instruc- tions. Pans are 12" wide with nominal 1" high male - female interlocking standing seam, or approved equal. Roofing panels shall be of sufficient lengths to reduce horizontal joints to a minimum. If horizontal joints are required, pans should lap 4" with upper pan having a one inch hook into a horizontal cleat the full width of the pan. srein J'J if {Y. r \.�i4 tJaf: {,�•, r K'•t.....il'hxt i , ".d. RETAKE OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT SHEET METAL ROOFING SECTION 07610 Page 2 2. Twenty (20) year paint finish guarantee from the manufac- turer. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Schedule delivery to avoid on site storage, if possible, therwise coordinate with Contractor for suitable provisions. Protest from weather and damage, store off ground in manner to prevent bending, twisting, or abrasion. Panels with strippable protective film to be stored out of sunlight. Provide equipment suitable for trans- fer of materials to installation locations on roof, do not exces- sively load roof structure with concentrated weights of products. Avoid deformation or scratching of products while placing; bent, crimped, or otherwise adversely deformed or defaced products not acceptable for installation. Plan work in shop to minimize field forming of products. JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify suitability of substrates to accept work. Proceeding with Work assumes acceptance and responsibility for perform- ance. B. Verify as -built dimensions and conditions for fit of products prior to breaking or fabrication. C. Weather conditions to be dry prior to, and during, installa- tion of products. Substrate to be dry prior to installation. PRODUCTS GENERAL ROOFING TYPE Metal roofing shall be manufactured by Taylor Metal Products, Inc. or approved equal capable of matching specified color. STANDING SEAM SYSTEM Standing seams to be integral with profile with continuous compression rib. Concealed hold down clips located at 24" o.c. vert. and fastened as per manufacturer's instruc- tions. Pans are 12" wide with nominal 1" high male - female interlocking standing seam, or approved equal. Roofing panels shall be of sufficient lengths to reduce horizontal joints to a minimum. If horizontal joints are required, pans should lap 4" with upper pan having a one inch hook into a horizontal cleat the full width of the pan. SHEET METAL ROOFING SECTION 07610 Page 3 FINISH A. Duracoat 2000 comprising a two coat system: one coat of full strength 70% KYNAR 500 fluorocarbon (polyvinylidene fluoride PVF2) over a coat of corrosion resistant epoxy based primer on the finish side; a primer and wash coat on the underside. Face film thickness to be 1.0 mils + or - 0.2 mils. B. Color to be as indicated on the exterior finish schedule. C. Provide a twenty (20) year guarantee on all coated surfaces. ROOFING PANELS Roofing material to be 24 gauge, ASTM A446, Grade A, HDG, G -90 Steel. TRIM ITEMS Metal flashings, gutters, downspouts, and trim shall be factory formed from the same material, gauge and finish as the roofing panels. Caulking to be furnished at those trim conditions recommended by the manufacturer and as designated on shop drawings. Coordinate gutter fabrication with drain provisions and installation. UNDERLAYMENT One layer of 30# saturated rag felt laid dry with 6" minimum lap horizontally and 12" minimum end lap. FASTENERS Applications over wood sheathing (a) Standard 1 -1/4" HDG roofing nails. (b) Bugle head drywall screws. Component fasteners for AEP trim and flashing items (a) Phillips drive 1/2" long flat head seam screws or galvanized roofing nails at 12" o.c. (b) Steel pop rivets. SEALANTS Geocel 2000 Clear Construction Sealant, G.E. Silicone, or equal, as approved by manufacturer. Sealant tapes allowed in lieu of caulking sealant as approved by manufacturer. SHEET METAL ROOFING SECTION 07610 Page 4 CLOSURES Neoprene closures are to be provided as supplied by manufacturer at all terminations, battens at valleys and other open ends on all roofs of less than 3 in 12 slope. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Verify dimensions of building with shop drawings and materials prior to installation. B. Workmanship to comply with standards set forth in the architectural sheet metal manual as published by SMACNA. C. Install as per manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings by skilled approved mechanics in straight and true lines, free from dents and buckles and other blemishes. Protect from damage prior to and during installation and until completion of Project. Inspect for defects, and correct prior to final acceptance. D. Provide sealant at all lap areas, edge and starter trim connections and other pertinent areas as per manufacturer's recommendations, including exposed fasteners subject to potential for leaking. E. Touch up edges and minor scratches as directed by manufacturer's instructions. Clean surfaces and remove waste materials. CLEANING Leave work areas clean, free from grease, finger marks, and stains, remove from site all scrap and debris generated by work of this section, and provide maintenance materials and instructions to owners. End of Section 07610. SKYLIGHTS SECTION 07800 Page 1 GENERAL A. The extent of the translucent, insulated skylight is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. B. Work included: Supply all labor and materials required to deliver (and install) the translucent insulated skylight. The following major items include, but are not limited to: 1. Pyramidal skylight structures a. Insulated translucent skylight panels b. Flexible flashing 2. Installation system. 3. Aluminum counter- flashing 4. Sealant C. Panel system manufacturer must be listed by the International Conference of Building Officials or the Southern Building Code Congress, which require quality control inspection by an approved agency of sandwich panel construction. D. Material and products shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of similar materials, for a period of at least 25 consecutive years and which can show evidence of these materials being satisfactorily used on at least six (6) projects of similar size, scope and type within such a period. At least three (3) years of the projects shall have been in successful use for 10 years or longer. E. Erection shall be by an installer which has been in the business of erecting similar materials for at least five (5) consecutive years and can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size and scope. SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and color samples of panels and aluminum trim in accordance with Division 1 requirements. B. Test reports to be furnished by panel system manufacturer. Submit certified test reports, made by an independent testing organization for each type and class of panel system. Reports shall verify that the materials will meet all performance requirements of this specification. Previously completed test reports will be acceptable if current and indicative of products used on this project. Test reports required are: SKYLIGHTS SECTION 07800 Page 2 1. Flame Spread and Smoke Development (ASTM E -84) 2. Burn Extent (ASTM D -635) 3. Color Difference (ASTM D -2244) 4. Impact Strength (SPI Method) 5. Bond Strength (ASTM C -297 and ASTM C -1002) 6. Accelerated Aging (ASTM D -1037) 7. Beam Bending Strength (ASTM E -72) 8. Insulated "U" Factor (ASTM C -236) 9. Class A Roof Covering Burning Brand (ASTM E -108) C. Certification: Submit statement to Architect that translucent insulated Panel System Documents (Shop Drawings) are designed to conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code certified by registered Engineer. D. Contractor shall submit written guarantee accompanied by test reports that state that the products to be furnished are in accordance with or exceed this specification. PRODUCTS A. Kalwall Pre - Engineered Skylights by Kalwall Manufacturing Company or equal. MATERIALS A. Panels shall have a thickness of 2 -3/4" with a "U ": factor of .40 light transmission of 30 and shading coefficient of .41. B. Panels shall be a true sandwich panel of flat fiberglass sheet bonded to a grid core of mechanically interlocking aluminum I -beams and shall be laminated under a controlled process of heat and pressure. C. Panels and perimeter frame shall be pre - assembled where practical and sealed at the factory. Panels should be shipped to the job site in rugged shipping united and shall be ready for erection. D. Grid pattern shall be nominal 12" x 24" Shoji. E. Adhesive bonding line shall be straight, cover the entire width of the I -beam and have a neat sharp edge. In order to insure bonding strength, white spots at intersections of muntins and mullions shall not exceed 4 for each 40 square feet of panel, nor shall they be more than 3/64" in width. F. Aluminum perimeter closures to be supplied with #410 Type A, stainless steel screws (excluding final fasteners to the building, e.g., powder driven fasteners, lagbolts) and shall be factory sealed to the panel. Aluminum battens and cap plates shall be field installed. 1 J 1 SKYLIGHTS SECTION 07800 Page 3 G. All exposed aluminum to be dark bronze anodized. H. Receiving channels for self- tapping stainless steel screws to be continuous the length of each member and extruded as part of the member. Threaded receiving channel shall not be acceptable. PERFORMANCE A. Translucent, high impact and tegular strength, faces shall be manufactured by insulated panel system fabricator specifically for architectural use. B. Flammability: The interior face sheet shall have a flamespread rating no greater than 75 and smoke development no greater than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E -84. (Optional: Flamespread rating no greater than 25 and smoke development no greater than 300 when tested in accordance with ASTM E -84). Burn extent by ASTM D -635 shall be no greater than 1 ". C. Weatherability: 1. Overall degradation factor shall be 10 or less according to ASTM D -3841, Method B. 2. The exterior face shall not change color more than 3.0 Adams Units (DELTA E by ASTM D -2244) after 5 years outdoor weathering South Florida at 70 facing South, determined by the average of at lest three (3) samples. 3. The exterior face sheet shall not darken more than .2 (DELTA L by ASTM D -244) when exposed to 150° for two (2) weeks. 4. The exterior faces shall have a special acrylic protective surface, minimum thickness 1.2 mils, for maximum resistance to erosion and weather, applied in the factory under controlled temperature conditions. This coating must be fully field refinishable if damaged. D. Appearance: 1. The face sheets shall be uniform in color to prevent splotchy appearance. 2. Exterior face sheets shall be .070" thick (regular strength) .045" thick (high impact strength) and white in color. Interior face sheets shall be .045" thick and white in color. Faces shall not vary more than 10% in thickness. SKYLIGHTS SECTION 07800 Page 4 3. Faces shall be completely free of ridges and wrinkles which prevent proper surface contact in bonding to the aluminum grid core. Clusters of air bubbles and pinholes which collect moisture and dirt will not be acceptable. E. Strength: Exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength and repel and impact equal to 60 ft. -lbs. (230 ft. -lbs high impact strength) in accordance with SPI Shatter Resistance Test. F. Laminate adhesive shall be heat and pressure type engineered for structural sandwich panel use. Adhesive shall pass testing requirements specified by the International Conference of Building Officials "Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panel Adhesive ". Minimum strength shall be: 1. 750 PSI tensile strength by ASTM C -297 before and after two (2) exposures to six (6) cycles each of the aging conditions prescribed by ASTM D -1037. 2. 500 PSI shear strength average of all five (5) separate exposures by ASTM D -1002: a. 50% relative humidity at 730 F. b. Accelerated Aging by ASTM C -1183. c. 1820 F. d. Full Cycle Soak. e. 500 Oxygen Bomb. EXECUTION A. Contractor shall prepare openings including isolating dissimilar materials from aluminum system which may cause damage by electrolysis. B. Contractor shall install a structural curb designed to withstand the thrust generated by the skylight. C. Erector shall erect translucent panel system in strict accordance with approved shop drawings. Fastening and sealing shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings. All aluminum shall be cleaned before sealants are applied. D. After other trades have completed work on adjacent material, carefully inspect translucent panel installation and make adjustments necessary to insure proper installation and weather -tight conditions. E. All staging, lifts and hoists required for the complete insulated wall panel system installation, including staging, etc., necessary for field measuring, shall be provided by, set up and maintained by the erecting contractor. End of Section 07800 SEALANTS AND CAULKING SECTION 07920 Page 1 GENERAL A. The following list constitutes a nominal schedule of sealant Work required under this Section. Provide and install all sealants, as scheduled or required. 1. Flashing reglets and retainers. 2. Exterior wall joints. 3. Interior sound- sealed and air - sealed joints. 4. Flooring joints. 5. Isolation joints, between structure and other elements. 6. Paving and sidewalk joints and joints between paving or sidewalks and building. 7. Joints at penetrations of walls, floors, and decks by piping and other services and equipment. 8. Exterior and interior perimeters of all door and window frames, louvers, grilles, and all other openings which occur in exterior walls. 9. Solidly bed all thresholds at exterior doors. 10. Caulking of plumbing fixtures to floor and wall (silicone). 11. Other joints where caulking, sealant, or compressible sealant is indicated. QUALITY STANDARDS AND ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sealant materials shall comply with ASTM C -603 and C -150, Federal Specifications TT- S- 001543A, TT- S- 00227E, and TT -S- 00230C, as they apply. B. Backer materials shall comply with ASTM C -509 and Federal Specifications HH- F341a, Type I, Class A and B. C. Acceptable Manufacturers for Polyurethane Materials: MAMECO, A. C. Horn, Sonneborn Bldg. Prod., and Tremco. D. Acceptable Manufacturers for Silicone Materials: Dow, General Electric, Pecora Corp., and Tremco. E. Acceptable Manufacturers for Compressible Sealant: Poly -Tite and Sandell. F. Acce•table Manufacturers for Ac lic Sealants: MAMECO, A. C. Horn, Pecora Corp., Sonneborn Bldg. Prod., and Tremco. G. Acceptable Ma ufactu ers for Pol sulf de Materials: Morton - Thiokol, Pecora Corp., Sonneborn Bldg. Prod. H. Other Manufacturers desiring approval shall submit request (per Section 01630). SUBMITTALS A. Submit written guarantee after installation is complete. JOB CONDITIONS A. Perform sealant Work only when ambient temperature is 40o F., or higher. Apply in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. SEALANTS AND CAULKING SECTION 07920 Page 2 B. Before application, thoroughly clean all joints. Apply only to joints which are free of frost, moisture, or material which will inhibit bond. Apply to cementitious materials only when thoroughly cured and dry. GUARANTEE Guarantee caulking and sealing work will be free of defects for a period of three (3) years from date of Final Acceptance. Remove any defective Work or materials and replace with new Work and materials, and repair any other Work damaged as a result of defective sealing work or material, at no additional expense to the Owner. Failure of watertightnesss shall constitute defect. Guarantee shall be jointly by the applicator and the Contractor. PRODUCTS A. Provide clear or white sealant as directed by architect. Where compound is not exposed to view in finished Work, provide Manufacturer's color which has best overall performance. B. Provide non - sagging sealant for use in vertical joints. Sealants for horizontal surface joints may be self - leveling. C. Before use of any sealant, investigate its compatibility with joint surfaces, joint fillers, and other materials in joint system. Provide only materials known to be fully compatible with actual installation conditions. D. Obtain sealincl, compounds only from Manufacturers who will, when required, provide services of Manufacturers' field service representatives at project site for the purposes of advising and instructing Installers in the proper procedures and precautions for use of materials. Provide such services, when required, at no expense to the Owner. E. Size compressible sealant so that width of material is twice the joint width. F. Provide the Following Types of Sealant: 1. One or two component polyurethane or polysulfides. (Exterior and interior use). Verify suitability of conditions for one - component caulking if used. 2. One or two component silicone. (Exterior use and interior wet area use). 3. One or two component acrylic. (Interior use). 4. Compressilble sealant. (where indicated). G. Joint Cleaner: Type recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. SEALANTS AND CAULKING SECTION 07920 Page 3 H. Joint Primer - Sealer:, Type recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. I. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene or other material recommended by Sealant Manfacturer Self - adhesive tape, where possible. J. Sealant Backer Rod: Rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, or other flexible, non - absorbent and non - bituminous material recommended by Sealant Manufacturer, to control joint depth for sealant placement. Break bond of sealant at bottom of joint. Provide proper shape of sealant bead and minimize possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. EXECUTION A. Seal buildi g and any ioints or areas which will permit penetration of moisture unless sealing work is specifically required under other Sections. Make all joints watertight. B. Apply primer where required, to joint surfaces. Take extreme care to limit application to surfaces to receive caulking. Mask off adjacent surfaces. C. Make depth of sealing compounds not more than one -half the width of the joint, but in no case less than 1/4 inch. Subcaulk joints that are deep or joints where a suitable backstop has not been provided to the proper depth, using backing rod and bond breaker. D. Install correctly sized backer in joints to receive sealant. Apply bond breaker where bond must be avoided. E. Apply with proper tool, using sufficient pressure to fill all voids and joints solid. Upon completion, leave caulking with smooth even finish. End of Section 07920 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS AAMA ASAHC SECTION 08000 Page 1 Architectural Aluminum Manf. Association Ste. 118, 2700 River Road Des Plaines, IL 60018 American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants 77 Mark Drive P.O. Box 3476 San Rafael, Calif. 94902 BHMA Builders Hardware Manf. Association 60 East 42nd Street, Rm. 511 New York, N.Y. 10165 DHI Door and Hardware Institute 7711 Old Springhouse Road McLean, VA 22102 FGJA Flat Glass Jobbers Association GTA Glass Tempering Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 3310 Harrison Street Topeka, Kansas 66611 (913) 266 -7013 FHDA Fir and Hemlock Door Association Yeon Building Portland, Oregeon 97204 NAAMM National Association of Architecural Metal Manufacturers 221 N. LaSalle St., Ste. 2026 Chicago, IL 60601 NS MIA NWMA National Sash and Door Jobbers Association 205 W. Touhy Ave. Park Ridge, IL 60068 National Woodwork Manf. Association 205 W. Touhy Ave. Park Ridge, IL 60068 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS SIGMA SDI End of Section 08000 SECTION 08000 Page 2 Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 111 E. Wacker Dr., Ste. 600 Chicago, IL 60601 Steel Door Institute 14600 Detroit Ave. Cleveland, Ohio 44107 1.i METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 1 GENERAL A. Verify and coordinate requirements of any fire and /or smoke rated doors and nonrated doors and required hardware. Provide labeled frames to match rating required of doors. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agency: 1. Conform to UBC Sections 3304 and 4306. 2. Conform to the infiltration rates of the Washington State Energy Code or local jurisdiction's energy code. Where conflicts occur use the most prohibitive code. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Fire Labels: Provide Underwriter's Laboratories (U.L.), Warnock Hersey International (W.H.), or Factory Mutual labels on doors and frames at all rated walls of class required for the rating of the wall in which they are to be installed. Modify standard specifications and Architect's details as required to secure labels. C. Reference Standards: 1. United States Commercial Standard: CS242 -62 Standard Stock Commercial Steel Doors and. Frames. 2. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: NAAMM- CHM1 -74 Specification for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. NAAMM -74 Fire -Rated Custom Metal Doors and Frames. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI SDI - 100 -85 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. ANSI A115 Standard Specification for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware. SUBMITTALS PER SECTION 01340 A. Shop Drawings: Submit, for approval, in timely fashion showing elevations and dimensions of each door type, details of each frame type, cutouts, reinforcements, joints, welds and other pertinent items. Identify doors by Architect's Door Numbers and Finish Hardware Group Numbers. METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 2 PRODUCTS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Doors and Frames: Amweld, Ceco, Pioneer, Republic, Steelcraft, or approved equal. B. Aluminum Doors and Faames: Endure, or approved equal. MATERIALS A. Steel: 1. Commercial quality, stretcher level and cold- rolled steel conforming with ASTM A366. 2. Free from scale, pitting, and other surface defects. 3. Zinc -coat any exterior doors and frames (galvanized G60 zinc coating per ASTM A525). B. Aluminum: 1. Extruded aluminum of .125" thickness. • 2. Free from scale, pitting, and other surface defects. C. Sound Deadening: Manufacturer's standard inorganic noncombustible insulation. D. Gauges for Doors: 1. All doors shall be of type and sizes shown on approved shop drawings. 2. Minimum 18 gauge for face sheets of interior doors, 16 ga.for exit doors. 3. Gauges of labeled doors as approved by Underwriters' Laboratories or Factory Mutual for required label. E. Gauges for Frames: 1. Minimum 18 gauge for frames on interior doors. Minimum 16 gauge for frames on interior fire rated or exterior doors. METAL DOORS AND FRAMES /FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. All work smooth, free from warps, buckles, and other imperfections. B. Conform to referenced NAAMM /Pages 3 thru 6. 1. Doors to be flush steel type, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Glazing sizes are to be selected from manufacturers' standard sizes. Glazing shall conform to code. C. Exposed welded joints smooth, marks not showing when finished. 1. Weld joints wherever possible in preference to mechanical fasteners. METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 3 2. Fill and grind smooth all ioints. Finished product shall have no visble seams, joints or ridges on faces or vertical edges. D. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate combination buck, frame, and stop; type, sizes, and shapes indicated. 2. Miter and weld corners; reinforce at hinge and closer points. 3. Provide removable spreader at open bottom of frames. E. Jamb Anchors: 1. One anchor and stiffener for each 24" of jamb height, not less than 4 per jamb, not more than 4" from top and bottom of frame. F. Floor Anchors: 1. Clip angles, not lighter than 12 gauge, welded to bottom of each jamb. a. Provide holes in bottom leg to receive two floor anchors. b. Looseness between hole diameter and shank diameter of floor anchor not permitted. c. Fasteners to floor equivalent to 3/8" bolt. CLEARANCES Provide and Maintain: -1/8" between door and frame at head and jambs -1/8" between meeting pairs of doors -1/4" maximum between door and threshold -3/8" maximum between door and floor finish except as otherwise noted or detailed. PROVISION FOR HARDWARE A. General: 1. Mortise, reinforce and tap doors and frames at factory for mortise hardware. 2. Work to templates for all hardware. 3. Reinforce for surface - applied hardware. 4. Drill for door silencers and provide 3 per strike side jamb. 5. Provide plaster guards at silencers and strike pockets as required for grouted installations. 6. Conform to standards of hardware manufacturer except as modified in this Section. B. Reinforcement for Butts and Pivots: 1. 3/16" x 12" steel plate; width equal to full inside width of frame. METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 4 2. Provide within door at proper location for each butt. Use 3/16" steel plate, full door thickness. C. Standard Reinforcement for Door Closers: 1. Provide for all doors whether or not closers are scheduled per Section 08710. FINISH Doors and frames shop primed with rust inhibitive paint after galvanizing, in accordance with referenced Standards. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Conform to NAAMM Page 6 /Part 3, and to CS242. 1. Set bucks and frames plumb and true. Brace until built in. Install silencers in frames to be grouted prior to grouting. 2. Install doors and hardware as late as practicable without jeopardizing construction schedule. 3. Include glazing stops, ready for job Glazing per Section 08800, if glazing is not furnished with door. 4. Coordinate and provide for painting of door and frame surfaces per Division 9. 5. Install all hardware except butts after painting is done (mask off butts to avoid application of finishes). B. Hardware: Install hardware per approved Hardware Schedule. Coordinate closers and stops /set to same limits. C. Grouting: Grout frames indicated to be grouted. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Adjust all moving parts to operate perfectly. B. Touch up after installation. C. Thoroughly clean all surfaces. D. Provide for appropriate protection from Work still to be completed. End of Section 08110 WOOD AND PLASTIC DOORS SECTION 08200 Page 1 GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to: 1. Industry standard FHDA 5 -75 for wood and plastic doors. 2. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specification and Quality Certification Program (Third Edition), as published by Architectural Woodwork Institute; Section 1300- Architectural Flush Doors, and Section 1400 -Stile and Rail Doors. 3. NWMA 1.S.1 -80 Flush Wood Doors. B. Fire rated doors to comply with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows (ANSI A2.7 -73) and shall pass NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. Approved testing agencies; Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.), or Warnock Hersey International (W.H.). SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, samples, manufacturer's product data and product certification. B. Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, blocking for hardware attachment, and cutouts for glazing. C. Provide manufacturer's warranty certificates per Section 01740. PRODUCTS GENERAL Provide doors in sizes, thicknesses, materials, and configurations shown. Doors with panels or other openings (glazed, louvered, etc.) may be of flush door style except that opening sizes and configurations that exceed limits of manufacturer's guarantee (including fire rating limitations) shall be provided in stile and rail door style. Fire rated stile and rail type doors shall carry U.L. or W.H. label or be of construction as approved in writing by the Fire Marshal prior to fabrication and required submittals. FLUSH DOORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Champion Products, Vancouver Door, Weyerhauser, or approved equal. 1. Stile, rail, and core show - through (telegraphing) shall not exceed 0.010 inch in any three inch span. 2. Glass relights, as noted, to be provided similar to as specified under Stile and Rail Doors and factory installed in wood stops (per AWI Sections 1300 -S -2 and 1300 -G -4). WOOD AND PLASTIC DOORS SECTION 08200 Page 2 C. Door Construction: 1. Solid -Core Non -Rated Interior Door: PC -5 or PC -7, particleboard core (AWI Section 1300 -G -3). 2. Solid Core Fire -Rated Interior Door: FD 1 -1/2, FD 1, FD 3/4, and FD 1/3 as indicated (AWI Section 1300 -G -4). D. Flush Door Facing: 1. Quality: AWI Custom Grade, except use Premium Grade at pairs of doors (AWI Section 1300 -S -1). Face quality to conform to ANSI /HPMA HP 1983 "A" Face. 2. Species: Plain sliced Birch for transparent finish, book match veneers, pair match for pairs of doors. 3. Vertical Edges: Compatible species to face veneer, except that fire rated doors need not have matching species. E. Adhesives: ANSI /NWMA 1.S. -1 Series; Type I fbr faces and crossbands, Type II or better for cores (when glued). G. Workmanship (as manufactured per AWI Section 1300 -T -2): 1. Gap between vert. edges of faces: 1/32" by 5% of joint length maximum, 1 per door allowed. 2. Intersecting joint gap: 1/32" by 20% of joint length maximum, 1 per door allowed. 3. Intersecting joint flushness: 1/64" by 20% of joint length maximum, 1 per door allowed. 4. Longitudinal gap between molding and face: 1/32" by 5% of joint length, 1 per door allowed. 5. Total defects allowed: 3 per door. STILE AND RAIL DOORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Minton Co., Karona,Inc., Michael Mai.man Co., Sun- Dor -Co., Truline (Jessup Door Co.) or approved equal. 1. Grade: AWI Premium Grade for transparent finishes, AWI Custom Grade for opaque finishes. 2. Edges: Same species of wood as faces for doors with transparent finishes. 3. Materials: a. Lumber: Grade I plus compatibility of grain and color for Premium Grade. b. Relights: Factory installed glazing as noted. Comply with rating requirements at fire rated doors. c. Veneer for stiles and rails, 1/10 inch before sanding. WOOD AND PLASTIC DOORS SECTION 08200 Page 3 D. Workmanship: As manufactured per AWI Section 1400 -T FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Prepare doors to receive finish hardware by premachining when possible. B. Fire rated doors to carry fire rating label or obtain prior written approvals from Fire Marshal on alternative methods or constructions. C. Provide protective measures for shipping, storing, and handling of doors and frames as suitable for finish conditions (factory pre- finished or unfinished). D. Undercut doors as required for floor covering clearance or threshold conditions. Do not undercut doors at exit corridors. Coordinate undercuts with any ventilation requirement of mechanical system and verify against any requirements for acoustical privacy of adjacent rooms. E. Finish: 1. Transparent: Fine sand to provide clean, smooth base. One coat clear solvent type polyvinyl sealer, or approved sealer, on faces, edges, ends, and to wood vision panel trim. One coat alkyd resin base, or approved, filler - stain to open pores and wipe to remove excess filler. Two coats of clear catalized polyester - polyamine resin coating or approved coating that will not crack, craze, or yellow with age and is not affected by paint thinners or most household chemicals and non - abrasive cleaning agents. EXECUTION INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE A. Fit doors for width by planing; for height by sawing. Conform to AWI tolerances for fit. 1. Trim door width by cutting equally on both jamb edges. Trim fire rated door widths at lock edge only to maximum of 3/16 inch. 2. Trim door height at bottom edge only to maximum 3/4 inch. B. Install frames and doors to true, plumb, and straight lines with frames parallel at jambs and with door edges. Gaps between frames and doors to be uniform and no greater than 3/32 inch. C. Coordinate installation and finishing of door frames with wall material (GWB or other), and casings (Section 06200), including any special conditions of fire rated frames. WOOD AND PLASTIC DOORS SECTION 08200 Page 4 D. Finish doors and frames as specified prior to final installation of finish hardware (touch up pre - finished doors and frames as needed). E. Install doors and hardware according to manufacturer's recommendations. ADJUST AND CLEAN Adjust moving parts to operate to Architect's satisfaction at time of final project acceptance and during guarantee period. Touch up any abrasions, scratches, and other blemishes caused by Work on Project as appropriate to match existing surrounding surfaces prior to Final Acceptance. End of Section 08220 • ALUMINUM WINDOWS GENERAL DESCRIPTION DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08520 Page 1 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all Work and services necessary for, or incidental to, the furnishing and installation, complete, of all aluminum windows as shown on Drawings and as specified, in accordance with the Provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with Work of all other trades. B. Although such Work is not specifically shown or specified, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to, or necessary for, a sound, secure and complete installation. C. Details shown on drawings are intended for indicating components of an architectural assembly only, product configuration and suitability for locations shown and performance are the responsibilty of the manufacturer /installer. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance: Metal window framing furnished under this Section shall meet or exceed the following performance requirements: 1. Resistance to Water Infiltration: The Grid Framing System shall not leak when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 -68 at a test pressure of 7.5 psf. 2. Performance under Uniform Loading: When tested in accordance with ASTM E330, the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/175 of its span and when the load is removed there shall be no evidence of permanent deformation or damage when tested under a load of 25 psf. B. Conform to specifications of AAMA for PA 2.50 or 2.55 HP (High Performance) and products to pass ANSI /AAMA 101 -85. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Window units specified are Nucore Series for 1 in. fixed glazing and Trifab II 451 for operable units as manufactured by Kawneer Company. B. Other Manufacturers desiring approval shall submit requests at least seven (7) days prior to Bid Date. Contractor responsible for coordination of detailing as modified by change in products. ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08520 Page 2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of items, if required by Architect, showing shapes, corner construction, finish and other pertinent information of actual items to be used. B. Submit Shop Drawings of units, setting requirements, and coordination drawings, as required for complete installation. C. Submit structural, air, thermal and water infiltration tests, if so directed by Architect. Test reports to be on units of equal or larger size than those for this Project. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver units in sealed cartons. Store in upright postion protected from weather. Handle and protect during and after installation to prevent damage. Replace any damaged units at no expense to Owner. B. Schedule delivery to avoid onsite storage as practical, coordinate with Prime Contractor to facilitate. JOB CONDITIONS Verify that openings are correct for installation of units. Provide setting, blocking and shimming for correct installation. Installation assumes responsibility for performance. PRODUCTS MATERIALS GENERAL Window members extruded from 6063 -T5 alloy, framing and vent sections minimum depth 1 -5/8 inch. Internal members minimum depth 1 -1/2 inch. Solid sections nominal thickness 0.125 inch. Tubular sections with webs 0.093 inch for combined thickness 0.188 inch. Screws, fasteners and accessories shall be of materials compatible with aluminum. GLAZING BEADS Design for outside glazing. Provide in plane glazing of both fixed and vented areas. Minimum height of glazing legs, 3/4 inch with bead to accept 1 inch thick glazing (see Section 08800). Bead to be aluminum extrusion 0.050 inch in thickness anodized to match window with black vinyl spacer: 1 inch insulating glass. ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08520 Page 3 FINISH Finish is to be anodized, as shown on the exterior finish schedule, minimum coating thickness to be 0.7 mil as measured per ASTM B -244 with density of minumum 32 mg. per sq. in.. FABRICATION A. Verify as -built openings and building dimensions prior to fabrication, or coordinate with Contractor and /or other trades. B. Corners of frames and solid vent members mitered and welded full web depth. Tubular vent corners double welded inside and out. Solid web muntins and meeting rails welded full depth. Tubular members welded both sides. No mechanical joints allowed. Joints permanently factory sealed. C. All sections shall be formed true to details with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles, smooth surfaces of uniform texture, and free from defects impairing strength or durability, or appearance. D. Provide units pre - glazed per Section 08800 or coordinate field installed glazing with Contractor or glazing contractor. EXECUTION PREPARATION Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. INSTALLATION /APPLICATION /PERFORMANCE Follow manufacturer's recommendations. Set plumb, level and true, at proper elevations, and in alignment with other pertinent Work; anchor with non - corrosive fasteners to prevent distortion or misalignment. Provide protection of installed products from subsequent work of other trades, remove just prior to Final Acceptance and adjustment. ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust moving parts to be weathertight and to operate smoothly at time of project final acceptance and during guarantee period. B. Provide final cleaning and touchup per manufacturer's recommendations. Repair damaged products to Architect's satisfaction or replace. Products to be free from damages, blemishes, dents, grease, discoloration, scratches, and other defects prior to Final Acceptance. End of Section 08520 DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work under this section includes the finish and security hardware requirements for the project. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the work, shall be furnished, matching the items specified in quality and finish. Electrical items are underlined in the hardware groups for coordination with the electricallsecurity contractors. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Supplier: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized Builders' Hardware Supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years. The Supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect, or Contractor for project hardware consultation. B. Installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliace with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. Codes: 1. All finish hardware shall comply with the uniform building codes as adopted by the State of Washington . 2. Hardware for fire -rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit three copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. B. Hardware Schedule: 1. At the earliest possible date, submit six copies of the finish hardware, organized into "Hardware Sets" and indicating complete designations of every item required -1- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE for each door or opening. List in a vertical form. Review of hardware schedule does not relieve the contractor of responsibility to fulfill project require- ments in accordance with contract documents. 2. After the schedules have been reviewed, submit four copies of corrected schedule and one copy of catalog cuts of each item and installation and maintenance instructions. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Packaging: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to final hardware schedule. Basic installation instructions shall be included. B. Storage: Provide locked room at the jobsite for storage of hardware. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. Finish hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer, except the door closers shall be so guaranteed for five years. No liability shall be assumed by the hardware supplier where faulty operation is due to improper installation or failure to exercise normal maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Items used are from the catalogs of: McKinney Pemko Mfg. Folger Adam BBW Tice Lawrence Sargent LCN Adams Rite H.B.Ives ABH B. Except as shown in the following paragraphs, no other substitutions are allowed. -2- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE 2.02 BUTTS A. Manufacturer Listed: McKinney B. Acceptable Substitutions: Lawrence, Stanley C. Size: 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" except as required for 180 degree swing. D. Type: As listed. E. Quantity: 1 -1/2 pair up to and including 90" in height. 2 pair over 90" in height. F. For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size and quantity recommended by the butt manufacturer. 2.03 LOCKSETS A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent B. Acceptable Substitution: Schlage 2.04 DOOR CLOSERS, CONCEALED A. Manufacturer Listed: LCN B. Acceptable Substitution: None 2.05 DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent B. Acceptable Substitution: LCN 1460/1461 x FC C. Furnish drop plates where required. D. Furnish sex nuts and bolts for all wood doors. (Dark bronze finish.) E. Furnish shoe supports for PS /PSH closers. 2.06 KICK PLATES, PUSH AND PULLS A. Manufacturer Listed: Tice B. Acceptable Substitutions: Quality, BBW -3- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE 2.07 STOPS, HOLDERS AND MISCELLANEOUS A. Manufacturer Listed: H.B. Ives B. Acceptable Substitution: None C. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stop or vise - versa. Provide proper height floor stops to suit conditions. Contractor to provide solid backing for all wall mounted stops. Locate floor stops free of foot traffic. 2.08 WEATHERSTRIP AND THRESHOLDS A. Manufacturer Listed: Pemko B. Acceptable Substitutions: National Guard C. Provide type and finish as listed. 2.09 KEEPER SWITCHES A. Manufacturer Listed: Folger Adam B. Acceptable Substitution: None 2.10 KEYING A. All cylinder items shall be master and individually keyed as directed. Keying shall be established at a key conference attended by the Owner /Architect and Hardware Supplier. Provide construction system for use by the Contractor. At the completion of the project, the Hardware Supplier shall, in the presence of the Owner, void construction system, and turn over the permanent keys to the Owner. Keys: Provide 3-for each cylinder unit. (Except as amended at key conference) Masterkeys: Provide 6 for each new set established. Construction MK: Provide 6. -4- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation by skilled mechanics to Architect's satisfaction. Conform strictly to Manufacturer's templates and directions. Conform to referenced UBC and UL require- ments. B. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of final acceptance. C. Make further adjustment required during guarantee period. D. Replace hardware which has been damaged by use when damage is _caused by faulty installation. E. Make mortises accurately to exactly receive hardware. Depth of mortises such that hardware is flush with finish surfaces. F. Screws and similar: Drill appropriate size guide holes for all wood screws. G. Cast -in -place anchor bolts or steel expansion shields for all items supported by, or on, new concrete. H. Place door stops and holders to allow maximum swing. Doors not to contact anything but stop. I. Hardware placement: Locate hardware on doors as follows: 1. Comply with handicapped code where more stringent requirements are indicated. 2. Dimensions are from the finished floor to centerline unless shown otherwise. Butts: As per approved metal jambs. Lock /Latch Knobs: 40" center line strike. Deadlock Cylinder: 48 ". Push /Pulls: 40" center line. All other items are Manufacturer's instructions or as directed. 3. After erection and glazing, check and adjust all operating hardware. -5- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE 4. Protection and Cleaning: After installation, clean interior and exterior metal surfaces of all mortar, plaster, paint and other contaminants. 3.02 PAIRS OF DOORS A. Where more than one door per opening, provide quantity of items specified as necessary for a complete opening. 3.03 HARDWARE GROUPS 3W -1, Doors 07A Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Lock 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers T2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8105 x LNA x 10B 407- 1 /2B10B 20R HW -2, Doors 07B, 10B, 11B, 11C Each to have: 1 Set Bifold Hdwe 1 Wire Pull W-3, Doors 08, 09 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Privacy 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket HW -4, Doors 10A, 11D Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Lock 1 Keeper Switch 1 Closer /Stop 1 'Threshold 1 Door Bottom 1 Set Weatherstrip 1 DOOR VIEWER HD623 753 x 10B x 1 -5/8" Screws T2714 X 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8165 x LNA x 10B 407- 1 /2B1OB S88D TA2314 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 NRP 8116 x LNA x 10B ?SSW -104A EB1250 -PS 271D 315DN S88D -6- -iW -5, Doors 11A Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Latch 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW -6, Doors 12 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Lock 1 Flush Cup Pull 1 Safety Chain 1 Closer 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom 1 Set Weatherstrip $W -7 , Doors 13 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Lock 1 Overhead Stop 3 Silencers HW -8, Doors 15A Each to have: 1 0.H. Closer /Pivots 1 Int. Pivot 1 Dead Lock 2 Cylinders 1 Decal Sign 1 Set Push /Pulls 1 Floor Stop 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom Weatherstrip DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE T2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8115 x LNA x 10B 407- 1 /2B1OB 20R TA2314 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 NRP 7706 x OB x 10B 315 x 108 3/8" Chain /Staples /Spring Hook EB1250 -PSH 271D 315DN S88D. TA2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8105 x LNA x 10B 3033 x 10B 20R 20330P x 10B IP -170 x 10B MS1850S x MS4002 -012 x RC121 47 -41 -101 x 10B x 1/8" & 1/4" Blocking Rings 432 "This Door To Remain Unlocked During Business Hours" 3332 x 103 4465105 271D 315DN By Frame Supplier -7- HW -9, Doors 15B Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Latch 1 Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW -10, Doors 16 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Lock 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW -1]„ Doors 17 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Privacy 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom 1 Set Light Seal j iW -12, Doors 19, 20 Each to have: 3 Butts 1 Privacy 1 Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket JIW -13,, Gate to Each to haves 2 Spring Hinges 1 'Roller Latch 2 Silencers DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 HARDWARE TA2714 x 1OB x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8115 x LNA x 10B EB1251 -P9 10 x 1 -1/2" LTDW x Clear 407- 1 /2B1OB 20R T2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 76 -8G05 x OB x 10B 407- 1 /2B]OB 20R T2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8165 x LNA x 10B 407- 1 /2B1OB 151D 411AN 319DN TA2714 x 10B x 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 8165 x LNA x 10B EB1251 -0 10 x 1 -1/2" LTDW x Clear 407- 1 /2B1OB S88D 1502 10B 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1193 x 10B 21R -8- GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 1 GENERAL Where glass is indicated to be furnished and /or installed by other Sections, quality standards and installation methods and materials indicated herein pertain to such work. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Glass Manufacturers: American -Saint Gobain Corp., (ASG) Combustion Engineering, Inc. (CE) Ford Glass Division (FGD) Libby - Owens - Ford -Glass Co., (LOF) Mississippi Glass Co., (MG) Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., (PPG) Safelite Industries, (SI) Kokomo Opalescent Glass Co., (KOG) Blenko Glass Co., (BG) Guardian Industries, (GI) Viracon, Inc., (VI) Northwestern Industries, Inc., (NWI) B. Other manufacturer's desirin 01630. APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS royal shall comply with Section A. The following publications of the latest issue form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by references thereto: 1. Uniform Building Code: Chapter 54, 1991 edition. 2. Federal Specifications: (Inc. CPSC 16 CFR 1201) a. DD -G -4510 (4) Glass, Plate, Sheet, Figured (Float, Flat, for Glazing, Corrugated, Mirrors, and Other Uses) b. DD- G -1043B (1) Glass, Plate (Float), Sheet Figured, and Spandrel (Heat - strengthened and Fully Tempered) 3. NFPA No. 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 4. Glazing Manual: Flat Glass Jobbers Association. 5. PPG Technical Services Reports. SUBMITTALS Provide the following to the Architect for approval, prior to fabrication, at no additional expense to owner: A. Glass Sample, nominal 6 inch x 6 inch of each specified type, class, and thickness. B. Completely identified samples of glazing compound, tape, setting blocks and other glazing materials. C. Certificates attesting that materials meet requirements and tests specified herein. GLASS AND GLAZING Section 08800 Page 2 GUARANTEE Guarantee exterior glazing installation against leakage for a period of one year from date of substantial completion, replace defective work at no additional cost to owner during guarantee period. Warranty on insulated glazing units shall be for five years and provided by glass manufacturer per Section 01740. JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine framing or crlazincT channel surfaces, backing, stop design, and conditions under which glazing is to be performed. Do not proceed until conditions are correct. Commencing work implies acceptance of conditions and responsibility for performance. B. Do not proceed with installation of sealants or glazing under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Provide tapes or banners over glass to visually protect windows from damage. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Labels: Original labels showing manufacturer, quality and thickness required on each piece of glass, except where cutting makes this impossible. Approved safety labels on all safety glass. Deliver other glazing materials in original containers, Manufacturer's labels thereon. Do not open containers or remove labels until Architect inspects and approves. B. Sizes and Thickness: Sizes of glass as shown on drawings are nominal only; obtain exact sizes at project site or from manufacturer of doors, sash and frames. Specified thicknesses are subject to normal commercial tolerances. C. Conform to recommendations of FGMA and install glazing in accordance with specifications of "FGJA Manual ". D. All glass and glazing shall comply with the Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials (16 CFR 1201) issued by the Consumer Product Safety Commission. E. Federal Specifications: 1. DD- G -451C (4) Glass, Plate, Sheet, Figured (Float, Flat, for Glazing, Corrugated, Mirrors, and Other Uses). 2. DD- G -1043B (1) Glass, Plate (Float), Sheet Figured, and Spandrel (Heat - strengthened and Fully Tempered). F. NFPA No. 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. GLASS AND GLAZING Section 08800 Page 3 G. At contractor's option, glazing of windows and doors may be performed by window and door suppliers subject to conformance with requirements of this section. PRODUCTS METAL SASH GLAZING COMPOUND Furnish conforming to Federal Specifications TT- G- 00410c GSA -FSS for bedding and face glazing, except as noted. SETTING BLOCKS AND SPACER SHIMS Furnish of neoprene or other approved material, compatible with and nonstaining to compounds or sealants or glass surrounding material, with Shore "A" Duometer hardness not exceeding that recommended by glazing material manufacturer. RESILIENT SYNTHETIC POLYMER TAPE FOR EXTERIOR WORK STOP GLAZING Furnish butyl or polyisobutylene polymer plain tape, width and thickness as required for glass and stop thickness, self - adhering, relatively free of dirt pickup and properties discoloring lacquers and enamels. Manufacturers approved: Enjay, 3 -M, Pecor or Presstite. MATERIALS A. Glass Materials: Comply with indicated standards. See Glass Schedule at end of Section, for listing of types. B. Glazing Compounds: Non -sag, non -stain type, pigmented to match frame units, not requiring painting, compatible with surfaces. 1. For use in setting Glass: One or two -part polyurethane or silicone sealant. 2. Sealant Type: Preformed butyl rubber or neoprene sealant tape or ribbon to be continuous, extruded, flexible, and of profile and hardness required to receive glass and provide a watertight installation. C. Setting Blocks and Spacers: Neoprene, compatible with sealants used. Setting Blocks: 70 -0 durometer. Spacers: 40 -50 durometer. Compressible filler stock: Closed -cell jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam. D. Pro ide sh s cl •s s.rns an.les beads attac me t scre s and other miscellaneous items, as indicated or required. GLASS AND GLAZING EXECUTION PREPARATION Section 08800 Page 4 The following work will be accomplished by other trades on surfaces to receive glazing compound or tape glazing: Attaching of glass holding members to structure, their adjustment, plumbness and squareness and alignment, all in accordance with the drawings; removal of all rivet, screw, bolt, and nail heads and welding fillets and other projections from specified clearances in glazing rabbets; prime painting or sealing of wood surfaces; closing all ventilators or movable windows locked condition; leave closed until glazing compound has "set ". Do no glazing work until the above work has been accomplished and approved. On aluminum surfaces to receive glazing materials that are coated with protective coating, remove coating in rabbet area with methyl ethyl ketone or approved solvent. Remove all moisture, grease, oil, dust, dirt,"-and rust from rabbets to receive glazing material. Check against drawings, dimensions of all openings to be glazed including overall size, rabbet depth; check glass clearance at all four edges, and stop size. INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE Set all sheet glass with waves or draw horizontal. all work to comply with SIGMA A -3000- 82(76) Glazing Instructions and /or Manufacturer's instructions as required under Manufacturer's warranty limits. Set wire glass in steel frames and doors with wood or metal screws in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide glazing compound and /or sealant as recommended by manufacturer at exterior windows. INSTALLATION A. Watertight and airtight installation is required. Installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind and impact loading without failure, including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants, gaskets, or glazing materials. B. Do not install glass with edge damage. C. Glazing channel dimensions are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant, with reasonable tolerances. Contractor is responsible for correct glass size for each opening, within tolerances and dimensions established. GLASS AND GLAZING Section 08800 Page 5 D. Comply with combined recommendations of material manufacturers, except use more stringent requirements in case of differences. E. As a minimum, comply with FGJA Glazing manual. F. Cut and install tinted glass as recommended in "Technical Services Report No. 104" by PPG. G. Do not attempt to cut tempered, heat - strengthened, or coated glass. H. Clean channel or framing members to receive glass. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where sealants are used. I. Use primer when recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. J. Install sealants as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. K. Install setting blocks of proper size in adhesive at quarter points, unless otherwise required by manufacturer. L. Provide spacers inside and out, of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing; provide 1/8 inch minimum bite of spacers on glass. Use thickness equal to sealant width. Use pre - shimmed tape. M. Prevent sealant exudation from channel by leaving void at heel or by installing compressible filler rod at jambs and head. Do not leave void (or install filler rod) at sill. Leave void (or install filler rod) for insulating glass which is more than 1/2 inch thick; for colored, heat - absorbing, coated or laminated glass sizes larger than 75 united inches; and for other glass more than 9/32 inch thick or larger than 125 united inches. N. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 0. Tool ex•osed surface of •lazin com•ounds to provide wash away from glass, and eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. P. Remove excess glazing materials promptly after installation. Clean off stains and discoloration. Q. Where wedge - shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant to gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not walk out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor with ribs, or adhesives. R. Miter cut and bond gasket ends together at corners so gaskets will not pull away from corners leaving voids or leaks in glazing system. GLASS AND GLAZING Section 08800 Page 6 S. Immediately after installation, attach temporary cross streamers to window framing and held away from glass. Do not apply anything to surfaces of glass. T. Remove, and replace broken, chipped, cracked, or damaged glass. U. Maintain glass reasonably clean during construction, so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not con =ribute to deterioration of other materials. V. Wash and •olish •lass on both faces not more than four (4) days prior to owner's acceptance of the work in each area. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations. FABRICATION Assemble double insulated units to SIGMA guidelines, hermetically sealed at edges with spacers, sealant, and metal protective edge binding to seal in dehydrated air in air spaces. Fabricate to sizes of window frames to allow proper seating on frame'. legs. GLASS SCHEDULE A. Glass Type: Plate or Float. Clear plate or float glass; 1/4 inch thick complying with F.S. DD -G -451, Type I, Class I, Quality q3. ASG: Starflux float PPG: Polished plate or float LOF: Float B. Glass Type: Safety. Clear, tempered plate or float glass; 1/4 inch thick complying with F.S. DD -G -1403, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class I, Quality q3. C. Glass Type: Wire, Clear. Wire glass; 1/4 inch thick, colorless, transparent, polished wire glass complying with F.S. DD -G -451, Type III, Class I, Kind Am (flat) and bearing a U/L label, with polished wire. D. Glass Type: Insulating (exterior windows). Insulating glass; two (2) sheets of 1/4 inch thick float sheet glass hermetically sealed together at edges with spacers, sealant, and metal protective edge binding, with 1/2 inch dehydrated air sapce. Fabricate to sizes and shapes required. Outside glass: Clear or solar gray; inside glass: Clear where indicated. GLASS AND GLAZING Section 08800 Page 7 E. Glass Type: Insulating Safety Glass (Exterior doors and windows). Two (2) sheets of 1/4 inch thick tempered glass hermetically sealed together at edges with spacers, sealant, and metal protective edge binding, with 1/2 inch dehydrated air space. Outside glass: Clear; inside glass: Clear. F. Glass Type: Laminated Safety. 1/4 inch thick made from two (2) pieces of 1/8 inch polished plate glass with vinyl interlayer of 60 mil thickness. PPG: Duplate ERG: Shat -R -Proof Guardian: Laminated G. Glass Type: Mirror. No. 1 quality U.S. Commercial standard C527, Standard silvering by vacuum deposition and protected with copper sheet bonded to back. Size as per drawings. Adhesive to be compatible with mirror reflective coating. Glue mirror to backing material per adhesive manufacturers recommendations. 1/4 float with ground and polished edges. ADJUST AND CLEAN Remove all smears from glass of excess compound or other glazing material. Provide tape or other streamers on completed windows crosswise on windows but not adhered to glass to indicate panel installed. Protect glass from contact by other finishing materials (overspray,etc.). Replace all glass broken, damaged, scratched or abraded by glaziers or breakage caused by faulty workmanship. Replace any glass broken, damaged, scratched or abraded by other trades, but at the expense of trades or contractor responsible for such breakage or defect. Maintain glass reasonably clean during construction so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute to deterioration of other materials. Wash and polish glass on both faces just prior to Final Acceptance, comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations. End of Section 08800. GLASS BLCCK SECTION 08810 Page 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Contractor is to provide all labor and materials required to construct the glass block wall (s) as shown in the drawings and specifications. B. Submittals: Submit two (2) glass block units of each type specified showing size, color, design, and pattern of faces. Submit representative samples of panel anchors, panel rein- forcing, expansion strips, and frame channel. C. Storage: Store unopened cartons of glass block in a clean, cool, dry area. Protect opened cartons of glass block against windblown rain or water run -off with tarpaulins or plastic covering. PRODUCTS A. Material: 1. Glass Block Units: 8 inch x 8 inch x 4 inch thick, partially evacuated hollow units made of clear, colorless glass. Pattern type is to be ARGUS. 2. Accessories: a. Panel reinforcing: two parallel 9 gage wires either 1 5/8 inch or 2 inch on center with electrically welded cross-wires at regular intervals, galvanized after welding. b. Expansion Strips: made of fibrous glass or polyethylene foam with a thickness of 3/8 inch. c. Frame Channel: 1/8 inch thick clear (silver) anodized aluminum frame channel, mitred and welded at corners. d. Panel Anchors: 20 gauge perforated steel strips 24 inches long by 1 3/4 inches wide, galvanized after perforating. c. Mortar: Type S in accordance with ASTM C270, with an integral stearate type waterproofer. B. Manufacturers: 1. The drawings and specifications are based on data, specifications and products of the Pittsburgh Corning Corporation and designate the type and quality of work intended under this section. Substitutions must be approved by Architect ten days prior to bid date. GLASS BLOCK EXECUTION SECTION 08810 Page 2 A. Preparation: 1. Verify that conditions are satisfactory prior to installation. Do not install glass block units when temperature is 40 degrees F. or below, and falling. Verify that Aluminum Channels, and panel anchors have been provided for glass block support. Mix all mortar components to a consistency that is drier than mortar of ordinary masonry. Do not use antifreeze compounds or accelerators. B. Installation: 1. Install glass block in straight even rows, vertically and horizontally, with methods and procedures as prescribed by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation in their standard specifications. After final mortar set, install backer rods and apply sealant per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Cleaning: 1. After all sealants have been applied, remove excess caulking materials with commercial solvents such as mineral spirits, and follow with a normal wash and rinse. Use a clean dry, soft cloth to remove all water from the glass block surface. Change cloth frequently to eliminate dried mortar particles that could scratch the surface. End of section 08810 ri1 I 1 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS SECTION 09000 Page 1 ABPA American Board Products Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association 205 West Touhy Avenue Park Ridge, IL 60068 APA American Parquet Association 1660 Union National Plaza Little Rock, AR 72201 AVATI CRI CTI GA IILP NOFMA NPCA PDCA RFCI Asphalt and Vinyl Asbestos Tile Institute 101 Park Avenue New York, N.Y. 10017 Carpet and Rug Institute P.O. Box 2048 Dalton, Georgia 30720 Ceramic Tile Institute 700 N. Virgil Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90029 Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Ave. Evanston, IL 60201 International Institute for Lath & Plaster 25322 Narbonne Ave., #170 Lomita, CA 90717 National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association 804 Sterick Building Memphis, TN 38103 National Paint & Coatings Association 1500 Rhode Island Ave. N.W. Washington, D.C. 20005 Painting and Decorating Contractors of America 7223 Lee Highway Falls Church, VA 22046 Resilient Floor Covering Institute 966 Hungerford Dr., Ste. 12B Rockville, MD 20850 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS RFCA TCA TCAA wCCI WMA End of Section 09000 SECTION 09000 Page 2 Resilient Flooring & Carpet Association, Inc. 7700 Edgewater Dr., Ste. 832 Oakland, CA 94621 Tile Council of America Inc. P.O. Box 326 Princeton, N.J. 08542 Tile Contractors Association of America, Inc. 112 North Alfred St. Alexandria, VA 22314 (703) 836 -5995 Wall Covering Council, Inc. 969 Third Avenue New York, N.Y. 10022 Wallcovering Manufacturers Association 66 Morris Avenue Springfield, NJ 07081 a.. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SECTION 09120 Page 1 GENERAL A. Suspended ceiling system contractor and acoustical panel and insulation (ceiling) installer shall employ experienced skilled personnel regularly providing such work and approved by products manufacturer. B. Coordinate work of this section with acoustical ceiling panels and insulation, light fixture, mechanical grilles, and sprinkler system installations. C. Coordinate placement of grid system with required installation of draftstops in ceiling spaces to provide proper closures. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND STANDARDS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Armstrong, Chicago Metallic, Donn Products, National Rolling Mills (NRM) B. Standards: Suspension Systems: ASTM C635 Installation: ASTM C636 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of Suspension System Components: 12 inches long section of each type and sample of connector system. B. Furnish drawings of suspension system showing method of attachment, components, location of lights, air handling and other items penetrating ceiling system if required by building department, including copies of manufacturer's literature and installation instructions. C. Certificates of U/L rating, where labeled system is required. Provide U/L labels on components of packages. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Acoustical Suspension System: 1. Provide system classified under ASTM C635, as Intermediate Duty. 2. Approved Systems: Armstrong "Prelude "; or equal systems. 15/16 inch wide bottom flange T grid system with smooth matte white finish on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise noted. 3. Main and Cross Runners: Double web steel, electro- galvanized, "T" shape. Provide main runners having abutting sections which joint with splices interlocking ends, tab locks, pin locks or other suitable connections. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SECTION 09120 Page 2 Provide cross runners which match and interlock with main runners. 4. Wire Hangers: Provide soft stainless steel wire hangers for use in wet areas; showers, kitchens, etc. Provide galvanized, soft, annealed steel wires for general use. 5. Wall Molding: Single web steel, electro - galvanized, "L' shape to match main and cross runners. Fasten to perimeter walls of room at 16 inches on center in coordination with grid and panel configurations. 6. Where fire rated system is indicated, or required by code, provide all system components with U/L rating. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Consult other trades involved before start of ceiling work to determine areas of potential interference. Do not start installation until interferences have been resolved. B. Install in accordance with ASTM C636 and manufacturer's instructions. Do not use defective or damaged materials. C. Provide all hangers and inserts necessary to support acoustical ceilings. Provide in time to avoid delay in progress of work. Locate and align hangers and inserts correctly. Coordinate location and alignment with work of other trades. D. Provide suplementary rough suspensions system and trapezing where necessary to support acoustical ceilings beneath pipes, ducts, equipment, etc. Do not suspend any part of rough suspension system or acoustical ceilings from ducts, pipes, conduit, equipment, etc. Provide structural members sized as required to span ducts, etc. E. Suspend suspension systems from structural support, framing members, floor deck, or rough suspension system. Locate hangers to avoid contact with insulation covering ducts and pipes. Splay hangers only where obstructions or other conditions preclude plumb, vertical installation. Offset horizontal forces of splayed hangers by countersplaying, bracing or other approved methods. F. Space hangers to prevent loads from items in or on ceiling from causing eccentric deflection and rotation exceeding specified limits. Provide additional hangers to support lighting fixtures (including seismic loading of fixtures). Provide hangers not more than 6 inches from ends of main runners. Support main runners directly from hangers. Do not bear on walls or partitions. Space main runners to support CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SECTION 09120 Page 3 ceiling units and other work resting in or on ceiling. Deflections of grid system with all superimposed loads shall not exceed 1/360 of length of span. G. Tightly secure supporting members to hangers to prevent vertical displacement and rotating of main runners. Level after installation to a surface deviation tolerance not more than 1/8 inch in 12 feet, and 1/4 inch total, with hangers taut, to prevent subsequent downward movement under ceiling loads. H. Install moldings where ceilings meet walls, partitions or other vertical elements. Support runners and border units on moldings. Secure moldings to wall construction by fastening through holes drilled in web. Space holes not more than 3 inches from each end and not more than 16 inches o.c. Draw up fasteners for tight set against vertical surfaces. Miter cut inside and outside corners. Level to a tolerance not more than 1 in 360. I. Leave suspension system ready to accept installation of acoustic materials. J. Install bracing to conform with seismic requirements. If not specifically noted, or required otherwise by jurisdictional authorities, provide at twelve (12) feet on centers minimally diagonal bracing of sets of four hanging wires attached at one point of main runners and attached at 90 degrees to each other to structure above. K. Install rigid supports as necessary to resist uplift forces at grids at exterior areas complete with hold down clips for panels. ADJUST AND CLEANING A. Clean installed products of dust and dirt prior to installation of acoustic products. B. Adjust to tolerances, as necessary, all products after final installation of acoustic materials, light fixtures, dead loads i on building structure, and other loads that may cause additional deviations from trueness. C. Final clean and /or touch up marks and blemishes on exposed surfaces prior to Final Acceptance. Replace damaged products and other materials with non - correctable defects. End of Section 09120 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09250 Page 1 GENERAL A. Specifications are based upon wallboard products manufactured by U.S. Gypsum Co. which constitute minimum standards of quality required. Subject to compliance with these Specifications, products of National Gypsum, Celotex, Flintkote, Georgia Pacific, Gold Bond, Kaiser Ind., or Manville Corp. may be used. B. Sound Insulation is based on products of U.S. Gypsum. Subject to compliance with these Specifications, products of Owens Corning may be used. C. Other Manufactuers desiring approval shall comply with Section 01630. D. Comply with applicable requirements of Uniform Building Code and ANSI A42.4. E. Comply with fire - resistance ratings indicated: Provide materials, accessories and application procedures which have been tested in accordance with ASTM E119, and listed by U /L, or other approved testing laboratory, for construction type. All floor assemblies, roof assemblies, wall assemblies and beam and column protection shall comply with the hourly fire - resistance period required by the local building code having jurisdiction, whether specifically detailed or not. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard: Comply with ASTM C -36. Furnish in lengths as long as practicable. 1. Sheetrock brand firecode "C ": 5/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. Use for all fire -rated walls and ceilings. SW Type edge. Use water - resistant GWB at all toilet rooms and other high moisture areas. 2. Shaft wall liner if required, 1 inch thick, 24 inch wide with beveled edges, fire resistant core, and moisture resistant paper facing. B. Adhesive for Laminating Wallboard or adhering to Substrate: As recommened by Wallboard Manufacturer. C. Accessories: Galvanized for general use, zinc for wet areas. 1. Corner Bead: Standard type, with perforated flanges. U.S. Gypsum 800 Accessory. 2. Casinc,_ and Trim Bead: Where bead abuts exterior windows, window frames or other metal components, separate from other material by use of foam tape. No. 66VB type. Trim similar to U.S. Gypsum 200 Series. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09250 Page 2 3. Control Joints: U.S. Gypsum No. 093. 4. Expansion Joint: No. 40. D. Screws: Comply with ASTM C -646 self - tapping, drywall screws of sufficient length to penetrate framing members or stud not less than 3/8 inch. E. Furring Channels: 25 ga. galvanized steel, screw type. F. Foamed PVC Tape: 1/2 inch (W) x 1/4 inch (TH), pressure sensitive Norseal V720 by Norton Sealants. G. Joint Treatment Compound: Complying with ANSI /ASTM C-475-64. Ready mixed or job mixed product. U.S. Gypsum Durabond XL joint compound for exterior work. H. Joint Tape: Perforated type complying with ANSI /ASTM C -475. I. Sound Insulation: U.S. Gypsum "Thermafiber" or Owens Corning commercial wall insulation sound blanket. Density as required to achieve STC indicated for sound rating of wall system, unless otherwise indicated. J. Sound Caulking: Acrylic base for STC rating indicated. K. Resilient Channel: U.S. Gypsum RC -1 or Donn DG8. L. Carrying Channels: 1 -1/2 inch galvanized; or Chicago Metallic Fire Front 650, U/L rated, suspension system, similar system by Flangeklamp may be used. Use Chicago Metallic 640 Furring System for non -rated ceilings. EXECUTION INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Erect all wallboard with length parallel to supports, with edges occurring over supporting members. Secure to each support or framing member. B. In areas having wallboard ceilings and walls, install ceiling first. C. Bring boards into contact but do not force into place. Fit neatly and carefully. D. Stagger edge joints on opposite side of a partition so they occur on different framing members. E. Hold wallboard in firm contact with support while fasteners are being driven. Proceed with attachment from center of board towards ends and edges. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09250 Page 3 F. When necessary to cut board, scribe and make cuts neatly. G. Where indicated, install sound insulation in walls so that coverage required for sound rating is achieved. Pack spaces around electric boxes and other penetrations to maintain full sound reduction. H. Where sound rated walls are indicated, provide sound caulking material for rating required. INSTALLATION OF SINGLE LAYER SYSTEM A. Set screws between 3/8 inch and 1/2 inch from edges. Space a maximum of 12 inches o.c. at edges and in field of board. Where drywall butts at wall /ceiling juncture, hold screws back 6 inches from edges. For 1 hour rated partitions, space screws 8 inches o.c. around perimeter of board and 12 inches o.c. in field of board. B. Drive Screws so that head rests in a slight dimple without cutting face paper or fracturing core. INSTALLATION OF SOUND INSULATION PARTITION Install layer of 5/8 inch, Type "X ", gypsum wallboard applied at right angles to each side of metal studs 16 inches o.c. with 1 inch, Type "S ", drywall screws 8 inches o.c. to ends and 12 inches o.c. to intermediate studs. Stagger joints 16 inches o.c. Install sound attenuation blanket in stud spaces. Pack spaces around electrical boxes and other penetrations with insulation to maintain full sound reduction. Cut gypsum boards to allow approximately 1/8 inch wide groove around perimeter. Caulk all wall, floor and ceiling perimeters and other penetrations with minimum 1/4 inch round bead of acoustical sealant to completely seal joint. WALLBOARD FINISHING A. Utilize gypsum wallboard with special round edge configuration (SW Type) and required joint finishing techniques to eliminate ridging. If special edge configuration and techniques are not used, contractor shall issue guarantee to repair all joint ridging and repairing of walls where joint ridging occurs for one year from date of project completion. B. Securely attach continuous corner beads to all external corners in accordance with manufacturer's directions. After installation, apply joint treatment to a smooth, even finish. See plans and details for rounded corners. C. Apply ioint treatment compound per manufacturer's directions. Fill joints and internal corners with compound. Embed tape in compound. After minimum 24 hours drying time, apply additional compound to joint. Feather out on each side of GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09250 Page 4 joint until a smooth, even surface, free of defects, is obtained. Install other accessories in like manner. D. Apply ioint treatment compound over heads of fasteners, allow to dry then lightly sand. Apply second layer and sand. Apply third (final) layer and sand. E. Sand all coats as necessary after each application of compound has dried. Do not scuff paper. Repair all blemishes and ridges as directed by Architect. Leave all areas uniformly smooth and ready to receive decoration. F. If wallboard is damaged, or surfaces are excessively roughened repair or remove and replace, to the satisfaction of the Architect, at no additional cost to Owner. G. After painter has applied primer to wallboard surfaces, repair and refinish any areas which show defects. H. Provide metal corner beads at external corners, and metal casings, beads, trims, and expansion joints wherever detailed. Install metal casings wherever gypsum wallboard abuts a dissimilar material. Provide joint compound and reinforcing tape at intersections of all gypsum wall board surfaces and /or concrete walls or ceilings, unless otherwise detailed. Consult drawings for special conditions relating to expansion joints and ventilation requirements on exterior soffits. CONTROL JOINTS A. Install control or expansion joints at following locations: 1. Where a partition or furring run exceeds 30 ft., install sufficient joints to limit unbroken runs to 30 feet. If door openings occur within a 30 ft. run, locate a joint at lock side of jamb from head of each door to top of partition. 2. Where ceiling exceeds 50 ft. in one direction. 3. Where ceiling area exceeds 2,500 sq. ft. 4. Where ceiling has wings which form L, V, T, or other irregular shape. Install at change of direction. B. Caulk control joints with material specified in Section 07920. Use color to match wall color as closely as possible. C. Where control ioints occur in fire or sound rated assemblies, install suitable backing material to maintain required rating. D. Where a partition. ceilina or furrina run abuts a structural element or dissimilar wall or ceiling, install corner bead. GYPSUM WALLBOARD CLEANING AND REPAIRING SECTION 09250 Page 5 After installation, correct all surface damage and defects. Leave surfaces clean and smooth, satisfactory to Architect. End of Section 09250 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09510 Page 1 GENERAL A. Acoustical ceiling panel installer and suspended grid system contractor shall be one and the same. Qualifications: All Work covered by this Section to be provided by a firm regularly engaged and licensed as an Acoustical Subcontractor approved by the Acoustical Material Manufacturer. B. Coordinate work of this section with work of suspended ceiling system, mechanical and electrical (lighting) systems, and fire protection (sprinkler) system installation. PRODUCTS A. Armstrong Cortega per General Notes specified. USG Auratons Corona approved substitution. B. Other Manufacturers desiring approval shall comply with Section 01630. JOB CONDITIONS Examine suspension for stability to receive acoustic materials. Environmental conditions shall comply with manufacturer's requirements, be equal to final conditions to be expected with occupancy, and mechanical systems shall be fully operational. Commencing installation assumes responsibility for performance. EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Install into suspension system in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C636. B. Perform field cutting as required to fit materials to grid. Make all cuts square and true. C. Fit lay -in panels neatly in place, free from damaged edges and surfaces, in uniform plane free from twist, warp, dents, and excessive and uneven gaps at support grids and wall moldings. D. Identify access tile with a white - headed thumb tack in center of tile. E. Sus•ension s stems for tiles and •anels shall be designed and constructed to resist a lateral force specified in Chapter 23 U.B.C. and in accordance with U.B.C. Standard 47 -18. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09510 Page 2 F. Install hold -down clips at all lay -in panels within ten feet of an exterior door, unless separated by full wall (to underside of deck above). CLEANING Carefully clean all soiled surfaces. Remove and repl:zce all irregular, discolored, defective, or damaged components at no additional expense to the Owner. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL Provide Owner with one (2) cartons of each type and pattern of ceiling tile or panel material for maintenance purposes. Provide in sealed, labeled boxes to facilitate identification. End of Section 09510 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING SECTION 09665 Page 1 GENERAL A. Contractor to have 5 years minimum experience in this field and shall be regularly providing this work up to time of this Project. Only highly skilled mechanics shall be used for work of this section. B. Products shall meet required flamespread ratings for finishes of this type of occupancy of Project (75 or less per ASTM E 84). Products shall also pass ASTM E 648 (0.45 or more), and ASTM E 662 (450 or less). SUBMITTALS Provide two copies of manufacturer's maintenance instructions to Owner per Section 01730. JOB CONITIONS Protect material from damage. Store in spaces maintained at a temperature of not less than 70 °F for 48 hours prior to laying. Minimum of 70 °F for 48 hours before laying, full time during laying, and for 48 hours after, 50oF minimum thereafter. MATERIALS A. HOMOGENEOUS SHEET VINYL Flooring Types, See T.F.S. (see drawings for locations). B. RUBBER TOPSET COVE BASE Furnish preformed cove base per IFS, Drawings, and accessory preformed exterior and interior corners (mitering allowed on interior corners). C. ADHESIVES, CEMENTS AND OTHER APPLICATION MATERIALS: As recommended by sheet vinyl and base manufacturers. EXECUTION Inspect and prepare substrate according to manufacturer's installation instructions prior to proceeding with work. Proceeding with work implies acceptance of substrate conditions and responsibility for performance. Provide inspection in a L RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING SECTION 09665 Page 2 timely fashion to allow other trades to make necessary corrections prior to installation of products. A. Install on acceptable surface in accordance with manufacturer's latest printed instructions, with minimum number of seams and using manufacturer's recommended cement. Where coved sheet vinyl bases are called for extend flooring material continuous up wall desired amount, provide continuous l_1/2" R cove strip for solid backing at joint between floor and wall. B. Install set -on cove base per manufacturer's recommendations with approved adhesive, tight to flooring and wall materials in true, straight lines with no joints except at corners and vertical casings. Fit tight to casings and other finish carpentry /cabinetry. ADJUST AND CLEAN After installation check entire surface for high and low spots that will result in premature wear, correct as necessary. Clean and polish in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. End of Section 09665 it �.4 t. 1 CARPET SECTION 09680 Page 1 GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Carpet shall be certified to meet or exceed: 1. UBC Interior Finish Classification I, (NFPA 101 interior finish classification A, flame spread 0 -25. 2. FHA minimum requirements as set forth in "Use of Materials Bulletin No. 44C," dated April 23, 1969, or later version for "Heavy Traffic." 3. Applicable Health Department requirements for bacterial growth and flame spread. 4. Requirements of Fire Marshal for flame spread. B. Carpet static control provisions shall reduce static shock below 2500 to 3500 volts when tested in accordance with the Carpet and Rug Institute Test Method for determining static propensity of carpets. SUBMITTALS Two copies of a printed maintenance manual written by the carpet manufacturer's technical service department shall be delivered to Owner per Section 01730. JOB CONDITIONS Inspect all substrates that receive installed products for soundness, defects, trueness, level, and other deleterious conditions prior to proceeding with work. Proceeding with work implies acceptance of conditions and responsibility for performance of installation, including uneven wear due to high spots of substrate. Confirm that delivered material matches Architect's samples prior to installation. PRODUCTS A. CARPET: Carpet and cushion as shown per T.F.S. and drawings. B. ACCESSORIES: Provide carpet reducer strips in appropriate, approved colors. Provide tack strips for installation over pad as necessary. EXECUTION PREPARATION Floor areas to be smooth, broom clean and dry prior to installation of carpeting free of defects including high spots of substrate which might cause uneven wear. CARPET INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE SECTION 09680 Page 2 Conform to CRI recommended practices for laying of carpet. Secure carpeting to floor with adhesive per manufacturer's recommendations. Install carpet wall to wall, using continuous lengths and as broad widths as possible to minimize the placement of seams in traffic lanes. True and appropriately treat -cut edges to form invisible and non - raveling joints where exposed. Install carpet in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for seaming technique and seaming cement. Provide carpet reducer strips at all areas where floor covering material changes, at thresholds, or at carpet edges that do not abutt a vertical surface. Make installed carpet to be free of spots, dirt or soil, and without tears, frayed or pulled tufts. Apply appropriate covering over carpeted areas until final acceptance. Package remnants and usable scrap of carpeting in appropriate wrapping, label and deliver to the Owner at jobsite. Repair and /or replace unacceptable edges and seams, and discolored and dye -lot mismatch areas as directed by Architect prior to Final Acceptance per Punchlist, at no additional cost to the Owner. End of Section 09680 1 it I 1 1 i 1 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 1 GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE Follow NPCA and PDCA recommendations for application of paints and stains to specific surfaces. SUBMITTALS A. Submit 8 -1/2 inch by 11 inch sample of all colors and finishes for approval prior to proceeding with work. Samples are to be on identical materials to actual substrates, including wood samples to receive transparent finishes, and with appropriate primers or finish subcoats and coats. Samples clearly identified as to finish reference number, formula, color, sheen, and other pertinent data. JOB CONDITIONS Do no outside work during damp weather or when temperatures are below 45 °F, or until surfaces have thoroughly dried from effects of such weather. Inspect surfaces to receive materials for proper condition, free of dirt, grease, frost, moisture, gouges, dents, and other deleterious conditions and ensure corrections are made. Maintain proper inside temperatures for work as recommended by material manufacturer for type of material being applied. Inspect surfaces to receive materials for defects that would impair soundness and appearance of finishes prior to applying materials. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Paints specified in the Interior Finish Schedule (I.F.S.) are Ameritone and Parker brands. Paints of the highest quality matching those specified as manufactured by Benjamin Moore, Cowman - Campbell, Devoe, Dupont, Fuller, Glidden, National Lead Co., Olympic Stain Products Co., Pittsburg, Pratt and Lambert, Preservative Paint, Rez Woodtones Inc., or Sherwin Williams may be used as substitiutes. Other manufacturers desiring approval shall comply with Section 01630. EXECUTION PREPARATION Before applying paint or other finish, remove or provide ample protection for hardware, accessories, plates, factory - finished mechanical work, lighting fixtures and similar items; replace upon completion. Remove doors to paint or seal, as applicable, two coats, top and bottom edges after doors and their hardware are fitted. Use only skilled mechanics for removing and reinstalling Finishes PAINTING Section 09900 Page 2 above items. Put surfaces in proper condition for application of finishes. Mix and thin products only in accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. SCHEDULES A. General Work specified is in addition to shop coats called for elsewhere, except for finish lumber and millwork. Unless otherwise noted on drawings or set forth, all interior surfaces shall be painted or enameled and /or finished in accordance with the number and type of coats specified. See E.F.S for color selections. B. Wood Doors 1. Where "stain and varnish" is scheduled: One coat oil stain, of approved color. One coat sanding sealer. Two coats satin varnish. C. gypsum Wallboard Where "paint" is scheduled: One coat polyvinyl- acetate emulsion wallboard primer - sealer before texturing walls. One coat alkyd resin oil- modified wall undercoater. One coat alkyd enamel, semi - gloss. D. Ferrous Metal Remove rust and touch -up shop coat. 1 coat Effecto primer. 1 coat Vitrolite undercoater. 1 coat Vitrolite enamel. E. Exterior Mild and Galvanized Steel Includes, but is not limited to, exposed miscellaneous steel items, all zinc- coated sheet metal, and all exposed steel mechanical and electrical work. Except as noted, thickness of each coat not less than 1 -1/2 mils dry film. Painting: Two coats exterior alkyd resin oil- modified finish paint over shop prime coat. F. Interior Mild and Galvanized Steel Includes, but is not limited to, architectural sheet metal work, miscellaneous steel and iron items. One coat alkyd oil enamel undercoater. One finish coat of alkyd oil paint or enamel. G. Miscellaneous Metals One coat alkyd primer. One coat alkyd paint or enamel as applicable to match adjacent wall or ceiling surfaces and /or trim. PAINTING INSTALLATION / APPLICATION / PERFORMANCE PROTECTION Finishes Section 09900 Page 3 Use tarpaulins or drop cloths when working above or adjacent to finished work. Clean paint splatters and stains from finished surfaces in manner not to damage base material or finish. Take extraordinary care to prevent fire. Open cans of paint and enamel and varnish only as needed. Keep rubbing cloths and oily rags in tightly closed metal containers or remove from building at the close of each day's work. GENERAL Apply paint and finish materials by acceptable and approved trade practice. Sandpaper interior surfaces, except gypsum wallboard between coats. Spread material evenly, without runs or sags. Cut sharp lines against glass, other materials and different colors. Allow ample time between coats for thorough drying; not less than manufacturer's recommended minimum time. All surfaces completely covered, uniform in appearance. Apply paint to metal doors and frames by spraying. APPLICATION OF PRIME COATS TO FINISH LUMBER AND MILLWORK Contractor will make a dry dust -free heated space available for priming and storage of primed material while drying. Apply prime coats prior to installation except as noted. WOOD Sandpaper smooth unless surfaces are specified to be "rough," then dust off. Seal sap and knots with shellac or resin sealer. After prime or stain coat has been applied, fill holes and cracks with putty or plastic wood; for natural finish, color putty to match wood. GYPSUM WALLBOARD Sand out any unevenness or ridges in joint and nail - finishing; remove any dust left on surfaces of wallboard to clean surface condition. DEFECTIVE FINISHING Painter responsible for improper workmanship or mis -use of finishing materials; refinish at painter's expense and leave in first class condition. Surfaces damaged after painting and decorating is completed shall be the responsibility of and paid for by the trade causing the damage. End of Section 09900 VINYL- COATED FABRIC WALL COVERING SECTION 09955 Page 1 GENERAL A. Contractor is totally responsible for obtaining sufficient quantities of materials of matching dye lots to complete work and provide Owner with extra supply of each wall covering type used for future repairs /replacement. Extra amount shall be the greater of amount to refinish one whole vertical section or 5% of total wall area covered for each particular type. B. Conform to WCCI recommendations for installation of vinyl wall covering. C. Maintain a constant temperature of at least 55 °F for 3 days before and all during application period. Inspect all surfaces that receive materials prior to installation for defects, dirt, grease, and other surface irregularities deleterious to application and performance of materials of this section. Proceeding with work implies acceptance of surfaces and responsibility for performance of installed materials. Confirm that delivered material matches Architect's samples prior to installation. PRODUCTS VINYL WALL COVERING: Provide wall covering to meet Federal Specification CCC- W -408a for Type II. Wall covering to carry U.L. label, maximum Fire Hazard Classification as follows: Flame spread 15 Fuel contributed 5 Smoke developed 10 Wall covering shall contain mildew inhibitors and bactericidal additives to inhibit microbiological growth. ADHESIVE: As recommended by wall covering manufacturer and containing mildew inhibitors. PRIMER: As recommended by manufacturer. GUARDS: Clear acrylic 1 -1/4 inch by 1 -1/4 inch by full wall height with appropriate fasteners, or approved self- adhesive. EXECUTION Follow manufacturer's written instructions for mixing adhesive and installation. Examine pattern and color before cutting to determine that they match approved samples. Examine patterned material for repeat in design. Install with vertical joints occuring not less than 6 inches from outside or inside corners. VINYL - COATED FABRIC WALL COVERING SECTION 09955 Page 2 Install wall covering before installation of plumbing, casings, bases and similar items. Remove excess paste from seam before making next seam. Avoid contact of adhesive materials on adjacent surfaces. Clean, by appropriate methods, any materials of work of this section deposited (accidentally or otherwise) on adjacent finished surfaces or subsurfaces where materials are detrimental to application of final finishes or finishes themselves. Install clear plastic corner guards at all outside corners where edges or joints of wallcoverings occur. End of Section 09955 1.1 REFERENCE SOURCES ABBREVIATIONS NAMM NKCA End of Section 10000 SECTION 10000 Page 1 National Assoc. of Mirror Manuf. 9005 Congressional Court Potomac, MD 20854 National Kitchen Cabinet Assoc. P.O. Box 6830 Falls Church, VA 22046 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES SECTION 10800 Page 1 GENERAL ACCESSORIES PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND PLANS. Conform to NAMM standard for mirrors. JOB CONDITIONS Verify and coordinate with wall framing Section and Gypsum Board ' Section for accommodation of required backing and rough openings for installation of products. PRODUCTS Provide fixtures as listed and shown on drawings under "Room Accessories" or an approved equal by Bobrick, Bradley, Hallmack, McKinney, Parker or Watrous. EXECUTION A. Measure accurately for all locations of accessories before proceeding with installation. B. Coordinate with Contractor in establishing locations of all blocking. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's and applicable handicap codes. Mount true, plumb, level and secure with non- corrosive fasteners. Adjust all moving parts to operate as intended and to Architect's approval. End of Section 10800 PLUMBING Section 15400 Page 1 GENERAL Provide plumbing systems and fixtures for the building. PRODUCTS /EXECUTION A. PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. Soil, Waste, in Building Underground. Cast iron soil pipe, no hub to 5' outside building wall, ASTM A74, coated. Fittings, cast iron no hub, coated. 2. Soil, Waste, Vent, in Building Above Ground: Cast iron no hub soil pipe and cast iron fittings. PVC /ABS approved if allowed by local authorities. 3. Domestic Cold and hot water piping above ground: Type M hard drawn copper tubing. Fittings, 125 PSI copper or brass solder joint for copper tubing, and 150 lb. malleable iron screwed pattern, galvanized pipe. 4. Gas Piping: Schedule 40 black steel pipe with mailable iron screwed fittings. 5. Roof Drainage Piping: Service weight cast iron pipe and fittings. B. SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION 1. Grade horizontal soil and waste piping 1/4" per foot where possible, but in no case less than 1/8" per foot. Install main vertical soil and waste stacks with provisions for expansion and contraction and extend full size to roof lines as vents. 2. Install vents with flashing. 3. Install cleanouts, full size of pipes, at locations required to permit cleaning of sewer piping. Close cleanout openings with brass screw plugs. Where cleanouts occur in floor, provide brass ferrule, complete with screwed brass cover, flush with floor. Install cleanout threads with graphite. Cleanouts shall be easily accessible. Provide accessible cleanouts for waste lines at start of branch waste lines and at bends of main lines. 4. Fittings at bottom of stacks shall be supported. C. WATER PIPING INSTALLATION: 1. Conceal in finished areas. 2. Slope cold and hot water piping so it can be drained from low points, wherever such pipes cannot be drained through fixtures or hose bibbs. 3. Provide water connections at plumbing fixtures with hydraulic shock controls. 4. Provide air chamber at each water connection to plumbing fixture, same size as connection, concealed. Connect chamber at high point of connection, not a branch from vertical, 16" long. 5. Install air eliminators at high points. 6. Provide each cold water and hot water branch with shut- off valve at main. PLUMBING Section 15400 Page 2 7. Hot water shall be generated at 140 degrees F., and distributed at that temperature. 8. Provide complete service connections for domestic water heater per drawings. cold water through gate valve and check valve, hot water through gate valve and aquastat controller. 9. Exposed hot and cold water piping, fittings, valves and hangers at fixtures shall be chrome plated. 10. Install pressure reducing valve assemblies with globe valved bypass 1 pipe size smaller than reduced pressure line size. 11. Sterilization: Sterilize water lines with chlorine before acceptance. Amount of chlorine applied shall provide dosage of not less than 50 ppm. After contact period of not less than 8 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 ppm. Open and close all valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. D. VALVES 1. Gate valve: 2" and smaller, 125 lb. gate, Grinnell 3010, solid wedge disc, rising stem, bronze body, screwed, Crane 428 or Kennedy 425. 2 -1/2" and larger, 125 ib. gate, solid wedge, OS &Y, bronze trim, flanged, Crane 465 -1/2 ", Nibco Scott, Kennedy 0611, or Grinnell 6020. 2. Check Valve: 2" and smaller, 200 lb. Grinnell 3350, SWP, swing check screwed cap, metal seats,screwed ends, bronze, Crane 36. 3. Temperature /Pressure Relief Valve: As required or shown, ASME, pressure and temperature relief, automatic reset test lever set at 125 PSI and 210 degrees F., A.W. Cash, FV Series, or Watts. 4. Pressure Relief Valve: As required or shown, ASME, pressure relief, automatic reset test lever, set as noted on drawings, A.W. Cash, F Series, or Watts. 5. Backflow Preventer: If required, 2 OS &Y gate valves, 2 lever valves, and test cocks, Hersey - Sparling 1. 6. Pressure Reducing Valve: If required by the City of Tukwila, 1 -3/4" and larger. 250 ib., iron body, bronze trim flanged or screwed, Spence D -34, or Watts equivalent. 7. Globe Valve: 2" and smaller, 150 lb., Grinnell 3240, bronze body, composition disc, union bonnet, screwed ends, or Crane 7. E. DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATER (GAS) 1. Tank: Heavy steel with high quality glass lining applied to interior surfaces. ASME Code tank, working pressure 150 PSI. 2. Finish: Fiber glass insulation and steel jacket finished with baked enamel. Furnish unit as called for in fixture schedule, conforming to U.L., and local codes as applicable. PLUMBING Section 15400 Page 3 INSTALLATION: As shown on drawings. F. CLEANOUTS 1. Floors: Lead seal, bronze plug and cover, J.R. Smith 4026. 2. Walls: Bronze plug with stainless steel access cover. J.R. Smith S -4477, Zurn Z -1370, Josam 8890. INSTALLATION: Per manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on drawings. G. HOSE BIBBS AND HYDRANTS: See Division 2. H. PLUMBING FIXTURES: As scheduled on drawings. INSTALLATION 1. Exact location and mounting heights of fixtures shall be in accordance with architectural drawings. HCP codes and manufacturer's recommendations. Make proper provisions for special wall finishes and for special fixtures. 2. Install vacuum breakers on water supply to fixtures which have water connection located below rim or threaded faucet for hose connection. 3. Water connections shall have individual loose key stops installed on fixtures. Number of keys provided for Owner's use shall be as directed, but will not exceed one key per fixture. If water connections are concealed, install valves in lieu of stops. 4. Piping connections to fixtures, including water, soil, waste, and vent, shall be in accordance with manufacturer's rough -in details. 5. All equipment shall be connected under this contract. 6. Provide all service to equipment with accessible stops. H. WATER METERS: Per City of Tukwila Specifications. Costs by plumbing contractor. TESTS GENERAL: Test piping systems hydrostatically as listed herein. Perform tests before any piping is insulated or concealed. If piping is found to leak during or at end of test period, make tight and repeat testing. COLD AND HOT WATER: Test at 100 PSIG for piping downstream of pressure reducing valves, 250 PSIG upstream, for a 4 hour period. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT: Test at not less than 5 PSIG for a 4 hour period. End of Section 15400. KWAN DENTAL OFFICE ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONING UNIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 15' MECHANICAL SECTION 15741 Page 1 A. General: 1. Furnish all labor and materials, tools, equipment, and services for the installation of a rooftop gas/electric air conditioning unit as indicated and in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Section 15010 for special mechanical requirements. 5. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Changeover/bypass variable air volume system: Section 15900 2. Controls: Section 15900. 1.02 SUBMITTALS (See Section 01340) A. Product data including wiring diagrams. B. Project data: 1. Operating and maintenance data: See Section 01730. 2. Owner instruction report: See Section 01735. 3. Start-up and test reports: See Section 15990 1.03 WARRANTY A. Provide a full parts and labor warranty for one year. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. B. Protect units from physical damage. Leave factory shipping covers in place until installation. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15' MECHANICAL ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SECTION 15741 Page 2 A. Units shall be U.L. listed and labeled, classified in accordance to ANSI Z21.47 for gas fired central furnaces, and U.L. 465 for central cooling air conditioners. B. CSA certification is acceptable in lieu of U.L. listing. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide one (1) extra set of pleated media filters equivalent to Farr 30 -30 1" filters. B. Furnish one (1) extra complete set of fan motor drive belts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PACKAGE ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC UNIT A. General: 1. Project design is based on Trane Model YCD single package, rooftop gas/electric air conditioning unit with DX refrigeration, air cooled condensers, and gas heat. Equivalent products by Carrier, York, and McQuay will be considered. The Architect will be the sole judge of equivalency, based on, but not limited to the following criteria: a. Efficiency at ARI and/or project conditions b. Unit inlet and outlet configuration. c. Unit weight. d. Unit capacity - both sensible and total e. Noise generation f. Servicability g. Overall quality of construction. h. Electrical characteristics 2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Division 1 requirements. B. Capacity: as scheduled on plans C. Unit shall have the following features: 1. Specifically designed for outdoor installation. 2. Completely assembled, piped, wired, and tested. 3. U.L. approved if available, otherwise C.S.A. approved. 4. FC fan wheel. Belt drive motor with adjustable pulley. 5. Compressor anti -short cycle timers. 6. Gas heating section. Fire tested at factory. Aluminized steel heater exchanger. 7. Downflow configuration. KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15' MECHANICAL ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SECTION 15741 Page 3 D. Provide the following factory options and accessories: 1. 100% outside air economizer with barometric relief. 2. 1", 30% throwaway filters 3. Factory roof curb. E. Control Interface: coordinate with Division 15900 to assure a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ROOFTOP UNIT INSTALLATION A. Rig unit in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to avoid damaging unit. B. Level unit curb in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Fasten unit to curb and curb to structure to resist seismic loads per UBC. C. Pre - start-up prodecure: 1. Before placing unit in operation remove all shipping stops, protective paper and packaging; especially from supply fan section of unit. 2. Loosen supply fan and compressor tie down bolts. 3. Check compressor service valves to be sure they are open. 4. Check bearings - grease if necessary. D. Contractor shall read and follow manufacturer's installation and start-up prodecures. E. Coordinate with Roofing Contractor and General Contractor for interface between roofing and curb. 3.03 STARTUP FILTERS A. Do not run unit without filters in place. B If filters become significantly dirty during start-up phase, then at completion of start -up, (just before turning building over to owner) install "spare" set of filters. If "spare" set is not needed, leave on site, in penthouse mechanical room. End of Section 15741 KWAN DENTAL CLINIC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15880 Page 1 A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and service for air distribution system as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Description of system: 1. Package gas /electric rooftop air conditioning unit with single duct changeover/bypass VAV system. 2. Ducted return system. 3. Exhaust systems. C. Definitions: 1. Low pressure ductwork: 2000 FPM velocity or less and static pressure 2" WG or less. 2. High pressure ductwork: 2000 FPM velocity or more, or static pressure 2" WG or more. 3. Gage: a. Steel sheet and wire: U.S. Standard Gage. b. Aluminum sheet: Browne & Sharpe Gage. c. Steel wire: Washburn and Moen Gage. 4. Concealed insulated surfaces: Piping, ductwork and equipment in walls, partitions, floors, pipe chases, pipe shafts, duct shafts, sealed alleyways, and above suspended ceiling. 5. Exposed insulated surfaces: Piping, ductwork and equipment located in mechanical rooms, and rooms without suspended ceilings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design and installation standards: 1. ASHRAE Guide and Data Book - Equipment, current chapter on duct construction. 2. ADC Standard 1062R2, Air Diffusing Equipment Test Code. 3. AMCA Standard 210, Test Code for Air Moving Devices. 4. ASHRAE Standard 70 -72, Method of Testing for Rating the air flow performance of outlets and inlets. 5. NFPA 90 -A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 2 1980 Edition. 6. SMACNA Publications as follows: a. High Pressure Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. b. Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. c. Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. d. Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, latest edition. 7. Uniform Mechanical Code (UBC) latest edition. B. Fire and smoke rating test standards: ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (See Section 01340) A. Shop deviation drawings: 1. Duct layouts at 1/4" or 1/8" to l' scale. Showing significant deviations from locations shown on these plans. If Contractor installs ductwork substantially as shown on plans, then shop drawings need not be submitted. B. Certificates. C. Test Reports. D. Operating and maintenance date: See Division 1. E. Guarantee(s). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. As noted for individual items. 2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Division 1 requirements. B. All materials and equipment from established and recognized reputable manufacturer. C. Sheet metal: 1. Galvanized steel: ASTM A93, F. S. QQ -I -716. D. Duct sealer: NFPA rating of "Non- Combustible ". 1. Acceptable manufacturers; Hardcast Inc, Durkee - Atwood Co., 3M, 2. Flame spread rating: 25 or lower, in dry condition, 3. Smoke developed rating: 50 or lower, in dry condition. 1 .1 KWAN DENTAL CLINIC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 4 Resistant to water and water vapors. 2.02 DUCTWORK DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15880 Page 3 A. Construct all ductwork of galvanized steel sheet. 1. Ductboard is not permitted. 2. In lieu of insulating, rectangular sheet metal ducts may be lined. B. Low pressure ductwork (sheet metal): 1. Low pressure ductwork includes but is not limited to: a. All supply ductwork from rooftop air conditioning unit discharge to connection with single duct VAV boxes. b. All ductwork on outlet side of VAV boxes. c. Return, exhaust and relief air ductwork. 2. Construct in accord with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards Manual, minimum 2" static pressure classification. 3. Seal supply ductwork from A/C unit to VAV box inlets to Seal Class A. Seal all other ducts to Seal Class B requirements. 4. Runouts to diffusers and connection of return air or exhaust outlets to ducts may be flexible ducts. C. High pressure ductwork; 1. Does not apply. D. Duct sizes indicated are internal sizes. Where acoustical liner is applied to interior of a duct, increase size to maintain interior dimensions. E. Hangers and supports: 1. Low pressure ductwork (sheet metal): SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. 2. High pressure ductwork: SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards, Chapter 6. F. Fittings and joints: On low pressure systems: 1. Elbows: Where space permits, use radius elbows with full radius throat. 2. Where space limitations will not allow full radius throat, half radius may be used. 3. Where square elbows are indicated or required, provide with turning vanes in each vane rail tab. 4. Connections to diffusers, grilles and registers: Fitted securely to neck or collars provided behind diffuser, grille, or register face area. 5. Provide all necessary transition pieces and duct collars to make connections to ductwork from neck sizes shown on drawings. KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 4 6. Where building walls,floor and ceilings form portions of duct or plenum, provide gasketed angles or channels at junction points, securely bolted to building structure. G. Fittings and joints on high pressure systems: 1. Does not apply. H. Turning vanes: 1. For velocities up to 2000 FPM: Figure 2 -3 of SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard, single vane. a. For widths between 36 and 48" use double wall "Airfoil" type, minimum 24 ga. 2. For velocities over 2000 FPM: Double Wall "Airfoil" type, SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standard, Figure 4 -15. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: Barber - Coleman; Tuttle & Bailey; Titus; and Aero -Dyne. I. Flexible connections: 1. Material: Neoprene double coated closely woven glass fabric flexible connections. 2. Fasten fabric to sheet metal duct work and to fan collar extension with 3/16" rivets spaced not more than 5" OC. 3. Locate in inlet and outlet of all fans, as close to fan as possible. 4. Provide at all ducts crossing building expansion joints and where indicated on drawings. 5. Connections shall not be under tension. 6. Isolate duct system from all equipment by at least I". 7. Acceptable manufacturers: Duro -Dyne; Elgin; and Ventfabt'ics. J. Flexible duct: 1. Acceptable manufacturers: Clevepak Corp., Clevaflex Div.; General Environment Corp.; The Wiremold Co.; Johns - Manville; and Flexible Tubing Div., Automation Industries, Inc. 2. Construction; a. Spiral wire or band, reinforced fabric liner or flexible aluminum or galvanized steel duct. b. Nominal 1" x 3/4 LB /CF fiberglass insulation covered with vinyl, polyethylene or reinforced metallized vapor barrier. 3. Rated working pressure: a. Low pressure duct: Positive 2" WG minimum; negative 1 -1/2" minimum, for return or exhaust air connections. b. High pressure duct: Positive 8" WG minimum. 4. Fire resistant, self - extinguishing, UL Standard 181, Class 1, with flame spread of 25 or less and smoke development index not to exceed 50. 5. Thermal conductance (C): 0.23. 6. Low pressure connections: Secure duct to collar or sleeve with screws or metal or nylon clamps or bands. Seal connections with 2 wraps of duct tape. KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 5 7. High pressure connections: Secure duct to collar or sleeve with duct sealer and 1/2" aluminum or galvanized steel bands or clamps. Secure insulation jacket with 2 wraps of duct tape. 8. Turn radius: Not less than R/D equal to 1.0. 9. Provide duct hangers where required and per manufacturers' recommendations.. 10. Branch ducts to air control devices: a. Low pressure: Length not greater than 12'. b. High pressure: Length not greater than 6'. K. Access doors: 1. Provide at all dampers as required by NFPA, and where shown on plans or specified in other sections of this division. 2. High pressure ductwork: Doors shall close with air pressure, and shall have latches and hinges, except that doors at fire and smoke dampers may have wing nuts for fasteners. 3. Hardware: Ventlok as follows: a. Doors up to 12" maximum, in any direction: One No. 100. b. Doors up to 18' long: Two No. 140 or No. 205. c. Doors up to 24" long: Two No. 260. d. Doors over 24" long: Two or more No. 310. 4. Provide gasket seal on all access doors. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: Air Stream; Advanced Air, Inc.; Ventfabrics; American Warming & Ventilating Co.; Air Balance Inc.; and Air Dynamics, Inc. 2.03 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER A. Acoustical duct liner: Semi -rigid fiberglass conforming with latest revision of F.S.HH- I -545B, Type 1. 1. Coat with high density matte faced fire resistant coating meeting requirements of NFPA 90A and to prevent air entrainment of fibers in use. 2. Noise reduction coefficient: Not less than 0.60 as determined by ASTM -C- 423 -66. 3. Comply with erosion test of UL Publication No. 181. 4. Thermal conductance: 0.26 BTU /Sq. Ft. F. Hr. maximum at 75 degree F mean temperature. 5. Not less than 1 -1/2 LB /CU Ft Density. 6. Suitable for installation on sheet metal prior to bending. B. Adhesive; Fire - retardant; Foster 85 -20/ C. Mastic: Fire - retardant; Foster 60 -30. 2.04 DAMPERS KW AN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 6 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Manual dampers: American Warming & Ventilating Co.; Ruslin; Penn; Conner; Carnes; Tuttle & Bailey; Air Balance Inc.; and Krueger. 2. Backdraft dampers: American Warming & Ventilating Co.; Penn; Carnes; Air Balance Inc.; Prefco; and Cesco. B. All dampers: 1. Sizes and types: As shown. 2. Locate where indicated. 3. Factory built and assembled dampers. C. Automatic dampers: Furnished in Section 15900, Controls and Instrumentation. Install as specified in this section. D. Manual Dampers: 1. Fabricate per SMACNA standards. 2. Provide screw - locking operator on side of duct. E. Backdraft dampers (low pressure): Counterbalanced, gravity operated. 1. Fabricate of aluminum 2. Blades: Provided with common linkage rod and felt seals. 2.05 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Grilles, registers and diffusers (GRD's): Krueger; Carnes; Anemostat; Hart and Cooley Manufacturing Co.; Tuttle and Bailey; Trane; Tempmaster; J&J Register B. G.R.D. Frame type. 1. Provide GRD's with appropriate frame for either lay -in T -bar or gypsum board ceiling. 2. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plans and finish schedule to determine ceiling type. C. Ceiling Diffuser: 1. Size: Shown on drawings 2. Type: Adjustable core with frame for lay -in T -bar ceiling. 3. Manufacturer Krueger 4. Model: 1244 5. Finish: All aluminum with white finish. D. Exhaust Grille: 1. Size: Shown on drawings 2. Type: Single deflection, fixed 35 degrees blades. KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 7 3. Manufacturer: Krueger 4. Model: S8OH 5. Finish: Baked White Enamel E. Sidewall Supply Grille: 1. Size: As shown on plans. 2. Type: Double deflection, horizontal front bars. 3. Manufacturer: Krueger 4. Model: 880H 5. Finish: Factory prime coat for field painting. (Painting by Division 9) F. Return Grille (into ceiling plenum) 1. Size: As noted on plans. 2. Type: 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" aluminum eggcrate 3. Manufacturer: Krueger 4. Model: EGC -5 5. Provide sound lined plenum for each grille a. Fabricate of 26 gage galvanized sheet metal b. Line with 1" sound liner c. Paint inside of plenum flat black, including cut edges of liner along bottom. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install all systems and components. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK A. Install generally as indicated. 1. Dimensions may be changed to meet building conditions. 2. Maintain full areas and suitable shapes at all points. B. Conceal all ductwork in finished spaces unless indicated otherwise. C. Drawings do not show all transitions and offsets which may be required. Install all necessary transitions and offsets to complete systems. D. Exercise special care to provide tight - fitting well fabricated, well braced ductwork systems. E. Brace all ducts per SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual - latest addition. KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 8 F. Seal all duct systems (supply, return, and exhaust) to SMACNA seal class as follows: SERVICE SEAL CLASS SEAL MATERIAL Supply ductwork from A/C unit to boxes A Pressure sensitive tape or duct sealer. Return ductwork B Pressure sensitive tape or duct sealer. Exhaust ductwork - In plenum B Duct sealer Exhaust Ductwork - Outside of plenum B Pressure sensitive tape or duct sealer. 3.03 APPLICATION OF ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER A. Apply insulation in accord with manufacturer's recommendations for velocities encountered. 1. For horizontal ducts: Adhere acoustical liner for sides and top of duct to sheet in one piece and formed. 2. For ducts up to 12" in height and up to 24" width: Use maximum of one joint. 3. All other ducts: Use maximum of two joints. B. Caulk all joints with fire retardant mastic and point up to smooth surface. C. When duct width exceeds 12" or height exceeds 24 ", provide additional securement by approved non - corroding metal pins spaced not greater than 12" on centers. D. Butt edges tightly and secure to metal surface with adhesive covering 100 percent duct surface. Spacing at edges, joints and corner breaks per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. For grilles, registers, and diffusers installation lay -in T -bar ceilings, clip to ceiling or suspend from structure in accordance with local code requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. At completion of work and prior to final acceptance, clean all work installed under this section. 3.06 EQUIPMENT DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final acceptance, inspect and test,and operate satisfactorily, in presence of engineer k KWAN DENTAL CLINIC DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SECTION 15880 Page 9 and representative of Owner, operation of each piece of equipment and its accessories. B. If inspection or test shows defects, replace defective work or material. C. Repeat inspections and tests until defects are eliminated. 3.07 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. Furnish labor and material for ladders, scaffolding, changing pulleys, additional dampers, etc. required by balancing subcontractor. 3.08 SMOKE DETECTORS IN DUCTWORK A. Where smoke detectors are furnished under other sections for installation in ductwork, install as directed and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 109 PAINTING A. Grilles, registers, or diffusers requiring painting shall be delivered to Division 9 contractor for painting prior to installation. End of Section 15880 KWAN DENTAL OFFICE CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15900 Page 1 A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all controls and instrumentation as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. See Section 15010 for special mechanical requirements. 3. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Control wiring: See Section 15010. 2. Package rooftop A/C unit: See Section 15781. 1.02 WIRING A. All control wiring, both line and low voltage, required to make a complete control installation shall be the responsibility of the control contractor. Provide all conduit, wire, boxes, enclosures, relays, and miscellaneous devices to make a complete installation. 1.03 SCOPE A. Provide a changeover /bypass variable air volume system, complete with all components including, but not limited to: 1. Variable air volume terminal units. 2. Zone thermostats, 3. Bypass variable air volume terminal units with integral damper motor operator. 4. Central network controller. 5. Duct velocity and temperature sensors. 6. Time clock function (either integral to system electronics, or by separate time clock. B. System Description: 1 The changeover/bypass VAV system shall control the heating/cooling air conditioning unit to provide individual zone temperature control. The system shall monitor the heating or cooling needs of each zone and automatically change the system operation from heating to cooling, or vice versa. The system shall provide variable air volume control for each zone, and control each zone's temperature to its heating or cooling setpoint. Also, the supply air flow rate shall be sensed and maintained to a minimum air flow across the air conditioning unit by use of a modulating bypass damper. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The following information shall be submitted for approval: 1. Complete sequence of operation. KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION SECTION 15900 Page 2 2. Control system drawings. 3. Bill of materials and equipment lists. 4. Manufacturer's installation and programming instructions. B. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions. C. At completion of project submit: 1. Owner's time and temperature schedule. 2. Verification of training with Owner's signature. 3. Contractor's certification that system was tested as described here -in and is operating correctly. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. The control contractor shall be regularly employed in the installation of control systems of the type specified here -in. The Contractor shall have an office within a 4 hour driving radius of the job site. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide one year warranty on parts and labor. PART 2 PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS 2.01 VAV SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS A. In general, changeover/bypass VAV system shall be Trane Varitrac or Carrier Parker. Systems by other manufacturers will be considered if submitted for approval in accordance with Division 1. B. All components of VAV system shall be of a single manufacturer, and shall be manufacturer's standard components only. 2.02 ZONE THERMOSTATS A. Provide zone thermostats complete with the following capabilities: 1. Local setpoint adjustment. 2. Local night setback override push - button. 3. Communications jack. B. Zone thermostat shall be simple, and easy to use. If programming or editing of parameters at zone thermostat is required, customer training must be provided. 2.03 MISC. CONTROL DEVICES KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION SECTION 15900 Page 3 A. Time clock: 1. Honeywell S7000 series, one channel, electronic with battery carryover. 2. Other manufacturers will be considered if submitted for approval in accordance with Division 1. B. Smoke Detector: 1. Robertshaw 2650 series, ionization type, complete with sampling tube for duct size indicated. 2. Provide in supply and return ducts at rooftop A/C unit. 2.04 WIRING A. Provide wiring in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Pay particular attention to need for twisted pair or shielded conductors. B. Where wire is installed in plenum return ceiling space; run wire in conduit, or use plenum rated cable if permitted by code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical work performed in the installation of the control system as described in this specification shall be per the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Conduit shall be run parallel to building lines and be properly supported. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. C. Support units individually from structure. Do not support from adjacent ductwork. 3.02 OWNER TRAINING A. During the startup and test period, provide an owner training session of at least 4 hours duration during normal working hours. Demonstrate to Owner how to change time schedules and temperature set points. 3.03 WARRANTY A. Warrant installation and devices to be free from defects in workmanship and material for a period of one year from the date of job acceptance by the owner. 3.04 PROGRAMMING AND SYSTEM SETOUT KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION SECTION 15900 Page 4 A. Determine Owner's initial operating schedule and temperature requirements and program these into system. Submit schedule to Architect at completion of project. B. During startup phase, and after system installation is 100% complete, run entire system through complete cycles of heating and cooling. Test and demonstrate correct performance for all zone dampers/thermostats, bypass damper /velocity sensor, and main duct temperature controls. Submit to Architect certificate that this testing has been performed. 3.05 SMOKE DETECTOR WIRING A. Wire smoke detector through rooftop air conditioning unit controls to shut down unit whenever smoke is detected in supply and/or return duct(s) at unit. END OF SECTION 15900 KWAN DENTAL OFFICE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15990 Page 1 A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and service to test, balance and adjust all mechanical systems as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Test, balance and adjust following mechanical systems: 1. Air distribution systems. 2. Air moving equipment. 3. Package rooftop air conditioning unit. 4. Instrumentation and control system. 5. Exhaust systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall be performed by: 1. Approved independent testing and balancing agency under direct supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer, or 2. Mechanical Contractors start-up, test and balance department worldng under direct supervision of a Registered Professional Engineer. B. Qualifications: 1. Certified member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). 2. In lieu of certification, show equivalent qualifications to AABC or NEBB requirements. C. Professional Engineer supervising work shall affix his stamp and signature to reports and certify that reports are accurate. D. Balancing standards: AABC or NEBB requirements and recommendations. 1.03 RESPONSIBILITIES OF TESTING AND BALANCING DEPARTMENTS A. Schedule work with trades involved. KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SECTION 15990 Page 2 B. Check component parts for function and operation in system. C. Evaluate operation of systems and advise installer of necessary adjustments and corrective measures. D. Prepare and submit reports of all tests. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR A. Startup all systems and keep in correct operation during balancing operations. B. Make adjustments and corrections to systems as directed by balancing department. C. Maintain accessibility to test locations and devices requiring adjustment. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Balance at time Owner accepts building. If balancing is not done during peak cooling season demonstrate satisfactory balancing during next peak cooling season. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Provide extended warranty of 90 days, after completion of test and balance work, during which time the Engineer may at his discretion, request recheck or resetting of any equipment which was not balanced in accord with specifications. Provide technicians to assist as required in making such tests. 1.07 SUBMITTALS (See Section 01340) A. Name and qualifications of balancing agency personnel, and registered professional engineer who will be certifying reports. B. Reports: 1. Records of each inspection, test and adjustment required. 2. Summaries of balancing operations at end of each phase. C. Calibration reports on instruments. 1.08 OWNER'S RIGHTS KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SECTION 15990 Page 3 A. The Owner may ensure that all performance requirements and criteria have been met by independently testing areas of concern. B. The Owner may perform tests during construction and operation of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems as required to achieve satisfaction that the performance requirements are being met. PART 2 PRODUCTS None. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Accurately calibrate and maintain all test instruments in good working order. 1. Submit calibration certificates with reports to show that instrument calibration status is current. 2. If requested, conduct tests of instruments in presence of Architect. B. If requested, conduct balancing tests in presence of Architect. C. Do not begin balancing until system(s) have been completed and are in good working order. D. Record all inspections, tests and adjustments. E. L ladders, scaffolding, additional dampers and clean filters will be provided per Section 15880. F. Check motors for proper rotation, coupling and drive alignment, belt tension and freedom from vibration, etc. Measure and record deflection of fan belts. G. After completion of testing and balancing, operate systems under normal conditions for two days of 8 hours each to demonstrate specified performance. 3.02 AIR BALANCING METHODS A. Balance each air system that is served by air filters, using artificial static loading of system, to demonstrate, test and obtain system design pressure drop data. 1. Provide dirty filter pressure drop conditions on system. KWAN DENTAL OFFICE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SECTION 15990 Page 4 2. Static pressure losses may be simulated by using wood or sheet steel blanking plates in filter racks and housings. 3.03 AIR BALANCE TESTING PROCEDURE A. Perform tests and balance system in accord with following: B. Test and adjust equipment RPM to design requirements. C. Test motor load amperes. D. Make Pitot tube traverse of main supply, return, and exhaust ducts and obtain design CFM at fans. 1. For package rooftop unit, fan CFM may be determined from sum of diffuser CFM's. If this CFM is less than 90% of design CFM, a pitot tube traverse shall be performed. E. Test system static pressures, suction and discharge. F. Test and adjust system(s) for design CFM for supply, return, outside and exhaust air. G. Test coil entering air temperatures (cooling and heating): 1. Dry bulb degF. H. Test leaving air temperatures (cooling and heating): 1. Dry bulb degF. I. Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM. J. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM. K. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10 percent of design requirements. 1. Identify location and area of each grille, diffuser, and register. Prepare marked print or schematic diagram. 2. Identify and list size, type and manufacturer of diffuser, grilles, registers. 3. Use manufacturer's ratings on all equipment to make required calculations. 4. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers shall include required FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustments. 5. Adjust all diffusers, grilles, and registers to minimize drafts. 1 KWAN DENTAL OFFICE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15990 Page 5 L. In cooperation with control manufacturer's representative, set automatically operated dampers to operate as indicated. M. Balance supply, return, and exhaust air to provide the designed pressure relationships to adjacent areas. O. Make any changes in pulleys, belts, and dampers, or add dampers required for correct balance as recommended by air balance agency, at no additional cost to Owner. P. Check fire dampers for correct operation and damper position. Q. Seal all holes punched in ducts for purposes of traversing and testing with snap -in buttons and tape; wooden plugs, or the like are prohibited. 3.04 ROOFTOP UNIT TEST PROCEDURES A. Cycle unit through all modes of operation and verify correct operation of each component in each mode. B. Measure amperages for each motor, including compressors and condenser fans. C. Measure refrigerant pressures for each compressor. Report on air temperatures and approximate flow air flow rates at time pressures were recorded. D. Check refrigerant levels. Adjust charge as necessary. E. Adjust minimum outside air CFM to value scheduled. 3.05 REPORTS A. Furnish three copies of Testing Reports to Architect for acceptance, and/or analysis and recommendations. End Of Section 15990 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL 1 PAGE 1 IPART 1 - GENERAL 9 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Included in This Section: Provide all electrical work, labor, materials and equipment as necessary for complete operable systems, etc. as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items that are not specifically shown or stated but that are required for a complete, working installation. IB. Related Work Specified in Other Sections: Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the I Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. I Refer to Division 1 for submittal requirements. Refer to Division 15 for coordination. 1.02 STANDARDS AND CODES: IA. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this specification, the codes are to prevail except i that this shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specifications which may be in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. B. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by I Underwriters' Laboratories (or other code recognized laboratory) unless otherwise permitted by the authorized code inspector and the architect. C. All electrical work shall be executed in strict accordance with the latest edition of the following standards and codes and all local ordinances and 1 regulations: 1. NFPA National Fire Protection I Association 2. ANSI C2 (1987) National Electrical Safety Code 3. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1 4. U.L. Underwriters Laboratories 1 16010 -1 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 2 D. The contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electric systems. 1.03 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS: A. Division 16 Contractor shall be in full compliance with applicable provisions of Division 1 and 15 including necessary coordination, permits, fees, submittals, etc. (All sections of Division 16 are a part of this requirements). B. The Contractor shall refer to the drawings, project data and shop drawings of other trades for additional details which affect the proper installation of the work. Diagrams and symbols showing electrical connections are diagrammatic only, and do not necessarily show the exact physical arrangement of the equipment. 1.04 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. Do not scale drawings for equipment location. Review all architectural, structural, mechanical and equipment drawings and adjust work to conform to conditions shown. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required by this Division. B. Circuits and connections indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of conduits for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs intended to show the actual routing of the conduits. C. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. Any minor changes in the location of the conduits, outlets, etc. (to coordinate with final furniture and equipment drawings), from those shown on the plans shall be made without extra charge, if so directed, in writing by the architect before rough -in. D. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet and install electrical items in a manner to provide an aesthetic appearance. When necessary, with the architects written approval, outlets shall be relocated to avoid interference with structural 16010 -2 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 3 features of the building, and to accommodate mechanical equipment. E. The horsepower of motors and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other divisions of this contract and bid is based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be furnished to suit installed equipment nameplate current. Advise architect of any subsequent equipment changes affecting electrical circuits. F. The electrical "legend" shown on the drawings is standardized for this project. Use legend as reference for symbols used on plans. 1.05 SITE FAMILIARIZATION: A. Before submitting a bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all features of the building and site which may affect the execution of his work. The Contractor shall take all field measurements necessary for his work and shall assume full responsibility for their accuracy. 1.06 PERMITS FEES AND NOTICES: A. Pay all electrical permits and fees. B. Notify architect /engineer of conflicts in the documents with regulations prior to bid or commencing work. 1.07 INSPECTIONS: A. Notify architect /engineer (and code enforcing agencies as required) prior to covering of any concealed work; pulling of wires and cable; installation of lighting fixtures, or placing of covers on outlets, cabinets, panelboards. 1.08 COORDINATION: A. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors doing work in the building and shall examine all drawings, including the several divisions of mechanical, ventilating, structural and general, for construction details and necessary coordination. B. Special attention is called for the following items and all conflicts shall be reported to the architect before installation for decision or correction: 16010 -3 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 4 1. Door swings such that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2. Location of fixtures, pipes, ducts and other mechanical equipment such that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment are mounted on proper relationship to these items. 3. Location of cabinets and counters such that electrical work is clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4. Penetrations of building structure for electrical work: 5. Compliance to Section 110 -16 of N.E.C. 6. Coordination and provisions for maintaining lighting and power to areas in use during construction (comply with General Division Provisions). B. When conduit, insert or sleeves for outlet boxes and /or conduits are required. Contractor shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. C. The electrical contractor shall take full responsibility for furnishing, installing and trouble shooting all electrical systems in the building. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for overall coordination of all electrical systems and ensuring correct and full operation of all systems and system interfaces. The electrical contractor shall coordinate the interfaces between the electrical systems and all other systems. 1.09 WARRANTY: A. The contractor shall be responsible for all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense as may be necessary, any defective work, materials or parts which may show themselves defective within one year after final acceptance if said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. Lamps are not warranted, but all shall be operating at time of final acceptance. 1.10 DOCUMENTS AT JOB SITE: A. Maintain on the site in good condition a complete file of all reviewed design drawings and specifications, submittal data, shop drawings, etc.. These documents 16010 -4 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 5 shall be retained at the site until final acceptance of work and shall be made available at all times for use of the architect or engineer. 1.11 AS BUILT DRAWINGS: A. Corrections and changes made during the progress of the work shall be recorded continuously on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. Accurately locate all underground and underslab conduit and stub -outs. Contractor shall also show on as -built drawings, the routing of all branch panel feeders from source to panel location. At the completion of the work, this Contractor shall furnish the architect with (1) set of reproducible record sepias with all as built revisions (clearly drafted) included. Final payment will not be approved until completed. 1.12 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS: A. The contractor shall prepare 5 sets of maintenance manuals for all electrical equipment and systems installed as a part of the construction project. B. The information contained in the manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by category with typewritten index. C. The information included must be the exact equipment installed. Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer. Manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed under the project. D. Detailed (as built) diagrams for each system shall be included for the specific system installed under the contract. E. The completed manuals shall be bound with hard board covers. The covers shall be identified with the name of the Project, Division 16 Contractor and Year of Completion. F. A preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover, shall be submitted 30 days prior to completion of the project for checking and approval. Three bound copies shall be delivered to General Contractor prior to final acceptance of project. 16010 -5 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 6 1.13 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Whenever any material or equipment is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification shall establish the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. The architect /engineer shall be the sole and final judge as to quality and acceptability of substitutions, no exceptions. B. The successful electrical contractor will be responsible to provide and install equal products to those specified. If proposed substitutions are not equal, it will be the responsibility of the electrical contractor to provide an approved equal product at no extra cost to the project. C. Any request for substitution shall be accompanied by "Substitution Request Form" included at the end of Section 16010. D. When the substitute equipment or material necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades, the contractor shall include drawings and details showing all such changes, coordinate and assume any liability and costs from the affected trades. Also, if a change requires engineering or mechanical services or other equipment modifications, these services shall be billable to the contractor. If contractor installs any devices or associated equipment (which are subject to submittal review) prior to submittal approval, it will be his responsibility to make any changes required to comply (if necessary) with approved equipment. E. Contractor shall provide photometric and computerized print outs and sample devices or fixtures if requested by Architect /Engineer with submittals for proposed substitutions. 1.14 SUBMITTAL LITERATURE: A. Submittals, General: All equipment and materials must be submitted for review and approval prior to installation. Provide submittals in accordance with Division I, Submittals. The remaining instructions in this paragraph are intended to supplement and amplify the requirements of the referenced section above. 1. Bind submittals in stiff paper folder with fastening clips. Fold drawings to 8 -1/2" size and bind as above or place in "pocket" of folder. Index to the applicable specification section with a transmittal letter bound as the first sheet. 16010 -6 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 7 Submittals will not be accepted unless they conform to these requirements. B. List of Manufacturers: Submit list of materials and manufacturers within 30 days after contract award. The list shall contain items to be used on this project, listing manufacturer's name and catalog numbers (where applicable) and referenced to the applicable specification paragraph. C. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings, descriptive bulletins, data sheets, diagrams, catalog cuts or other additional information as required for the following (but not limited to) specified items: D. Submittal Format: Submittals must be sent in complete "sets," i.e., all fixtures in one submittal, all panels and transformers in one submittal. E. Review: The review of a manufacturer's name or product by the architect /engineer does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.15 GROUNDING: A. All electrical devices, motors, etc., shall be grounded per N.E.C. Article 250. B. See drawings for additional or special grounding requirements. C. All circuits (except lighting) shall have a separate ground wire. The metallic raceway system is acceptable as the system grounding path for lighting only. D. A separate green ground wire shall be used for all flexible equipment connections and all exterior electrical devices (pole lighting, exterior receptacles, exterior building lighting, etc.) or where PVC conduit is permitted. 1.16 DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: A. During final inspection, conduct an operating test for approval by architect /engineer. Demonstrate installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. Should any portion of the installation fail to meet requirements of Contract Documents, repair or replace items failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply and be approved by architect /engineer. 16010 -7 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 8 B. If requested by architect /engineer, contractor shall ensure that instruments and personnel are available for measuring light intensities, voltage and current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or open circuit conditions. 1.17 MECHANICAL EOUIPMENT WIRING AND DEVICE REOUIREMENTS A. Electrical equipment and controls are to be furnished by Mechanical Contractor and set in place and wired by Electrical Contractor. (coordinate all work with Division 15 Mechanical) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS All products shall be new, UL listed and free from any defects. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. System components shall be of one manufacture and responsibility as to warranties and guarantees. PART 3 - E'XECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Any opening required for installation of electrical equipment, conduit, etc., shall be coordinated with the General Contractor by the Electrical Contractor. Any openings, etc., required which were not given to the General Contractor in time, will have to be cut and patched at the cost of the Electrical Contractor. All cutting and patching shall be subject to approval of architect. Any roof penetrations shall be subject to same conditions as required by General conditions. Shop drawings are required for approval by owner. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION: A. General 1. All equipment and devices shall be identified with a plastic label. B. Plastic laminated 1. Physical Characteristics 16010 -8 f SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 9 a. Black background b. 1/2" high characters etched in white c. Adhesive attachment 2. Location a. 5' elevation (approximately) b. Panelboards c. Control system enclosures d Motor starters e. Disconnect switches 3. Description a. Title or column location b. Source circuit and feeder size C. Embossed Plastic Tape (Dymolabel) 1. Physical Characteristics a. Color background b. Minimum 1/4" letters c. Adhesive attachment 2. Location a. Utility devices (switches, receptacles,etc.) b. Junction boxes c. Machine control panels and disconnects D. Panel Schedules 1. Physical Characteristics a. Standard form b. Tape or holder 2. Location a. Interior of all panel doors 16010 -9 1 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 10 3. Description a. Panelboard number source b. Circuit number c. Estimated Load per phase (amperes) E. Wire Markers 1. Physical Characteristics a. Self adhesive or heat shrunk b. 3/4" or 1 - 1/2" strips 2. Location a. All control wire terminations 3.03 CLEANUP: A. The premises must be kept free of accumulated materials, rubbish and debris at all times. Surplus material, tools and equipment must not be stored at the job site. At the completion of the job, all equipment and fixtures shall be left clean and in proper condition for their intended use. 3.04 PAINTING: A. Touch -up electrical equipment with factory finished surfaces as required by the architect using matching factory furnished paint. Coordinate field painting requirements with the architect prior to final trim and cover installation. Do not paint screw heads, hinges, nameplates, hardware etc. 3.05 POWER CONNECTIONS AND PHASE ROTATION: A. The Electrical Contractor shall make all power connections to all electrical motor starters or controller (provided in Division 15) and devices (such as medical equipment, HVAC, etc.) provided by owner or other divisions where shown on drawings. Proper phase rotation shall be maintained at all times. The contractor shall provide a phase rotation meter, check and identify proper rotation of equipment, prior to energizing equipment. SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PAGE 11 3.06 CONCRETE BASES AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS: A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide concrete bases and housekeeping pads for electrical equipment including pole bases, transformer bases, unit substation base, etc.. Equipment pads shall be a minimum of 2" high with a minimum of 2" extending beyond equipment. Transformer bases shall be a minimum of 4" deep and extend a minimum of 4" beyond transformer base in each direction. Edges shall be champered. 3.07 TESTING: A. General: The contractor shall test all wiring and all electrical equipment installed in this contract to verify absence of grounds and short circuits and verify proper operation, rotation, and phase relationship. All equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this specification and the manufacturer's recommendations. All instruments and personnel required to conduct the tests shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall perform voltage, current and resistance tests as required to complete the Electrical System Test Report and the Motor Test Report forms included herein. These forms shall be submitted 2 weeks prior to final inspection. B. If the test results indicate corrective measures are required, the Contractor shall undertake all such corrective measures until the electrical system is accepted by the Engineer. No additional compensation will be paid for corrective measures. END OF SECTION SECTION 16110 ELECTRICAL - RACEWAYS Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all raceways as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all fittings, coupings, etc., required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements. Refer to Section 16130 for associated outlet boxes. Refer to Section 16190 for supporting devices. Refer to Section 16450 for grounding. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be listed by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with the General division and shall include, but not limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 2. Manufacturer's name and address. 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials shown on drawings or specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall 16110 -1 SECTION 16110 ELECTRICAL - RACEWAYS Page 2 be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum bid price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A Conduit uses shall be as follows: 1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit or IMC shall be used in wet, corrosive or hazardous areas, panel feeders, and where exposed to physical damage. 2. EMT conduit may be used for branch circuiting or for panelboard feeders 2" and larger, where concealed in walls or ceiling. 3. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit shall be used for connections to vibrating equipment or motors. 4. For underground applications, schedule 40 PVC or PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used. All bends 450 or larger shall be made with rigid steel elbows. B. Conduit fittings used shall match the raceway system being used. C. Refer to drawings for additional conduit type requirement. 2.02 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT A. Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized sherardized. Terminations shall be by means of threaded hubs or double locknuts and insulating or grounding type bushings. B. Rigid steel conduit shall conform to Underwriter's Laboratories UL -6 specification, ANSI C80.1 and Federal Specification WW- C -581E or latest revision. 2.03 EM A. Electrical metallic tubing shall be steel hot dipped galvanized. Couplings and connectors shall be compression type. Malleable iron fittings shall not be allowed. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing shall conform to Underwriter's Laboratories UL -797, ANSI C80.3 and Federal Specification WW -C -563, latest revision. 16110 -2 NA, } ♦'V SECTION 16110 ELECTRICAL - RACEWAYS Page 3 2.04 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT A. Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall be liquidtight when used in wet or damp locations. Fittings shall be of the screw wedge type or liquidtight depending on conduit type used. 2.05 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Nonmetallic conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All conductors to be installed in raceways. B. Wiring of each type and system to be installed in separate raceways. C. Raceway size shall not be less than shown on the drawings; shall be in accordance with NEC for the number and size conductors installed; and shall, as a minimum be sized as follows: 1. Branch circuits: 3/4 "C 2. Home runs: 3/4 "C 3. Runs terminating in a switch or receptacle: 1/2" D. Conduit home runs shall extend from ceiling outlet boxes, not wall switch or outlet boxes. E. All conduit penetrations through floors or walls shall be grouted to retain fire protection integrity of the building. F. All conduit penetrations through roof shall be flashed with pitch pans. G. Provide expansion joint fittings in all raceways crossing expansion joints. Where differential settlement may occur, use deflection fittings. H. All "Conduit Only" installations shall have nylon pull cord installed in the conduit to facilitate future use of the raceway by others. 16110 -3 SECTION 16110 ELECTRICAL - RACEWAYS Page 4 3.02 SUPPORTS A. Support raceway by straps, suitable clamps or hangers to provide a rigid installation per N.E.C. Perforated strap hangers and twisted wire attachments will not be acceptable. Do not support or fasten raceways to other pipe or in a manner to prevent the ready removal of other pipe. Where pipe straps are used; they shall be the two hole type. 3.03 ROUTING A. The routing of the concealed conduit may be at the Contractor's discretion, however, the location of the conduit shall in no way impair the structural integrity of the facility or interfere with other building trades. B. . Refer to drawings for additional conduitl.type requirement. END OF SECTION 16110 -4 MIA SECTION 16120 ELECTRICAL WIRE & CABLE Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all wire and cable as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for associated requirements. Refer to Section 16110 for associate raceways. Refer to Section 16450 for grounding. Refer to Section 16500 for lighting. 1.03 STANDARDS AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with General Division and shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. 16120 -1 SECTION 16120 ELECTRICAL WIRE & CABLE Page 2 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS A. Provide copper conductors. Minimum conductor size for power circuits shall be No.12 AWG. 2.02 SOLID, STRANDED, INSULATION TYPE A. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller may be:solid, no. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Insulation shall be type THHN /THWN OR XHHW 600 VOLT insulation. 2.03 CONNECTORS A. Ideal Industries "Wing Nut" or 3M Company "Scotchlock" preinsulated connectors for splices and taps in conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller. For No. 8 AWG and larger conductors, utilize T &B compression connectors. Compress using recommended die and tools. 2.04 SIGNAL OR CONTROL CONDUCTOR A. Unless otherwise noted, all signal conductor or control cable shall be AWG #16 individual twisted, shielded pairs. Conductors shall be tinned copper with color coded, 90 degrees PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Shielding shall be aluminum polyester shield tape with drain wire. The cable shall have an overall PVC jacket. The insulation system shall be rated for 600 volts. PART 3 -r EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Keep all conductors within the allowable tension limits during installation. Lubricants for wire pulling, if used, shall be approved for the insulation and raceway material. Observe cable manufacturers and industry standard cable bending radius recommendations. 16120 -2 1 SECTION 16120 ELECTRICAL WIRE & CABLE Page 3 3.02 FEEDERS A. Size feeders as scheduled on the drawings, make no splices in feeder conductors. 3.03 WIRE AND CABLE TERMINATION A. Power conductors, No. 8 AWG and larger may be terminated directly in box -type lugs without terminals. B. General - Following the completion of installation; prior to energizing, test the following: Low Voltage Feeder Cables (600 volts and less) 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspections: a. Inspect exposed section for physical damage. b. Verify cable is supplied and connected in accordance with drawings. 2. Electrical Test: a. Perform insulation resistance test on the feeder cable with respect to ground and adjacent cables. b. Perform continuity test to ensure proper cable connection. 3. Test Values: a. Insulation resistance tests shall be performed at 500 volts DC for one -half minute. b. Minimum megger readings at 20 degrees C shall be one (1.0) Megohm. C. If the test results indicate corrective measures are required, the Contractor shall undertake all such corrective measures until the electrical system is accepted by the Engineer. No additional compensation will be paid for corrective measures. 3.04 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT COLOR CODING A. Color code for circuits 120 -volts to ground shall be: 1. Phase A: Black 2. Phase B: Red 3. Phase C: Blue 16120 -3 SECTION 16120 ELECTRICAL WIRE & CABLE Page 4 High leg of Delta System: Orange 4. Neutral: White C. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Bare or green insulated. D. Color coded tape may be used in lieu of color coded insulation for conductors larger than #6 AWG, however, when coded tape is used, the conductor insulation shall be black only and shall be taped at all splices, terminations and pullboxes with color scheme shown above. END OF SECTION 16120 -4 SECTION 16130 ELECTRICAL - OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND CABINETS PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all outlet boxes as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements. Refer to Section 16110 for Raceways. Refer to Section 16140 for wiring devices. Refer to 16450 and for Grounding. 1.03 STANDARDS AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1 and shall include, but not limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. SECTION 16130 ELECTRICAL - OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND CABINETS PAGE 2 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. PART 1 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES A. Provide standard outlet boxes for junction and pull boxes of 150 cubic inches or less; cabinets with screw covers or as specifically noted for junction or pull boxes larger than 150 cubic inches. B. Standard outlet boxes shall be galvanized or cadmium plated, one piece dressed steel with device finish ring and gang cover. Boxes shall be 4" square or octagon, 1 1/2" deep minimum size. C. Fixture outlet boxes shall be provided with 3/8" fixture stud. D. Boxes in masonry, concrete or concrete block walls shall be Steel City "GW" series or equal. E. Exposed boxes in utility areas shall be 4" square, galvanized or cadmium plated, one piece pressed steel with 1/2" raised cover. F. Exposed boxes in finished areas shall be cast metal "bell" type. G. Exposed boxes on exterior of building or in high abuse areas shall be cost metal "FS" or "FD" type. H. Sectional boxes - shall not be used. 2.02 FLOOR BOXES A. Provide concrete -tight with adjustable tops; minimum size, four inch octagon steel 2 -1/8" deep, integral leveling screws and tie -down holes. Provide with minimum of 3/4" conduit knockouts. B. Provide each unit with flange, cover, carpet flanges, extension collars, various service fittings, as required or shown. 16130 -2 wMq 44 SECTION 16130 ELECTRICAL - OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND CABINETS PAGE 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 POSITION OF OUTLETS A. Center all outlets with regard to building lines, furring and trim. Symmetrically arrange outlets in the room. Satisfactorily correct outlets properly located or installed. Repair or replace damaged surfaces and finishes same as original. B. Set outlets plumb and extend flush outlets to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond same. C. Install symmetrically all receptacles, switches and outlets shown and where necessary, set the long dimension of the plate vertical or gang in tandem. D. Devices located on opposite sides of fire rated walls shall be located a minimum of 24" apart horizontally and vertically. 3.02 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Wall mounted receptacles and telephone outlet devices shall be 18 inches to centerline above the floor unless noted otherwise. Switches shall be 48 inches to top of device above the floor. Electrical contractor shall be responsible to confirm that mounting heights are coordinated with architectural drawings. END OF SECTION SECTION 16134 ELECTRICAL - PANELBOARDS PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all panelboards as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements. Refer to Section 16180 for Overcurrent Devices. 1.03 STANDARDS AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 EOUIPMENT SIZE A. Electrical equipment shall fit in the space provided on the plan drawings or as specified. Equipment heights shall not exceed those shown or specified. Larger equipment shall not be considered acceptable. Equipment that is larger than specified shall not be considered equivalent. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1 and shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 16134 -1 SECTION 16134 ELECTRICAL - PANELBOARDS PAGE 2 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. 1.06 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARD TYPE A. General Use Panelboards Panelboards shall be rated at the proper voltage, current, and phase for intended use with:bus bars of aluminum. Panels shall be with neutral bus bar rated at 100 percent of the phase bus current. Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the drawings. Panelboards shall be dead front equal to Square "D" I Line, NEHB, or NQOD. (Westinghouse, G.E., are approved equal) 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the drawings: 208Y/120 volt Panelboards 10,000 AIC symmetrical C. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane. Bolt -type only. Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers. Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Where "Space Only" is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard; provide steel knockouts in dead front metal closure of unused part of panel. If any steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved cover plates. Open spaces are not permitted. 2.03 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD A. Recessed, unless otherwise indicated; tight closing doors without play when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. Where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any 16134 -2 SECTION 16134 ELECTRICAL - PANELBOARDS PAGE 3 panelboard, mount on same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield. Panelboards shall have door in door construction as follows: 1. Inner door, when open, will expose circuit breakers only and will not expose interior wiring. 2. Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on drawings. 3. Provide lock for each cabinet door. All Electrical distribution equipment locks to be keyed identically and to match existing. 4. Fasten panelboard with machine screws with oval countersunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escthcheons or approved trim clamps. 5. Finish: Provide factory standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue -gray color, shall be substituted for factory prime coat. 6. Enclosures shall be provided without knock outs. 2.04 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT A. Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the drawings. 2.05 PANELBOARD NAME PLATE A. Provide white on black engraved (color layer - engraved through outer layer) plastic nameplate with 1/2 inch high characters for panel identification (for panel name); attached with screws to each panelboard front. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOUNTING A. Secure in place with top of cabinet at 6' - 6', unless otherwise noted. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level. 3.02 CIRCUIT INDEX A. For each branch circuit panelboard: Provide as built information for each panelboard by circuit with its proper load designation. Install a typed circuit 16134 -3 : }r* k�ta4T;, _ tilt;,`:(' +4'�!j ' /',r'rtdt'6!4!4 f '•`?'i, SECTION 16134 ELECTRICAL - PANELBOARDS PAGE 4 directory inside each panel door identifying circuit number and use (room numbers where applicable). 3.03 DEAD FRONT CLOSURES A. Close all openings in dead front with closures manufactured for the purpose or install spare breakers. END OF SECTION 16134 -4 SECTION 16140 ELECTRICAL - WIRING DEVICES PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all wiring devices as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 01030 for alternates which may affect this work. Refer to Section 01300 for submittal requirements. Refer to Section 16010 for associated requirements. Refer to Section 16110 and 16120 for associated requirements. 1.03 STANDARD$ AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their insstallation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1 and shall include, but not limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. 16140 -1 SECTION 16140 ELECTRICAL - WIRING DEVICES PAGE 2 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. Standard wall switches shall be single -pole, double - pole, three -way, four -way or locking as shown on the drawings and shall be AC quiet type rated 20 amp, 125/277 volt with screw terminals. Wiring devices shall be white colored for general use. B. Standard receptacles shall be rated at 20 amps. All devices shall be back and side -wired with a thermoplastic high - impact resistance face, wraparound mounting strap, brass ground contacts riveted to strap with brass rivets. Approved manufacturers are: Switch Receptacle Hubbell 12211 CBR20 Series P &S 20AC1 5362 Series Leviton 1221 5362 Series 2.02 PLATES A. Plates for devices, boxes, etc., shall be Hubbell "S" line 302/304 stainless steel with satin finish or equal. B. Exterior receptacles shall have gasketed weatherproof plates with hinged cover. Hubbell WP Series or equal. C. Plates shall match configuration of outlet. Telephone or T.V. outlet plates shall have bushed hole or as directed by owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 POSITION OF OUTLETS A. Center all outlets with regard to building lines, furring and trim. Symmetrically arrange outlets in 16140 -2 SECTION 16140 ELECTRICAL - WIRING DEVICES PAGE 3 the room. Satisfactorily correct outlets properly located or installed. Repair or replace damaged surfaces and finishes same as original. B. Set outlets plumb and extend flush outlets to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond same. C. Install symmetrically all receptacles, switches and outlets shown and where necessary, set the long dimension of the plate vertical or gang in tandem. D. Devices located on opposite sides of fire rated walls shall be located a minimum of 24" apart horizontally and vertically. 3.02 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Wall mounted receptacles and telephone outlet devices shall be 18 inches to centerline above the floor unless noted otherwise. Switches shall be 48 inches to top of device above the floor. Electrical contractor shall be responsible to confirm that mounting heights are coordinated with architectural drawings. END OF SECTION SECTION 16170 ELECTRICAL - DISCONNECT SWITCHES PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all disconnect switches as shown on drawings and as specified (and as required per N.E.C.) herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements. Refer to Division 15 for Related Requirements. 1.03 STANDARDS AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division I and shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 16170 -1 SECTION 16170 ELECTRICAL - DISCONNECT SWITCHES PAGE 2 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECTS A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick -make quick -break and shall be horsepower rated. Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and shall be single throw unless noted. B. Enclosure shall be suitable for location and environment in which mounted. C. Disconnects shall be with fuse space and clips to accept Class R fuses. 2.02 SERVICE RATED SWITCHES A. Switches used as service disconnects shall be service rated. 2.03 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable manufacturers are Square D, General Electric or Gould. 2.04 NAMEPLATES A. Each disconnect switch shall have a nameplate designating the equipment it controls. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16" thick machine engraved laminated phenolic having white letters not less than 3/16" high on a black background. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUPPORTS A. Secure solidly to wall approved mounting frame. Disconnects supported only by raceway or by equipment served are not acceptable. B. Locate disconnect switch where shown, near or on equipment serving. Coordinate with all other trades and general contractor for location. END OF SECTION 16170 -2 SECTION 16180 ELECTRICAL- OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORT( INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all overcurrent protective devices as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements. Refer to Section 16134 for Panelboards. Refer to Section 16160 for Motor Starters. Refer to Section 16170 for Disconnect Switches. Refer to Section 16420 for Electrical Service. 1.03 STANDARDS AND CODES A. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. B. All materials and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. C. All materials and equipment specified herein and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the National Electric Code, N.E.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1, and shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 2. The manufacturers name and address and local supplier for each item. 16180 -1 SECTION 16180 ELECTRICAL - OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PAGE 2 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum price bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSES A. Fuses shall be of the type and amperage indicated on the drawings. The voltage rating shall be appropriate for the application indicated. The fuse types shall be type "R" dual element current limiting fuses. No substitutions of fuse types will be allowed without written approval from the Engineer. Contractor shall provide to owner (1) set of spare fuses for each size of fuses used on project (20A and up). In a fuse cabinet wall mounted in Utility Room. 2.02 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick -make and quick -break type. They shall have wiping type contacts. Each shall be provided with arc chutes, individual trip mechanisms on each pole. Two pole breakers shall be common trip. All breakers shall becalibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip -free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the ON or OFF positions. B. Breakers shall have lugs UL listed for both copper and aluminum. C. Breakers shall have the interrupting rating of min. 10,000 A.I.C. for 208V system (or as noted on drawing) and trip rating indicated on the drawings. 2.03 USES A. Breakers covered under this specification shall be install in lighting and branch panelboard. Fuses shall be required in disconnect switches. 16180 -2 �.I SECTION 16180 ELECTRICAL - OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PAGE 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fuses and circuit breakers shall be installed in their respective enclosures and locations in such a manner as to insure tight connections so as to preclude arcing and overheating. END OF SECTION SECTION 16420 ELECTRICAL - SERVICE EQUIPMENT PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. The Contractor shall install a secondary electrical service as shown and as called for on drawing. B. All required service meter equipment and cost associated with (including Utility Co. cost to owner) shall be the full responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. All service work shall be coordinated and in full compliance with the local Utility Company. C. The Contractor must coordinate with the Utility Company for the exact scope of work. Contractor shall provide all labor and material necessary to comply with all Utility Company requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. Refer to Section 01030 for this work. Refer to Section 01300 for Refer to Section 16010 for Refer to Section 16180 for 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE alternates which may affect submittal requirements. associated requirements. associated requirements. A. Comply with all serving Utility Company standards and requirements. 1.04 MATERIALS B. All materials shall be new, free from defects, of current manufacturer, of quality specified or shown. Each type of material shall be of the same manufacturer throughout the work. 16420 -1 SECTION 16420 ELECTRICAL- SERVICE EQUIPMENT PAGE 2 1.05 EQUIPMENT SIZE A. Electrical equipment shall fit in the space provided on the plan drawings or as specified. Equipment heights shall not exceed those shown or specified. Larger equipment shall not be considered acceptable. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Project data and samples submitted in accordance with Division 1, and shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Catalog data showing material information and conformance with specifications. 1.07 PAYMENT 1 a 1 A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and /or materials specified herein. All costs of such work and /or materials shall be considered as incidental to the project and shall be included in the unit or lump sum price bid. 1.08 UTILITY - CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall contact the Utility Company to verify all responsibilities and shall perform all work required by the Utility and necessary for installation of the service. B. The Contractor shall install the (entire) secondary service entrance conductors as shown from new Utility Company pad mounted transformer (underground) to new service equipment. C. Service entrance equipment shall be switchboard construction containing, CT's, ground fault protected main breaker and additional fusible sections for distribution to panel and equipment. Switchboard shall also include amp meter and voltmeter for phase to phase or phase to neutral readings. 16420 -2 1 J 1 1 J 1 J SECTION 16420 ELECTRICAL- SERVICE EQUIPMENT PAGE 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND ELECTRODE SYSTEM A The grounded conductor and ground bus shall be connected to a common grounding electrode system, via grounding electrode conductors. The grounding electrode system shall consist of the metal underground water pipe and a 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet long copperclad steel ground rod (see detail on drawing). B. The system shall be as indicated in Article 250 -81 of the 1993 National Electrical Code. 3.02 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT A. Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules'on the drawings. 3.03 SWITCHBOARD NAMEPLATE A. Provide white on black engraved (color layer - engraved through outer layer) plastic name plate with 1/2 inch high characters for panel identification (for panel name); attached with screws to each switchboard front, and for each of the distribution fused switches, including spares and spaces. END OF SECTION 16420 -3 SECTION 16500 ELECTRICAL- LIGHTING FIXTURES Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION A. Provide all lighting fixtures (with lamps) as shown on drawings and as specified herein including all items required for a complete installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provisions of the Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to all Sections of Division 16. Refer to the Table of Contents for related work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide all lighting fixtures as scheduled and shown for the project. Fixtures to be complete with lamps. Contractor shall be responsible for correct fixture count. B. Catalog series numbers specified represent the type and style of fixture and are to be used as minimum acceptable quality standard. C. Fluorescent fixture socket shall have silverplated contacts and shall be rigidly supported. D. Provide lamps for each fixture, number, size and type as required by fixture or indicated on drawings. Manufacturer shall be General Electric, Osram, Phillips, Sylvania or approved equal. 1. Fluorescent Type: Bi -pin, T -8, rapid start. 4 0 ", 32 watt lamps equal to G.E. SP35. 2. Incandescent Type: Inside frosted, 125 -volt. 3. Metal Halide Type: Phosphur coated, 'E' type lamp, vertical burning, base up, watt - miser, self extinguishing, size as indicated on plans. E. Provide Ballast Type required for the number and type of lamps in each case, HPF -ETL and UL listed. All fluorescent ballasts to meet Section 410 -73(e) of the National Electrical Code. Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic energy saving type as manufactured by Motorola Lighting, Inc. and shall be used with Puget Sound Light and Power as being eligible for commercial 16500 -1 SECTION 16500 ELECTRICAL- LIGHTING FIXTURES Page 2 rebates. Harmonic content shall not exceed 20 %. Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Motorola. All ballasts shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer for a period of two years after installation. Rapid -start ballasts shall be certified to have an "A" sound rating. The voltage rating of the ballast shall be as required for the service voltage. All exterior ballast shall be rated for 0 °F. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES A. Refer to lighting fixture schedule on drawings for type of fixtures required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES A. The fixture supplier shall provide all necessary hanging or mounting devices for all fixtures and shall be responsible for checking the type needed for various ceiling conditions. B. Plaster rings shall be provided where required. Fixture supports and hanging methods shall be in full compliance with N.E.C. 1993. C. The Contractor shall see that all lighting fixtures designed to be installed into or on the ceiling systems throughout the project shall be of the correct size and design to properly suit the requirements of each area prior to ordering fixtures. D. The Electrical Contractor shall provide 5/8" plasterboard minimum, taped box enclosures for all recessed fixtures in 1- or 2- hour fire -rated ceilings, as required by building or fire codes. Coordinate with General Contractor. E. Lay -in lighting fixtures shall be independently supported by minimum of (2) fixture wires from structure (or as required by local or state requirements), and not solely supported by 2 X 4 ceiling grid. F. Any fixture weighing 56 pounds or more shall be anchored directly to the structure for support. 16500 -2 SECTION 16500 ELECTRICAL- LIGHTING FIXTURES Page 3 3.02 LAMPS A. Provide all new lamps delivered to project in original manufacturer's cartons. Factory prelamped fluorescent fixtures are approved for use. Relamp any permanent fixtures used for lighting during construction not more than 14 days prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION 16500-3 PERSPECTIVE, ABBREVIATIONS ltsl °Oiling Panel AWN AI- a APPMX. Approximate ASPH. Atilt (asphaltic) Rw•o Oil lnng ock IN I° eeaokin9 1.0. By others, Owner C CAB. Cab C.B. • Catch stein • Cot. column Cole. Concrete corr. continuous cT Ceramic Tile ESL Doubts 05y. pa D.P. Dnnking 'fountain DIA. Diameter DIN. Diaetalon D.S. ONG Driving 1.c. electrical Contractor 2.0. expansion Joint BLeC. electrical (shay. elevation IS? • sxlstin • X g B IT. exterior PDT foundation pal. fire extinguisher P.S.C. fire extinguisher Cabinet 1f factory Finish TIN. PSnish(ed) FLOOR. Fluorescent T.O.C. face Of Concrete P.C.P. Face of Finish P020 furnished by owner (others). Installed by Contractor l,t.t. Face of studs fest lithi Foot footing !S21. Galvanised jGO General Contractor 0111.110. Gypsum•Poasd (5/8• type•) NO Molls 'Core IIC• MaMlcopppps d see Nollow Metal IIOmI$.• Meslsental Mr Net Water Tank I.D. Inside Dlaaetsr (dimensLse) IISOL. Insulation 1NT. Interior JLAM. Janitor • NA ISMS. M O. 11 1 Mlteeeler UM. NTL Metal 150 Manhole MIN. Mlnloum NMM (C. lacsllaneeus M.I.C. Not In Contract N0. 0 ?•B. scale o.e.' on Canter 0.0. outside Ola °ter (dissension) 0.P. OakParquet OPP. P. Pilot Cup Dispenser Pal. Plastic Last (high pressurs) . Pair (two) PTO Paper Towel Dispenser Q.T. Quarry Tile R Rubber (set -en bas) RAD. Radius R.A.O. Return Air Grillo (MVAC) N.O. Beet Drain an*. Refrigerator WIMP. Reinforced, Reinforcement asps. Required 151 Sobs nook R•M. Rubber Mat R.O. Rpm RPrD : Pam Towel Dispenser B.A.G. I%q$y Grille (MVAC) • Seise SNIP thelf I Pole (16.0 skbelt) SIN. Similar SBC. Specification :%. := . Steel, STD. Standard T.t. erraash Bin , 6 G Teague And Groove Trash NOle ?,D. D Toiilwlhper Olopneer IT , la. Imo. M Unless 1 Vthal Without M.Q• Weed Ql VI. Wainscot e M!. . Si4-oi.5 • GENERAL NOTES r l ,mdartflal wrta..20 he M.* Wider due o 2• Provisions for handicapped amass and use of building to comply With State of Washington barrier tree requirements and •Aaartoans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines Cabana). 2. Verify all existing grades, utilities, dimensions and conditions on the site prior to oomeencing work. Monty Architect of any discrepeneln. 4. contractor shall give all bottoms end comply with all laws, ordinances rules, resnlationm and orders of any pertinent public authority bearing in the perfonsnos of the work and stall notlty the architect if the drawings and specifications are at variance therewith. 5. Contractor shall consult plans piping, conduits, cabinets, else and locations of openngs other trade.. 6. Contractor to provide ail rreeiun rough bucks for grilles, regletere of all trades for ducts, and reretregent and shall verify slabs and walls with geMga for duet work end etc• 7. All dimensions are to taco of stud or fees of oeperete or centerline of column (where pertinent,. unless noted as fans of finish (P.O.P.). De not smile drawings, to diswimms govern• • 0• se of building tel: shall not exempt pressure treating. concrete. 9. All interior wells te have AN weed studs 0 168 e.e. unless hetet f eds of walls to structure above. at 46 -0• e.o. and at 10. All exterior wells to have 8x6 studs 0 16• O.s., unless otherwise noted. 11. Interior wells to have 2• sound attestation bate in stud spasm Mara noted. Provide s• sound attenuation atts eves sits • above walls 4' sash side of wall. 12. 1 gypsum wallboard to be 5 S• •r gem• type •X• Mere meted. i Taps end ggkie 2 soete, aid attsarllsmmat skim ant to smooth surfs. Provide type a 10.10. an bath midge; • 1. kll wails . osluens aM Structure tegeirti lobe's t en. CODE NOTES M:utlg•aiinwi : ' `•b•itbsentf isulavard Soaps of Works Land Use laws Sending Uses Os0Ipansy Groups Construction Types Seismic genes Construction of 5 new Donal Clinic Balling and associated sttwerk. C•3 • RaacSional retail uss/Skorstine sons Dental Opel• B-e V•N 3 and Wetness Site Aram • Approx. 14673.5 square teat Building Areas Allowed* 5,000 square test per 1991 050. • Proposed' 8,307 square fast. Setbaohae Fronts 30 ft. • Sider 10 ft. Rears 10 ft. Metght Allowances 36 ft. Occupancy toads 1 person/100 s.5. x 5,307 @.f. • 28 occupants ?3111 itg1 Regnlrsds 7 Preposads 16 Lsmisoaping Setbacks. Pronto Sider Rears 30 It. s ft. 0 ft. LEGAL DESCRIPTION Tntuarentana LIMS o 1 ass SLAT NO. 9 1 -p auss =CORM USSR RtODROIMa No. 8807110416. WING A PORTION Of /ARM 3 Of SNORT MAT NO. 79 -7-ss MOM= OM05R RUCORDING No. 7908210370 111201 21 A PoRTION Of The NORTMNi6T QUART= AND !Ms/p QDAnn RCTI Of SON 24. T NNSHIP 23 NORTH. RUMS 2 EAST.. W.N. SITUATE IN THB COUNTY Of RING, SCATS Of WA3XIINOTON. 1A. R11 toned settings to have 824 Ruppert@ 1 it• O•O.. 1N s • trite* t a d 1.184101T" 46• o svlswhrld /wpensisn sysw flbo xraron, *Preludes 15/16• vide bottom flange t-grid system with matte white finish. 16. All doors not located by dimensions on plans, interior ! door for details shall be 40 from face of stud to edge 10. All exposed liqes of finish sillvork to be eased. 17. verity dental/medical aluipsent furnished and installed by owner or other supplies s) • owner, or other supplier, to furnish ail hotplates rewired for the installation of all dental or medical equipment. Provide utilities and blocking rrseggm 0 by as vssi • weights of equipment, structures 16. Verily a nsrtl furnished equipment to a installed by contractor (POW). ' Provide ate valve hackney prevsnter. and pressure reducing • ! valve (as required) In 1n- co.lns -N cold water sensate lit ,. • 1 trawl span. See site Utility Pisas. .04 General Contracts, shall keep a record art of all Await* conditions ant provide the Architect with • sat of reproducible Arsuilt dravisgs open oaspletian of the project. to t GLAZING CALCULATIONS gwwi515r Ratlaire OSMlbr NM Rost OW" 1 Pao X609 INS NW ax1(bM@3li%OS* • AS at MPMx.3! • Alksterar PSI 1111rMIMMp sem • %MSOSMISi1/ nwglasimp asap AAO R41 IMO sot • fM SArwS:a:: 0%, lit Se na PROJECT DATA f mNMars , . tn, N. 0106 ' w, .6NM6 M s.8 (10e) rib -1310 • .Arohltactt Saloon Bay Design Daniel R. -'Olor • Arobit•ot 4601 Snil•bale £nnus N.W. Settle Washington 90107 206) 783 -6682 acts Jim at•nkamp, Architect Professional Practice invlroswnto, Inc. 4801 Shllshole Avenue N.N. Stattla Washington 06107 106) 783 -6682 contacts John Crane civil engineers Robert 3. Minna a Assoc. 10609 5.1. 134th Plasm Rant Washington 09048 (106) al -6046 Applied Geotsohnology, Inc. 300 building 4, Avenue 4, Sui 215 Bellevue WA 09005 (106) 45; -5182 Contacts Garry N. Squires, 10.2. Peter Glntautas Malls, P.B. 4552 61st Avenue N.M. Seattle, WA 99105 (206) 827 -7073 Contacts Pater Malls Gans snginsoring, Inc. Robert J. Came, Professional engineer 396 116th Avenue 6.8. Bellevue, Washington 06005 (206) 464 -3656 contacts Pred Nock Vern Walker 611 Halliday Road Centralia, Washington 96531 (206) 736 -6079 Landscape Architect. Douglas s. Jackson. Landscape Architect 220 West Mow street Seattle, Washington 96119 . (lee) 353 •615 t -Masts Daum Deepen galp•sMt Mg flIns nags essal a IslMtegas•s 16624 °rseemeed South Seattle, WA ' 118 76 • 206 772.1522 206 772 -1561 PAX Contacts Hugh Winders Health Cass Facility Planner Soils engineers Structural engineers electrical enginssrs Nschenical and Pluabing Consultants • • VICINITY MAP 1 SHEET INDEX gotta' a' Col M NITS SUNUP Lot IANGSCAPIIs PLAN A-1 SITE PLAN A -2 FLOOR PLAN A -2 s1?aRIOR IIZVAMOMS A -4 WOIWING SIC310N A -5 MOO? PLAN A -6 RlPIaCTtD flIUM PLAN A -7 PONS, AID PLUMBING PLAN A ■I 1N3*R10R MIEN PUS A-9 lnsai0R IIZVATIOM A -10 OITAIa A -11 OPMIATOm1 stAVATION AND OMIA1LI 0 -1 CRAVING PLAN, STRUCTUPAL ROTS 662 POMOATIOI FLAN' TIMM ONTRIAS N-1 NIMMANICAL PLAN 2-1 ,licIRIOAL PLAN Ado N PROO to ©DOo N AL 2 s` Z_ z my u) I hecrig as t cr aZ cdo Q 0 •IRVIATO MIT SAM PON: NSK titianws Wow MOO M a MONA CIlrMI MINED MAi, .4 OULU NS 214 h Wog ors. 1 1 1 PEAMi•.•C4tk4ti• t troL%G c st MI•CK.w "p$ sM" tJ/ LOL4INCm ROLT'rj ye*. snit S ' 4.2o ■4146 401 • Rio -\ 1.1.114 wawa a fi Po PVT RESTRICTOR pun V(/ 1.401" OA. 0111F1Ct C1M • 10.10 • J I.E. 29.00 I J1L� 11.4.x0 Ma-VI vy/ 4'14' Pa•. OtIPIGI • BASE /OVERL 1' 4s,C110N Or Port& 411;KASP 15•1:+I147Kt' eto 1 «pvM • IMP OD dos N N gT0410■0p eq 'M N► 40110.04; 0 tpb or. IJ•07Et 4Sb KLGS P4101. 6e1 ott arwu a folio _ 3.o" olat. •b to .ace 'jEGT 1014 p.- p. Antrn1 1JAL 1A17pt1G le %mica Ohl hs'r) TO &L• LOW AtC.Er) TO tI erg b oe vfrautsr' WHEW stJ11.1 F1LLtP w /v•6b e MIN. Gas 10 AN- commicim d Fear - T IwfLW01144.4 tt.tova 4e v1.. 0011 c4111•4.1Ot1.1 D11a11.4 MOO Son N, eatq'P watt Vi11ZTyae. *.wand Bract *Woven) h6t 1Lc.64 Ov'►••1 • ?t 0 11% MIN•'1.1 "DIA.• coma Vasa-4 -MM. 2.. 0 AJTLtaT cJ•+1*t.lT`1■Or►vt.010N0 011151 EA Fww S) ritxtao. Atit.15.ca toslo.1 Ki4ts11447 604„ 4, rink, merit TO Hawk. M;PNOLT 1'v.. ee MLM I . 4 news. I woo= otoiitt.T min A. a-hat- art coos. 14 %nimbus VCota t "P, e GLIMe•O'.a • tiF•S IS CAtche Cr CI a?IO :xJ St . -al C,1tt1•i G, rer.a. (.-LFJ C nF :.JCS. h� IF M611.L artta.1 FIFE coW4a.s ThTc+ ctM% I' cna . n'56a;011f1.01 net To •VW• 41.10 ^7N t .07. F,cayu► T.. c., rim. (. D Lewd Y4" • :a ref-na /cT %E.IV T Mt*. •J. 06 .o o Gault StIrnt te.hai 1 i'ac ctto ca.K.. WALL Olted.. %'•o VGL'T141. 4*P0L..tnx1). LOc1.'te. A001Tv +4016 1,ADVba =awes 94 tira -Hutt Jlrt -D Ab PKLats T Ttid1f.4 OZ. VAULTS TO hJa.GVJ ACat 0.1%%2•4 Ctacs 11 t°1LLsD N/ %M te.. 11°Lh 11-1 %qIt =V4 Gam. isZ- t.OVJ ANT tZOus ' a\ eI✓ Z - y41' tit I .t■Atwaa I" e2.! 3 !l{'ih1Gb1 1010411,../ • SOUfl -1 c. sNT 1-a :14 ;Il 30 lR (.....,. , etatta,013J1Co11 S.1%.10 \G1 , 1 °_.2U' -0" 1a5 C) e‘1 t•$ I2'102 1ri "Ra.. d1vtt:.M Guns; bso,o;a (M"AD oN Ab.alI T PLA Ni, WISP WISO PI) -- �-� O 1.10 ass o sows C mica blll•YT. 4Mt7i) 11f.! *4.10* &MST. 114 047) 100 Vnilt 1•IL • • 2..s.221 h.1) Won. elo.t 'ti*Mlirc; wlTtox.. 1 Corm ' Nampa s i'rr, w.... Mao cobtrTe.ae--T (•bf•i lit1�lT. Io'ble.. G. I. V•1%f1 t.1'1Awl.i NGw FIRL- t4MT (Q Pe i4 L1T1! OF TUKWILA 3TAWOAILOS ♦ _ += - �tac br rotas -� 5EE e Gl .e ha a_.Q►L t`1 sir f, . I) *KN•R11.K+1 Toltt•1t bor$M GI•.l Ia Gala 61.112Jt.M eM 0111.41.1013 I.rVM10, Geis♦ 1 F►IEI0 off 12 -11123 -•"12. asnMc.M bW►NTw.MI ta.vIEuR. M.1A. SIM 1.It.1►1t 4s,to�►TMaGiNTEIS MVOs 40't P'Oe.TActi �T 1M•Ta_ .1.1t.1110.K ape's , %%L. tto,.00 MM1.1 `EN. avti- pil t uP S a)•LL gesogeTeuLTt4.*a TO -- Il.l w1T1 WTI % OF Tt11L.4I om&ttaMsNT••J a .%F 1.Ir-2NE ewer, pargt.1... t?TAaNPA.1 -. x t . $SRttigni.Ka1 JT11.1Tt11L1.ATot•e; 110.tacOon4 - Prot - to -qt t_ CSICv homier Geri or T6114.ult.44. Att•2L11.T ►a11+.r.cj, ct*r,ce•c-t; a 'ire) vtcw 1 1.4•%• 1.IT►1.1 T / ht, .a 1.:1'. t . soap pY.I +T'M4 loatt 71t T.a u31.104 T .• _.tea SOT IF-1 THt EMcaNIn &lose.G¢al) 114 TAG. t- •, -, It OP C'Q1•4a 1s 61teTINa 6 11Fo a -;banI 04 6o 'Hoeg L'1•.v1 1 .4 ▪ Mh t ru... t V•:=11. Iry N aroma= 611 orate To 6w1- acNNICAL ewvv wawa? t*y AN1TE[RNLlY 1146.p/Tn0 t7cc.9 FOR -[cJ ,TWx.T01a etteMMCNDAtInMS. IAI VA Lt$ea -niu •,t. 1- . 4 unt.t1y it-EWA PlU. "i TH.- c - VIGOOPCOLL 1NG'. TG At :UVC. AV.afU -W1F' LAMPAtW%OIJ; P1110 TMa_ 'i= 1_':ITIv IT" e . Lac., cc. • t_'a MOt9TW(t , ee(atwiiUM6 cct-'9444. MflcQ i I71 latIMCt, %.)r e.% r •1eit • It, caegeyt.- TS4.9P1ent.L.-,C1hrI'N or; Et1�>TING11rmsce,Atsn1.i V role I.1►•.ri. 1-14 OWE to Ya GAWPF.O INT l.Inp.Trl rN117 C:I"r', 1 1 Ai0 • COORp1NAr W (TH iTATt: ■-FttLN t./WDSGAVc • 1s \AINTtNANC.a Pee` otto -3i6 PK.IOIt. TO Ce- MOVAL - et■a TC. 170. -r1nN) GF IE1z16AT10u SYrrreM. as,* is- Tya L-o14 "pa.. w/ yo_10 LAO ILiM a 84.10 i.e... tat. 20 CS& plea. out) 1JG • c ze.1•41(e'• o% •. 01) C�P1'a -rL 1LT101-4 S t���c_ . I) IW=FT'14 , 1o6IJc_11. c. 1 n MII{T -LL G s. i1 1 ,�Z ,MS t 'o a.'',••1r. 1\111'1 -tw I1•11oli1Mta1. t� IMCVa y, "T1r011stawa ;`j caTC..ila, CJ' Cllr WWt�'• V.Z 441'. 1tjaT 13Ms...t, /WO to:.c. c maniac-, vn4 IE•NTQANG4. 4i GIUMaL '$1 . "Ty tDClvl.1 Tu TOI Negole1»-y 01'Ta:.W4t�. Sri cot.l1dreA4._•T 181-►t`mt.•ta 4 II•►e3TS.\.L. 6.11'1L1T1E°a• G nsgweivri. astir r.l .c C eaMh1A11a a ov IPA “..1= '•J� •1 ANt, •-a1T1. Clti . %NAC.1ia 1= AL11..1TIE.`,• e 40se. 'T'G7•• \R.7PA.i:i'•1 gG.:U•..t�A••1' i1M1T2.GL tek..•11.IT,11-j 411461 -1 �i11 -T FEA1C%%4(4 PR.VIw i'rt. ..rt.. -t.. t-I.34Ca__Aft *..t 1 4 �1-t 1...J_ ^...)1 `i' lerit...* -tVU► 04N414 Pn'r•11tII -, • 1 oT &i.2-)•..t' 'N 114- • FTs._•- ,tyt�, : •s.t4 I CLU'J4 A.LL Ct-=I -t ..I • ,ti r A410 G4T, _ Ft 1?' -.1w15. 6116X - Los. j.1 Kocrea. MUST eat_ 1 v -twE.o 1! C21G►arailor I'd c t="., ,_re %1.11X'1.1 G•IT'I nr X11..1116 h►t L1- eirrasullt110M11124T•.,. A) cAa.L woe. ,.J ! •.... -' , 'NJ • Anna •v ••• eM ceter-a F TUL'v4IW. *4. TMT°ie. 1 21M•24. It ztl.4e (4" oh.. In) IeaZ940t(6." 011►. %P4) It= tea (6" wt. out) Ip : liu.un 4' H w 'pscy ft if$ im1*;) 16161- •1 "DM.. j ant G.OIO4M1tt'1) to L.P. -(i" PMA., h =o. 010 UJLVEN.T uutEN couc.. Sae 's 5c-e Ceisetz•1- aota c. CAP G.6. •9 4WD TzaaIt4 (htt al ; tlM= ',3.S 1.ss SL.as(4. "v1...otfl) 34 L� LW "• a" ov ..; *so.olo MIw1. NOTE: MEAN SEA LEVEL DATUM COINCIDES WITH THE NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM OF 1929. 80 to 10 r • t....r.ora get 1.1•167 -I; went: mow. °)9oc..M1 . 10 boots Iatc. .vactro tea ai aFtsa o11 LS rotLoW : TOPSOIL OlMa SOIL- It _ ..cae�� or to*' -, ' .5 to t I _ Rttt7G 1.a.. Veal 30 Arena . mama NWM w ttUt. • 20 =w • 10 Pqmro 111,03 lies N. CNJTt&L K E.AMT 'E:')i Res1TON **CYCLINCs 14001 GntAVE.S. lGulb»J '15040) 28 ` iii 24 -ccaw5 of E1.1y1t5 len FIGOIO Law**. CL. 1 a? Qi 16 paelti7otc. iAlat 1.1 1111614 14 OaCris t - aL%V . 19.2 12 10 • u*J- TRAFGtc. ' Game PtUFen GSU+OC e.Pwu Celt .Rct JO1T 11T w (1'01■•; •0010 •-.- • nouss> aueScaxll ipssa�lais Awn ACV) •Yftao v►zaN o rA►L tar • . _ CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED arireimA MAR 2 8 1994 rE11rn c n, it OIMEMMIS €4 g n1� 0 ag 0� LS a C/) J U NNa of v Ia 4 ;V • you? Ac.. I4" 'sa IDL J ��._ M„sin, Ma. CAMP'. i,1.►tcata.01$1 r–. d' T1M tow. a11.vio.T; t.c ', ' x ..• S_–...+..a. -� IL FA$tc. VFMt s I LILT SOL iM• %'0.1O 1$0 11.0 tie" l IN) IS* WS W MVO a" Vu... caws. '_0.010 MNJ. 114bSAED ceh •.lw. =MIN VNI2:MOSS ,IL"1MS rJ tLssL mu (Lt,,,,,C1 I / es-,-ur,.t a�Ea. 1 /.` L fix` ` 7 \� • Te...4•SG, • t f = .1 e. SIR St a As was OK Mai III ai M�.. . , . !. leeeI». M as p 1Me s w ',aft ` A. at t a m e mate. ma It • ' � s . a s. oil ‘04- susuiresnaesPas• vi COMM SIM LW.. OOtNIMIM V1111.11- NO/ Iv 641.1..11L pi." 54+ 4' I 4 MP/a a Ix*. 4CipC•t ;8011:04- le cant OP 40 Ga14 K11 otts taw Ina 0.72: ant Oral >,e a wsm& ,. Carets. 400•11 24 MIOPPII -fl Or Gambia I.a*wcb+► ISC 1�T>tatiroN Sv•Ibiva PECt •A ... MOT To loG a 13614e0 to to ws IMO 1C 4 WS' 0•010 rT /r• orasi .4.e.. 'P%MA$ E (Tt#ic.. NOT -rep tC.M&a. • L, t • Aw1Mrr 4"4" tratilketil=r4torialignsIS=4 MUNI ISIS L .Illimpigionailtrealkaliblinalivallin • . FIL'1'at . 1=frea1c44 Pea Lrt IP`11..ET tel kr-Va .ien. 1407 TO • tc a ; t. t�Y 11" MPS That 60T14 IMM1b Pt M4 b ,..c. robs+ MIT s• ISENt11,�i1) Cults b 4E11o14 art. • 0' 1: is 11 eh 1 t .. - t•:. wastristranstrarmtvn t Cr: waifs *SS oyes oms* rTwwwriG.wti..i"«irrwa wt MS•awtASrr1•n . •IwrMMM 11,70 w1�/w On NOT ?o S % t TW1r.2.r4411ar CW cams ,or Tb41c4446:• ') 6Wc-T 10714 IM.- per z' c sl .S 1 terah.v... " Taa.. 1VO• -ft, eval.1.111L r .d, wheat too p 51st Ort'rtoN In• Uw • .al dagaieMIC Jo /O • • IttadOROVAIPIO ..rlrwA_s. : • _oc_t G014.1s- Tct- 1LTIcoN t=N- TEA4.1•1« Nor -to 176A.1..11i• pw .> 10tMAIW-VSS PSI ` /I IG•1 —JI.r -e w E *Ict. a "s w.Aewez v -•C c.I C ; 001 TOKWIlAAS•RUILT C'CAPJIN I gugut, et' wATee �iTUV try- K clTw or' > � I TV1K\V ttAM•Ru ILTtV�CAW IioCi Ti-Het-)`T !MACK -- , euea ~So l tE * 13ACO cm� u MAY, �'1991 'i r9 .:.4• .1 ----216 to Cue6 MOE — -a• 51611 l "W1tf1�MCFWZ *no* 1 I•ft lL1t! CIOLUGIJA VALYS • 11ost•WILAIta 6004200toft mwl,.• cr1•e ss ln1 .- I -WOOS 6r.Ci• • 2" G 6LQC. VK,LT 19'ut 4.1 'eV • • CA - • • 1L_ . (MO GNAT. gA4.1.5lwelt CATY a KsIILA RJ i-14u11.1 OwGI. Il • tee Fti .IMRIG/AT10A) •mw► i • V 3 to 1 a)Q Z ffiER * 83 a . Q O ■ V I N V 4- SCALE: 20 ft/in • 0 15 30 75 FIELD TRAVERSE TOPCON GTS -4B ALL MONUMENTS SHOWN USED THIS SURVEY • M-I RIM EL 36.0 IE8'EL28.0 4 'o • rat • Zt• arc Rte. / _. p4/ TRAFFIC EB FIC LI :� ►I c B i ER/ Auj / �/ A'tiP 1 o 15 UIKY ESM'T 4) t4Qp2it 2x0 1041 IN 1 / / / / / • escee /// �� // // / / 9 / / / / /./ L. --- 32.00 NO /. IN CONTRACT \ AF P* 60 260677 l qc 414 ..Zr 01 let% \.• ■ r / VA QUALITY III I / / bolgeola5 SITE SURVEY 1"-20'-0" / i 0 IL / ZD& se / / / • "J / I / // i LEGAL . DESCRPTIOf S:: PARCEL A: THE SOUTHWESTERLY 100 FEET ,AS MEASURED ALONG THE NORTHWESTERLY .1 LINE OF LOT I OF SHORT PLAT NO. 88 -I -SS RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 8807210416, BEING A PORTION OF PARCEL 3 OF SHORT PLAT NO. 79 -7 -SS RECORDED RECORDING NO. 7908210370 WHICH IS A PORTION OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER AND THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 24, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE E EAST. Wit SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF KING. STATE OF WASHINGTON. PAR : ' . SOUTHWESTERLY 100 FEET IN WIDTH OF VACATED BLOCKS 4 t = • 12 TO 17. INCLUSIV • ∎ P AKER'S INTERURBAN ADDITION TO SEAT • RDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED I ' = -CORDS OF KING COUNTY: TOGETHER WITH VACATED Sl'R TS "RD �'� �� ' UPON VACATION ATTACHED TO SAD PROPERTY BY OPERATION OF LAW EXCEPT THAT PORTION BOULEVARD. SI / / /-. / 0 /�/ /�� ,♦ • / /,,sue' // / s•,•./ .// ,/ dge $(431<a. si•s• STERLY OF THE EASTER HE COUNTY OF KING. STATE OF WASHINGTON. OF SOUTHCENTER LEGEND 0 SET REBAR /I.D. CAP 0 SET LINE STAKE e MON /CASE ►� CONC MON • 3' BRASS CAP —x— FENCE 0 TREES 4° FIRE HYDRANT w D'4 WATER VALVE SAN MAN HOLE ca GAS VALVE • • CM' OF TUKWW1 4 APPROVED MAY •T, t •1• aui oft • f tiffi .s1 a MAR 2 8 1994 raui p, • S U Z Zz o mV n z< cierzg fi ac w3 Q Lu •Y • Z o� Q 0 SITE SURVEY 810 M I I. V 4 t: %tPi4? :�r _-met - - - - - - - -. %qua» n�>•` IN HARDWOOD GROVES THE SAME LEAVES OVER AND OVER AGAIN! THEY FALL. FROM GIVING SHADE ABOVE TO MAKE ONE TEXTURE OF FADED BROWN AND FIT THE EAR T4 LIKE A LEATHER GLOVE. BEFORE THE LEAVES CAN MOUNT AGAIN TO FILL THE TREES WITH ANOTHER SHADE, THEY MUST GO DOWN PAST THINGS COMING UP. THEY MUST GO DOWN INTO THE DARK DECAYED. THEY MUST BE PIERCED BY FLOWERS AND PUT BENEATH THE FEET.OF DANCING FLOWERS. HOWEVER IT IS IN SOME OTHER WORLD I KNOW THAT THIS IS THE WAY IN OURS. ROBERT FROST • 7. i S. ATM • Plant Lament's SYMBOL COMMON /BOTANICAL•NAME TREES:. g EXISTINQ O WASHINGTON THORN /CRATAEGUS 3 PHAENOPYRUM O 0 JAPANESE SNQWDROP TREK/ 2 STYRAX JAPONICA 0 ' VINE MAPLE /ACER CIRCINATUM 3' QNTY. MIN.SIBE CONDITION IEMARKS 3 O ar MT. FUJI CHERRY /PRUNUS SERRULATA 'SHIROTAE1 ''LONDON PLANE TRUE /PLATANUS V. ACERFOLIA SHRUBS: OA O s 0 e O a O E O F O A OH O J O K 0 O H O N O ? BURNING BUSH /EUONYMUS ALATA 'COMPACTA' PHOTINIA / PHOTINIA GLABRA VARY EXIST. SAVE I PROTECT . 1 3/4 "C, BIB MATCHED 1 3/4 "C. BIB HIGH BRANCHED 1 "C. 'BIB MULTI TRUNKED SPECIAL NAB FULL BRANC}iG0 I 4 1 3/4 "C. BAB 2 2°C. • 20 -22" CAN 86' 3 GALLON CAN RHODODENDRON 'GUM#O PINK'/ '3c� RHODODENDRON HYBRID JAPANESE SPITAEA /SPIRAEA 2 JAPONICA RHODODENDRON 'BOW BELLS'/ 5 RHODODENDRON HYBRID HEAVENLY BAMBOO /NANDINA 7' DOMESTICA LILY -OF- THE - VALLEY /PIERIS JAPONICA RHODODENDRON 'JANET BLAIR', 2 RHODODENDRON HYBRID LONGLEAF MAHONIA /MAHONIA 70 NERVOSA RHODODENDRON 'ELIZABETH'/ 24 RHODODENDRON HYBRID RHODODENDRON 'ANAH 12 KRUSCHKE' /RHODODENDRON HYBRID OAKLEAF HYDRANGEA /HYDRANGEA 17 QUERCIFOLIA SALAL /GAVLTHERIA SHALLON 11 VIBURNUM /VIBURNUM DAVIDII 20 18 GROUND COVERS: O W 15 •16" CAN MATCHED 5 GALLON CAN 22 -24" CAN 2 GALLON CAN 2 GALLON CAN 24 -26" CAN MATCHED 1 GALLON CAN 22 -24" CAN 22 -24" CAN 2 GALLON CAN 1 GALLON CAN 1 GALLON CAN r"""-♦ ' STORM/NH/CS/ARTOSTAPHYLOS - 4" - k J UVA -URSI _- . VARI3CA VD JAPANESE SPURGE / 4" PACHYSANDRA TEEMINALIS;'VARIEGATA1 •cc: AJUGA / AJUGA REPTANS - 4" POT POT POT a. PLANT AT ' 2'0" O.C., PLANT AT 1'0" O.C. PLANT AT 1'0" O.C. planting Nota:• 1. ALL TECHNIQUES AND METHODS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION OF THE LANDSCAPE PORTION OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE OF FIRST QUALITY AS COMPARED TO THE STANDARDS OF THE INDUSTRY AND ALL ASPECTS CF THIS WORK MAY BIE0SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. • , • 2. ALL NEW LAWN AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM. OF 4" OP NEW TOP SOIL INCORPORATED INTO THE EXISTING SOIL. THESE AREAS SHALL BE RAKED SMOOTH AND COMPACTED WITH A WEIGHTED ROLLER. THIS PHASE OF THE WORK MAY BE INSPECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SODDING. A GENERAL PURPOSE FERTILIZER SHALL BE.THOROUGHLY MIXED INTO THE SOIL AT THE RATE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF. THE SOD. THE GRASS SEED MIXTURE FOR THE SOD SHALL CONSIST OF APPROXIMATELY: 50% RYF.GRASS, 30% KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS AND 20% FINE FESCUE. 3. ALL NEW SHRUB AND GROUND COVER AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 6" OF NEW TOP SOIL INCORPORATED INTO THE EXISTING SOIL. THESE PLANTING AREAS SHALL HAVE AS THEIR FINAL SURFACING A 2" LAYER OF "GROCO ", "STEERCO ", "CEDAR GROVE COMPOST " /OR OTHER SIMILAR APPROVED RECYCLED LANDSCAPE MULCH TYPE PRODUCT (NOT BARK OR STRAIGHT SAWDUST MULCH!). 4. THE NEW TOP SOIL PROPOSED TO BE USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE A GOOD CLEAN FRIABLE SANDY TYPE SOIL FREE OF WEEDS, WEED SEEDS AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIAL. IS TOP SOIL SHALL BE THOROUGHLY ROTOTILLED INTO THE TOP S" OF SO (INCLUDING THE NEW SOIL) TO ELIMINATE POSSIBLE "LAYERING ". DURING THIS OPERATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL STICKS, ROCKS AND OTHER DELETERIOUS DEBRIS LARGER THAN 1/2" IN ANY DIMENSION AND SHALL DISPOSE OF THIS MATERIAL OFF SITE. S. THE "SPECIAL PLANTING MIX" (AS CALLED FOR IN THE TREE STAKING DETAILS) SHALL BE A THREE- WAY -MIX COMPOSED OF EQUAL PARTS: NEW TOP SOIL; LAND- SCAPE MULCH, AND; COMPOSTED COW MANURE OR APPROPRIATE SUBSTITUTE. 6. SOIL USED TO BUILD UP ANY BERMS SHOWN ON PLANS SHALL BE ANY GOOD CLEAN FREE- DRAINING SANDY SOIL WITH NO DELETERIOUS MATERIAL. THESE RAISED AREAS TO HAVE THE SAME LAYER OF TOP SOIL AND FINAL SURFACE DRESSING AS OTHER NON- BERMED AREAS AS APPROPRIATE. 7. WHEN PLANTING THE TREES AND SHRUBS, A TABLET SLOW RELEASE TYPE FERTIL- IZER SHALL BE PLACED IN THE PLANTING HOLES AT THE RATE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THIS FERTILIZER SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY "AGRO" OR OTHER SIMILAR APPROVED PRODUCT BRAND. S. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR KEEPING HIS CONSTRUC- TION DEBRIS TO A MINIMUM WHI/.E WORKING AND SHALL CLEAN UP THE ENTIRE SITE PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION. THIS WORK SHALL TAKE THE FORM OF, PICKING UP ALL DEBRIS AND SWEEPING AND PRESSURE WASHING ALL HARD SURFACED AREAS, ETC., AS NECESSARY TO AFFECT A FIRST CLASS APPEARANCE. 9. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THE LANDSCAPE PORTION OF THIS PROJECT DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FOR A MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THIS WORK SHALL TAKE THE FORM OF; LAWN MOWING, WEEDING AND ANY PRUNING NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE LANDSCAPING IN FIRST CLASS ORDER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RE -DO ANY TREE STAKING AS APPROPRIATE DURING THIS TIME PERIOD. 10. ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE IN GOOD GROWING CONDITION AT THE TIME OF PLANTING AND SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE PULL YEAR OR UNTIL THE NEXT SPRING SEASON (WHICHEVER TIME PERIOD IS LONGER). AFTER THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ANY REPLACEMENT PLANT MATERIAL REQUIRED SHALL BE EXACTLY THE SAME AS ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED AS TO TYPE AND SIZE. { • t31'LoIa's • ..r • •. — -S. - 11ww'. •r1•Ir. • 1 • • • --__,. IF. nest ••■••-.r.. •- . -or .— .- .:r-.- .v ...._...r....r— --.r , , . I 5OUTH4LN /Ch LLYO. -••.• rte. • w• - 1- .T...-.• - ••fl- -.•t.' '•T•- •.•• -•rr- • t - r••• •n .«•• «•••.. 4fbEN19 rAG THIS SECTION OF PLANTING TO BE GRASS -LINED SWALE. .SEE CIVIL ENGINEERING PLAN UM. (,A•+Ptu IPV154twi4 u46.rw4fOrAIgro xft WE, C wa4Ar % II• STA it- fAF MIK( CPO.** * Su ofr• 0449 • • NOTE: THERE SHALL BE A BIDDER - DESIGNED AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS LANDSCAPE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT FOR THIS ELEMENT OP "WORK. THERE SHALL BE A MOISTURE SENSOR INCORPORATED INTO THIS SYSTEM. TIE CONTRACTOR MAY MEASURE ON THIS PLAN FOR LAYOUT AND FINITE LOCATION OF PLANT MATERIALS AS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. PLANTS ARE TO BE SPACED EVENLY AND IN STRAIGHT LINES WHEN APPRORIATE. • (;oili: 2 We** Point- to trinmsA?IOt$ BF 6441:9091d4, C/oHTACT tact or town*, poti WIudAMa X4 -t94) fSt' PIKE /ma. ISQN ,4r4 cm uu rt r. 144, Plow • • 4 O a I a ORO Z =II Q5 I has II ma I r 0 aiNS 1401.101.1 FAMt MFTfl tit/F4 et "MT (AATiN�1r�,,,, ow i1 Kirov I SUL.• Au-. EIITVC I4 SIDt4 PFtv11 coup M I COX. 006C 4 cum, DUMPSTER ELEVATION 3/8 "= 11-0 ", lb E. 140u011 MFtAt• y 1Pear VIM Yt (PA1111 1") 41 OF COLIC. 41t,s. fP E or- v 1T 1101414 1b 414E. IIG t &') 1•Ir jA ' HONK WI kI t t-v r t7 SY al; -3Yr1R *$C"t'/t1 tiler1.1uo1z G 6U11,4 - vu1J11 ►1 t415ti uft t 44il O /tE- Its (W11D Itl6t*ts Iptl Avrltrty jo '' p1-falan tiNEAtfi r1 fl 1- �.Af,. m W" 0.6, 14 di. (449104 DUMPSTER CORNER DETAIL 3 " =1'-0" 9, A U►ti1 -4- A- I'IC1T lbMA�a44L y"1 fiH T t Powell Folio. .41: CI /AI rel- VUM(4.i WALL Co4511vc11orl s4'v 4 '» #'ll 4 CNAMFf ico cote. 4tt.L. Uld(6Of 4fUl. Na GLOM. ' a►k etit. 4ue w Was: &6' 4MY :L yA MEP lif VD Seto FI 'if L —k)11f DUMPSTER WALL DETAL 3/4"2•147 -S. _.. • - MIND. -- -- - -. - •- - a a = a a WV ab a SOUTHCENTER BLVD. -- - a - — r 3ST« -' I T OSS a -- •• COW. A ol4.1. 'AM* If fit: VRHY1tu 14110s - 9P0(•Flli. M( AL P Ti' MA1co ForCAr �(nAi 0111411411 ply IT c4IFlt tI w 0 ■ • 32 28 -28 - 20 22 - 18 - 18 —14 -- ---12 10 ImOntattos IAO, feat" � 34� - -- �� 1OR aste, It.Uo. - 'ENDODONTICS . EDMUND M,' KWAN DUO, M.BA, P.B. ,Pd b l e' 1' BUILDING SIGN 3/8 " =11 -0" 014.1%1111Y brat ti 1 eci r SAAKIPARv t75/AI S HAS 1t 1 „ " Cat WHIM. �i AILW SItmac C— — (lle(VIT Gat Olt "4 1p Os 104 ever- 11ap rohot t.441 _41W tTu.�'6e. *WI iry 1.11TH owW ye, — pflIvlj e•tel. YVIT Ftdlss Woes ti trtl'HAW ItlfuIAjwII el i N:wsv 4Ne.AfwI146 4 n4 / B 1000.C. to tou1DA'tW 4 4/ ♦ CDA, PL'(140 9HeATN1114 1 V" P141P 1t154i.A tact 4 a*fv11 pi. coArlt44 j4 s 414345 is Mi AGMG TAts 4 ) 34_. • Mir plut• of 11.94. /lu-Fl4l. must, aP T' MAIM i q u1P 4tt04 At SIGN PLAN @M EM Cl NOWEN SITE PLAN 1" =201 -0" M V `OVAL WALL C.45114,144 ee(- tl , -/;L. fA6ifet Op iti o ' imituf 1 allot R of ter q IAITTF111's CA" p44 if L141p IMtYI.• qr' a R111D GA'�fir4 • ul /lOs mitts o. Iwo Acvx vt.T�1v tNrrTAri4 ll4a etA1144. • 'T 1S'�A.t5.0 t4"0.4. Mn1. 1" fen oittlj. --914H FatiMV//f//�tIIII1p11 T0tear ON CmMMITCD 01_110v15• ?"NEP tc111... BUILDING SIGN SECTION 3/d" -1'-0" s ss tint fILA u • 28.__ 28 22 20 18 Raffia. AREA gE11.1lbRG1E0 Goa,. SlvewaLIC - 4111i14K W4trti Wide "NIA WWM 1 'TROPE -0 CONG. GAM MAST Coma. PAvlwtq ULVIIIWIJa tteuCst DAM. COIilt *s SIDEWALK / CURB DETAIL 3/4" =11 -0• .. -1 PWJDICP owe" my GI'r1' AWROVW SIZE. t WORDSUGI "mow efts l:.t. sr IZ" a 1'-0" Cad.. Sart ors ammo HOP. PARKING SIGN 1/2 " =1' -0" 4A047co MMtgeT0r CA STYLE ARf1 MOUtar IJC�1IT AnuotE - WV ALUM. NOUN MsrAt_ HAUPE LAMS CRY OF TUI(WILA APPROVED 5 "m Awl. tt.E Z2' 0 0r 6A.yE cowucsrl • 4447 •.,P' 14", P RKING LIGHT STANDARD �'• ®1I.0W " ' F- }V CO CO g% g > 0 <al • Z Q I R A wt � r• 4c V ' . PFtv11 coup M I COX. 006C 4 cum, DUMPSTER ELEVATION 3/8 "= 11-0 ", lb E. 140u011 MFtAt• y 1Pear VIM Yt (PA1111 1") 41 OF COLIC. 41t,s. fP E or- v 1T 1101414 1b 414E. IIG t &') 1•Ir jA ' HONK WI kI t t-v r t7 SY al; -3Yr1R *$C"t'/t1 tiler1.1uo1z G 6U11,4 - vu1J11 ►1 t415ti uft t 44il O /tE- Its (W11D Itl6t*ts Iptl Avrltrty jo '' p1-falan tiNEAtfi r1 fl 1- �.Af,. m W" 0.6, 14 di. (449104 DUMPSTER CORNER DETAIL 3 " =1'-0" 9, A U►ti1 -4- A- I'IC1T lbMA�a44L y"1 fiH T t Powell Folio. .41: CI /AI rel- VUM(4.i WALL Co4511vc11orl s4'v 4 '» #'ll 4 CNAMFf ico cote. 4tt.L. Uld(6Of 4fUl. Na GLOM. ' a►k etit. 4ue w Was: &6' 4MY :L yA MEP lif VD Seto FI 'if L —k)11f DUMPSTER WALL DETAL 3/4"2•147 -S. _.. • - MIND. -- -- - -. - •- - a a = a a WV ab a SOUTHCENTER BLVD. -- - a - — r 3ST« -' I T OSS a -- •• COW. A ol4.1. 'AM* If fit: VRHY1tu 14110s - 9P0(•Flli. M( AL P Ti' MA1co ForCAr �(nAi 0111411411 ply IT c4IFlt tI w 0 ■ • 32 28 -28 - 20 22 - 18 - 18 —14 -- ---12 10 ImOntattos IAO, feat" � 34� - -- �� 1OR aste, It.Uo. - 'ENDODONTICS . EDMUND M,' KWAN DUO, M.BA, P.B. ,Pd b l e' 1' BUILDING SIGN 3/8 " =11 -0" 014.1%1111Y brat ti 1 eci r SAAKIPARv t75/AI S HAS 1t 1 „ " Cat WHIM. �i AILW SItmac C— — (lle(VIT Gat Olt "4 1p Os 104 ever- 11ap rohot t.441 _41W tTu.�'6e. *WI iry 1.11TH owW ye, — pflIvlj e•tel. YVIT Ftdlss Woes ti trtl'HAW ItlfuIAjwII el i N:wsv 4Ne.AfwI146 4 n4 / B 1000.C. to tou1DA'tW 4 4/ ♦ CDA, PL'(140 9HeATN1114 1 V" P141P 1t154i.A tact 4 a*fv11 pi. coArlt44 j4 s 414345 is Mi AGMG TAts 4 ) 34_. • Mir plut• of 11.94. /lu-Fl4l. must, aP T' MAIM i q u1P 4tt04 At SIGN PLAN @M EM Cl NOWEN SITE PLAN 1" =201 -0" M V `OVAL WALL C.45114,144 ee(- tl , -/;L. fA6ifet Op iti o ' imituf 1 allot R of ter q IAITTF111's CA" p44 if L141p IMtYI.• qr' a R111D GA'�fir4 • ul /lOs mitts o. Iwo Acvx vt.T�1v tNrrTAri4 ll4a etA1144. • 'T 1S'�A.t5.0 t4"0.4. Mn1. 1" fen oittlj. --914H FatiMV//f//�tIIII1p11 T0tear ON CmMMITCD 01_110v15• ?"NEP tc111... BUILDING SIGN SECTION 3/d" -1'-0" s ss tint fILA u • 28.__ 28 22 20 18 Raffia. AREA gE11.1lbRG1E0 Goa,. SlvewaLIC - 4111i14K W4trti Wide "NIA WWM 1 'TROPE -0 CONG. GAM MAST Coma. PAvlwtq ULVIIIWIJa tteuCst DAM. COIilt *s SIDEWALK / CURB DETAIL 3/4" =11 -0• .. -1 PWJDICP owe" my GI'r1' AWROVW SIZE. t WORDSUGI "mow efts l:.t. sr IZ" a 1'-0" Cad.. Sart ors ammo HOP. PARKING SIGN 1/2 " =1' -0" 4A047co MMtgeT0r CA STYLE ARf1 MOUtar IJC�1IT AnuotE - WV ALUM. NOUN MsrAt_ HAUPE LAMS CRY OF TUI(WILA APPROVED 5 "m Awl. tt.E Z2' 0 0r 6A.yE cowucsrl • 4447 •.,P' 14", P RKING LIGHT STANDARD �'• ®1I.0W " ' F- }V CO CO g% g > 0 <al • Z Q I R A wt � r• 4c • 1 .DOOR LEGENDS & NOTES ---- COAT+ WALL TYPES NEW 1 HOUR RATED WALL ,a pE j/IIte elm FLOOR PLAN 1/c= it-on 2r -2� Y .1.Ri�•1��i/ N j I LUAU? �, ..-._...1 i�1 e.....,r..� ii owls "it 'h latI ' t — ` -+or ar Mi,olwt TYP. INTERIOR WALL Osipersio name nip G. woo won HOLLOW) If. vA I tl game 4.1.11/rautur ads" r�J"' Ce 1 -1/2" =11.0' 1 W9 toil W f T& 1 4rMkt ?.A `(AOv 4/105 4" si11110 ATT11,Il1AT Vr: MT1yeAw WAw. fn TYP. OUTSIDE WALL CORN. DEAL PLNa( rd+t arac HOLLOW tit» 1*• FISMIthc, so fags MSS eAr 11.11141... W .'frsls Viepe. rat INTERIOR H.M. FRAME 3e • t.O" .. I .1 ta-sA' f =-.= tn-Mt1M all/ s. All R Mmloon oloM oloflv vita 1lsag• Moll s�N1 tsiva M Np. f.tlisNi �.r1Ml ssr1. ....1�... X11 ..M. 1..ttr.. t. AllN.,.MMwfs.s ate wolfMflap. ima 1. All ben to lave slsaoan ($ /q lops 1. Nsuwoad_Mara and t M_. '0 .M wsM.QM 41- I. AU algal ��MsN*. ".Milne •W be plod .IM minted (s- cau)+ letstlar natal .MMlll.. O. M Wok f (saa bar My). as As Wean 1,4 t. ;aril 1N.t�1rt• M4 t.alt to �r ws111ng star o •. .M try Si s sN •f stellar woad (v.Msnq ie, M st-tralal Sty. aii.,Hionin Amer 4 1$• ~ilMlt i s•sval • tenvn..sllel 1. by • Mahn if A.A.Q. (AinatitauTh litters CMaUltant) or ..atttl_l_MQ buten elstrttratss. • DOOR TYPES Aunt E41$1' ve W� clAns.4uw, IA' +' 9 l.IV urn aaotI iittor Ali rev rNrn pep II. ('4 H011.0 COPE. P ae $ S J o^$. pi-row tia w 5Aitir llo h Nj I''tW 4 mMM! gate./ I.4•11 oit.Il7 (# .. boot, U wit V191$ f V *y,ctfi''etpul?RIM evutio MIT 149111n104 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED a- 1121.12 /WALK Jt drAD COMMA an, B1 -FOLD DOOR HEAD Val 11 -0e NMI 2$s MANN Sill , 0 0 8 a0 B ,t2 zg too Y FapQ N Z3 S§§ gz <Ljj .3 • Z I1< • • • ,WINDOW TYPES ALL WI NDOw FRAMES IIMULUONS TO BE BLACK ANODIZED ALUM. FIIN$Pt 11.00 TOP OF W JET IDOW FRIG d� DOOR FRAl11E 'TO 8E f,tip VOW f . ....��.7'.. - • :.. ' � • w " 1•tiW. F •. - EQLNL EQ IJA to • MUM. w -t I WINDOW -FIXED • I. 4. I W2 Mgr 1-•.I �,••n .n. I W -3 I WINDOW-FIXED 4'•0'' f ItW Vas .e—. Irl.l4IAW 4, Tir. LW-6I WIDOW -FIXED lH&IIFE w M4YU11ED WvlovW, ne o Too 0 W -7 yFll�t:17 (Dornate WI,49MJ am Qut_ ftti'ni TMem . NI 190144 EVATION. �o(E: opfMri1 . WiN90149 To Wane- Wllavot l pale 4 WldotU role. sTcI:I qE wwr4A t. 6EN4Ti4 op nt TO se. f1Ew writ 4 InAi,otl Cr rotc To DC vtwcic v -11111 40.4sE r. • irv:s1 WEE D OW LE28a & OPERABLE, • DETAIL r -r -o" • Is. • 4 1 . IStiptut /LOOM WY • ImrinitLlYe1I t' ■11'1 illall1111101 r NORTH ELEVATION, 1/8 " -11 -0" Lttrc 34 -fA SIT atoll 920 itte E:c v WuioeNs room W Iliatt►K(nwtltrlra). • tinn CAS 4� • -op eF Ao��' or! f Ymieri . it -b11 • •- M • 9 • 1..• • ref IM � 17 fA �f T/ 41W. - pay. $1 .4,0 Mani DAVIT Cola 41.• Fixer M.Ooft 5 Fax Y W•411 EAST ELEVATION. 1/8 " =1' -0" GK` n r1 Cu OFTVIT 19U�toN @(A-o n0yV1T 44014-d%. WSW. W. 5TAWG114 MOW) MBrAL ItCo riM6, S CAI.IotR( F/M�GIA�i• sLICtITINX.1 UI.IGErC *ES 414eFT A4 Fier neat S PstvIT CouOl * I RtEFIuIsHE7 STAu,PIur '%f.Ar1 RoorwaC+1 LW*PI1 ►.ci UrJVER SOf"FIT, 61c 4�pt,IEEI A-6 atria Hwy A.00 oal,ifrou .'° •I9 cwr- AttFIMISt1E17 tv.4fIUUN WlupoWs 4/1 IM UI-. Chi-. 41Ard ♦2 Acsr FLOO1C et.EY 154.4 • SOUTH ELEVATION 1/8" -1' -0" ..m PINT mIDF -11 ICi've C0WL earR- o,s ✓,r t-1 $ f IIT4 Ta 114 Sreer A..00t • S - artsflot,J DETAIL A111% iful►Mt: SP, iP wbt+41,fT, Tr'. - nv1IvIT cows-4I wises 0y gat t'teOA&.a ectouv IMO 11 ri+I411t ICLKSta W t •Isei t.1n1,. tn. 9A -ti WEST ELE1ile►TION Pd " -1'-0" PALM' 1i�M Ti At dI`T^T `c itrl1 pllte AI H .Nc1wT Pi_ w Cm OF i1ED U MAY r 594 OMPIPMLIA MAR 2 R eft PINS so Q cc a I it 4i I •_q nallarrillin atanil .1 r ea 1 /.rte I W -3 I WINDOW-FIXED 4'•0'' f ItW Vas .e—. Irl.l4IAW 4, Tir. LW-6I WIDOW -FIXED lH&IIFE w M4YU11ED WvlovW, ne o Too 0 W -7 yFll�t:17 (Dornate WI,49MJ am Qut_ ftti'ni TMem . NI 190144 EVATION. �o(E: opfMri1 . WiN90149 To Wane- Wllavot l pale 4 WldotU role. sTcI:I qE wwr4A t. 6EN4Ti4 op nt TO se. f1Ew writ 4 InAi,otl Cr rotc To DC vtwcic v -11111 40.4sE r. • irv:s1 WEE D OW LE28a & OPERABLE, • DETAIL r -r -o" • Is. • 4 1 . IStiptut /LOOM WY • ImrinitLlYe1I t' ■11'1 illall1111101 r NORTH ELEVATION, 1/8 " -11 -0" Lttrc 34 -fA SIT atoll 920 itte E:c v WuioeNs room W Iliatt►K(nwtltrlra). • tinn CAS 4� • -op eF Ao��' or! f Ymieri . it -b11 • •- M • 9 • 1..• • ref IM � 17 fA �f T/ 41W. - pay. $1 .4,0 Mani DAVIT Cola 41.• Fixer M.Ooft 5 Fax Y W•411 EAST ELEVATION. 1/8 " =1' -0" GK` n r1 Cu OFTVIT 19U�toN @(A-o n0yV1T 44014-d%. WSW. W. 5TAWG114 MOW) MBrAL ItCo riM6, S CAI.IotR( F/M�GIA�i• sLICtITINX.1 UI.IGErC *ES 414eFT A4 Fier neat S PstvIT CouOl * I RtEFIuIsHE7 STAu,PIur '%f.Ar1 RoorwaC+1 LW*PI1 ►.ci UrJVER SOf"FIT, 61c 4�pt,IEEI A-6 atria Hwy A.00 oal,ifrou .'° •I9 cwr- AttFIMISt1E17 tv.4fIUUN WlupoWs 4/1 IM UI-. Chi-. 41Ard ♦2 Acsr FLOO1C et.EY 154.4 • SOUTH ELEVATION 1/8" -1' -0" ..m PINT mIDF -11 ICi've C0WL earR- o,s ✓,r t-1 $ f IIT4 Ta 114 Sreer A..00t • S - artsflot,J DETAIL A111% iful►Mt: SP, iP wbt+41,fT, Tr'. - nv1IvIT cows-4I wises 0y gat t'teOA&.a ectouv IMO 11 ri+I411t ICLKSta W t •Isei t.1n1,. tn. 9A -ti WEST ELE1ile►TION Pd " -1'-0" PALM' 1i�M Ti At dI`T^T `c itrl1 pllte AI H .Nc1wT Pi_ w Cm OF i1ED U MAY r 594 OMPIPMLIA MAR 2 R eft PINS so Q cc a I it 4i I m < • • Ftv. WOW IPT#NF ' Tor Sr MRA f tT 1IyaHD yIO Ei- Wb I.NW. et 1049 AT offr6 mesa t" ruft4oOV ova. grit Jowly S1904{• M% ZAP' two4rs ,1 To/ et OtlfAtlit Ai W $10,Py Wi4Pot.IiIT #Ffte�optfA o► ylTo MW44 Al W �N4 IJ11 +IM re- EATA op- iSF.I. vAjl',1flly- •• 311 couND f-:41.1 lit-utA" g% • SECTION Q STORAGE LOFT .: -�•::i ; •-- .- -. -..i .. ■.■. A TsT offt FE.TM wE etsiGlt1q Ab tfi ilit o - Fia�lv.� r��iyrr�r u�tF ;fwl cola-. ettALANT t° GIST €Thr. fPe•rI4.9TA11vt semi P% L PN 1p 014461.. •I Isis ess ltlq Fttjof Y+" Goff pi.Thisop of ?.A, m III I.G. Kt /a now, CANOPY COPING DETAIL 1/2.01? t • MM Wt.. Pu t point_ f F' MIST t t• suPFt1 Met/ VWT TM14 am! T 9rraa i 'Inva Ac a4TFrdt. GEILIN4 f•.tliM MEGM. 111411. 5F.6 PlWtt. PP- mu, :p1 sma HH .1 ELEV, 41 -i fulir.1 ROOT • 4• PLY p1,�u.R W/ • !k-1/ MIN. $1449�y II4wts. (Trtnp • MLVAR7R_.. • �{r//1.yyY1'(G �IS4.4er. 1JML y19401 „w1`s, �' • `a tmarG ALOUMIG • *Enka. METAL Roof: • rlttflM. m»JPI•4j_ • Vit .1,JWI•C4 FFE T • '/y PLYWOOD 604011 1414 Itf. i�� >u�I• 0114'.. '[,11 ICAPttfk*, tEL 4facrafo f. • 1C • • 1n -SO DAR IMMJL. 6 • (1•MI6 VA/f CAArJER • ° /KG .s wf: So: • lfxfar•cv AcovriC"L fu,rlt GeI�1�:Gj fsF many PAANT v 01-11 TbP CI ° ATNIM v. -4 L 'sr"y t�Pit.4 way I tomcat 1•1A14,- UN, T • �c�� vl�{FIIIV 4coaTltlt • • it ax 9I- t n P 414MT Illy • 2n. •.AGVg a Vac. • 12-19 sir uusuLlmO,.t • ••MIL VA1bR pARRICR • 96"117S J► Cef:ISG. la e Fldr a.oac • • Fi wbH R.00RI•44 • FAtlfCLE EQ417 • M'n.i OD 5•EA114k101 • fttS 111, 4e&. 4114161001. . • Ii• 19 str Ct hill. VAVDR 1S h CGJC • t' M4M GRAWL AVMS • V1kI*erne. moo MA 911141 kf t•111. L., 4tAz.i%n4L 1%45 11fl4MMTAI. 0 IL 104 CN1 1 AfloVt.a: �T - 0I A ELEV. 37 O • TOIL OF' OVA ELEV 9S -4•" -v fleEWI%4. M6TAL 4uttSR ctMt tteE. CuILGUJtal �+►,te1.5 a .521•Flr. Cm inUuouy rIceruu. METAL tO/•IT VEIJ'r +IkEP u. A1.uM. Ww v. FRAME W/ I" I0.1iU1... 41.04h*. BQILDIN9 SECTION • /4" -1t-ON • M•1EH1/tQ 104-ft1401.9 IMN•I4 D'f 91AAi1Qi44 4eM1 1' MAddf'-Tuper-. 4I9t t.WAt.t. I.A9N I lei PUPIL CAPI 5 e 444 net. 0 41 1144111.0 jO S P ptlf1rl* COATttic, 141 Ce$ a. cont 404. GJl OIar41. j ^ 1W►JIitW /2ta vrry • • • Mkt' NV 4 SEA%A$T cotlkbwus Mts', wn rl/ y�C1 506114. 'Fitt FOP - 11M& PO 4 411041.47 SOFFIT VENT DETAIL 3%147 • • PASCIA DRIP DETAL Nati pis tt e aft elty �ottt. 1 ' � rwh� • Fowl' Rant. a.ev.se-6" t 7w /141 r PAltlt 4 O FOuJPAT1OU GRAiu • GOUlAJUOu9 C VtRI h-TE HOT TIE. 9rtN %P %U} k =gal 1 1J45. limwdrafr IDUI.IDATI OI.1 . - ItlatAllotl 00ff IS -41) Olt Vft11. oYENI.�vI f>7► e.. LoCX1Hy v.22 • cmu IPPROVED MAY 1994 su owl Sim t'TItii Stsy1141 41JMI.v 4p5 [#1- fJfIGM11011 91tt I. ti i4P. FANS Sri V;% yI Mdo ftAt 60 1 ot1 l.1M10E 4 Np TSUEOW►to1Stb &4J Jt 5dffilcE. MAL• live MA to rimy Ames r focefit4di foOtt. PAM • • • .. y • o:c° .. W► ras rill. ••o ..s� ErkitflU� °• •t•• eM anal ;Th'lyl.tfs). 'LMkM PUN.- 4 111tH rin,c• NORTH % LL SECTION' =AP -MAY WALL SECTION WALL SECTION 1/2"ee1te ® • .. • MAR ? ag4 MS OM r a a ig E.A a • i 11 LE, STANOIII4 SPAM FyP • • 4,011 4•yrpl ov 1,0 41,`e r PMINA I• o i% AT All ToW1 #f rAPAP A WI'. DM IH�i ♦1-0 II VGIT for- 51/411/4 ANY 0 Rv�NATE. aA'Mri 4 U.4.11111 CAIIIrMerij Puf - FIIi14IWO te,6114—b0,5 fAca ff f illu;144 PIt'111l14Me9 I'9sI c*IPI TOP-- N N/ - — 41ALPAT Nkt -Flrl, iav tlrT,n1. /adNTW+1..M f1r1* 1 �- -- ErIPNAW FI.A4NIrI41 Af reNV, 4r. e&,ptNt --- W11.TOet.UF£ $Tlduwdy 114, ftl•Ate PL4c*6. Pot Sti tape SeE Toga L pW4y. PAPAYFT /I- IAI-I. allf•I.IIalthl • pst/I T f 141141 «.,11 y •Iler nit1Id 4dugl e p • yrlff- I" r -F marl " 041400p • yl TA iN • -4.04 C h i 1 4 " 0 . 6 . • 'fit cW P (-IWOOQ it • • 4' lie' +� i 11.144- �A•v a 1�1YArex • wTYl1 KNISH <QATII e• pA14414l Prof fLMMlr1 WUIJTu- ftf'•Iflrl�j , rH In. rAlt4�INA. ROOF PLAN , NOTE REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, POWER & PWARBING PLANS FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS. 1/4"=V-0" • PAM T 6o1i5teettell ("At •f`XN nth* C ("Atom • II P fVl III *a - e6Aw • 204 e Ii" O.G• • letvg pttllscv SMFATMIriCI • to pcv'T ItIMIL etwep .y�i�rlj Fllayfl (s'ATIN$, cmtpnu PARAPET @ SLOPED ROOF' I 1/2" =1'-0" . 4; - A4.4., • • 1 1 - 4 .14A4'. `% r. �-,;. 'is' • .. 2l OWN I 1 111 ; LA < 1 rs LL0 To f%jt 4of Fur pt 1Yfs, o 4111 A6 qt. move • gl•tt the /i16. I T1 r. ("$'T PrTfnfl•Fd11411Iq tA4416, 0tHA- IIQ1t14 ;ivy u F�t NyJTo h� oa1.1. IuT Al LOOM falba& 91,01/4 Pa,PiM Ihteil• Oat- Oftitr Z,1441 t *..S MI4CI 4111pM1.%aat V.� ' It • -• -. OVeff1.4914 NAE,' `J EE Fott rl,Atl. 16 A ■ t gril to g- VD < 7411 ! I, - m lai as ageing 521 VI FIG. I40CT1tWt- FLOSP 4Nt4 kll ZEL *fro. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN i '.l "_ i . - 13q4eola5.._ ISM. SAWS vS tt 4'-0 .c.1F . vat SIAGM1t. *14 OCAMiNit Niellria5 . 4 Witt" • MN. (A. SNP. *caw ANGIFDIL 10 soul tan e d 'METAL• c4r'- 1,43651(41 ship W La i • PP WIA4ON11L 4.RM SS CAI ft" of Pfl MFLtlit VMWS L * WLAY WIRE ORAGINC IN *LAN!. GP *MM 1l61NI4110.1 +10 MAL'matI ale AN31411 no/a pits, LA RS 1SA P.1$ wpm N ti''of _ M t1Mfl . NMLL.. e cm. t/NUM SR.AY! C " IL'•D /O.G.MA.woo , taN. PPS* SUSPENDED CEILING GRID . Hy 1111601•t•. I — RIGKEC7 To 611.;:: teC . Ay V. ale '!1 COVE LIGHT DETAIL FARO Goof uqN; y. NIAics• DILL aloft . y +,+� Wee if edew' ' Mtwfl u a `y* 114W/4o AT F5lt ir1•, pA111t• a I 1/2"•1•4' • 9041041 Ae ge406.€17 Wain u MANUFACNtea - ptCCMMtwAt✓n Fn. NeuNnty NIts) &It11F Amines . Ftt`rineplatA INUNjt 111I �IIepRF_ eAHI/f 1-16101014 Flt'Nie 4reeautt. l% NIIM F4uilc4 a trot, ��I WIIUII4 F Ixfu6t. d 41ef, u valsitiszettotter ,1s, `- 1.141If1114 AFORE I.BnI aid mod FIr11 +11 Weer. DIRECT PENDANT FIXTURE 3"a 1'-a' LIGHTING LEGEND Cr Isis sip Sanaaa na:ranat ;let Hahn w...M nnswt.at $NFlt listen ante, meta to nalaaa.as u.As Must ante/ bnMaaNIIt 1tft 00 Mae, S aerie ra.s...l lasaus.at upt 111. 1*s linen. as ate t $it t ash , 1 IN at/ n i Tog 1 t tills lMera. win aast,wlq Mosey p.ak abaats. S. 41►' to l nit.A, 1•�s1a, ire arwla near 111115.5 Rath. •� wu mital, swab, 4110 skive Haar Ilalyi. • . 4 Mta ar a nit& Ns alma nap aurae ann. Rtaar Irate, Ise San Ms saw stag. in Trask 1Stlay rtts taa/salsan. • ado sal errata M stn Mtastir Malls ante, riiirsdproti, is porlie le/V, using 4 Mldlforw AT atitw►ulry I ' TIFF fACE MINIM norretzeirr P muse of cevED Miter '1441116. • • • LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE jaggy n>rruax 1113111111111.1 TTn ITEM CI 0 Recessed Trotter a. Recessed Trotter ORound Coepact Fluorescent 0 O n G a 'J Mall Mounted Fluorescent Darkroom Light a Corridor Recessed Low Voltage Mall Masher KR -16 iLights gh• hting/ Strip Beall, Fluted Surface Fluorescent Surface Low Voltage IDs -1s surface Pendant Direct ,J Recessed Metal e ID Exit Sign U Ground Neunted Wall with a sign Mash ORKes.ed ompa Fluorescent 'J Surface Pendant Direct . • DESCRImow Litasonla Specification Grid Trotter 8PG2s0 A1s, 1202S, Electronic Ballast, 2'x1' lay -in with 2 I/OTI2tMD /E8 lamps. Llthonle Specification fluorescent Trotter 1PP440 Ale 1202$, Electronic ballast, 2•x I• OM lay -in with,• /i0T12LND /tS lamps. Llahtoll.r 111o55 -A1, with clear Alsak reflector. • • Will?Lightclier "Helios" 15412PC with 16w . Tuba by Osras: Dulux 10-16w. doll= If -545 2DR -100w type 14L-2. Ryan. 111A211, corridor light. Semi ILC105, lbw MR16, LVIE %IC /120. LMtmmma. Standard channel, a' length Ic -2 -40- 120 -ES. Eilintiear_ tnc. 69" lamps Ti, 26511A. Indoor surface counted fluorescent fixture. Liohtolier "Lyt$Jacks, "Genstar" 15672W11, 50w H*ISWFL (fly) with .teas 1562155, 16620101, 1662155, 6 1662255. Accessories for sloped ceiling stag kits 1561055. Contractor to verify number of atria per fixture. Lltecontrgl 0I10D -66" IE/D-56524R5-K19-055- EL8-120. Cornat connectors to be S- D- 661100 -C- CSN. Accessories to be Eg/Pe/CSN. Contractor to verity ail stem size and quantity necessary. suit Verson 1E5637 -155 weatherproof metal Halide, E- 21- 1 /2/D, round recessed downlight with black ridged baffle. fresnel lens 6 semi - specular anodised reflector. 120 volt. Ltltoai. Preston ssIa -ELM or Ea -KIM ts -E (as conditions dictates). Stencil face with (2) 20T5 -1/2 lisps. Mounting configurations as suitable. Stn mounting wham necessary. 55150, 175W metal Halide, 2-2e mount n Concrete. Liahtolier 11051 CLIP 74111 VN120, (1) 13 N QT. Litigantrol "110D 66. 1S/D-66N14Ra-Kls-C11M- ELI -12o. Corner connectors to be 2- D661100- C -C1M. Accessories to be EQ \Pe\CHI. Contractor to vsrlty all stn site and quantity necessary. End of Light fixture Schedule CITY �oF� u NAIPA New ems g 0 F CI O cg sit g to g- VD < C co" ■•••■••••••••••■• BASE /OVERLAY • • • OAP, 61.1PFAct WIN GNP NOWA VritcrclINON V/P4141.1.40 "we MO. VI Pr ta'r 601101 LA ITO 51&uhij 515THI (47N1p•Pa4 -i. ruflyys fitnitt% aingi•Filt Catiffittori•. f"fV6 PRA4 TO Kai BMW e3/4.C,w1f. wk.& tat it./ 4 \ Owen. te 41,10fra W1114 CAP. 41' pp MAIM 4 r0014PAIPM P 4; Et/Vit./10f NiettlifrOftaT COM10601) g Tatar ilitiO0 0E4191 CLIFF. v•IF-••••••---It _ t • " • 9 • • 1$4140€ 0/020111. Iro colp - 9 i se 014e*-P6/ vifti 40) Wit41:111174:r LAI/ 401. q flEfita 4114210. twat :111 1 • 4 rtff rreseVelI esweet t ibil276T Povine VA • VIA*. iota Kopf fn. sue flea -r1,40194e4 f t. f jvooim •Aqf o s Aw PP r-* 4fliff 3nr to, . 4 shemeN1 slflt4fl.. 1IIp4AjI9t4 T1 rift 1 ' fri PtolptodtliT 416 01/All. It 4 114111044. II I cost 'gamy 4 iatir waif. pagaiwear2 • Tor flei4 Ob. Tel IN 11114. 1.40,1-15:(444.94141114 * klice,vrori glIG.DPE 41.1W .Jr p 5 4 004GOP•aantif Friflon I I 1P-PPI ntAff164.1.5111 To *WM wig ap11fre6 pa SOS of444,4,4 NM*. srpfumt eniflot pomp oft ritettifi, 141114 STElifp Mt T. PPortik enignow- .1,4 'I shliatlitecht, 5TdI out f'ot.f.techt, 4 Fitt frillasst Litt. eie. 4 pt Ant vim 11W11019 ."1"---;-40411.11" MallrAtriestf• deilthicill &vs „x tiptitta4:44 Ft • MEOWED FM fitklinfrp011 swot. 1 ij NOTE ALL X-RAY EQUIPMENT AND DENTAL EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERFED WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 5 POWER & PLUMBING PLAN a5 es. ' 1 /4"=-11-0" 0_ ELECTRICAL NOTES I. All work shown or called foe shall beet as resiments of state, local, and N.S.C. codes andall applisablelUnhi Stan- dards. 3. All materiel shall be new with UL label. 3. All wiring shell be type flew wits in conduit. 4. A11 conduit to be S.N.T., except as noted. S. All conduit to ba installedconcealed unless etherwiee Med and if exposed to be run straight, horisental Sr plumb with proper support. 4. All work shall be coordinated and scheduled with the nasal utility and approved in writing before starting work. . 7. All work shall be subject to Arobitectos unravel and any work (or meter Sal) that is not approved shell Is sigma or rosined until such approval is given. O. All workmanship end Mortal shall be guaranteed forSeems after written acceptance. O. Contractor shall some and pay for all waits and inspections. 10. Oubbi•h and clean-bps Promptlymoveall waste material and rubbish caused by installation of elostrical oquipennt installed in this contract. 11. All VtIlisted Mimi* flail be installed as per lifting or labeling (i.e. Mn. fuse site moans rues protection regelradi. 12. Heights noted to outlets, switehos and lights shell be measured from the floor to no eantsr of the box andar lght. 13. contractor shall verify existing utility services, • connections and locations for space and mrdinate into plans and e4ginearing (provided by contractor as approvedby ambition). Provide (for ems) and keep a mere flan set of As-Suilt conditions of electrical piano and insta lotion. 14. Contractor shall verify all metal equipment for utility rograiments prior to installation. Locate all outlet and equipment le bases ter owner's final approval prier to seiMit ltion. IS. All telephone wiring Me runs to he 3/44I beeleatod eemputer and assiteray power reeepteelos to be Mee eeded to &Veld SeSfeS14011.- 17. All switch and gem plates to be white. ,Ali , • Vtoyt • WITH repti totem, rift”. "41741‘1714111:illertinette... TIP tri° extki,lt,, I's To Eits fled j fret A- 41/ Roe I Omit • PLUMBING NOTES I. All plumbing shell be installed par appliesble codes, Minims and building standards. Veriti-ixisting utility privisions an, provide for sennectione as required. 2. Contractor to spurs and pay for all limits and tees. 3. All hot and cold water lines to terminate in Massif valves, per cods. 4. Vitrify oquipsent installation and utility requirements with equipment suppliers prior to start of work. S. Pack around pips with mineral wool warn ROM arc slava' through walls. 4. install air Melanins it high points of water lines. 7. Provide air Masher (water baser duper) at each vitas connection to plumbing lister*, site sass as connection a lee long. S. Prevlio all plumbing fixtures omelets with required finish supply pipes, trio, nil* covers 0 mood holes, and traps, mupports, booking, etc. Protect from desage during storage and construction. O. All het and sold water supply line* to Na insulated with Manville lo thick Mansard fiberglass pipe Militia or better to prevent froten supply lines, within walls, staid specie and at ailing sanewien. All fittings and valves to Unifit preseilded 1-pint PVC insulated fitting 1 ftiv. EL. tots' • f4 D. e, 4ilvint. CA M Lon efr repintstta rv4 yousoAvos tm.114 10. Coordinate all work with gonoral and electrical contractor and provide reproduelble as -built drawing of camels. work. 11. Contractor to provide cleanouts at ends of drain lints and/was requiredbyUniformPlumbingcede, local city, state codes, latest edition. 12. Contractor shell anticipate coati of all plumbing vont stack(s) and constriction and installation. Plumb vent eta say not be routed through open room smo(e) and/or usable roe aweigh all routing shell be within wells, floors, and ceiling sandwich. 13. Plumbing venting at all operateties shall be island venting, milt/ Oise of vont stack(s) Mt= Maas resting. U. •intresten Shell verity ettatiltri St dosts1 soloolst 114::1112thsties anStruitillist Shop drawls; shell Is submIttse for appoint and SalSe. ImS Of Plumbing Meta • ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS KEY z • pi4SflNilE 17PitOWVI. 140/41PL,1404°Wr 14469 salsa vesspOSSis Sag slim tier unless MSC rain passgastle 00 above nobs salmis Me. Poplar sw tsurples wsseptosle Instal all• Mesa Sloss. N elt•gvhsNed duplex resepteeli located at height ohm, missies picas seem so meted. Sleet pedestal outlet bow with oath* as stis)Mi, Waller 4612AL Mik, ISOM et flesh eeon,Ow r Wrest 41044. folephas meths with S/48 conduit in wall sennested to Mont telephone panel via So sendult in tilling space. Provide w/ best ova mg. sae pulflwire (verify revelment for Minnow, wirlig installed in instill). :144111;111P Ifirdis:1:11:181 :egivegglir:01111:4:1rin oeilisg. Previa* mid ring with 20 • conduit et CPU iota- tics. • ; lemull:greditrAntioprartraliProssgfpg Unit outlet with separate •0, Sensated seepstor duplex mallet with Demote ground. CD Motion box. 0 Sn Special Junction beli, verify with • equipment sunnier. Ground fault litorruptor. Electrical pond, provide connection to tortilla% stubbed to first floor tilling space. Oft felf let varif power roquiresente. I 1 51YrE0 4f1/4 WALL. HOWIE 9, Wolf 1 INATIP • fill441.4 bittmt ea•Fitv ilteltiatto we) 4 no s goal& moutnip faillIss ctic:raw E4Hol, c fi-opr ot,1400. .7404044 n'T oust,- toarelHATt. i41 colt- Tok • • 7 „ (:) POW rlal kink 'Mod riovoe. dem? cot-coneoptv Wool To atIT041- 4, NNW( 11 1401 4OPPlatiL, elte_ciAL glair tutu Atlit P- PPR dig P tin; r4. YerIOT folles, 1 TIM of owl 6. ilirite,, O Tilfft404TAT. cotaigqi Mothjetitly V.Viete.,, 8•114414m MIN atilirefete. .4 finto4 efferent- 4 rink yaw r Fuel OrnIto-, Cf•orwwwif frili Genital's.. bi ewer., ce.“4,1dArt. fil,0140 01 PWMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE Puma= int= sena= SUM 2 92110112195 HCP Toilet esHalmait. X-352?-88 lem high bowl Color: White, with open front church Toilet White, with open front church Xohler4 IC-3930-fl 14-2/4' high bowl. Colors scat. C.OP Lavatory Milers 'Pennington" X-2195, Color: white with Delta 515 HOF faucet and 1th insulated trap. Ci9P Lavatory abler: °Greenwich, 512032 wall hung. Color: white, with Delta 515 HOF faucet and waste with Insulated tux. Small B.S. Sink Elkev °Lustertone° RLX-12, 14 - w/Foot Activate -3/00x1291x40, le ea. wt/LX-3411 snail Valve basket strainer, T6 8 foot valve OS- 507, T 6 8 rigid gooseneck 5122x, T a S rigidoutlethoriaontallysounted base 421-430, and T 6 S mixing valve 419413. RAW 'Waterton.' 18-1517, 15'x ▪ 17 - 1/2"x 7-1/20 D. 10 ga. w/Oelta 0710 -ELM faucet 6 5X-168 drain fitting. San °Lustextones Le-1716, 17ux 22141 7.-1/2° 01 111 go. 4 hole, with Delta 8710 HD?-ELH Aucet, Lk -188 drain fitting. Elko etuatertonee LA -2522, 250x 225x D, IS gm., one hole. and LX-168 drain fitting. T 6 6 toot value #8-507, T 4 8 Swivel Gooseneck 13334, 11` 6 8 swivel outlet horisontally mounted base 08-431 and ? 6 8 mixing valve 084113. Radium 8.8. Sink se . Medium 8.64. sink Medium 8.8. Sink Foot Activator Valve Medium 8.8. Sink , siLustertone0 1.2-0117; valve root Activetsd Slkn Par12, is ga. 1 hole a m- a a drain fitting. v a s *vita Gimmick 135X, T 6 s swivel outlet horlaontallymountedbase 1111■431., a T 6 S Nixing valve 08-513. . Shower cabinet . • ILL. musts. a son. marval Shower walls, single ld ON, Dunham, 03232012, Iii. 401. Celts showereV pp s S find tank-typeRto r Hot Wate Tank Mgtga. storage conicity of SO gallons. Recovery rat* of 60 • gallons per hour at SO dimes P rise, relief valve, S gallon **pension tank, Min through wall to atnesphers and mir. pusp. Wall Nydrants Hmtidifteum breaker. 4570fls Non-Press* "ins-con' box with inch longth. Polished bronco box. Ai TO CE EN V UN ODUU1iULSN1ee OH cr • 1 HP I 0 N oo c=a ict In cia End of Plumbing flair* Schedule • smeitit„ 4"281994 ▪ esasse I g il i II IN < ..) co CV m BASE /OVERLAY rat Tu. r- :::__. PIN OT lj L4 ) /f *1) �AM, Q rt )f rist tLA/ll V1 i0�1(AA�. E ACP P00 ID •I. • t maw. 4141114111 Au. tete; gatei vas T. y I d• f t�v r. 4 Siff pal.. ' / 3 l 1,4199214124109* t CAM j now con To, Mt■ n now ■•••••■ ■•••••• •■ •ass ntsihnins spasm•■ ■••r ,. ••••■• • 1 ■m••1 11 r t'•••■ N1 tUJ••t •••••• ■••••• ■�: •.• e •,�...••• •irtrr•m L'••••• ■■ ■•■■ •■•••• ■•5E •.`.I ■•••t ■••••air i =WI , - -■ i.= INTERIOR FINISH PLAN /4tt_ 1,_0„ •rwl�itRwiit fatten Web Pattern Pattern eers Cosset L•stlat asantitys anultes flan an Ilsaldestestil Mass attars • Mart Colors Lesstlent Omestitys lanarkss na1 Mt. it N•wtastersrt Pettis limes attain Neese Sleet Lesetiat Offiesitityt assulas nrs let. as • Mwtastn.n 'Patin Mimes Petters Madsen al S sstdat =Ts 414111 n n,+•$,•tr 1.11.1$. .It. .ewe p /Merle Mrs L- f.tl.C.,*/$1 In. vs P 13.1,9,11 Q .144,10, ono Std no fs•to 101144 s'or't 4115/ PC M1,'1,11 OD '.LM, *vita sVlb • NSA - Mlrlcude &fuses WILIeNa5 base Comte Pablaseeve u See iiiii Greet Owls Cporsterieet 01, 03 01. N, N, 5151 Cities 07, Nall u. Stett 1s, itMas• u. Swains Otitis" 14. •siting is. sole 1�itl• C UUde harry Sloss cr Tweet • a •, es, •tlli "miles is ra Mem nor Sterile d0, Sans MCP !sp enlist 10. t • • • I. seed M bass in all tubs% asses. ai -ells Salfurrry 0• • So :sians, is pee Viola na let layeetl. Sees/ sells to be Mtat1Rd. Si. 4, l 'S't'.bsr bees OS SINS Ihreuebst Mlia, Meer( toile MOMS tent • •• noaltst. Os Mosseasterers Petters 0.1 Wane 's Leretiat Osentitys Momeskes Plea Mtit. tt Mmwt -eursrl Pattern ambers Mations- • Oventitys t Plan Mt. 1t Sane Patten 'Sean 1 Ilmaititys Onsiebes Plea SM. IN Ilmolaslooth atlas ff�fl M1 is •u▪ .neset Pasta labia ., • Cabot .treats ad silos threhbeet Salta OS Toilets if • rsl. • M Labiate ▪ • Snatsetspeandbeelialesesetbreselbsetaboat MCP Tenets 110 6 29, transetien Asps and 2:::::=5113 sew wso Ad IKl1s. 14 Nee 'lldMM 1• . . • • • •• • • flu • ltd trin.M T ▪ i'w.r i k•' „tlnwetaOn f on top Mleve MSMO_ we -i.. . sow S1 • ss M Ml me Glee. • stisv Pasta ig= !' "• larestr mt NM, • • MEIN$, WMVT I•1/N1k'' dr'w• r. "W, ' *my a sure.* Tie tfI1 4 Vic p10 r GIG • pia Me& is 1 qem t • !latent • • tat • Ple MS. St 1 • NMs'rt eft •.l.sstiaat ' • Sentitys bearrhss nos bat. Os MSsewn. Patten Menu Pease Mibat • m ' 11114 Salm feesta' taints • • . _ _ • and Sam wee/ ee/ MCP !Sot is •MINI ' 5•. ateli 'rand an tonne 1a at tank spa feria P.P. fee Plain nom ieeatiMS.• . . • • Pao • pets I . • IS iota PL10 Mil derhsrl.• All well. IS Al • • • seam! Woo, (let as sma i ultili. sal..s ethsrvd b. • Sts. Satin flails � • ems" in all toilet roses Om See set prase, the sun. point. uba mit breams% to Sslw•tr tee. approval Won • appoleetlee. na • •' I"! 4. . • seta Anilnstaliefte Panther) • Mai glees. See eamt___pefroGriAlbre ▪ sets ctitils Solodslooslosttoomemsopeovol .. ,. . • • /. • • P1WA Mate ibeetsetwers Mars Vette Il rt Odes Matins . • 1 MN of IN • Sven • Gast lande'ges•AMse. . COY Of TUKWILA APPROVED MAY BUILDING DIVISION man u, Cps •i. 03. e3• N, Gs, •Oe. - O NG Otblt 10 • Wyse Crlst.itda Sat* St▪ ela as e all We wed deaf. Plan sons sant sod donne Melrose a. Sire •t tea • litislal tollsvlsf oilers Mttet•at iu0 sof silts use s wu as erlttuud in. Vlsass suites.. Dan lo ran total Isetaeatal blind listorsIed AAlll enter la eteeil�ng viedb m. SeeleSisre NM Valets if • 10 ai the Upper wires a the Sat well is ernes O7. • • • • • • • t INTERIOR FINISH LEGEND SI 11111111 ins ' �s'' • •••• N. • Mte= r• . ( Piter .• Na 01x•1► Plant Statist • ••'a rens ea; XXX a Mess finishes need per aislain. tj•int it set. 3 37• apepo d towel dispenses Osiris 203111, 33•3 /14v.a 1. aryan meat seas towel dispenses. Smedley, Nadel Me. . 1f0•10, 15•5, d 1. hex lifw.N 1•• 1. Swam nest peps towel dispenser, Slob, Medal Ile. S. • 4021, elms 31 .N ed. • 1. • arts" nest paper towel and as dispenser, A 1 J Mssheea Ain hiniN, 1M. U105, 3fv.x 31• 1sA t 1•d•' 0. Mal S. serfapge apmer ost ppi dispeesr nemeses 111351 V. Min " towel d _ f �Maria a1N Pa/•r dispense, weKin •s7 S. G.a. desk f. Mr i.obrieh Waif 20 N IS• C.enar ees lapaesr 10111 30. flesh ale liner, stelnles steel, out tree restaurant sled damming stainer (see elev ter slis). 13. Ssbe book, Sebrleh 11.071 It. Valet an seer dispenser, ♦115. IS. AlielbedweGpsoms beveled edge gibbet, MW Se 170-11. • • 1�Sss snt tint ankh Shawls ter lint S atal•ls as noted ee the rose t1MM plan. 3. tntsein OMs t• M tepid, plast o vsmtar'kla asstsl, textured •wed ewth• (/lent at spMla ;. tlnPMwl, paled and painted • (a p% at speiel tittlshan). Melt albeit • Si. et the teeter to the •nSi ett ter approval prier to Semple else Mail be lefties se OS. 4. iffsboot vinyl base shown a plan to M anal satinew S• ems flee. S. Provide f• CV Mee at CT news vas'os Semis noted. y 0. All lever sadists tabs 5N sows Gab M le• de to anises Shanties noted. See ablest spositioations. 7. All well trim to be finished per Interior Pinis Soltdele (•OStio varnish s- antet. • ► , • . • air ••• • • • q M MIMMpnNUr+ saaims vi attain, melt es meal! flMemseed. Om Interior P eshd -1 fra piastlo alms and laastlas. oaten sortie' shall bs ton hie prsesern Malaita. !mist na -•geed 'nukes ,t' Mn Mastery applied ••efamins•• sets•. . Ise Mew Viola Plea end ea Interior elevation" tea bells layout ea ap sesisi details. MAMONARS files . 7w1 '1 Roller Ovides, s d/ /2 beetStyle t r plia. WiiS finish unless siMiula noted • lyrist leaver • Cram at Psis Seaver • Grant 017 GMSe'�1f1r N11ty Seaver • Grant MIS Aejwtable Shalt •nips, Neaps i p346 ant fit as Si) Mp•tio Mates Sfo0 IOW . alas stMtvise nets., lever wlnsta at ease teems to be 54• . dep ant upper 'abbots et ten tress to M is• Mtp fesee5laats sa struetia with sink slash All Interior. shelves ash be adjustable ayes !/newts. Seaver Glides to be toll eatseli s.type et Se lb. apaelty pr elide, lee 1b. at tile .seep ad May duty Issuers. . ON= - A11 verb to aster to Auk GWtiM SAABS stsndstde, setvrately wl�nith slur . sly (t er � ....j .b tiler ayes thNviireaents et all salsst installed •wip••nt prier to • • • Resew U•!nst• joists with tams trans joints. SS•1s* and olds splashes t• be plapsts taint. a 3/1• . Provide and adjust iii Medwers en •Nina!• as aseesary for smooth ad @net amnia. Na aed draws tan to . lies up. =write'', it•ly adi•ent tars (adjust upon instellstla et es messeatyl• v- ��4Wta'N�1 • LAtd.....� • ...rV..Y IL�AbIIjUATTE b .1 PLm .ttar E.MtM O tR11.NSM �u+Itt7. APJuSSAIIILE Oast-VIM • o ALL cAOIMO PV HAM ID 10 WirLI Y tR NMpw - xE Wet 11 `• . tai it Y MBIIE S Chat ttta.EEVAT10tO ALIO& Oa SOUK Ionian lit e�,'M N Ore °st verb '' � ''Ex = were cestsait tames 'ofjsL�Ef�lr110Lt easa&x A/K u i*4 atILI MR /alt UMW SR 1i trent.. sae /I01u trai s • SECTION v•ON • MAR Z i Paw t f • aw I • IS li co Ia. ac t4r1 TOf op WIIPT* Pea -44W 1rIv1 r rAf'r- 914r i HT fIxTURF', eft t.1y44 vinbil punt. 4144s MIrpor -a lamas 1 o' A86'I tlimtt or11s P�A��P- T0146 121+P. 4 'Am num or owl -I - TEMP. 4sir.• P. LAM. a Hy, q Fpyw,iU: —401.1144 - 4iIvuay WVb MI • tofplat 'et et HCP. TOILET cart 3/8 " =1' -0" V4 F(VEAI.,ffr. AD,lu•'jnv,.u. 6H, Lv; . 4 grew; r- N1,I r.- F.I6br✓ 41 E,41tif .S -iLnvJ rel►C�1411 (A fflf1 V4OR :Ayr. - TA'. V VI,1ri1< I- 1.c1 tl .4.1 atterrl of m61/1E1 -FULL N M411 IP �L AM Lowosfati AMALt AMATCR. t STERILE 3/8 " =1' -0" gip 0 4.4. Irk; 0•1 LE. cat 5Af(f PACs. fcrl Inc 4 prig A'• 1MA FI co: "Tr i'* I'- h et44 F- raT AGTrVATEO VALVE. WO. gInK 'F." 3" 9z4a'MIJ • 7- IIto1 HCP. TOILET r r 16.1164A` r011fd %AT PI5pffM,rF- b Warr rAyfs. Pi'yvl4ef+- 3/8 " =1' -0" DARKROOM LfvrnL. riff t5) *∎14 'HUas StfEL as / 14444 I''4 g O 11M46 Al fail (OF Fspiese jtm4TM.tf EfapMf60iw NAN., f 4" O. c. Vf111r, pl/ CI.IAEF. 6."4 f 51f( LIME; VCLn[ ca4t . . Wr LaAT t ore0 / ?Arc with. v;ayr rl,r fULI, I1f14-JT IC I.Ar1. eneri tA1e , AFL. 4Ipe5. - -• —.r» l4 at4p1tl(17, f ' core-. 3/8 " =1' -0" 'II' 3611 I A M ,.0 ft 133 4' qi 1111114111111 sr i N • • 14 tilL•4 01 IS° 1511 2e 44) M(e"'p „JLVEV Lru�frrl�_ V111 RECEPTION /BUSINESS 3/8 " =1' -0" Lent • -4 'UIIU11111R11l11G } PEEP WfVEAL,TiV III O.o• pLIIW' 4'.OT DIV'r SSS, 119. 4POMIMET9, 4E6. fiNiSli 064.1 I. I0 • _n,, /ITALL yr+fik = r F r4V, of /GI �Z•rd.ilnl1. u11N �' z /t' GS tlely irN� CAT �irk-sL. - Loh cF WALL pf',Hi. -WOW-en fa-S190 ti EPUI.E. SECTION AT H.C. COUNTER 3/4 " =1'4" 1 t airs. 8 Aden ' atMvia r 1'4 MFIT 711 t-4741n. 4•10 1p a lsra" 4q" STERILE 3/8 " =1' -0" Or Cam.Te P. 1.41111LA16. a4 ALI. 511►Ti .4 f cra q moo. uPlal. - 6 i1r¢ 4.0. 1PA"I4 Fiore (.411' E F aka P ileM styes �. —Tr� p 1 lTAUFfh, P001 ActIyAlFto VANE 2411 Foy 4014.• a 24' 414.0E1ylf1 two' Fnr-e1.,Ay"V 'N- i11Pr- AMAWAM4100- I F/1A4 To l J'{{ 1 FisAthj fA►I. rMi3�11a• \ FDF60 MIINVE. . �a�aw�.ar \ 1 \u7 • _ IMPII.sat. E ISMS ISOMPI If fit VEA4- III 0 VW"IIT 51te. IIIt?.ti STERILE 3 /8" =1',0" p M O N 3" i8r1 � /9 " RECEPTION /BUSINESS 3/8 " =1' -0" CdEM1clam (AtM awes 24" Nic 24" weir s 16'' j, 24" i RECEPTION /BUSINESS 3/8 " =1'-0" 1304-01 N I dak �nrnnnnnununuinlrnig l C L"A'IR. ISM to L 5 l rr IILL II/l4 4 30" STERILE 3/8" =1' -0" 1$"FFVtAL,rTIE. '314141v.5 4reE1. - bee4 �gW1r�1A1•T TTe Flows a tmcc. Lo4A1r $ F•1,�,�P�r�T�flneT 'Mewl ceHMAlHEN. '1AMES- / Pt. It W K Pi. it 6 .O $5 RECEPTION /BUSINESS 3/811 =1' -O" f 30 ' v, OW#M ecelc 1 _i it • 24" 241 RECEPTION /BUSINESS 3/8 " =1'4' Pe /�I .._., tie PT N S0 F 91 waif r STAFF 3/8" =1'-0" 24' T CITY OF TUKWILA 4PPM0VE0 E lloONAL cg a 0 o Q ; a L w z W z J N • • 0 ta A5 c•U • z ce Qo 81 0 Ch i " 4C I' • ROD & SHELF • • 1- 1/2° =1' -011 FASCIA DETAIL 1A .QI4i 4WM MEW., o0 Fw1 /0 rLyasv 511EATNIliy 2400.1. , 5EE51L45c1. PW44. 2t IC poc.IA DOA1ry &'I t r1E A 4M M- - BT rifTAl• Failmq rtt44g. "tromp 4 6tMLANT Z0M90 rL•rt4000 4S fit 1 1/2"=t-0" IT ED4E Tl-Ir1 • W 4� ., : •` rot f1 ,..• .. • , ... , 4t A • • fi�t!! iMNM` iou est . fartigagtris I.: • -. • • • •••. • • • .. • • • . •• %• ph, /INCR. vtv►w a HemRr (40$11404 $1.41�r • Lt 4 4/0011.414, 'VW • at IMtsr'IOR. Zit kultarli inn SRN, i t 0 H.M. JAMB (HEAD . SIM.)' ... 0"•21,1-0* .. . Mtn' FIrllsH c a,Ti1{q 1,laI' V11 IH4uL. Awe) --- HeAOV'S, Ore 9TWSTuMA1. WW1 A9 PPAll PE PACKEP io0 j 5..EALANT o /tP.TIAA2r0 ALUM. GNArrt4Ei FTRA►1ETGCOANSEL4 FUsTIK►r f!1Gu►ss yLGbc 5UpPUEF.. T,llcc POI. / flirwIF. 4 a.1e6. 5 F Ilrwv 91,SD0tc �I roles- 44.149 au Ad) 4, GLASS BLOCK HEAD DETAIL 3"=1‘.0" T, 4" I' 411 .414439131-0O14- AIltp14(D AWM. clodora. C•rt 4-045 gtocK eArfl4'F - -Mato- Poo SFALAHT 13004 t'IOEs C4tj %tiLoc.L. PASt PF/' Irli AFI . 4CrkWJl1:. t#"••461 /• 1.2661•471/ SIOP� gep 4 4nAl laT r 11 a 39113'e.a.. (3L +• nhGK Cr . 5LAe `u1T ',*$ *At ' yM'. J pPIL rotivAliui , is . •witigii.144i. R449. GLASS BLOCK SILL DETAIL 311=1, -0" y - -6f? n ue;Urnl IMG% TWP $VAPeK ylt& ��uc►rers POO •1 StA M1 � ` PuE YWAev ALUM. Poop• 4 IFa►M:I.'. ALUM. DOOR HEAD 3 " =1' -0" I I I I UHory T/P 214. 011K14 '.4,p ' LAPnert- J -•o- 0 • a • V-144 AS fQUIKEP FOP LAvves• Arluro4AE,t t'4• *11164 5Ttr5 10 BE WAITED TO 214 61rcH Vta1lcAt. 6'liP NIVDF4 MtM9eFy WITH Ik Dial OOWEty AT eH04. Z+u} PJIFAI Lumbf r, piH16tl To MATCH poop.. iD ttA OLT :atlarre- 4i1rJK.. 15OMETI:1c fIas- Uric. ELEVATION SECTION • SHIP LADDER AT OFFICE 1/2 " =1' -0" ISOMETRIC 2. 44' & .crl LUN0f1- MA6ETFP (3) k"¢ lily Gel-Ty (0 9:0 bloat Rust. Pe AtTEV 1,0 elLeti I 1/2" -1'-0" Ef STouc1uenl, '%I.L4$ k Hrturs- 5124., - -611114 M MAUIM s (*wog. pay 4 4eniatJT AtiePtiFV It:TE0VA. FLAsll lriq fl W Itlwt4 MktJurAc.Tutcelz %6" FLIWOO FI,•LCIi PM. �WINISOW HEAD DETAIL (JAMB SIM. 3"=1'-0" Ace Cr pf•TVIT flriISH conrisal I'I 1114116ATEt7 gII.M6 MU 010 ALUM It11eAHtn. INTERMEDIATE MULLION DETAIL 3 " =1' -0" Fa of 91:1.fir flri'SH CrA j.rl:'T -14 146ut- T1'D 4144-.9 LINO/41 /1FAME KloriTeP At.-4 kl,tl0011 F ANODIZED iE1 p.�WW'�r`M 9 of MANUEAcIud EP. E 51FUCTUMAL- 9W4, FIB- PlAit I friHDA'TIOe4 WINDOW SILL DETAIL 3 " =1' -0" u/ 4 • t4II;21 /11 9JIRGr4 14.14 air '%r Aoiilt" 110614 tAAL4. 1cIM CAP 40E0 & Orltl+h 4 tit HPID IIV+ Siva VErltttt 4owv ca pu11N we F(filt j CRer Tr "t'S$/ 01,0+ JA .JAM. w/ b�1111 51or ��5 Mtly Laciep ill1ir41-9 t = -- CL1 Ev'Pos iitlto 2x4. 6,84.14 414IP LAMES- GATE ELEVATION 3/4" -11-0" let. 49 us /4rn,- p,,J44 NrAQCR- y (It. 510ucruVt, , (rwer. 9PtA W 1 11016 - 9H IM A4 P041;1 “1.0 6>ACK11- p00 4 'A AL4111 T AIIOOILCV t'ITE<�•AI, FlASHlrly »(WIrlVCu MA �'ncloom, I" Iri'tlLATty 4'J% WINDOW HEAD DETAIL (JAMB SIM.) 3 " =1' -0" '/ti T1f' III TED 41/v4 ' 411t 13106.4 Tr. IK'I IO. ANODICEt7 I.•it U.At. Ft",H''4q Pt I'1"NVCUI MAN UFAC•TuI -n'. 41-11r1 Ac, KFC.. WINDOW SILL DETAIL 3" =1' -a' Pp4Tl 'Ca ra uO<.yGIL1.11 Zf••e IG'GG. WALL (,6ournor1 ' 1kI.1r' we, lick I' A'-'— TO IrfLUVE 4t.'rP I t$SULA Tlot44 lirC410 FOUNPEL euf619t'en-IftL.Trp. yflIG,WI> t It l-FOv4 SEALAH1, 0114 'le, I-Pe0 I 51,41411,0t, 4EE.. 41rucT. vu4". Arlo9121. nit( N!dial HOME, ArlOnit�V I4♦j% i PL ElP•,H14G, Pt I't r rk -c' v MA.0 1 i e rJ r-.... ',PALAHT ---- pe.1Vl1 ru4'iw QATrly psivri J'G9td ref WOO id 5HI$1M.'4cj WINDOW JAMB DETAIL 3 " =1' -a' WHIFF ,c 4w0 CITY of TUKWILA APPROVED F3A4K#W FLV 4 en' T �vtII 1gMccvftuo. -r t:1e. 11cDlcw ALUt41. 4114.ci1 FONT& —OUT II•tcktrtj it, 11'64.16-, V Allov.�V ! WINDOW JAMB 3 " =1'-0" 141r41.4v r•••l_y 0EALAOT •prTVIT f ol.914 c4T,r•IGA c/ w' MD/ ej 149u _. P.cAw 1' �."cot p1.0.11/ 5HM 4 ;.r,. 4 Fury -AA ® Id'�.1../ IS, cvx PiMv 1ir,r611 -14 .'owl P'TV1'j lelfuL. qet•,� th'rv1T Fi41'141 CCA1,-161 MAR 2 9 1994 Oft? eons C3 Qo 0 Y 2 y zetz - Sosi o fr a �j q ' Z 0 Q 4 4 Si 4 3 0 0 �PEies, .' o�`Atit u� ►49147F KTOn' ;T;!!?4!::T2 T�iiL7� s - .-_ — — — .7 t'IL I Jae 1 at 1611 0_111.0 flAt VIE W 1 II I I JOOU L14111144, eaEt. 1:14C1I 4CMI may Fee- T . 4-6 purl s41110 W "Veal 1GY41R T 1BeAM. *4 ?OS1 1W. *-vrf manic ,oavl Ui�E1 ICY 1 CATIDI4 WIT+ U111141E4 9Uppuaaz. scut,- 4 F1 ToP Of G er I Or SUED "'.114" I It II L I I OPERATORY 44" Ito 601 dal ea 1149W 0111410E coac4sw, a� MOUNT 015T.4 fka Tiitimy Tto vi4NuFkTUFrO1 petviIir Inc v NEMNT 'tvcw1 1,1iVN 114111.. 4-PLex ad 11f1 EAPI WYE,. goIIt; 61 EaI IPMa4T .UM fi- P- LAMIt.IAla uT1u11 GAp1NLl. (ALL tagwT, wf114/1 Of Obades.,GO•Aao1UA1! N/ fau1yrlp11441404.I' vi 2 114 MuoIIH EaoiPMein 4uypu . 3/4 " =1' -0" 11.11* P'LArI. GANIrIf1, 11.1-1.0. f0dF -PI.PX 01111.61 — �epEellrl Par& drill] 6LPI►1} JTl J 1,111t.4 too. Pr dyL �•4(1 0I2 M EAaIPM►HT NTta COTS or Mat 9w /utt. et Me &NAMI NF UTILITY LudE. AT v trTAI. &$MLtDaavi Ar Opisol ut• *t,Ati 446. I�UdoEV FAM114 ec.IF16, NP. Al ALL ouTtiot cop' K, 4e6Pal iPe#A46 5116T1c11 Lola. w/» i4urofi VALVE., 4,6 Pa1Aa. Foy. Udp 4yses. ;:'4 aYrn- 41119tg4560 Ali- La. N/ 4.101 era vtui! , 6(6_ ottITA1. fray Lot. a%PKS. +A& RV( N W/ U W oX(F.OI.c.) v rrj E '3) y'v in AvJ. (4IA4'? 4NE1.VE',. SECTION 1" =11 -0" NOTE CPO-OR A IL T. TYPICAL .:_ : ...:. -. • 1331e0125 L- 1 1r I 0-1A- • t_A.. tb 1 y 1 i ti ll - - �.0 •fGNE1. DI5 fll'w -11-, I at a- PEA f1.II4N SsralV��� —�� Afb flcl S VI ttI I 4•'r v ett:I.5e1, -, 4br Mori+ � Yy" PAPI ds Al ee' I• rave 1ADJU4TAI6la; 4 Hit LVF5 - -- P 446 4 w/ ills. woo NATItr, • iee OPERATORY et peso It — TM411 a NjAItttt Pr pot' Nit 0A110 41tIK- PrOi.,'Ptrw11e1t14 ewtWo.L. 4-aleof I.E -rotalopentwes I 3/4 " =1' -0" ---446 0641 a-i Wt. 61IA4E. fay fUTL fE. PE- keutty OF LITRIrites AT 611411. nig CPOATnn'ere 04,4, 6. _ pMuNoev ►Ap i Us et dr.. ti►. t Au. 6itf'wt i I-Hecb III►'IOA04 4UtjdN t rr41 .4' vtt4TAL• EsulrtwHT LIrle 4110s. 14 4< uft• I- a 'irvt nY Ail+ - llatr t 5Eb PEd1Al• E$071(tt tI-IJ L.146 carte. * Mtt at LOT AP,OVf, SECTION Arh" 1'311 S 0 ;"i 41 TNIOIG A0J. 4LAOS mink 111 =1'-0" t'r °r W 't- tic rwwr rl I'• LAN Al All.yyv(iler Erly, tvele�,. 11 K$PIn AT Aug eel- N1i. I I" 0 II" 1011 OPERATORY 3/4 " =1' -0" DENTAL EQUIP. LINE SPECIFICATION intaartarm onmpr•seM Sir Lino Suction vet to be implied by the plumber. tubing to be graded back to equipment real. Male Line 1/4•, branch lines 1/11• tea oft tap of Yin de�lPleg at lowest' ma point of sin line with 1/4• tubing into equipment roes. Piping system supplied by plumber. *39 tubing and tinting• graded bask to equipment room. Main line l• branch lines 1 -1 /V. Ter•ination at dental unite to be reduced to 1/4• p pips Thread. tinder floor at chair locations 4, 6, a • en additional connection into vacuum pip under floor with stub termination under center of chair with i /4• I Pipe Thread. CITY OF D11NlWI(A APPROVE NAY I 1994 I.,/ 11:11111444 PROD GEC @ ©O ON AL PR ACTfl©I ERNE a ; 3 aJ V tj ZZ IC) °C Q°tZ o2S W g Qw •bC • Z Og Q SI 9 1 19 " I'm < ■ <atk W w. t��'1•) alr to on. 6IO'M10 DP'i • S)1410 VI 9. N a %%,,n 14 1.vL. �.�iVM1�Slq ; ret,»rr et pet w 13ItI4WI. haysillto !! 51 \Oki" S >�1 • • kleftfteest%"■., `NON• oft tftresioL;tilp, eitettOft a RF Ra2F FsAM I N& PL-tokN • • 51 00 NOT 40•La • (t ow E URF °PEER jcF FRAM IN& FLAN , ,s hp NIT `LEE. J S T R U C T U R A L N O T E S (DC) DESIGN CRITERIA 3: SETOAIICNGE915::: :111 "f111Ol T11 uTi0NU RFSBC4MFMI!1I2!6,1w5f(RJIBLE FLOOR DIAPHRAOMS 9. pOeE�P LOADS fioI�1;��,U¢t E P4 pp BU CONDITION on I80OPN5F 11A111 lilt BEARING CAPACITY (F) FOUNDATIONS 1. 828YNWIJ ?iR" �9 E II. PA6: •. -�R gpTl E8 Hy NO ONODE2 EN 1114 W+H gg G S R A ic aIC) REINFORCED CONCRETE ATED: 9 DEC 1993 BELOW AT I0tIW ENO $EASTAAI " F GO SOIL. 1. CONCRETE PROPORTIONS n. cement maximum water e. 00; :111RE.ROIReA4 c ---a - -par Y. cone -- -- sr sa 1, ce•. -- - -s{� ep- --10 at II. iT 0 �3 4 oa�lona i C.Idr. conCRETE e/ p y tp a c p g E w TAR y�q I t py pg 6. COLT BC RR 1 E� T�1 4NC ONTAIiEANAAOCEPTABlENA00NilRlCPR0gC1N0TIi <ATOIAxuRNtRAINED AIR. 7. "1/2r T 15:1111111;111 LL INIAMPIPIIRTHEOR RL9p�ryy��yy �0 EARTH LiIM -- r re of - --- - -v r rein / - - -- Loa ton 9. CONC 9LA8- pp-O�OE willt, AV W AK NED LAN O CO TR JOT S a 20 FT MAX. 8 REINF. BELOW rites ,�htck-- �3rin�ogRt�--- 11111:11 Tn LA S } 8 A�.. P ;9:ZE AN PACIGF ►N WT WHICNHEY ARE LAPPED 111,111610411aL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. - -bar - - -Ltd - qa 1" N4 TOP 8 CONT(2)N5 BOT 0 TYPICAL FOUNDATION WALLS. CL) DIMENSION LUMBER 1. MI 1MU11 LUMBER GRADES. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE E QN DRAWINGS e ion a - -gam- - -- - -d n e uta BEicritazyrIESius 9 DOU 1 `�, a ;5p pa 5psl uD gs O ps Fc.t ps pare e 2. Cps CRETE Op E><pE Ege OFcwa TH10e Sarri MpcUT A wI BE PRES R TED wit RESENV TIVE L --•_ - °- - -e an -- - a LL T SToc o ofgwgoTod P 2 AWP " REV�c�jI S NT CSijTACTH /E THfRTER81 Ea Y $ 11310 E rill � 88 EEIT AT � 8 ONI 20P16. HAZARD ... os u1. a� ,r„. p �` E : NAIL UL I LE STUDS 11 LINTELS TOGETHER USING OF 16d 12" STAOtiEREO. OE N FTLID LE Kw LL BE 10484 1A 1p8p8 UPPORT7 UO 1CO T8T8TUD 4 B E F 9 /HA AR AR EPARA MO ( PLrrY ) PLYWOOD SY((,,STEMS p�p (( gg pp p y� BY DA1. SHED TA ER�PL N LORWAI)UYOUT.BEOBLOCKED AND NAILED IF NOT TO A FRAMINGANEMBER. 3. PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGM MEMBERS _ nos. span panel pan 1 pp��c Tfhhick -- - ply g adf ra ny- - ai d-- - e•a ks FLOOR - i%2" Ti0 CCCD_xlx Sg nielg- 2ppUC -2 32/ling' 11311!" 3" iQd DLOCng EO " C x S�: 8TR 8 -2 /16 R owa 1 PP Bar ED� Add - -- 021 / SPA ING OF RAIL aaaaaa aaa saaaas (WJ) MANUFACTURED WOOD JOISTS 6. STAPLES CONPORMING TO CABO NER 272 MAY BE USED VO REPSENI NI�IRSCAOS FOLLOWS GLUE 8 NAIL na11 si :e e u v 15 a s f t u g ,1 E� p u re asaaaa 1. E wEp:O E8 OEOSlON0p0UTS1� DuP pARTFPjA�PP cOVC��OMPONELtS:O O TST2. Ttt}L(NATE Tw�ipTH PTHE SISETyMFR. REGARD 0AA0DE0 YECMLOAOSRAN INE 3. Af R A8THEMJUFACTUpRER wRILLHPR2VIOE SHOP DRAW, GS AND CALCULATIONS BEARING 4 /HI° H1��A /IMP OFTpICA ENwtAEO WA. jAINSTTA T61R CTU AL N1GIN ER TO THE A E R REC1� AFT MAX SPACING. 6 IIAC N A O 8 KH O �H ACCO u T OMANI Sp$ U RS RE <S)T O ?DSSN 6. PROV DE•I..6 "SH�L S @R TOP OFSSSWED 6512' SPACING FORSALLsOROO NJOISTS. NCENTRATED LOADING. - aasaaaa eaaaazaaassaaassaaaaas (SL) SPECIALTY TIMBER easeaaeseaoseansseas feeasesa eaa saa ss aas eaass asasaaz szszzsaes ssssaanassassaeaaazzaaaaasaaeaa MLAM or MISLAMItuBYrTRUTS JO16T CORP 2000 psi 2800bpei 285fpsi LVL Y R C LL11 LANINAA ED 0 .LUMBER WS -1650 SERIES -185Q GLULAM BY WEYERHEUSER 1800 psi 1850 psi 110 psi LOWER STRE59. Fbe1850 GLULAM BEAMS •ataaaaaaateaaaaaeaaaana snaaaasaaezaaasesansaeaasasaeaaaeasaaaaaaaaaaae (F8C) FASTENERS AND CONNECTIONS aaaa L FASTEN R, AIT2E A OE ;A 1NOxW LLDC OFIRM OLUSCENAIL NO SCHEDULES 25EplilILVAN12E0. I�pCpAp{L{�� NA1 �jj L Cp w { E WALL WILL BE FASTENED TOPCORCRETEiWITHLTR AT D " NOM.LTUMBE ILL PLATES AND EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING FASTENERS: ste• de cr ption •ai.e sing g A x + yMHDS ALSANCH LT W()MZ" WASHERS i 9 "EMBED W /HOOK AT hNESRS, 3AMBS, A 2d "MA% ELSEWHERE 6: A MEA ESM IL RBE ssATE ppROOFFTAND COpNFORM 0 AP(POSPECA A'FG- 1L �CON,EICTORS. CONTRACTOR WILL 8. COOR pTE ? SR FNXEDIWETH TH RE EENGINSTEEEHIORpTCTORSEASNYApUFACTURED BY THE A "SIMPS N STRO -TIE CO" (TEL: 415)562- 7175). SUBMIT E UIV.PRODUCTS TO A/E FOR APPROVAL. 9. HOLOOWNS WILL BE LOCATED B" FROM EDGE OF WALL & 8" APART. aaanea aaaaaaaaaea se zaaaa annaaa assaazaae aaaaaaaasasaaaaaaaasaaaaa (MISC) MISCELLANEOUS - zaaaaaaaaaaae - aaaaaaaaaaasaeaasa aaaaaaaeaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaasaa 1. NTRACTOR WILL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND NOTIFY A/E OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR 3. NTRA TTDR Wb L 9pt FY A/E IF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS ASSUMED IN THE 4. TTTM�gp TORR WILpENrQT f 'THH OWNER AND A/E OF ANY CONTEMPLATED FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO 5. TRA TOROWIIOL TO I CTTM P III S FROM AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB PER UDC SEC.308 AND RENTOSN F CAL MUN C PA TY pt t Q p T c IC 6. /8 � P AATIpRI�i 0 EN"- F T N HFD /EpKTRE LOCAL INFORDER TO ORTAiNANECESSARY 7. MECHAN L,wULEC RTCAL. PLUMB O,WA SPRINKLER LOA03 INAEACESSAOF 1OOMNFOR REYIEWE OF ALL (SUP) SUPPLEMENTARY STRUCTa1UpRAL NOTES cc pp1� IN ORDER TO AVOID DItM1ENSILNLNN ONRLLSTS4'OA R%L RTURAL10RAwIRGSRAMA7FIELDA0IYENS1ONS RA 2. CEO S NO,SANLROTECTIONBOFILI FOR JOBSITE SMFLOYEESNANDIOTHENSV�HAT YAYUVENTURE RA 1 0 FE SAFETY TO E v Tw)B8i 1 2. TNg 6ETD AMpT fl El1T 0P IS�T�UrCN Nj19tg L CENgE la& FE ZONAAgL ��jjppTEENQQE�j fOR T�jjU u1� APLER B R CTTIUO T TOB1jT MApTpLai F � T6TCAL NE GINEERTPNIORFTO R� R;A�E IF AICLARi �CAT10N5 PH o FEOMO n L p ° A©TD©I 1 1 r I i • • S h/'• coR N ,r. • 44401/i11 ego WPM- F lop EWh `d/ Iti? G I UD PAP', aid IT ia-t- (.F ci •) I-i-A i d ctt.I:t mc$ • t.) W t) ci ` Ass Q4a` ______ „kit ` ,...,,,..._ ___...A. , • , L i / \T D c :.•` i ` � e�s ` � e F vfi 4.")4101T141444 Fro. r'' /4.*q Can; a. 8or. i • FP FoUNOATION a MAIN 52 170 NOT E • FLOOS FM I NCB —. \ M. de fa7 npo. Arlon- 21 WIt6 YBNT 5LnO Ys. DPJorror •P$C4N0J . 4 Gwen flg ,1 II . g2 ate wen) °z4rs • 'N.v2 I► . vg MGM. NA0.114&, $k6f t‘qtd • rg W4L 1L011 .teeaAclh cs, 4. FerF i9AMIH& IETAILS I" a par rte .G 13q11 -015 i R.S \: - Ke ; aren ty, \_ / f'"ss Cryv,.) IL. %'d C 62 al `,- ./ Rd NOT L / .,( MAIN Paooli I•EVEL • I� Tij) 04* Jan MUM; PMI'IE 1411 a Wa slur) WAA•a. W3 I NTERJOR STUD WALL 60• j$ C.b Nor stoat t3 M Eli A R W A L L I , Plot 1ywwoad STR -2 Oel , g C H E D U L E Ml sin tuugdjj pads ppp vapr8t.s rapp or Ilona E10 ?en wI�B`�Ufa Ii ESRta DPI )� 00 11 MR" US N0PPOVII El0�OP ?1�E8TUDA BEESVlANB iROETstt1E/S,)RE00 T � � 0 A 0�►�N� N �j�jJAC�j�dKT NNA}�j g�}�itA�a. ��� ����``& �Y� ��oo� ���,�I562�TiT5 ��� CATACGOUE� tl A L �Edug)N ASTEN A ApINO SY 2/3 Ifiriffilit11011012114118"gatit'sveLyi!: TR�NO�� OF�(M���CALLY FND w�ll BE R�JECTEO. 54745l5v,cso° .E0 FAA I F RnD N cap • S66 OfW ($Prfle,p MC Ff0 104 m is -v, eNoN d G OPN65 cgvNgU a 40142 , Sa.. Cl??) , r— - �S7Mnsee at «7HPAHOY4 'INN RM. ei IF.'P Q''o *WO Wdlr Was. pfa�Ccit C71s 311 wo. StUPS genre s -W ran PkY. I/P6L 4%440 Au. dam calef -F rr PM I ON SE1kAALL ELEVAT ION re Nor ce#4.0 2)((o eNfx.4 iz' fm- . •IW�T)i Wale e %4.1u.ti W1 'set 'Rz, f .. W/1519, 'WS ( RAW ee- %1T�-• NOT -S FOX SPK -1140) Sri°, "A,.1, N/ 'VP. WAu► R61NF. k:_ uwr rL Gi<*ve s ye'rrS 62 III CO 1vvT •1.a. 'Lx6 hzu0 Nikko IC0d6011 axe IP-. fa. W/ a- GTR. 1401GS _ s..14 coNT raNO. wAw '? 1 W. WAN. V INF D.°R - .-4CT• Zhu py. 'SM1Tit • 1yP Ae�S esr'E PL*N SPAT -1N19) W2 Ptkik-fewes7-0NIN 52 Mier. I ' U;' More/40- w11 E DIsss a#a'efse -T)'P,. Nc, yMW. C�Mn Sj TRM APPI� • *g tONi' [,P../In . eme Fn•+• vtl; W 612. FT whom.. r� M • Fc�ri N� �s r. =•. 111 FIRM #oQR O1 B �.1 a !1W. C56tC ►PoFT) Po NOT 04'4 w& !WNW. P.M poop. fXvl'o on*�,SNISa s • .••1'l fk G site MIVt+ tf aN WS IF P�arav) s CITY OF Tt*w,M OVED 'NAY 24,0 S91 4941,, ar uI • L . _ obi, gl r w s MT I a 'doss IP Ivao. ) M PI "TYR I NITaRIOR �fiwoT't) iNn t. lavE t $11.1oP r) • 02 M a. Nee fMMI. norl fie.. C. c Rnit car, (t71 co) f r. fob L-1 (✓2) nM t6 00 ( 206) 783 -8582 SHILSHOLE AVENUE NORTHWEST . SEATTLE WASHINGTON 98107 0 In • W a ii y MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL NOTES AIR SUPPLIES TIMM TWO CO*USTION AIR LOWERS ON OVUM MALL. PAOMES SUS SCRMI. . LISTED. CLASS STANDARDS AND ONLY MCAT SONDI ) '1' TRICK. 1•1/2 LS. DENSITY ?ISINGLASS DUCT MDR WITN SLACK M! aCNS. JOI*S- KIWVILLI 'LINACOUMTIC'. D. RIGID ROUND OULI: 10 ?NICK, PREPCII SD ROUND nnRaLAI/ DUCT. JOiq- Ki111vILIA •MICRO - Ain. E. UNSWAYED ran DUCT, INLRNRTLE1t r. DUCT IMSWATIah 1° TNI(a(. 1.1/2 US. DENSITY nua wASS WITH r.D.K. VAPOR SAARItS JACKET. 10. ALL DUCTWORK SMALL SE MAMAS 'FOLLOWS) A. LOW PRESSURE DUCTNaK STANDARD GRAY DUCT TAPS SMALL M URD TO SEAL ALL TRAWIYDRSE JOINTS. LON PRESSURE IAIUGITUDUNL JOINTS DO MOt RIMUTAZ A TAPS SEAL. 1 AMUR wiji, asISTIR, nniw S LOUVER S(MOa 'MU NN wins DUIPUB RSt Ca2LIN O DIrlUUa (LAY•IN T -TAR CEILINO) /-CORM ADJUNtASLN, WITS= O.S.D.. WITH FILLIP( PANEL FOR 24°K21' LAT -IN MODULI. KRISTIN Ship 1244, MUMS 23. /UAW: UNITE SURD EMYiL (PAINTAMLS) alLIs Dlrflina MANIA CEILING) 1- COME. ANUBTABLI. °V' ?AIM. NITNOUT O.N.D. AMMOS SWIM 1211. MAW 21 FINISH, UNITS NAMED MARE& (PAifAMLE1 RION WALL SUPPLY ROISTER 0001116 Df MACTION. MORISONTAL masse D)ADED, NITS SOON O.M.D.. STEEL CONSTRUCTION APPLIED PRINK COAT COLOR: ALUMINUM MINUM ((CR (MITE1 I SIDEMALL arms ants PINED 33• DEPLECTION SLAM. WITWOUT O.D.D. num% NOVEL ISOM (NOR MODEL 310510) PINION) OMITS BAKED ENAMEL (PAINTADIE) TRAMS ERILLSDs SPILLS SANE AS C.O. MOVE . GALVANISED STISI. CONSTMJCTla/ AMERICAN MAN NNO AND VENTILATING MODEL LI -21 r1M1SNt ,ACTORY APPLIED PALM COAT Mans KART AND MODEL IRSWRS ARM LISTED ONLY TO INDICATE PERrOMfANCi AND STYLE. EQUAL PRODUCTS DY OTIIZA EQUIPMENT LIST LUMINAIRE PLAN 4•J8 S carJOtJlt At PROPERTY 1.1N0 cooR01 ATE teopAt roN WI?H re4F}1oMe co. LIT11.1f1 GO, FAD MotAITEP (PAP 6Y 6.6,R ) 6AQQAO *NA- $2 -1- FM - ZSGMFI -12o MouNITEP ON 1tPT roUNIP VEIL POLE (FIr4i4HE0 PIQ be col ITE(.T)('rY/ of 2) 1 " =20' PANEL SCHEDULE NO ._ Pl LOCATION: SERVING: 120400 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE too AMP with MAIN LUJ(S I OIJ• CKT NO. N0. CKT Na LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA TRIP AMPS 20r r' -': II 11 II 11 3 TRIP AMPg Zo KVA KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT N0. 1 3 5 7 9 13 15 17 19 21 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 3.TIEtJT AL SIPI I 6PAGE CMM ".11 ectetiolos.; &ITCH Ect EUIP - 1.4 1.4 1.4 t.4 1.4 .4 .4 '.7 1.2 1.7 .2 1 1.7 .0 1.o .6 5.o• f &S K -Rr.`I mat. FILM 1144 uiiLiTY C.ohlTlfOL SPNtE gro.GE elate CGbtrA. VATS 2EtJTA . eat. D CIyB C SYiIT6M P1tac.Ctsot 1(.tJIT1otJ ✓r 444. PUMP CM. i4Tit. G flits _ - I P.1S/ 0/111.12 • 2 4 6 10 12 14 18 18 22 26 30 32 34 36 '38 42 %- ^ r V r 11 II 11 11 /1 11 11 11 -m_ v _ ^ 1/ '-L _ s 3 = =.11 11 11.-,. 11 11 DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND Nv•G NII *G. *OAS 1.0141 14.0g1,4 1.7144 1.00 too 1.20 1.0KU 11.3KWJ 1.q KW .C' TOTAL a 44 AMPS 22.1 4 1 KAMPS 2'c.¢ fog TALE FNoNE A.- 21 V.'. 4 Prloroc.EU. ooiJn4c&tgt eLVP. E I /Anla. LJt11.11V co. VAIJLt 6E4 Aral. PLA1J I/ - 4'a.o• foil IhiLitf cc. PRIMARY cOMPL100R4 A -41,11 VIA "ocSLLI ?'8;w.Vg TELE. Otis. pm, (AGK0P. lUG_euD IA g14 L A 4 0 tJuJ PEtksl. GU1Jw 21 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 1'r ro' -o' PLYWa0v 'Ma Noma 6 -15" - C -T TIT 46042 PNJEL b aIJEL A PCVXOLrr2 r6154.fca 115f1 METAL HALIDE F LOO,L.16Ht . GooCDIn1Art Scoot LQ'.ATIohl W iTM MANLIFAaTLIRE1t. FI JIeN PER AirGNrTtor. ('ye. of 2) PANEL SCHEDULE NO. • - A " LOCATION: SERVIN . • 120/7.09 VOLTS 3 PHASE • ME 4A0 AMP with MAIN Weiss oiILY ' CKT NO. N0. LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA TRIP AMPS to l" u• r • : I I 11 ::''i- 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 3 TRIP AMPS 20 Z- V 5 3 KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT N0. 1 3 5 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 31 27 33 35 37 39 41 infritiot LTb I Y + 4ICst1 1S4. T.G• , 6.0140. LTy. T.4.*1 Orl##tal i.T* (3 o rototoRY toy (3) TIM%GI.aagts f.K.TLL1ot LT+1. T6.92. FLOW 1.1.. Tc.V2 4rMtt. Hvf . C JTCoLh HvA>i n 0 11•410.. O 0 I .6 .6 .6 .7 .2. .f. ,S .9 .1 .A ,S 0 17. i 2" 1.3 1., 1.0 1.0 1.$ L 1., 1.S 1.. 1.4 lb IOtO 7.2 aa.rTAoLfes SPfroe 111 NIC r r VAu1LIM N • V rEM 4Y'MZ M 2 4 8 10 12 14 18 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 40 42 , r W II 11 ' - 30 1111 1! IIIIP 1111% J 1111,1 DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND (, ( I{f i(,j, QGErrl il.Ery Host. M1 t_ • o 50144 17' w Pl.TK '41 _ I oo 1 So O to.lott4144 to y W 9 KW 1.G TOTAL 794 "KVA -: 221 AMPS 73.11 KVA 205 AMPS t3ovi etst;25 • C _71- :t IJh. offic . I A-31, 3b, 35 1`%I 1 "44 "& 49M4.A, 2o5V, 54 r PARTIAL ELECTRICAL PLAN ised STAFF Li • 31/210,4" SaokoM L.Wof11G-+coLJ142 To Lit I L I T( co. Pew MatJ rJTEO rCANhF02N1ER `- N64•10\ 4 ,j4Lo' theE. I TY , 6•Y ELEGTcleat co4te'cro2 ,t -tJEMA PrloroctU. '% ;IC 4 PACKInki L ?y tie Lo&KA$LE LEtJCLOSU2E 4,ceA TIMELOOKO Ton tTtgol. 2oA -1242v •7P bv2 "G, 4'5OOkf.M L11-JPER(.EOtNP PAIJEL e PAnJEL A 400P., 120 /2obV, 34, 441 1114:6, 4M2 5LECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM I. le•.6 8PPito t t'L4At -4f rosra„„A MAR 2 8 1994 men •• i 0 CO BASE /OVERLAY t=eW4Si.41tcs i tout; coat r1 .t D 01011001" W/LOCastmff Wen •iewl` WPM 5 • vttt 17MMtmb 4• 1 010 1•MIN Wean M S 111.10 t 1_ a RESTRICT MATE IAoi" DA. ORIFICE. T It" I.6.'900 So W.ia E N J' elt 1>100sa ,Isis. VACS Deli!!, 00 Ft.owl s eaa tr° 3V' OIA. bsocrew) 'gc-r(0I4 Aar A. Pi7CIT1o1.I1nL LAOGat Ir ua•>y i (H 9lT4!) to Mr Lativ4 Ma r, To IMMCs at vs.ui;ry Nt4M tag IS FILLrD W /Wad Coat tWeoMfss1. tts0C4ol.U0 RAa & !swab ta*Mi4 (too TMMiMMT M�Vcovn) 'its Ostia cold!. qs lX 0 WS rum. ore pai.. Gomm friar. •rmes. 2. A arr .tt abosearit INWSt.crap Olialu1 a il.as. * MtTa1. ilmobi.a0064014 amnia.•! C*M'4 • rf r eatb TO WWI. IaMIWA T TWILTWeamIT I. 4 writ. i LJVUGm otospeT 4WD: A. utaa.nuT cents *walla a non Tat AcumeQrWM Oka isfaaciai VAR me csulkislan on G, rwis. It GLV•C a &Set Si IP MWta*. otsturaT P11% 4001.1ritb'Rs cs'WT cma.. nowaa►rha l r1PS To • iaw• *t'oTM c•.O• ep)- To c case, Moth 1.12 LS&) Mesa'. 4 novta la %sefrw ors Its sGAtt 4IRocT essenl *Alamo, co1/4K- N&M.. (Wm. t1'4' vary". gamscum00. . titan . ADOITioa. LAaa>ou , mauls iM 9ta c-'% lJDb '4WD Ws Kalts0 To TAAW. 5 �. V11MLTy TO harm) Scat air cams ie Plt.t w aW Iwmba. r ism. c a:-r- ca . io MM MC:MA al we- T nuarso t ka masa �� 1°L k3/4%%1 •%/1.v4 c.te) . +� Z- 0 LOV41 CoI%eii Maav t.ka Lea T�1Pt_' Z- p54•• 1=i1 ls.t 4t-re_a e-. S SalC •l ►'111t�i. • 501_1'T . caw"' l . • gr • Caaglir IJrtt4IL NOTE; 0 slow imfa - rorerrease •►%M abaci ol.l tuwJsM elan Iowsl*i wr lo, f�R a ACM salts' YA1TIiYMIM• lam labia 4behrrw Iflle 1•bseri4.Aa t co Arrest 1Wfl Mir. , r`, Scr•aa0 MtN t1Sb %AVMs OrnaN•{ S)su. CDMM1ejctior4 Tor AI Sialisseta •n Gtt`1 op •ue.pli1./• aesamte %skn , oa. %CND• SWOT, peso s Terhacamp r. plltte1r11•Kaq LITILIIM Lacr"o►T1aa1.1*t Scioto frail elltnorampnitc. MltiLvtr Asa CormI OP %wa t1,,. a t -tW1.T Plant, Ce+NTwese, To vlatlP^1 f•1A. WT11.1T`I 10c.111IcJN9 0.140 O 'r assainaebifly p- I. MOTIWM 1145 •Mcs;Ntte. (&cnncjb% -&o4,1 11a TMtty er OFCOlat 'WC" Aka taYOR•'•ta•To,.1 e0 -mum ikawmiliecmab Ma►`% fair. P'ta►llns It •at♦1f0011a. 0126Fet To 660111003KAL cJYJDY FVSD1tG, Oar Gfa*ppl►MUAY t1alL. copep lam, 9, t13) PORCCIO OteucT10a1J et(dIAIHG$QAT1ob 5. Ill two Ich a 9t Y ac. .3 "rr,�1G t. • urlujV Te/UKS r -tLL'q TNC: caSes ota viteabPltnl.l.1Nc91'D aecu1 a AOQata t6MPACTt01J; 1440 ti- k. -ic r.ITIVITV oa c./•tlte. :016./0 MOl9TuflGl, Ceauutal 17POON.MenialO1.1J1A1*b to rr t s•rMG2 • -1�-- nRPtesents weaves toCM'Iak OF E(tStlkIC. tees09ATIOAJ write LINOS. THEY Ate It SG CAPPrIO AT saris P1 PetrM s.t htl • CattatowAre. W (TM 4,ATe PP*M t.ANDsCama "T M%AINTtlMANCOI toottsonAlat. Perot re RO- OF I¢RICnier10W 5V9tta<rtn. Wv 46 SEE ® POe • MM* fs.IaD MS.* sal e0 CtW'•M. mat Ca. y' rat that. 11.1 Crab ciesse see •E1JEFAL NCTS •oriuttat'IAd 4twc* assess. Cs VksTAtt. a t L ito4 • a4.to 1.11.* T.C•. to CM/ ow. aY 11: • 20.1Mi (t" ome.. al) Suitt. fi' a►W W LIME. nova a . -r mars s 51.40 la•TA (4" Pk. in) Nc. 1s•214.btUri" t l•, W) PO Is= tea OP es. on) Pvt. It. 30.!90 7f/Sw ppm xis is pig C�t.1�3CIZLla�T IO1.4 ett •Jt P.4c-- : I) Mflrs.61.. %N-T Isea4cjMcal . tf INSR c-s.e t ,•L 0b corTlota.S14*e . s.arnI least impow a. 5) INFerAta. - ralArtassei ca e1C.AAbfb, ter oils.. C+►+LimmaT £ valefltenclitaa NOGG COMSYC.Nr.T1OM tMfl•04441. 4 a atallt'AOE• MTt Tb ota►ttia Tay "ren ograc:S tor1r...Atrw. '0 frahivrst+at'T 1161►wlvrw tw►+tlTa►a1J.. 1.aT1/.1TNtes• i) P11.SWtt clawf. + lI.(1ream.` rime awlotalrr. OP taaa.AL.CIVNI *ea •'J1tf - loliso tam Ptikc H.rrmi• ,, own 1 4P'Osa a.-4 restchiloca coin s. 1 pima errs, N,,,, .1. La+J.I C..C.eballll AKq + atabi JVG. "'Kr W111,44.4 barn www Prei•3111Mbt71 OP secnata:'M Ib r►•ratla, a i wwiam A" r7Q..a,.a LIMB b 4t.10 CATc .i 1111041a.. MLT- Laav-ISI Sabra! MUM?' be. nal-temp d =tens car IN Alemempagaaa.als ati1117.1 c rn or T1.SCPgI D Rsicpur tsrgbpl , •t) ct.1.t. w Fla+la>,` 1, .1 M5_a..- T,•�IJ I•,i*Plr-WA.` d'1 c.it •■ oP t&t.t t1.• I w 94,47 34.PA , 1•Li44. 31.8) NOTE: MEAN SEA LEVEL DATUM COINCIDES WITH THE NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM OF 1929. I 28 -.- 24._ ;;Callirit ot: tat. is IM` t - . a11.b0b t.aavtaL. ILL . tt. D. 18 16 rat- ttrashl 141 14 M.a1.7 ?t - 1a.S4. 1!• •10 Gs4e,st•. l4cs1 Otarb.I t3/444.cai 1 "= 20' -0" fltOP. N1 PtTM L- Nona. enem. elo.oC. •4 • 'RJ a� rate vanso p-Sn ol'tareaaalo 00 AS Potts.) S t to Zo to r- or wags, loo vC / s4.Lt.T Ib TOP%011. 0114s.2. SOa° �Ll 11•� "tar W►1�. ` ia0 an omsrr D l;tOO 11 tb N, Ctrair . KEW '11l0112. RUMW flCVCLINfpl 14001 ate WIC. S. REVCO 01110dPa These plans have been reviewed by the Public Works Department for Conformance with current City standards. Acceptance Is subject to errors and omissions which do not authorize violations of adopted standards or ordinances. The responsibility for the adequacy of the design rests totally with the designer. Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date will void this acceptance and will require a resubmittal of revised drawings for subsequent approval. mai arc • Final acceptance Is WNW to field Inspection by V er.;e.awele the Public Works utilities Inspector. Data: 41 /Qy law Yfrao DIZAIA) Ot hersks> ,. wiry it RECEIVED Miff 171934 TUKWILA Pl 6LIC WORKS to 15 lice cc 1.11 fs0 a • 1 1 r i 6o1.1TNC...Et.1sa A.VC (star IthatIgata -.Ili /SILT MMUS • in S r. t, Tun. GCMG. 0A.46141; tvaouv ••• r4 I . Fide + Wb•&* 1 tlaT 61M• 1t io Ilia 11.0 lW';s. {tat) IV•.c 1O.Steltu..cut) V" POE.. cow,. esso.010 M{M. Nab11ED mama 17A•M tun MU ILtDI *_4C1 / sT Cu LT uCGE ,d. wax\ *%t PLn6S - at L TI: SC. t°`.itt•14 �1 _ 1 SGtr���) Is a Zo' Gulf , 1. as SIR N A { its *$ Ittl u AM N tANNI. . . A itaratiparg ellE1tK. At lust pa MN "A I. at as amok S&NAIRA.eaia. I. • r ial ���1yaNMA GPO. A* it • stria s nem `. coil Mintz. 144., DtNtW tt pra•IL '40? MP S4 a • I I ,000- av Ae [ri .1t 'EdIVM- - at D*(Ip40efl% ' • 6att ?og1•1 TOP to to 10 Itattpjligesi ,.vts: 1•11a/ N.4. COSTIZO . .101 ,411 t. 14101:0u.1t a• cram, I.aw tei1ds11_ tiszTO ..IS SV4L t -ttsl` NOT To ieW..ti 001 a A/1tict? - 110T1004 SWIM • 0.010 flint NOT TO bca a. • .•11 M�i1.1.1aM M�•'11.tasM w. s maMnsit .s. • • ' Mice M r Arr M/eN MrwM..hM Z 1 1 . .11•1101iitabelite..d.w. pease st . . • ifl alisamill rim M*.sd.• M11w FILTS nheizK- PENA fatC It`t1_ET t. ►t�tZ.lt No-T To fl it NIPS tag Gana 4l011S ID r� t K .10.•%4041°T ExtRll4atD +�ro111p 'V CURS Mel hac lot4 4eA Lob 2' c•u c.s h k u •rlw_w•ea1 'r r. sac '•r1 NW I .7- • • .. • •r C �► �' i w"ip�iii R 1iwl�ir'iii7l�i �w�i "� 4 we- ame ft r. minpinyeatia: M I•M yMw�l IMP Swoop. Ilmattatr Sp Stow Is Is amerpalia in • __Wittersseltariposelerjagarier40 sr *Sap, .4 .'Mau. rarirs'T•.Ilsnis•w• fon r•wrw was apse N »:••s • as fats - ••,, .4 47 1 l._-r F 1= t C -a 10MTisa L NOT To tca .a. NOT TO 'ate te Q Toic t iw ton Co" coMr t ern wig -oa ' 6 c-T IG' ► E, -13 et-an _tee, Rook • Ai"M S am . Russo MMN • +.V.. ... • .a c•t•1wTtzuCTbt.t EN1'itA14 e. Nta r - to qtaCamal. Lleoia5 IDAYt w(4 Waite 5114 ertoN I.ego" 00 to /0 1o• N1AU.t • %SS PSI (PUCE. C i;: J a 11 1 W IarciST.6 "9IW,Sewez P -•c Gii, o?1 erotica) It41 AS•9.1f1Lt CL'AJ .IP4 I and ee wAreke. ear ,..t: Ir., .: C.1Tar Q.• ( tS»csgt1.A.AS•Ry ILTe04AtL WC .,-- W .S' ce%a,)C._ L -- -' 'r1Jc1•,t P1C•C.M• — Area PaC4 Won' vote *West (ter ••r WHe•• n A K . ` ib'un1.I Tart - a C• •' Z116 _ CA • • L•o 4 • fb t0 SIAST. ti a.SlwCtii or Tuns S Sunni Own. rMaya MerAC 11rtO+t I•ftEl;sua:2 Moue IS A VAIN& a fient •wa.wA fio0Sftal!Ioft Cluk.•Stuat'%011 —Wee f%AC& -I° Tee Foe %e tsaAreW akRT1rA r • 0 ig f5 tacz a lIwlu